TC PIPELINES LP
S-1/A, 1999-05-20
NATURAL GAS TRANSMISSION
Previous: BETHURUM LABORATORIES INC, 10SB12G/A, 1999-05-20
Next: TALISMAN ENTERPRISES INC, 6-K, 1999-05-20



<PAGE>
   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 20, 1999
    
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-69947
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 4
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                            ------------------------
 
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
 
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                              <C>
           DELAWARE                           4922                          52-2135448
(State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial           (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)     Classification Code Number)          Identification No.)
</TABLE>
 
                             FOUR GREENSPOINT PLAZA
                             16945 NORTHCHASE DRIVE
                              HOUSTON, TEXAS 77060
                                 (281) 873-7774
 
  (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
                   Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)
 
                           KENNETH R. BLACKMAN, ESQ.
                    FRIED, FRANK, HARRIS, SHRIVER & JACOBSON
                               ONE NEW YORK PLAZA
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004
                                 (212) 859-8000
 
  (Name and Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area
                          Code, of Agent for Service)
                         ------------------------------
 
                    PLEASE SEND COPIES OF COMMUNICATIONS TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                        <C>
        KENNETH R. BLACKMAN, ESQ.                  MICHAEL ROSENWASSER, ESQ.
          CRAIG F. MILLER, ESQ.                     Andrews & Kurth L.L.P.
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson               805 Third Avenue
           One New York Plaza                      New York, New York 10022
        New York, New York 10004                        (212) 850-2800
             (212) 859-8000
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, please check the following box. / /
 
    If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                         ------------------------------
 
   
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE
CHANGED. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL NOR DOES IT SEEK AN OFFER TO BUY THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
<PAGE>
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED MAY 20, 1999.
    
 
                                                                          [LOGO]
 
                            14,300,000 Common Units
 
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
 
                     Representing Limited Partner Interests
                                  ------------
 
    This is an initial public offering by TC PipeLines, LP of common units
representing limited partner interests. TC PipeLines was recently formed to
acquire, own and participate in the management of United States based pipeline
assets. TC PipeLines will own a 30% general partner interest in Northern Border
Pipeline Company, which is engaged in pipeline transportation of natural gas.
 
    Common units are entitled to receive distributions of operating cash of
$0.45 per quarter or $1.80 on an annualized basis, before any distributions are
paid on the subordinated units. This priority is expected to continue until at
least June 30, 2004.
 
    Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the common units.
TC PipeLines anticipates that the initial public offering price per common unit
will be between $20.50 and $22.50. The common units will be quoted on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "TCLPZ".
 
    Affiliates of the general partner will receive all of the net proceeds of
this offering after payment of expenses. TC PipeLines will not retain any of the
proceeds from this offering.
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 17 TO READ ABOUT IMPORTANT FACTORS THAT YOU
SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE BUYING COMMON UNITS.
 
    These risks include the following:
 
    - Cash distributions are not assured.
 
    - FERC regulatory decisions may adversely affect the operations of Northern
      Border Pipeline.
 
    - Loss of a major shipper could adversely affect the operations of Northern
      Border Pipeline.
 
    - TC PipeLines' affiliates may compete with TC PipeLines or Northern Border
      Pipeline for existing or new business.
 
    - The legal duties of TC PipeLines' general partner and its affiliates to
      unitholders are limited.
                               ------------------
 
    NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER REGULATORY BODY
HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.
                               ------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Per
                                                         Common Unit       Total
                                                        --------------  -----------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>
Initial public offering price.........................   $               $
Underwriting discount.................................   $               $
Proceeds, before expenses, to TC PipeLines............   $               $
</TABLE>
 
    The underwriters may purchase up to an additional 2,145,000 common units
from TC PipeLines at the initial public offering price less the underwriting
discount to cover over-allotments.
                                ----------------
 
    The underwriters expect to deliver the common units against payment in New
York, New York on              , 1999.
 
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
        SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
 
                MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 
                        MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
 
                                PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED
 
                                ----------------
 
                     Prospectus dated              , 1999.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY....................................................................          1
  TC PipeLines, LP....................................................................          1
  Business Strategy...................................................................          2
  TC PipeLines Structure and Management...............................................          3
  Ownership Chart.....................................................................          4
  The Offering........................................................................          5
  Summary Pro Forma Financial Data of TC PipeLines....................................          7
  Summary Historical Financial and Operating Data of Northern Border Pipeline.........          8
  Summary of Risk Factors.............................................................          9
  The Transactions....................................................................         11
  Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities.....................         12
  Distributions and Payments to the General Partner and Its Affiliates................         13
  Summary of Tax Considerations.......................................................         15
RISK FACTORS..........................................................................         17
  Risks Inherent in TC PipeLines' Business............................................         17
  Risks Inherent in an Investment in TC PipeLines.....................................         23
  Tax Risks...........................................................................         27
THE TRANSACTIONS......................................................................         30
USE OF PROCEEDS.......................................................................         32
PRO FORMA CAPITALIZATION..............................................................         33
DILUTION..............................................................................         34
CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY..............................................................         35
  Quarterly Distributions of Available Cash...........................................         35
  Subordination Period; Conversion of Subordinated Units..............................         37
  Incentive Distribution Rights.......................................................         38
  Distributions from Capital Surplus..................................................         40
  Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.........         40
  Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation..............................................         41
CASH AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION.......................................................         44
SELECTED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA OF TC PIPELINES.....................................         47
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA OF NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE..........         48
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
  OPERATIONS..........................................................................         49
  Pro Forma Financial Condition and Results of Operations of TC PipeLines.............         49
  Results of Operations of Northern Border Pipeline...................................         49
  Liquidity and Capital Resources of Northern Border Pipeline.........................         52
  Description of Indebtedness of Northern Border Pipeline.............................         53
  Settlement of 1995 FERC Rate Case and Project Cost Containment Mechanism............         55
  Amortization of Incentive Rate of Return............................................         56
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk..........................         56
  Year 2000...........................................................................         57
MARKET OVERVIEW.......................................................................         60
BUSINESS OF TC PIPELINES..............................................................         62
  Business Strategy and Competitive Strengths of TC PipeLines.........................         62
BUSINESS OF NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE..................................................         64
  Structure...........................................................................         64
  General.............................................................................         64
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
  The Northern Border Pipeline System.................................................         65
  Interconnects.......................................................................         65
  Project 2000........................................................................         66
  Competition.........................................................................         66
  Shippers............................................................................         67
  FERC Regulation.....................................................................         68
  Environmental and Safety Matters....................................................         71
  Properties..........................................................................         71
  Litigation..........................................................................         72
TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED.........................................................         73
  Energy Transmission.................................................................         73
  Other Businesses....................................................................         74
MANAGEMENT............................................................................         75
  TC PipeLines Management.............................................................         75
  Directors and Executive Officers of the General Partner.............................         76
  Reimbursement of Expenses of the General Partner and Its Affiliates.................         77
  Executive Compensation..............................................................         78
  Compensation of Directors...........................................................         78
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT......................         79
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES..................................         81
  Conflicts of Interest...............................................................         81
  Fiduciary and Other Duties Owed to Unitholders by the General Partner as Prescribed
    by Law and the Partnership Agreement..............................................         84
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS.......................................................         87
  The Units...........................................................................         87
  Transfer Agent and Registrar........................................................         87
  Transfer of Common Units............................................................         87
DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBORDINATED UNITS.................................................         89
  Conversion of Subordinated Units....................................................         89
  Limited Voting Rights...............................................................         89
  Distributions Upon Liquidation......................................................         90
THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT.............................................................         91
  Organization and Duration...........................................................         91
  Purpose.............................................................................         91
  Power of Attorney...................................................................         91
  Capital Contributions...............................................................         91
  Limited Liability...................................................................         92
  Issuance of Additional Securities...................................................         93
  Amendment of Partnership Agreement..................................................         93
  Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets.........................................         95
  Termination and Dissolution.........................................................         96
  Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds............................................         96
  Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner........................................         96
  Transfer of General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights..............         98
  TransCanada Ownership of General Partner............................................         98
  Change of Management Provisions.....................................................         99
  Limited Call Right..................................................................         99
  Meetings; Voting....................................................................         99
  Status as Limited Partner or Assignee...............................................        100
  Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption...................................................        100
  Indemnification.....................................................................        101
</TABLE>
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
  Books and Reports...................................................................        101
  Right to Inspect TC PipeLines Books and Records.....................................        101
  Registration Rights.................................................................        102
UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE........................................................        103
NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT........................................        105
  Organization and Partners...........................................................        105
  Purpose.............................................................................        105
  Management and Voting...............................................................        105
  Operator............................................................................        107
  Cash Distribution Policy............................................................        107
  Audit and Compensation Committee....................................................        108
  Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction......................................        108
  Transfer of Interest................................................................        108
  Additional Capital Requirements.....................................................        108
  Change to Corporate Form............................................................        108
  Withdrawal of General Partners......................................................        109
  Indemnification.....................................................................        109
  Business Opportunities..............................................................        109
  Termination and Dissolution.........................................................        109
  Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds............................................        109
TAX CONSIDERATIONS....................................................................        110
  Legal Opinions and Advice...........................................................        110
  Partnership Status..................................................................        111
  Limited Partner Status..............................................................        112
  Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership..................................................        113
  Tax Treatment of Operations.........................................................        118
  Disposition of Common Units.........................................................        120
  Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors........................................        123
  Administrative Matters..............................................................        123
  State, Local and Other Tax Considerations...........................................        126
INVESTMENT IN TC PIPELINES BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS..................................        127
VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS..........................................................        128
EXPERTS...............................................................................        128
HOW TO OBTAIN OTHER INFORMATION ABOUT TC PIPELINES....................................        129
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS............................................................        129
UNDERWRITING..........................................................................        U-1
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.........................................................        F-1
Appendix A--Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership.....................        A-1
Appendix B--Application for Transfer of Common Units..................................        B-1
Appendix C--Glossary of Terms.........................................................        C-1
Appendix D--Pro Forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus...........................        D-1
</TABLE>
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
                        GUIDE TO READING THIS PROSPECTUS
 
    The following should help you understand some of the conventions and defined
terms used in this prospectus:
 
    -  For ease of reference, a glossary of some of the terms used in this
       prospectus is included as Appendix C to this prospectus. Capitalized
       terms not otherwise defined have the meanings given in the glossary.
 
    -  Unless otherwise specified, the information in this prospectus assumes
       that
 
       the underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised.
 
    -  Unless otherwise specified, references in this prospectus to "$" or
       "dollars" are to United States dollars.
 
                                       iv
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION THAT YOU SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE
INVESTING IN THE COMMON UNITS. YOU SHOULD READ THE ENTIRE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY,
INCLUDING THE "RISK FACTORS" SECTION AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE NOTES
TO THOSE STATEMENTS.
 
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
 
    We were recently formed to acquire, own and participate in the management of
United States based pipeline assets. We will own a 30% interest in Northern
Border Pipeline Company.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline owns a 1,214-mile United States interstate pipeline
system that currently transports natural gas from the Montana-Saskatchewan
border to natural gas markets in the midwestern United States. Northern Border
Pipeline connects with multiple pipelines which allow its shippers to access the
various natural gas markets served by those pipelines.
 
    The Northern Border pipeline system was initially constructed in 1982 and
was expanded or extended in 1991, 1992 and 1998. A recent expansion and
extension, called the Chicago project, was completed in late 1998, and increased
the Northern Border pipeline system's ability to receive natural gas by 42% to
its current capacity of 2,373 million cubic feet per day. The amount of natural
gas that can be transported in the pipeline is referred to as "capacity" and is
measured in cubic feet per day. In the first quarter of 1999, the first full
quarter of operations that included the Chicago project, we estimate that
Northern Border Pipeline transported 23% of the total amount of natural gas
imported from Canada to the United States. In 1998, approximately 88% of the
natural gas transported by the Northern Border pipeline system was produced in
the western Canadian sedimentary basin located in the provinces of Alberta,
British Columbia and Saskatchewan.
 
    As of December 31, 1998, all of the capacity of the Northern Border pipeline
system was contractually committed through October 2001 and the weighted average
contract life, based upon annual cost of service obligations, was slightly under
eight years, with at least 97% of capacity contracted through mid-September
2003.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline transports natural gas for shippers under a tariff
regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. The tariff allows
Northern Border Pipeline an opportunity to recover from its shippers its costs
of service, including a return on equity, operations and maintenance costs,
taxes other than income taxes, interest, depreciation and amortization and an
allowance for income taxes. Shippers contract to pay for a proportionate share
of those costs by way of a uniform mileage-based charge for the amount of
capacity contracted. The shippers are obligated to pay the charge regardless of
the amount of natural gas they transport. Northern Border Pipeline does not own
the natural gas that it transports and therefore it does not assume any natural
gas commodity price risk.
 
    The Northern Border pipeline system is operated by Northern Plains Natural
Gas Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Enron
Corp. Management of Northern Border Pipeline is overseen by a four-member
management committee. We will designate one representative to the Northern
Border Pipeline management committee with 30% voting power and the general
partners of Northern Border Partners, L.P., a publicly traded partnership that
is not affiliated with us, select the other three representatives, which have a
combined 70% voting power.
 
    We are managed by our general partner, TC PipeLines GP, Inc., which is a
wholly owned subsidiary of TransCanada PipeLines Limited. TransCanada has
extensive operations in four principal lines of business: energy transmission,
energy marketing, energy processing and international energy services.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
    TransCanada is the largest carrier of natural gas in North America by volume
and operates the longest and most extensive pipeline network in Canada. As of
December 31, 1998, TransCanada transported approximately 80% of all Canadian
natural gas production, which represented 18% of all North American natural gas
production. Through the Canadian mainline and the Alberta system, TransCanada
owns and operates natural gas transmission systems with approximately 22,800
miles of pipeline. TransCanada extends its reach in North America through
various ownership interests in approximately 6,840 miles of natural gas and
crude oil pipelines.
 
                               BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    Our business strategy combines the acquisition of high quality pipeline
transmission and related assets with further development of our existing asset
base. TransCanada has developed and expects to continue to develop pipeline
assets which either link western Canadian natural gas supplies directly to
United States markets or complement pipelines which do so. We believe that
TransCanada's United States based pipeline assets will provide us with
acquisition opportunities because TransCanada views TC PipeLines as its
preferred acquisition and growth vehicle in the United States for these types of
assets.
 
    We believe the growing market for natural gas in the northeastern United
States is a logical market for the large reserves of natural gas in western
Canada. Northern Border Pipeline is part of a pathway between pipeline systems
accessing supply in western Canada and pipeline systems serving the market areas
in the northeastern United States. We believe we can capitalize on the growth
opportunities inherent in the northeastern United States through our
participation in further expansions and extensions of the Northern Border
pipeline system, as well as through select acquisitions of ownership interests
in other United States pipeline transmission and related assets.
 
    Industry conditions, competition and the possible need for substantial
additional financing that might not be available on acceptable terms or at all
may impact our ability to implement our business strategy.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                     TC PIPELINES STRUCTURE AND MANAGEMENT
 
    We will own our 30% general partner interest in Northern Border Pipeline
through the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership. Upon completion of the
transactions contemplated in this prospectus:
 
    - TC PipeLines will own a 98.9899% limited partner interest in the TC
      PipeLines intermediate partnership;
 
    - our general partner will own a 1% general partner interest in TC
      PipeLines; and
 
    - our general partner will own a 1.0101% general partner interest in the TC
      PipeLines intermediate partnership.
 
    The general partner, therefore, will own a 2% general partner interest in TC
PipeLines and the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership on a combined basis.
 
    Following the offering, the executives who currently manage TransCanada's
investment in Northern Border Pipeline will manage and operate our business as
the executives of our general partner or its affiliates. Our general partner
will not receive any management fee or other compensation in connection with its
management of TC PipeLines, but will be reimbursed for all direct and indirect
expenses incurred on behalf of TC PipeLines.
 
    TransCanada has agreed with the underwriters of the offering that it will
retain beneficial ownership of our general partner until the later to occur of
(1) the date when TransCanada or an affiliate is no longer providing a revolving
credit facility to us and (2) six months after the date when there are no
officers of our general partner who are also directors, officers or employees of
TransCanada or its other affiliates. Our general partner has agreed not to
voluntarily withdraw prior to June 30, 2009 without obtaining unitholder
approval.
 
    Our principal executive offices are located at Four Greenspoint Plaza, 16945
Northchase Drive, Houston, Texas 77060 and our phone number is (281) 873-7774.
 
    The following chart depicts the organization and ownership of TC PipeLines,
the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership and Northern Border Pipeline after
giving effect to the completion of the transactions contemplated in this
prospectus, and assuming that the underwriters' over-allotment option is not
exercised. The percentages reflected in the organization chart represent the
approximate ownership interest in each of TC PipeLines and the TC PipeLines
intermediate partnership individually and not on a combined basis. Except for
the organization chart, the ownership percentages referred to in this prospectus
reflect the approximate effective ownership interest of the unitholders in TC
PipeLines and the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership on a combined basis.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                   [LOGO]
 
- ------------------------
 
(1)  Northern Border Intermediate Limited Partnership, a subsidiary of Northern
     Border Partners, L.P., is not affiliated with us.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Securities offered................  14,300,000 common units.
 
                                    16,445,000 common units if the underwriters'
                                    over-allotment option is exercised in full.
 
Units outstanding after the
  offering........................  14,300,000 common units and 3,200,000 subordinated
                                    units, representing 80.1% and 17.9% limited partner
                                    interests in TC PipeLines.
 
                                    If the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised
                                    in full:
 
                                        - 2,145,000 additional common units will be issued
                                        and 2,145,000 subordinated units will be redeemed;
                                          and
 
                                        - 16,445,000 common units and 1,055,000 subordinated
                                          units, representing 92.1% and 5.9% limited partner
                                          interests in TC PipeLines, will be outstanding.
 
Cash distributions................  We intend to make minimum quarterly distributions of
                                    $0.45 per common unit per quarter. This minimum
                                    quarterly distribution is not assured. We are required
                                    to make quarterly distributions of all of our cash from
                                    operations, if any, whether less than or greater than
                                    this minimum quarterly distribution.
 
                                    Prior to making quarterly distributions, our general
                                    partner will establish reserves for our operations. Our
                                    general partner has broad discretion in establishing
                                    reserves.
 
                                    In general, cash distributions will be based on the
                                    following priorities:
 
                                        - First, 98% to the common units and 2% to the
                                          general partner until each common unit has
                                          received a minimum quarterly distribution of
                                          $0.45, plus any arrearages in the payment of the
                                          minimum quarterly distribution from prior
                                          quarters.
 
                                        - Second, 98% to the subordinated units and 2% to
                                        the general partner until each subordinated unit has
                                          received a minimum quarterly distribution of
                                          $0.45.
 
                                    If cash distributions per unit exceed target levels
                                    greater than $0.45 in a quarter, the general partner
                                    will receive incentive distributions.
 
                                    Cash distributions will generally be made within 45 days
                                    after the end of each quarter. The first distribution to
                                    the unitholders will be made within 45 days after the
                                    quarter ending June 30, 1999. The minimum quarterly
                                    distribution for the period from the closing of the
                                    offering through
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    June 30, 1999 will be adjusted downward based on the
                                    actual length of that period.
 
                                    Although we can provide no assurances, based on the
                                    assumptions listed on page 44 of this prospectus, we
                                    believe that we will generate sufficient cash to enable
                                    us to make a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.45 per
                                    quarter on the common units and the subordinated units
                                    for each quarter through June 30, 2002. However, pro
                                    forma cash available for distribution generated during
                                    1998 would not have been sufficient to pay the minimum
                                    quarterly distributions on the common units and
                                    subordinated units and the related distribution on the
                                    general partner interest during 1998. See "Cash
                                    Available for Distribution" for an explanation of this
                                    shortfall.
 
Subordination period..............  The subordination period will end once we meet the
                                    financial tests in the partnership agreement, but it
                                    generally cannot end before June 30, 2004.
 
                                    When the subordination period ends, all remaining
                                    subordinated units will convert into common units on a
                                    one-for-one basis.
 
Early conversion of subordinated
  units...........................  If the financial tests for conversion in our partnership
                                    agreement are met for any quarter ending on or after
                                    June 30, 2002, one-third of the subordinated units will
                                    convert into common units. If these tests have been met
                                    for any quarter ending on or after June 30, 2003, an
                                    additional one-third of the subordinated units will
                                    convert into common units.
 
Issuance of additional units......  In general, during the subordination period we can issue
                                    up to 8,580,000 additional common units without
                                    obtaining unitholder approval. We can also issue an
                                    unlimited number of common units for acquisitions which
                                    increase cash flow from operations per unit on a pro
                                    forma basis.
 
Nasdaq National Market listing....  The common units will be quoted on the Nasdaq National
                                    Market under the symbol "TCLPZ".
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA OF TC PIPELINES
 
    The following unaudited Summary Pro Forma Financial Data as of and for the
three months ended March 31, 1999 and for the year ended December 31, 1998 is
derived from TC PipeLines' Pro Forma Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in
this prospectus.
 
    TC PipeLines' pro forma equity income represents 30% of the net income of
Northern Border Pipeline. Our general partner's allocation of pro forma net
income is based on a combined 2% interest in TC PipeLines, which has been
deducted before calculating the pro forma net income per unit. The computation
of pro forma net income per unit assumes that 14,300,000 common units and
3,200,000 subordinated units are outstanding at all times during the periods
presented. The pro forma investment balance as of March 31, 1999 represents the
combined carrying values of the investment in Northern Border Pipeline as
reflected in the financial records of TransCanada Border PipeLine and TransCan
Northern, wholly owned subsidiaries of TransCanada, as of that date. The pro
forma investment balance also equates to 30% of the net assets of Northern
Border Pipeline as of March 31, 1999. Pro forma partners' capital is allocated
2% to our general partner, 80.1% to common unitholders and 17.9% to subordinated
unitholders.
 
    For a more complete description of the assumptions used in preparing the
Summary Pro Forma Financial Data of TC PipeLines, see Notes to the Pro Forma
Financial Statements of TC PipeLines, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED             YEAR ENDED
                                                                    MARCH 31, 1999           DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                              --------------------------  ------------------------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                                                (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                           <C>                         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Equity income from investment in Northern Border
    Pipeline................................................                9,094                     30,069
  General and administrative expenses.......................                 (300)                    (1,200)
                                                                       ----------                 ----------
  Net income to partners....................................                8,794                     28,869
                                                                       ----------                 ----------
                                                                       ----------                 ----------
  Net income per unit.......................................         $       0.49               $       1.62
                                                                       ----------                 ----------
                                                                       ----------                 ----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
  Investment in Northern Border Pipeline....................              250,721
  Total assets..............................................              250,722
  Partners' capital
    General partner.........................................                5,015
    Common units............................................              200,828
    Subordinated units......................................               44,879
                                                                       ----------
                                                                          250,722
                                                                       ----------
                                                                       ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
               SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA OF
                            NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
 
    Some reclassifications have been made to the prior years' financial data to
conform with the presentation used in the audited financial statements of
Northern Border Pipeline for the year ended December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                            MARCH 31,                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                       --------------------  ----------------------------------------------------------
                                         1999       1998        1998        1997        1996        1995        1994
                                       ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                                           (unaudited)
 
<CAPTION>
                                                        (thousands of dollars, except operating data)
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Operating revenues, net............     73,635     47,504     196,600     186,050     201,943     206,497     211,580
  Operations and maintenance.........      9,102      7,127      29,447      28,522      26,974      25,573      27,682
  Depreciation and amortization......     12,785      9,782      40,989      38,708      46,979      47,081      41,959
  Taxes other than income............      7,477      6,009      21,381      22,393      24,390      23,886      24,438
  Regulatory credit..................     --           (353)     (8,878)     --          --          --          --
                                       ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
    Operating income.................     44,271     24,939     113,661      96,427     103,600     109,957     117,501
  Interest expense, net..............    (14,399)    (6,411)    (25,541)    (29,360)    (32,670)    (35,106)    (38,375)
  Other income (expense).............        443      1,734      12,111       5,705       2,913        (316)     (1,968)
                                       ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
    Net income.......................     30,315     20,262     100,231      72,772      73,843      74,535      77,158
                                       ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                       ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
CASH FLOW DATA:
  Net cash provided by operating
    activities.......................     37,284     28,314     103,777     115,328     136,808     127,429     121,679
  Capital expenditures...............     57,261    103,836     651,169     152,070      18,597       8,310       3,086
  Distributions to partners..........     38,015      9,509      61,205      99,322     102,845      98,517      87,509
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
  Net property, plant and
    equipment........................  1,742,517  1,168,380   1,714,523   1,100,890     937,859     957,587     983,843
  Total assets.......................  1,830,500  1,208,252   1,790,889   1,147,120     974,137   1,011,361   1,063,210
  Long-term debt, including current
    maturities.......................    927,000    469,000     862,000     459,000     377,500     410,000     445,000
  Partners' capital..................    835,738    662,165     843,438     581,412     526,962     555,964     579,946
OPERATING DATA (UNAUDITED):
  Natural gas delivered (millions of
    cubic feet)......................    202,851    156,233     619,669     633,280     633,908     615,133     597,898
  Average throughput (millions of
    cubic feet per day)..............      2,327      1,774       1,737       1,770       1,764       1,720       1,663
</TABLE>
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
                            SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS
 
                    RISKS INHERENT IN TC PIPELINES' BUSINESS
 
- - Cash distributions are not assured and may fluctuate with our performance
 
- - If the FERC requires that Northern Border Pipeline's tariff be changed,
  Northern Border Pipeline's ability to recover its cost of service from its
  shippers could be limited
 
- - If any shipper fails to perform its contractual obligations, Northern Border
  Pipeline's cash flows and financial condition could be adversely impacted
 
- - If Northern Border Pipeline does not maintain or increase its rate base by
  successfully completing FERC-approved projects, the amount of revenue
  attributable to the return on the rate base Northern Border Pipeline collects
  from its shippers will decrease over time
 
- - A decline in the availability of western Canadian natural gas may reduce the
  need for shippers to contract for capacity on Northern Border Pipeline
 
- - If demand for western Canadian natural gas decreases, shippers may not enter
  into or renew contracts with Northern Border Pipeline
 
- - Because of the highly competitive nature of the natural gas transmission
  business, Northern Border Pipeline may not be able to maintain existing
  customers when the current shipper contracts expire
 
- - Northern Border Pipeline's indebtedness may limit its ability to borrow
  additional funds, make distributions to us, or capitalize on business
  opportunities
 
- - Litigation or governmental regulation relating to environmental protection and
  operational safety may result in substantial costs and liabilities
 
- - If the FERC does not allow Northern Border Pipeline to include a portion of
  the costs of the Chicago project in its rate base, Northern Border Pipeline
  would not be able to recover those costs from its shippers
- - If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically and operationally
  acceptable terms, our future financial performance will be limited to our
  participation in Northern Border Pipeline
 
- - Northern Border Pipeline's operations are subject to operational hazards and
  unforeseen interruptions
 
                       RISKS INHERENT IN AN INVESTMENT IN
                                  TC PIPELINES
 
- - Majority control of the Northern Border Pipeline management committee by
  Northern Border Partners may limit our ability to influence Northern Border
  Pipeline
 
- - You will have limited voting rights and will not control our general partner
 
- - Our assumptions concerning future operations may not be realized
 
- - Purchasers of common units will experience immediate and substantial dilution
 
- - We may issue additional common units without your approval, which would dilute
  existing unitholders' interests
 
- - Issuance of additional common units, including upon conversion of subordinated
  units or exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, will increase
  the risk that we will be unable to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution
  on all common units
 
- - Cost reimbursements due to our general partner may be substantial and could
  reduce our cash available for distributions
 
- - A trading market may not develop for the units or you may not be able to
  resell your units at the initial offering price
 
- - Our general partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your
  units at an undesirable time or price
 
- - You may not have limited liability in some circumstances
 
- - Without the consent of each unitholder, Northern Border Pipeline might be
  converted
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
  into a corporation, which would result in Northern Border Pipeline being
  subject to corporate income taxes
 
- - If we were found to be an "investment company" under the Investment Company
  Act of 1940, our contracts may be voidable and our offers of securities may be
  subject to rescission
 
- - If we were to lose TransCanada's management expertise, we would not have
  sufficient stand-alone resources to operate
 
                                   TAX RISKS
 
- - The IRS could treat us as a corporation, which would substantially reduce the
  cash available for distribution to unitholders
 
- - We have not requested an IRS ruling with respect to tax consequences
 
- - You may be required to pay taxes on income from us even if you receive no cash
  distributions
 
- - Tax gain or loss on disposition of common units could be different than
  expected
 
- - Investors other than individuals that are U.S. residents may have adverse tax
  consequences from owning units
 
- - Tax shelter registration could increase risk of IRS audit of TC PipeLines or a
  unitholder
 
- - We treat a purchaser of units as having the same tax benefits as the seller;
  the IRS may challenge this treatment which could adversely affect the value of
  the units
 
- - You will likely be subject to state and local taxes simply as a result of an
  investment in units
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                THE TRANSACTIONS
 
    We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of common units offered
through this prospectus will be approximately $287 million (assuming an initial
public offering price of $21.50 per common unit and after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses incurred in connection
with the offering). We will not retain any of the proceeds from this offering.
 
    The substantive result of the transactions that will occur at the closing of
the offering are as follows:
 
    - TransCan Northern Ltd. and TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd., wholly owned
      subsidiaries of TransCanada, will contribute their combined 30% general
      partner interest in Northern Border Pipeline to the TC PipeLines
      intermediate partnership.
 
    - TC PipeLines will use a portion of the net proceeds of the offering to pay
      expenses incurred in connection with the offering.
 
    - TC PipeLines will pay the remainder of the net proceeds to the
      subsidiaries of TransCanada to redeem common units issued to the
      subsidiaries of TransCanada.
 
    - Our general partner will receive 3,200,000 subordinated units, the
      incentive distribution rights and the combined 2% general partner
      interests in TC PipeLines and the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership.
 
    After giving effect to these transactions, the TransCanada subsidiaries will
not own any direct interests in TC PipeLines or the TC PipeLines intermediate
partnership, and our general partner will not own any common units but will own
3,200,000 subordinated units, the incentive distribution rights and the general
partner interests.
 
    We will use the net proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters'
over-allotment option to redeem subordinated units from our general partner on a
one-for-one basis equal to the number of common units issued upon the exercise
of such option.
 
    Concurrently with the closing of the offering, TC PipeLines, as borrower,
will enter into a $40 million unsecured two year revolving credit facility with
TransCanada PipeLine USA Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of TransCanada, as
lender. We may borrow under this revolving credit facility to fund capital
expenditures, fund capital contributions to Northern Border Pipeline and for
working capital and other general business purposes, including enabling TC
PipeLines to make distributions on the units if there has been a temporary
interruption or delay in the receipt of cash distributions from Northern Border
Pipeline.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
        SUMMARY OF CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES
 
    TC PipeLines GP, our general partner, has a fiduciary duty to manage us in a
manner beneficial to us and our unitholders. Because TC PipeLines GP is a
corporate subsidiary of TransCanada, its officers and directors have fiduciary
duties to manage its business in a manner beneficial to TransCanada. As a result
of this relationship, conflicts of interest may arise in the future between us
and our unitholders, on the one hand, and TransCanada, on the other hand.
 
    The following situations, among others, could give rise to conflicts of
interest:
 
    -- our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases
       and sales, capital expenditures, borrowings and reserves, which can
       impact the amount of distributions to unitholders;
 
    -- our general partner may take actions on our behalf that have the effect
       of enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive repayment of
       amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility, distributions on
       their own units or incentive distribution rights or hastening the
       expiration of the subordination period or the conversion of their
       subordinated units into common units;
 
    -- some of the officers of our general partner who will provide services to
       us will also devote significant time to the businesses of our general
       partner's affiliates and competition for their services may arise; and
 
    -- our general partner would negotiate the terms of any asset acquisition
       from TransCanada, subject to approval by our conflicts committee
       consisting of the independent directors of the general partner.
 
    Our general partner is permitted to resolve conflicts of interest by
considering the interests of all the parties involved. Therefore, our general
partner can consider the interests of TransCanada if a conflict of interest
arises.
 
   
    Our general partner will have a conflicts committee, consisting of at least
two independent members of its board of directors, that will be available to
review matters involving conflicts of interest.
    
 
    Our partnership agreement limits the liability and reduces the fiduciary
duties of our general partner to the unitholders. Our partnership agreement also
restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions that might otherwise
constitute breaches of its fiduciary duty. By purchasing a common unit, you are
treated as having consented to the above and to various actions contemplated in
the partnership agreement and conflicts of interest that might otherwise be
considered a breach of fiduciary or other duties under applicable state law.
 
    Affiliates of the general partner currently engage in, and in the future are
expected to continue to engage in, other businesses or activities, including
those that might be in direct competition with TC PipeLines.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
      DISTRIBUTIONS AND PAYMENTS TO THE GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS AFFILIATES
 
    The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to be made by
us to our general partner and its affiliates in connection with the formation,
the ongoing operation and the liquidation of TC PipeLines. These distributions
and payments were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently,
are not the result of arm's length negotiations.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
                                      FORMATION STAGE
 
The consideration paid to our
general partner, TransCanada and
their affiliates for the transfer of
the 30% interest in Northern Border
Pipeline to TC PipeLines............
                                      - 3,200,000 subordinated units,
 
                                      - an aggregate 2% general partner interest in TC
                                        PipeLines and the TC PipeLines intermediate
                                        partnership on a combined basis,
                                      - the incentive distribution rights, and
                                      - all of the net proceeds of the offering, expected
                                      to be approximately $284 million, after payment of
                                        the estimated expenses of the offering. These net
                                        proceeds will be used to redeem common units issued
                                        to subsidiaries of TransCanada at the closing. Net
                                        proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters'
                                        over-allotment option will be used to redeem
                                        subordinated units from our general partner on a
                                        one-for-one basis equal to the number of common
                                        units issued upon exercise of that option.
                                        Accordingly, we will not retain any of the net
                                        proceeds of the offering.
 
                                      OPERATIONAL STAGE
 
Cash distributions to our general
partner.............................  Cash distributions will generally be made 98% to the
                                      unitholders, including to our general partner as
                                      holder of the subordinated units, and 2% to the
                                      general partner. If distributions exceed the target
                                      levels, our general partner will receive a percentage
                                      of the excess distributions that will increase its
                                      distributions to up to 50% of the excess
                                      distributions above the target levels.
 
                                      On a pro forma basis for 1998, our general partner
                                      would have received distributions of approximately
                                      $0.3 million on the general partner interest and
                                      would have received no distribution on the
                                      subordinated units.
</TABLE>
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Payments to our general partner and
its affiliates......................  Our general partner will not receive any management
                                      fee or other compensation for its management of TC
                                      PipeLines. Our general partner will be reimbursed for
                                      all direct and indirect expenses incurred on behalf
                                      of TC PipeLines. On a pro forma basis for 1998, we
                                      estimate that expense reimbursement to the general
                                      partner and its affiliates would have been
                                      approximately $1.2 million.
 
Withdrawal or removal of our general
partner.............................  If our general partner withdraws in violation of the
                                      partnership agreement or is removed for cause, then a
                                      successor general partner has the option to buy the
                                      general partner interests and incentive distribution
                                      rights for a cash price equal to fair market value.
                                      If our general partner withdraws or is removed under
                                      any other circumstances, then the departing general
                                      partner has the option to require the successor
                                      general partner to buy the departing general partner
                                      interests and its incentive distribution rights for a
                                      cash price equal to fair market value.
 
                                      If either option is not exercised, the departing
                                      general partner's interests and incentive
                                      distribution rights will automatically convert into
                                      common units equal to the fair market value of those
                                      interests. In addition, TC PipeLines will be required
                                      to pay the departing general partner for expense
                                      reimbursements.
 
                                      LIQUIDATION STAGE
 
Liquidation.........................  Upon the liquidation of TC PipeLines, the partners,
                                      including our general partner, will be entitled to
                                      receive liquidating distributions according to their
                                      particular capital account balances.
</TABLE>
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                         SUMMARY OF TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
            WE WILL BE CLASSIFIED AS A PARTNERSHIP FOR TAX PURPOSES
 
    In the opinion of counsel, we will be classified for federal income tax
purposes as a partnership, and the beneficial owners of common units will
generally be considered our partners. Accordingly, we will pay no federal income
taxes, and you will be required to report on your federal income tax return your
share of our income, gains, losses and deductions. In general, cash
distributions to you will be taxable only if, and to the extent that, they
exceed the tax basis in your common units.
 
   ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS ARE BASED ON YOUR PERCENTAGE INTEREST IN US
 
    In general, our income and loss will be allocated to the general partner and
the unitholders for each taxable year according to their particular percentage
interests in us. You will be required to take into account, in determining your
federal income tax liability, your share of income generated by us for each of
our taxable years ending within or with your taxable year even if cash
distributions are not made to you. As a consequence, your share of our taxable
income, and possibly the income tax payable by you with respect to that income,
may exceed the cash actually distributed to you.
 
RATIO OF TAXABLE INCOME TO DISTRIBUTIONS ALLOCATED TO PURCHASERS OF COMMON UNITS
                            IS LESS THAN TEN PERCENT
 
    We estimate that if you purchase common units in the offering and hold them
through December 31, 2002 you will be allocated an amount of federal taxable
income for that period that will be less than 10% of the cash distributed with
respect to that period. We anticipate that after the taxable year ending
December 31, 2002, the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to holders
of common units will increase. No assurance can be given that this estimate will
be correct.
 
             LOSSES ARE ONLY AVAILABLE TO OFFSET OUR FUTURE INCOME
 
    In the case of taxpayers subject to the passive loss rules our losses will
only be available to offset our future income and cannot be used to offset
income from other activities, including passive activities or investments,
salary, or active business income. Any losses unused by virtue of these rules
may be fully deducted when you dispose of all of your common units in a taxable
transaction with an unrelated party.
 
                   WE INTEND TO MAKE THE SECTION 754 ELECTION
 
    We intend to make the election provided for by Section 754 of the Internal
Revenue Code, which will generally give you income and deductions calculated by
reference to the portion of your purchase price attributable to each of our
assets.
 
    DISPOSITION OF COMMON UNITS WILL RESULT IN RECOGNITION OF A GAIN OR LOSS
 
    If you sell common units you will recognize gain or loss equal to the
difference between the amount realized and your adjusted tax basis in those
common units. Thus, distributions of cash from us to you in excess of the income
allocated to you will, in effect, become taxable income if you sell the common
units at a price greater than your adjusted tax basis even if the price is less
than your original cost. A substantial portion of the amount realized, whether
or not representing gain, may be ordinary income.
 
OWNERSHIP OF COMMON UNITS BY TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS AND OTHER INVESTORS RAISES
                                   TAX ISSUES
 
    An investment in common units by tax-exempt organizations, including IRAs
and other retirement plans, regulated investment companies and foreign persons
raises issues unique to them. Virtually all of our income allocated to a
unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization will be unrelated business taxable
income and thus will be taxable to it.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
Furthermore, no significant amount of our gross income will be qualifying income
for purposes of determining whether a unitholder will qualify as a regulated
investment company. A unitholder who is a nonresident alien, foreign corporation
or other foreign person will be subject to withholding on his or her
distributions and will be required to file federal income tax returns and to pay
tax on his or her share of our taxable income.
 
                       WE WILL REGISTER AS A TAX SHELTER
 
    The general partner has applied to register us as a tax shelter with the
Secretary of the Treasury.
 
    ISSUANCE OF THE REGISTRATION NUMBER DOES NOT INDICATE THAT AN INVESTMENT IN
THE PARTNERSHIP OR THE CLAIMED TAX BENEFITS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED, EXAMINED OR
APPROVED BY THE IRS.
 
                            OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    In addition to federal income taxes, you will likely be subject to other
taxes, including state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes,
and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various
jurisdictions in which you reside or in which we do business or own property.
You will likely be required to file state income tax returns and to pay taxes in
these various states and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with
these requirements.
 
    The tax consequences of an investment in TC PipeLines, including federal
income tax consequences, will depend in part on your own tax circumstances. You
should consult your own tax advisor to determine whether special personal tax
circumstances apply to you, as well as about the state, local and foreign tax
consequences of an investment in common units.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS ARE INHERENTLY DIFFERENT FROM CAPITAL STOCK OF A
CORPORATION, ALTHOUGH MANY OF THE BUSINESS RISKS TO WHICH WE WILL BE SUBJECT ARE
SIMILAR TO THOSE THAT WOULD BE FACED BY A CORPORATION ENGAGED IN A SIMILAR
BUSINESS. YOU SHOULD CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS TOGETHER WITH ALL OF
THE OTHER INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN
THE COMMON UNITS. ADDITIONAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES NOT PRESENTLY KNOWN TO US
OR THAT WE CURRENTLY BELIEVE TO BE IMMATERIAL MIGHT ADVERSELY AFFECT US.
 
    IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING RISKS ACTUALLY OCCUR, OUR BUSINESS, FINANCIAL
CONDITION OR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS COULD BE MATERIALLY ADVERSELY AFFECTED. IN
THAT CASE THE TRADING PRICES OF OUR COMMON UNITS COULD DECLINE AND YOU MAY LOSE
ALL OR PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT.
 
                    RISKS INHERENT IN TC PIPELINES' BUSINESS
 
CASH DISTRIBUTIONS ARE NOT ASSURED AND MAY FLUCTUATE WITH OUR PERFORMANCE
 
    Although we will distribute all of our cash, less reserves, we can give no
assurance regarding the amounts of cash that we will generate. At the start, we
will derive all of our cash flow from our 30% general partner interest in
Northern Border Pipeline. The actual amounts of cash will depend upon numerous
factors relating to both our and Northern Border Pipeline's businesses which may
be beyond our control, including, generally:
 
    - profitability of operations;
 
    - required principal and interest payments on any debt;
 
    - the cost of acquisitions, including related debt service payments;
 
    - our issuance of debt and equity securities;
 
    - fluctuations in working capital;
 
    - capital expenditures;
 
    - adjustments in reserves;
 
    - prevailing economic conditions;
 
    - fuel conservation measures;
 
    - alternate fuel requirements;
 
    - government regulations; and
 
    - technical advances in fuel economy and energy generation devices.
 
    The following factors will also influence cash distributions:
 
    - the tariff and transportation charges to be collected by Northern Border
      Pipeline for transportation services on the Northern Border pipeline
      system;
 
    - the amount of cash distributed to us by Northern Border Pipeline;
 
    - the amount of cash set aside by us; and
 
    - the amount of any cash required to be contributed by us to Northern Border
      Pipeline.
 
    Under some circumstances, the application of Northern Border Pipeline's cash
distribution policy could result in a reduced distribution to its partners,
including us, in any particular quarter. For example, in the fourth quarter of
1997 Northern Border Pipeline made no cash distributions to its partners because
of a rate refund to shippers. This rate refund resulted primarily from a
retroactive adjustment to Northern Border Pipeline's depreciation schedule that
was agreed to in its most recent rate case. See "Business of Northern Border
Pipeline--FERC Regulation--Cost of Service Tariff" and "Northern Border Pipeline
Partnership Agreement--Cash Distribution Policy".
 
    Cash distributions are dependent primarily on our cash flow, including from
our reserves. Cash distributions are not dependent directly on our
profitability, which is affected by non-cash items. Therefore, cash
distributions may be made during periods when we record losses and may not be
made during periods when we record profits. Our partnership
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
agreement gives our general partner discretion in establishing reserves for the
proper conduct of our business that will affect the amount of available cash.
 
    The amount of cash that we will need to pay the minimum quarterly
distribution for four quarters on the common units and the subordinated units
and the related distribution on the general partner interest to be outstanding
upon the closing of the offering is approximately:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
                                       $25.7
Common units..................       million
Subordinated units............   5.8 million
General partner interest......   0.6 million
                                ------------
                                       $32.1
  Total.......................       million
</TABLE>
 
    If the transactions contemplated in this prospectus had been completed on
January 1, 1998, the pro forma amount of cash available for distribution during
1998 would have been approximately $17.2 million. This amount would not have
been sufficient to allow us to distribute the minimum quarterly distribution on
the common units and the subordinated units and the related distribution on the
general partner interest for 1998 by approximately $14.9 million.
 
    In December 1998, the Northern Border Pipeline management committee changed
its policy regarding the timing of cash distributions to its partners, as
described under "Cash Available for Distribution". The change in the timing of
distributions to the partners of Northern Border Pipeline resulted in a one-time
shift in the payment of distributable cash from the fourth quarter of 1998 to
the first quarter of 1999. If this change in the timing of distributions had not
occurred, then TC PipeLines' pro forma amount of cash available for distribution
during 1998 would have been approximately $26.3 million rather than
approximately $17.2 million.
 
IF THE FERC REQUIRES THAT NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE'S TARIFF BE CHANGED, NORTHERN
BORDER PIPELINE'S ABILITY TO RECOVER ITS COST OF SERVICE FROM ITS SHIPPERS COULD
BE LIMITED
 
    Northern Border Pipeline is subject to extensive regulation by the FERC.
FERC's regulatory authority extends to matters including:
 
    - Northern Border Pipeline's tariff structure;
 
    - Northern Border Pipeline's allowed rate of return on equity;
 
    - the services that Northern Border Pipeline is permitted to perform or
      abandon;
 
    - the ability of Northern Border Pipeline to seek recovery of various
      categories of costs; and
 
    - the acquisition, construction and disposition of pipeline facilities by
      Northern Border Pipeline.
 
    We cannot give any assurance that the FERC will continue to permit Northern
Border Pipeline to use the present form of tariff. Northern Border Pipeline is
required by the terms of its tariff to file a rate proceeding with the FERC by
May 31, 1999 for a redetermination of its allowed equity rate of return. Under
FERC regulations, customers are allowed to contest Northern Border Pipeline's
rates or rate structure and terms and conditions of service. Cash available for
distribution to you could be reduced by:
 
    - a reduction in the current FERC-allowed rate of return on equity,
 
    - exclusion of an allowance for corporate income taxes due to the transfer
      of the Northern Border Pipeline interest to TC PipeLines,
 
    - the exclusion of any other cost of service amounts, or
 
    - any other adverse change to Northern Border Pipeline's rates, rate
      structure and terms and conditions of service.
 
    Given the extent of regulation by the FERC and potential changes to
regulations, we cannot give any assurance regarding:
 
    - the likely federal regulations under which Northern Border Pipeline will
      operate in the future;
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    - the effect that regulation will have on Northern Border Pipeline's or our
      financial positions, results of operations and cash flows; or
 
    - whether our cash flow will be adequate to make distributions to you.
 
IF ANY SHIPPER FAILS TO PERFORM ITS CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS, NORTHERN BORDER
PIPELINE'S CASH FLOWS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION COULD BE ADVERSELY IMPACTED
 
    Northern Border Pipeline has a limited number of major shippers. If any
shipper fails to perform its contractual obligations, Northern Border Pipeline's
cash flows and financial condition could be adversely impacted. As a result, the
cash available for distribution by us to you could be reduced.
 
    Two shippers each contributed more than 5% of revenue to Northern Border
Pipeline in 1998: Pan-Alberta Gas U.S. Inc. (44.4%) and TransCanada PipeLines
Limited, an affiliate of our general partner (7.2%). The 20 largest shippers in
1998, in total, were responsible for 95.9% of Northern Border Pipeline's
revenue.
 
IF NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE DOES NOT MAINTAIN OR INCREASE ITS RATE BASE BY
SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETING FERC-APPROVED PROJECTS, THE AMOUNT OF REVENUE
ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE RETURN ON THE RATE BASE NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COLLECTS
FROM ITS SHIPPERS WILL DECREASE OVER TIME
 
    Northern Border Pipeline reflects the Northern Border pipeline system in its
financial records in various accounts collectively referred to as "rate base".
Northern Border Pipeline is generally allowed to collect from its customers a
return on the rate base as reflected in Northern Border Pipeline's financial
records as well as recover that rate base through depreciation. The amount
Northern Border Pipeline may collect from customers decreases as the rate base
declines as a result of, among other things, monthly depreciation and
amortization. In order to avoid a reduction in the level of cash available for
distributions to its partners, based on its current FERC-approved tariff,
Northern Border Pipeline must maintain or increase its rate base through
projects that maintain or add to existing pipeline facilities. These projects
will depend upon many factors including:
 
    - sufficient demand for natural gas;
 
    - an adequate supply of proved natural gas reserves;
 
    - available capacity on pipelines that connect with Northern Border
      Pipeline;
 
    - the execution of natural gas transportation contracts;
 
    - the approval of any expansion or extension of the Northern Border pipeline
      system by the Northern Border Pipeline management committee, or in some
      cases, a ruling from an arbitrator, see "Northern Border Pipeline
      Partnership Agreement";
 
    - obtaining financing for these projects; and
 
    - receipt and acceptance of necessary regulatory approvals.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's ability to complete these projects is also
subject to numerous business, economic, regulatory, competitive and political
uncertainties beyond its control, and there is no assurance that these projects
will be completed.
 
A DECLINE IN THE AVAILABILITY OF WESTERN CANADIAN NATURAL GAS MAY REDUCE THE
NEED FOR SHIPPERS TO CONTRACT FOR CAPACITY ON NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
 
    The long-term financial conditions of Northern Border Pipeline and TC
PipeLines are dependent on the continued availability of western Canadian
natural gas for import into the United States. We believe that substantial
additional natural gas reserves remain to be discovered, developed and produced
in western Canada. These natural gas reserve prospects may require significant
capital expenditures by others for exploration and development drilling and the
installation of production, gathering, storage, transportation and other
facilities that permit natural gas to be
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
produced and delivered to pipelines that interconnect with the Northern Border
pipeline system. Low prices for natural gas, regulatory limitations, or the lack
of available capital for these projects could adversely affect the development
of additional reserves and production, gathering, storage and pipeline
transmission and import and export of natural gas supplies. As of December 31,
1998, all of the capacity of Northern Border Pipeline was contractually
committed through October 2001. If the availability of western Canadian natural
gas were to decline over this period, existing shippers may be unlikely to
extend their contracts or Northern Border Pipeline may be unable to find
replacement shippers for that capacity. We cannot give any assurances as to the
timing of discovery or development of additional natural gas reserves or their
availability to interconnect with the Northern Border pipeline system.
 
IF DEMAND FOR WESTERN CANADIAN NATURAL GAS DECREASES, SHIPPERS MAY NOT ENTER
INTO OR RENEW CONTRACTS WITH NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's business depends in part on the level of demand
for western Canadian natural gas in the markets the Northern Border pipeline
system serves. The volumes of natural gas delivered to these markets from other
sources affect the demand for both western Canadian natural gas and use of the
Northern Border pipeline system. Demand for western Canadian natural gas also
influences the ability and willingness of shippers to use the Northern Border
pipeline system to meet demand.
 
    A variety of factors could cause the demand for natural gas to fall in the
markets that the Northern Border pipeline system serves. These factors include:
 
    - economic conditions;
 
    - fuel conservation measures;
 
    - alternative fuel requirements;
 
    - government regulation; and
 
    - technological advances in fuel economy and energy generation devices.
 
    We cannot predict whether or how these or other factors will affect demand
for use of the Northern Border pipeline system. If the Northern Border pipeline
system is used less over the long term, we may have lower revenues and less cash
to distribute to you.
 
BECAUSE OF THE HIGHLY COMPETITIVE NATURE OF THE NATURAL GAS TRANSMISSION
BUSINESS, NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN EXISTING
CUSTOMERS OR ACQUIRE NEW CUSTOMERS WHEN THE CURRENT SHIPPER CONTRACTS EXPIRE
 
    As of December 31, 1998, all of the capacity of the Northern Border pipeline
system was contractually committed through October 2001 and the weighted average
contract life, based upon annual cost of service obligations, was slightly under
eight years, with at least 97% of capacity contracted through mid-September
2003. We cannot give any assurances that Northern Border Pipeline will be able
to renew or replace these contracts. The renewal or replacement of the existing
long-term contracts with customers of Northern Border Pipeline depends on a
number of factors beyond our control, including:
 
    - the supply of natural gas in Canada and the United States;
 
    - competition from alternative sources of supply in the United States;
 
    - competition from other pipelines; and
 
    - the price of, and demand for, natural gas in markets served by the
      Northern Border pipeline system.
 
    Other pipeline systems that transport natural gas serve the same markets
served by the Northern Border pipeline system. As a result, Northern Border
Pipeline faces competition from other pipeline systems.
 
    The Alliance Pipeline has received regulatory approval. If constructed, the
Alliance Pipeline will compete directly with Northern Border Pipeline in the
transportation of natural gas from the western Canadian sedimentary basin to
markets in the midwest United States.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    TransCanada owns and operates a pipeline system which transports natural gas
from the same natural gas reserves in western Canada that are used by Northern
Border Pipeline's customers.
 
    Natural gas is also produced in the United States and transported by
competing unaffiliated pipeline systems to the same destinations as natural gas
transported by the Northern Border pipeline system.
 
NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE'S INDEBTEDNESS MAY LIMIT ITS ABILITY TO BORROW
ADDITIONAL FUNDS, MAKE DISTRIBUTIONS TO US OR CAPITALIZE ON BUSINESS
OPPORTUNITIES
 
    Northern Border Pipeline is prohibited from making cash distributions during
an event of default under its indebtedness. Provisions in Northern Border
Pipeline's indebtedness limit its ability to incur indebtedness and engage in
specific transactions which could reduce its ability to capitalize on business
opportunities that arise in the course of its business. Any future refinancing
of its existing indebtedness or any new indebtedness could have similar or
greater restrictions. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Description of Indebtedness of Northern
Border Pipeline".
 
LITIGATION OR GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION RELATING TO ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND
OPERATIONAL SAFETY MAY RESULT IN SUBSTANTIAL COSTS AND LIABILITIES
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's operations are subject to federal and state laws
and regulations relating to environmental protection and operational safety. We
believe that Northern Border Pipeline's operations comply in all material
respects with applicable environmental and safety regulations. However, risks of
substantial costs and liabilities are inherent in pipeline operations and we
cannot give any assurance that these costs and liabilities will not be incurred.
Possible future developments, including stricter environmental and safety laws,
regulations and enforcement policies and claims for personal or property damages
resulting from Northern Border Pipeline's operations, could result in
substantial costs and liabilities to Northern Border Pipeline. If Northern
Border Pipeline is not able to recover these costs, your cash distributions
could be adversely affected.
 
IF THE FERC DOES NOT ALLOW NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE TO INCLUDE A PORTION OF THE
COSTS OF THE CHICAGO PROJECT IN ITS RATE BASE, NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE WOULD
NOT BE ABLE TO RECOVER THOSE COSTS FROM ITS SHIPPERS
 
    The FERC may not permit Northern Border Pipeline to include a portion of the
costs associated with construction of the Chicago project in its rate base. If
that were to happen, Northern Border Pipeline would not be able to recover those
costs from its shippers and cash available for distribution to you would be
adversely affected.
 
    As part of the settlement of Northern Border Pipeline's 1995 rate case with
the FERC, a project cost containment mechanism was implemented to limit Northern
Border Pipeline's ability to include cost overruns on the Chicago project and to
provide incentives to Northern Border Pipeline for cost underruns. The project
cost containment mechanism amount is determined by comparing the final cost of
the Chicago project to the budgeted cost.
 
    If there is a cost overrun of $6 million or less, the shippers will bear the
actual cost of the project through its inclusion in Northern Border Pipeline's
rate base. If there is a cost savings of $6 million or less, the full budgeted
cost will be included in the rate base. If there is a cost overrun or cost
savings of more than $6 million but less than 5% of the budgeted cost, that
amount will be allocated 50% to Northern Border Pipeline and 50% to its shippers
(50% of the difference between 5% of the budgeted cost and $6 million will be
included in Northern Border Pipeline's rate base, and 50% will be excluded). All
cost overruns exceeding 5% of the budgeted cost are excluded from the rate base.
 
    The settlement agreement required the budgeted cost for the Chicago project,
which had been initially filed with the FERC for
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
approximately $839 million, to be adjusted for the effects of inflation and for
costs attributable to changes in project scope, as defined by the agreement. The
budgeted cost of the Chicago project, as adjusted for the effects of inflation
and project scope changes, has been estimated as of the December 22, 1998
in-service date to be $889 million with the final construction cost estimated to
be $892 million. Northern Border Pipeline's notification to the FERC and its
shippers in late December 1998 reflects the conclusion that, based on the
information as of that date, once the budgeted cost has been established there
would be no adjustment to the rate base related to the project cost containment
mechanism.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline is obligated by the settlement agreement to update
its calculation of the project cost containment mechanism six months after the
project's in-service date. The settlement agreement requires the calculation of
the project cost containment mechanism to be reviewed by an independent national
accounting firm. Several parties to the stipulation advised the FERC that they
may have questions and desire further information about the report, and may
possibly wish to test it or the final report and its conclusions at an
appropriate proceeding in the future. The parties also stated that if it is
determined that Northern Border Pipeline is not permitted to include some costs
for the Chicago project in its rate base, they reserve their rights to seek
refunds, with interest, of any overcollections.
 
    We believe the initial computation has been completed under the terms of the
settlement agreement. We are unable to make a definitive determination at this
time whether any adjustments will be required. Later developments may prevent
cost recovery under the project cost containment mechanism, which may result in
a non-cash charge to write down the balance sheet transmission plant line item
and that charge could be material to the operating results of TC PipeLines. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Settlement of 1995 FERC Rate Case and Project Cost Containment
Mechanism".
 
IF WE ARE UNABLE TO MAKE ACQUISITIONS ON ECONOMICALLY AND OPERATIONALLY
ACCEPTABLE TERMS, OUR FUTURE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE WILL BE LIMITED TO OUR
PARTICIPATION IN NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
 
    There can be no assurance that:
 
    - we will identify attractive acquisition candidates in the future,
 
    - we will be able to acquire assets on economically acceptable terms,
 
    - any acquisitions will not be dilutive to earnings and operating surplus,
      or
 
    - any additional debt incurred to finance an acquisition will not affect our
      ability to make distributions to you.
 
    If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically and operationally
acceptable terms, our future financial performance will be limited to our
participation in Northern Border Pipeline.
 
    Our acquisition strategy involves many risks, including:
 
    - difficulties inherent in the integration of operations and systems,
 
    - the diversion of management's attention from other business concerns, and
 
    - the potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses.
 
    Future acquisitions also may involve the expenditure of significant funds.
Depending upon the nature, size and timing of future acquisitions, TC PipeLines
may be required to secure additional financing. No assurance can be given that
additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms.
 
    In addition, substantially all of TransCanada's United States pipeline
assets are subject to restrictions on sale, such as rights of first refusal.
Under a right of first refusal another party, usually a partner, has a right to
acquire the particular asset at the price offered. Only if the other party
declines to purchase the asset at the price offered could TransCanada sell it to
us.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE'S OPERATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO OPERATIONAL HAZARDS AND
UNFORESEEN INTERRUPTIONS
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's operations are subject to operational hazards and
unforeseen interruptions, including natural disasters, adverse weather,
accidents or other events beyond its control. A casualty occurrence might result
in a loss of equipment or life, as well as injury and extensive property or
environmental damage.
 
                       RISKS INHERENT IN AN INVESTMENT IN
                                  TC PIPELINES
 
MAJORITY CONTROL OF THE NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE BY
NORTHERN BORDER PARTNERS MAY LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO INFLUENCE NORTHERN BORDER
PIPELINE
 
    TC PipeLines owns a 30% general partner interest in Northern Border
Pipeline. The remaining 70% general partner interest in Northern Border Pipeline
is currently owned by Northern Border Partners, L.P., a publicly traded limited
partnership, which is not affiliated with us. The general partners of Northern
Border Partners are Northern Plains and Pan Border Gas Company, both
subsidiaries of Enron Corporation, and Northwest Border Pipeline Company, a
subsidiary of The Williams Companies.
 
    Management of Northern Border Pipeline is overseen by the four-member
management committee. TC PipeLines controls 30% of the voting power of the
Northern Border Pipeline management committee and has the right to designate one
member. Northern Border Partners controls 70% of the voting power of the
Northern Border Pipeline management committee and has the right to designate
three members. Northern Border Partners has allocated its voting power on the
Northern Border Pipeline management committee among its own general partners in
proportion to their general partner interests in Northern Border Partners. As a
result, the 70% voting power of Northern Border Partners' representatives on the
Northern Border Pipeline management committee is allocated as follows: 35% to
Northern Plains, 22.75% to Pan Border and 12.25% to Northwest Border. Northern
Plains, Pan Border and Northwest Border each have the right to choose one member
of the Northern Border Pipeline management committee. Enron, through Northern
Plains and Pan Border controls 57.75% of the voting power of the Northern Border
Pipeline management committee and has the right to choose two of its members.
Therefore, except as to any matters requiring unanimity, Enron has the power to
approve a particular matter requiring a majority vote despite the fact that our
representative may vote against the project or other matter. Conversely, with
respect to any matter requiring a majority vote Enron may disapprove a
particular matter despite the fact that our representative may vote in favor of
that matter. See "Northern Border Pipeline Partnership Agreement--Management and
Voting."
 
YOU WILL HAVE LIMITED VOTING RIGHTS AND WILL NOT CONTROL OUR GENERAL PARTNER
 
    The general partner will manage and operate TC PipeLines. Unlike the holders
of common stock in a corporation, you will have only limited voting rights on
matters affecting our business. You will have no right to elect our general
partner on an annual or other continuing basis. Our general partner may not be
removed except by the vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding
units and upon the election of a successor general partner by the vote of the
holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units,
voting as separate classes. These required votes would include the votes of
units owned by our general partner and its affiliates. The ownership of an
aggregate of 18.3% (6.0% upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment
option in full) of the outstanding units and all of the subordinated units by
our general partner has the practical effect of making removal of our general
partner difficult.
 
    In addition, the partnership agreement contains some provisions that may
have the effect of discouraging a person or group from attempting to remove our
general partner or otherwise change the management of TC PipeLines. If our
general partner is removed as
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
general partner of TC PipeLines under circumstances where cause does not exist
and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor
of that removal:
 
    (1) the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units
        will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis,
 
    (2) any existing arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly
        distributions on the common units will be extinguished, and
 
    (3) our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner
        interests and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to
        receive cash in exchange for those interests.
 
These provisions may diminish the price at which the common units will trade
under some circumstances.
 
    The partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of
unitholders to call meetings of unitholders or to acquire information about our
operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders' ability to
influence the manner or direction of management. All matters, other than removal
of the general partner, requiring the approval of the unitholders during the
subordination period must first be proposed by our general partner. Further, if
any person or group other than our general partner or its affiliates or a direct
transferee of our general partner or its affiliates acquires beneficial
ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or
group will lose voting rights with respect to all of its units. As a result, you
will have limited influence on matters affecting our operations, and third
parties may find it difficult to attempt to gain control of us, or influence our
activities. See "The Partnership Agreement--Withdrawal or Removal of the General
Partner" and "--Change of Management Provisions".
 
OUR ASSUMPTIONS CONCERNING FUTURE OPERATIONS MAY NOT BE REALIZED
 
    In establishing the terms of the offering, including the number and initial
offering price of the common units, the number of subordinated units to be
received by the general partner and the minimum quarterly distribution, we have
relied on various assumptions concerning our future operations. See "Cash
Available for Distribution".
 
    Although we believe our assumptions are reasonable, whether the assumptions
are realized is not, in many cases, within our control and cannot be predicted
with any degree of certainty. In the event that our assumptions are not
realized, the actual amount of cash available for distributions could be
substantially less than that currently expected and may be less in any quarter
than that required to make the minimum quarterly distribution. See "Cash
Available for Distribution".
 
PURCHASERS OF COMMON UNITS WILL EXPERIENCE IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
 
    The assumed initial public offering price of $21.50 per unit exceeds pro
forma tangible net book value of $14.04 per unit. You will incur immediate and
substantial dilution of $7.46 per common unit. See "Dilution".
 
WE MAY ISSUE ADDITIONAL COMMON UNITS WITHOUT YOUR APPROVAL, WHICH WOULD DILUTE
EXISTING UNITHOLDERS' INTERESTS
 
    Our general partner can cause us to issue additional common units, without
the approval of unitholders, in the following circumstances:
 
    - upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option;
 
    - upon conversion of the subordinated units;
 
    - under employee benefit plans;
 
    - upon conversion of the general partner interests and incentive
      distribution rights into common units as a result of the withdrawal of our
      general partner; or
 
    - in connection with TC PipeLines making acquisitions or capital
      improvements
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
      that are accretive to our cash flow on a per-unit basis.
 
    In addition, during the subordination period, our general partner has the
authority, without the approval of the unitholders, to cause TC PipeLines to
issue up to an additional 8,580,000 common units or an equivalent number of
securities ranking on a parity with the common units. After the end of the
subordination period, we may issue an unlimited number of limited partner
interests of any type without the approval of the unitholders. Based on the
circumstances of each case, the issuance of additional common units or
securities ranking senior to or on a parity with the common units may dilute the
value of the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in the net
assets of TC PipeLines, dilute the interests of unitholders in distributions by
TC PipeLines and, if issued during the subordination period, reduce the support
provided by the subordination feature of the subordinated units. Our partnership
agreement does not give the unitholders the right to approve the issuance by us
of equity securities ranking junior to the common units at any time.
 
ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL COMMON UNITS, INCLUDING UPON CONVERSION OF SUBORDINATED
UNITS OR EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION, WILL INCREASE THE
RISK THAT WE WILL BE UNABLE TO PAY THE FULL MINIMUM QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION ON
ALL COMMON UNITS
 
    Our ability to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all the common
units may be reduced by any increase in the number of outstanding common units.
Additional common units would be issued as a result of:
 
    - the conversion of subordinated units,
 
    - the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, in which case
      2,145,000 additional common units will be issued and 2,145,000
      subordinated units will be redeemed,
 
    - upon the conversion of the general partner interests and the incentive
      distribution rights as a result of the withdrawal of the general partner,
      or
 
    - future issuances of common units.
 
    Any of these actions will increase the percentage of the aggregate minimum
quarterly distribution payable to the common unitholders and decrease the
percentage of the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution payable to the
subordinated unitholders, which will in turn have the effect of:
 
    - reducing the amount of support provided by the subordination feature of
      the subordinated units; and
 
    - increasing the risk that TC PipeLines will be unable to pay the minimum
      quarterly distribution in full on all the common units.
 
COST REIMBURSEMENTS DUE TO OUR GENERAL PARTNER MAY BE SUBSTANTIAL AND COULD
REDUCE OUR CASH AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION
 
    Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will reimburse our
general partner and its affiliates, including officers and directors of the
general partner, for all expenses incurred by our general partner and its
affiliates on our behalf. The amount of these expenses will be determined by our
general partner in its sole discretion. In addition, our general partner and its
affiliates may provide us services for which we will be charged reasonable fees
as determined by the general partner. The reimbursement of expenses and the
payment of fees could adversely affect our ability to make distributions.
 
A TRADING MARKET MAY NOT DEVELOP FOR THE UNITS OR YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO RESELL
YOUR UNITS AT THE INITIAL OFFERING PRICE
 
    Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the common units.
The common units will be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market. We do not know
the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading
market or how liquid that market might be. The initial public offering price for
the common units will be determined through negotiations between our general
partner and the representatives of the underwriters. Investors may not be able
to resell their common units at or above the initial public offering price. See
"Underwriting".
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
OUR GENERAL PARTNER HAS A LIMITED CALL RIGHT THAT MAY REQUIRE YOU TO SELL YOUR
UNITS AT AN UNDESIRABLE TIME OR PRICE
 
    If our general partner and its affiliates own 80% or more of the common
units, the general partner will have the right, which it may assign to any of
its affiliates or us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining
common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price generally equal to the
then-current market price of the common units. As a consequence, you may be
required to sell your common units at a time when you may not desire to sell
them or at a price that is less than the price you would desire to receive upon
sale. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. See "The
Partnership Agreement-- Limited Call Right".
 
YOU MAY NOT HAVE LIMITED LIABILITY IN SOME CIRCUMSTANCES
 
    The limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for
the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in
some states. If it were to be determined that
 
    (1) TC PipeLines had been conducting business in any state without
        compliance with the applicable limited partnership statute, or
 
    (2) the right or the exercise of the right by the unitholders as a group to
        remove or replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to the
        partnership agreement or to take other action under the partnership
        agreement constituted participation in the "control" of TC PipeLines'
        business,
 
then you could be held liable in some circumstances for TC PipeLines'
obligations to the same extent as a general partner. In addition, under some
circumstances a unitholder may be liable to TC PipeLines for the amount of a
distribution for a period of three years from the date of the distribution. See
"The Partnership Agreement--Limited Liability" for a discussion of the
implications of the limitations on liability to a unitholder.
 
WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF EACH UNITHOLDER, NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE MIGHT BE
CONVERTED INTO A CORPORATION, WHICH WOULD RESULT IN NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
BEING SUBJECT TO CORPORATE INCOME TAXES
 
    If it becomes unlawful to conduct the business of Northern Border Pipeline
and some other conditions are satisfied, the business and assets of Northern
Border Pipeline will automatically be transferred to a corporation without the
vote or consent of unitholders. Therefore, you would not receive a proxy or
consent solicitation statement in connection with that transaction. However, we
believe that it is unlikely that circumstances requiring an automatic transfer
will occur. A transfer to corporate form would result in Northern Border
Pipeline being subject to corporate income taxes and would be likely to be
materially adverse to its, and, therefore, our, results of operations and
financial condition.
 
    In addition, Northern Border Pipeline may transfer its business and assets
to a corporation upon the approval of partners owning at least two-thirds in
interest. Since Northern Border Partners holds 70% of the voting power of
Northern Border Pipeline, it could vote its interest in favor of a transfer of
Northern Border Pipeline's business and assets to a corporation. General
partners of Northern Border Pipeline, including those who did not consent to
that transaction, would be bound by the terms of any such transaction receiving
the requisite unitholder vote and, under current law, would have no statutory
dissenters' appraisal rights in connection with the transaction. Our partnership
agreement prohibits our representative on the Northern Border Pipeline
management committee from approving a transaction of this kind by Northern
Border Pipeline without the prior approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of
the units outstanding during the subordination period or a majority of units
outstanding thereafter. We have no present intention of proposing any
transaction of this kind.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
IF WE WERE TO BE FOUND TO BE AN "INVESTMENT COMPANY" UNDER THE INVESTMENT
COMPANY ACT OF 1940, OUR CONTRACTS MAY BE VOIDABLE AND OUR OFFERS OF SECURITIES
MAY BE SUBJECT TO RESCISSION
 
    If TC PipeLines were deemed to be an unregistered "investment company" under
the Investment Company Act, our contracts may be voidable and our offers of
securities may be subject to rescission, and we may also be subject to other
materially adverse consequences.
 
    The sole asset of TC PipeLines immediately after the offering will consist
of a 30% general partner interest in Northern Border Pipeline. TC PipeLines
could be deemed to be an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act
if the 30% general partner interest constitutes an "investment security", as
defined in the Investment Company Act. If TC PipeLines were deemed to be an
"investment company", then it would be required to be registered as an
investment company under the Investment Company Act. In that case, there would
be a substantial risk that TC PipeLines would be in violation of the Investment
Company Act because of the practical inability to register under the Investment
Company Act.
 
    TC PipeLines believes that it is not an investment company under the
Investment Company Act. This belief is based upon TC PipeLines' determination
that the 30% general partner interest it holds is not an "investment security"
for purposes of the Investment Company Act. This determination is based upon,
among other things, TC PipeLines' role as a general partner of, and
participation in the management of the affairs of, Northern Border Pipeline and
the assumption that Northern Border Pipeline does not convert to corporate form.
Since neither the SEC nor any court have passed upon the issue, there is a risk
that either the SEC or a court could reach a contrary conclusion and find TC
PipeLines to be an "investment company".
 
IF WE WERE TO LOSE TRANSCANADA'S MANAGEMENT EXPERTISE, WE WOULD NOT HAVE
SUFFICIENT STAND-ALONE RESOURCES TO OPERATE
 
    We do not presently have sufficient stand-alone management resources to
operate without services to be provided by TransCanada and are largely dependent
upon TransCanada to pursue our business plan as described under "Business of the
Partnership--Business Strategy and Competitive Strengths of the Partnership".
 
                                   TAX RISKS
 
    For a general discussion of the expected federal income tax consequences of
owning and disposing of common units, see "Tax Considerations".
 
THE IRS COULD TREAT US AS A CORPORATION, WHICH WOULD SUBSTANTIALLY REDUCE THE
CASH AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION TO UNITHOLDERS
 
    The federal income tax benefit of an investment in us depends, in large
part, on our being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. We
have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the IRS on this or
any other matter affecting us. We have, however, received an opinion from
counsel that we will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes. Opinions of counsel are based on specified factual assumptions and are
not binding on the IRS or any court.
 
    If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we
would pay federal income tax on our income at the corporate tax rate, which is
currently 35%. Distributions would generally be taxed again to the unitholders
as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits
would flow through to the unitholders. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as
an entity, the cash available for distribution to you would be substantially
reduced. Our treatment as a corporation would result in a material reduction in
the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to the unitholders and thus would
likely result in a substantial reduction in the value of the common units.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    We cannot provide any assurances that the law will not be changed so as to
cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or
otherwise to be subject to entity-level taxation. The partnership agreement
provides that, if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in
a manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us
to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income tax purposes, then
specified provisions of the partnership agreement relating to distributions will
be subject to change, including a decrease in distributions to reflect the
impact of that law on us.
 
WE HAVE NOT REQUESTED AN IRS RULING WITH RESPECT TO TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to any matter
affecting us. Accordingly, the IRS may adopt positions that differ from our
counsel's conclusions expressed here or from the positions taken by us. It may
be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings in an effort to
sustain some or all of our counsel's conclusions or the positions taken by us,
and some or all of our conclusions or positions ultimately may not be sustained.
Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for the
common units and the price at which the common units trade. In addition, the
costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne directly or indirectly by some
or all of the unitholders and the general partner.
 
YOU MAY BE REQUIRED TO PAY TAXES ON INCOME FROM US EVEN IF YOU RECEIVE NO CASH
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    You will be required to pay federal income taxes and, in some cases, state
and local income taxes on your allocable share of our income, whether or not you
receive cash distributions from us. We cannot assure that you will receive cash
distributions equal to your allocable share of our taxable income or even the
tax liability to you resulting from that income. Further, you may incur a tax
liability, in excess of the amount of cash received, upon the sale of your
common units.
 
TAX GAIN OR LOSS ON DISPOSITION OF COMMON UNITS COULD BE DIFFERENT THAN EXPECTED
 
    Upon the sale of common units, you will recognize gain or loss equal to the
difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in those common units.
Thus, prior distributions in excess of the total net taxable income you were
allocated for a common unit which decreased your tax basis in that common unit
will, in effect, become taxable income if the common unit is sold at a price
greater than your tax basis in that common unit, even if the price is less than
your original cost. A substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not
representing gain, may be ordinary income. Furthermore, should the IRS
successfully contest some conventions to be used by us regarding the computation
of depreciation and amortization deductions, you could realize more gain on the
sale of units than would be the case under those conventions without the benefit
of decreased income in prior years.
 
INVESTORS OTHER THAN INDIVIDUALS THAT ARE U. S. RESIDENTS MAY HAVE ADVERSE TAX
CONSEQUENCES FROM OWNING UNITS
 
    Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, regulated investment
companies and foreign persons raises issues unique to them. For example,
virtually all of the taxable income derived by most organizations exempt from
federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, from the
ownership of a common unit will be unrelated business taxable income and thus
will be taxable to them. Very little of our income will be qualifying income to
a regulated investment company. Distributions to foreign persons will be reduced
by withholding taxes.
 
TAX SHELTER REGISTRATION COULD INCREASE RISK OF IRS AUDIT OF TC PIPELINES OR A
UNITHOLDER
 
    Our general partner has applied to register us as a "tax shelter" with the
Secretary of the Treasury. We cannot give any assurance that we will not be
audited by the IRS or that tax adjustments will not be made. The rights of a
unitholder owning less than a 1% interest in us
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
to participate in the income tax audit process are very limited. Further, any
adjustments in our tax returns will lead to adjustments in the unitholders' tax
returns and may lead to audits of unitholders' tax returns and adjustments of
items unrelated to us. Each unitholder would bear the cost of any expenses
incurred in connection with an examination of his or her personal tax return.
 
WE TREAT A PURCHASER OF UNITS AS HAVING THE SAME TAX BENEFITS AS THE SELLER; THE
IRS MAY CHALLENGE THIS TREATMENT WHICH COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT THE VALUE OF THE
UNITS
 
    Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units, we will
adopt depreciation and amortization conventions that do not conform with all
aspects of specified proposed and final Treasury regulations. A successful
challenge to those conventions by the IRS could adversely affect the amount of
tax benefits available to you or could affect the timing of tax benefits or the
amount of gain from your sale of common units and could have a negative impact
on the value of the common units or result in audit adjustments to your tax
returns.
 
YOU WILL LIKELY BE SUBJECT TO STATE AND LOCAL TAXES SIMPLY AS A RESULT OF AN
INVESTMENT IN UNITS
 
    In addition to federal income taxes, you will likely be subject to other
taxes, including state and local taxes, unincorporated business taxes and
estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various
jurisdictions in which we do business or own property. You will likely be
required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local
income taxes in some or all of the various jurisdictions in which we do business
or own property and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those
requirements. We will initially own assets or do business in Illinois, Iowa,
Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota and Texas. Of these
states, only Texas and South Dakota do not currently impose a personal income
tax. It is your responsibility to file all required United States federal, state
and local tax returns. Counsel has not rendered an opinion on the state or local
tax consequences of an investment in us.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
                                THE TRANSACTIONS
 
TRANSACTION STEPS
 
    Concurrent with the closing of the sale of common units offered through this
prospectus, the following transactions will take place:
 
    - 1st,
 
    -- TransCanada Border PipeLine will contribute its 6% general partner
       interest in Northern Border Pipeline to TC PipeLines intermediate
       partnership in exchange for (1) a 1.0101% general partner interest in the
       intermediate partnership, and (2) an 18.9899% limited partner interest in
       the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership.
 
    -- TransCan Northern will contribute its 24% general partner interest in
       Northern Border Pipeline to TC PipeLines intermediate partnership in
       exchange for a 80% limited partner interest in the intermediate
       partnership.
 
    - 2nd,
 
    -- TC PipeLines will issue the common units in the public offering.
 
    -- TransCanada Border PipeLine will transfer its 18.9899% limited partner
       interest in the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership to TC PipeLines in
       exchange for (1) a 1.0% general partner interest in TC PipeLines, (2) a
       limited partner interest in TC PipeLines consisting of 14,286 common
       units and 3,200,000 subordinated units, and (3) the incentive
       distribution rights.
 
    -- TransCan Northern will transfer its 80% limited partner interest in the
       TC PipeLines intermediate partnership to TC PipeLines in exchange for
       14,285,714 common units.
 
    - 3rd,
 
    -- TC PipeLines will use the proceeds of the offering, after underwriting
       discounts and commissions and payment of expenses, to redeem all of the
       common units issued to TransCanada Border PipeLine and TransCan Northern.
 
    -- TransCanada Border PipeLine will transfer to the general partner its (1)
       1.0% general partner interest in TC PipeLines, (2) 1.0101% general
       partner interest in the intermediate partnership, (3) limited partner
       interest in TC PipeLines consisting of 3,200,000 subordinated units, and
       (4) the incentive distribution rights.
 
    - After giving effect to these transactions:
 
    -- TransCanada Border PipeLine and TransCan Northern will not own any direct
       interests in TC PipeLines.
 
    -- Our general partner will own        subordinated units, the incentive
       distribution rights and the general partner interests.
 
CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION OF 30% GENERAL PARTNER INTEREST
 
    The 30% general partner interest in Northern Border Pipeline conveyed to TC
PipeLines by TransCanada Border PipeLine and TransCan Northern constitutes all
of the initial assets of TC PipeLines.
 
    TransCanada Border PipeLine is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary and
TransCan Northern is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of TransCanada.
 
    The TC PipeLines intermediate partnership will be admitted and assume
obligations as a 30% general partner of Northern Border Pipeline at the closing
of the sale of the common units offered through this prospectus. Northern Border
Pipeline will pay the distribution to its partners for the quarter ending June
30, 1999 proportionately as between TransCanada Border PipeLine and TransCan
Northern, on the one hand, and the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership, on the
other hand, based on the number of days these entities are actually partners of
Northern Border Pipeline during that quarter. In addition, the TC PipeLines
intermediate partnership will indemnify TransCanada, TransCanada Border PipeLine
and TransCan Northern against liabilities and expenses which primarily arise
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
out of or relate to the 30% general partner interest in Northern Border
Pipeline. TransCanada Border PipeLine, TransCan Northern and TransCanada will
indemnify TC PipeLines and the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership against (1)
any income or corporate franchise taxes attributable to ownership of the 30%
general partner interest in Northern Border Pipelines prior to the closing,
including any such income taxes of the transferors resulting from the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus and (2)
liabilities which primarily arise out of or relate to any property, business or
operations of TransCanada Border PipeLine, TransCan Northern or TransCanada
other than with respect to the 30% general partner interest in Northern Border
Pipeline. The contribution of this asset and the assumption of and
indemnification against liabilities will be documented under a Contribution,
Conveyance and Assumption Agreement.
 
UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION
 
    We will use the net proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters'
over-allotment option to redeem subordinated units from our general partner on a
one-for-one basis equal to the number of common units issued upon the exercise
of that option.
 
TWO YEAR REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
 
    Also at the closing of the offering, TC PipeLines, as borrower, and
TransCanada PipeLine USA Ltd., as lender, will enter into a two year $40 million
unsecured revolving credit facility. We may borrow under the revolving credit
facility to fund capital expenditures, fund capital contributions to Northern
Border Pipeline and for working capital and other general business purposes,
including enabling TC PipeLines to make distributions on the units if there has
been a temporary interruption or delay in the receipt of cash distributions from
Northern Border Pipeline. The other principal terms of this revolving credit
facility are:
 
   
    - Interest rate--at the option of the borrower, the one-, two-, three- or
      six-month London Interbank Offered Rate plus 1.25%. Overdue amounts will
      bear interest at 2% in excess of the otherwise applicable interest rate.
    
 
    - Maturity--The earlier of:
 
        (1) two years after closing of the sale of common units offered through
        this prospectus, or
 
        (2) the date on which the borrower obtains economically comparable
        replacement credit facilities.
 
   
    - Ranking--On a parity with all other senior, i.e. unsubordinated, debt of
      the borrower. Secured debt will generally be prohibited.
    
 
    - Expenses--Out-of-pocket expenses of the lender, including legal fees,
      relating to the negotiation and preparation of the revolving credit
      facility are reimbursable by the borrower.
 
   
    The revolving credit facility will also
contain customary representations and warranties, conditions to drawings,
including the absence of defaults, covenants and events of default.
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The following table shows the estimated proceeds from this offering of
common units assuming an initial public offering price of $21.50 per unit. The
gross offering proceeds assume no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment
option. Any proceeds from the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment
option will be used to redeem subordinated units from our general partner on a
one-for-one basis equal to the number of common units issued upon the exercise
of that option.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT     PER CENT
                                                                               ------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                            <C>                       <C>
Gross offering proceeds                                                            $    307,450,000             100
Public offering expenses:
  Underwriting discount and commissions                                                  19,984,250             6.5
  Other expenses of the offering (estimated)                                              3,000,000             1.0
                                                                               ------------------------       -----
                                                                                   $    284,465,750            92.5
                                                                               ------------------------       -----
                                                                               ------------------------       -----
 
Redeem common units from TransCanada Border PipeLine and TransCan Northern         $    284,465,750            92.5
Public offering expenses                                                                 22,984,250             7.5
                                                                               ------------------------       -----
Total application of proceeds                                                      $    307,450,000             100
                                                                               ------------------------       -----
                                                                               ------------------------       -----
</TABLE>
 
    As shown above, we will not retain any of the proceeds from this offering.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                            PRO FORMA CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth (1) the capitalization of TC PipeLines as of
March 31, 1999, (2) the pro forma adjustments required to reflect the
transactions contemplated by this prospectus, including the sale of common units
offered hereby (at an assumed initial public offering price of $21.50 per common
unit) and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in "Use of
Proceeds" and (3) the pro forma capitalization of TC PipeLines as of March 31,
1999. In each case, the table assumes that the underwriters' over-allotment
option is not exercised. The table is derived from and should be read in
conjunction with the pro forma and historical financial statements and notes
thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PRO FORMA           PRO FORMA
                                                          TC PIPELINES, LP       ADJUSTMENTS        TC PIPELINES
                                                        ---------------------  ---------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                     <C>                    <C>              <C>
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)         (UNAUDITED)
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                           (thousands of dollars)
<S>                                                     <C>                    <C>              <C>
Partners' capital
  General partner.....................................                 1                5,014(a)            5,015
  Common units........................................           --                   200,828(a)          200,828
                                                                                      284,466(b)
                                                                                     (284,466)(c)
  Subordinated units..................................           --                    44,879(a)           44,879
                                                              ----------       ---------------        ----------
  Total partners' capital.............................                 1              250,721            250,722
                                                              ----------       ---------------        ----------
    Total capitalization..............................                 1              250,721            250,722
                                                              ----------       ---------------        ----------
                                                              ----------       ---------------        ----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(a) As contemplated in this prospectus, the investment in Northern Border
    Pipeline is conveyed to TC PipeLines by TransCanada Border PipeLine and
    TransCan Northern in exchange for 14,300,000 common units (which will be
    redeemed as part of the transactions contemplated in this prospectus),
    3,200,000 subordinated units, a 2% combined general partnership interest in
    TC PipeLines and the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership and the right to
    receive incentive distributions.
 
(b) Net proceeds to TC PipeLines from the sale of common units are expected to
    be approximately $284 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and
    commissions and expenses of the offering, estimated to be approximately $23
    million.
 
(c) The net proceeds will be used to redeem all of the common units issued to
    TransCanada Border PipeLine and TransCan Northern.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    On a pro forma basis as of March 31, 1999 after giving effect to the
transactions contemplated by this prospectus, the tangible net book value of TC
PipeLines' assets would have been approximately $251 million or $14.04 per
common unit (assuming an initial public offering price of $21.50 per common
unit). Purchasers of common units in the offering will experience substantial
and immediate dilution in tangible net book value per common unit for financial
accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per common unit..............  $   21.50
Less: Pro forma tangible net book value per common unit after the
  offering (1).....................................................  $   14.04
                                                                     ---------
Immediate dilution in tangible net book value per common unit to
  new investors....................................................  $    7.46
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Determined by dividing the total number of units (14,300,000 common units,
    3,200,000 subordinated units and the 2% general partner interest having
    dilutive effect equivalent to 357,143 units) to be outstanding after the
    offering made hereby into the pro forma tangible net book value of TC
    PipeLines, after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of the
    offering.
 
    The following table sets forth the number of units that will be issued by TC
PipeLines and the total consideration to TC PipeLines contributed by the general
partner and its affiliates in respect of their units and by the purchasers of
common units in this offering upon the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this prospectus:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 UNITS ACQUIRED             TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                           --------------------------  -----------------------------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>          <C>               <C>
                                              NUMBER       PER CENT         AMOUNT        PER CENT
                                           -------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------
General Partner and its
  affiliates(1)(2).......................      3,557,143        19.9   $     49,893,678        14.0
New investors............................     14,300,000        80.1        307,450,000        86.0
                                           -------------         ---   ----------------         ---
Total....................................     17,857,143         100   $    357,343,678         100
                                           -------------         ---   ----------------         ---
                                           -------------         ---   ----------------         ---
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus,
    the general partner and its affiliates will own an aggregate 3,200,000
    subordinated units and a 2% general partner interest in TC PipeLines, having
    a dilutive effect equivalent to 357,143 units.
 
(2) The asset contributed and sold by TransCanada Border PipeLine and TransCan
    Northern will be recorded at historical cost in accordance with generally
    accepted accounting principles. Book value of the consideration provided by
    TransCanada Border PipeLine and TransCan Northern as of March 31, 1999,
    after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of the offering,
    is approximately $50 million.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                            CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY
 
                   QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTIONS OF AVAILABLE CASH
 
GENERAL
 
    We will make distributions to our partners for each of our fiscal quarters
before liquidation in an amount equal to all of our Available Cash for that
quarter. Available Cash is defined in the glossary and generally means, for any
of our fiscal quarters, all cash on hand at the end of the quarter less cash
reserves, as described below in "--Available Cash". We expect to make
distributions of all Available Cash within approximately 45 days after the end
of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 1999, to holders of
record on the applicable record date. The minimum quarterly distribution and the
target distribution levels for the period from the closing of the offering
through June 30, 1999 will be adjusted downward based on the actual length of
this period.
 
    For each quarter during the subordination period, to the extent there is
sufficient Available Cash, the holders of common units will have the right to
receive the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.45 per unit, plus any
arrearages on the common units, before any distribution is made to the holders
of subordinated units. This subordination feature will enhance our ability to
distribute the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units during the
subordination period.
 
    We determined the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution based on the
current level of distributions being paid by Northern Border Pipeline to its
partners. There is no assurance, however, that the minimum quarterly
distribution will be made on the common units.
 
    We will make quarterly distributions of Available Cash to unitholders
regardless of whether the amount of distribution is less than the minimum
quarterly distribution. If distributions from Available Cash on the common units
for any quarter during the subordination period are less than the minimum
quarterly distribution of $0.45 per common unit, holders of common units will be
entitled to arrearages. Common unit arrearages will accrue and be paid in a
future quarter if there is Available Cash remaining after the minimum quarterly
distribution is paid for that quarter. Common units will not accrue arrearages
on distributions for any quarter after the subordination period and subordinated
units will not accrue any arrearages on distributions for any quarter.
 
    The holders of subordinated units will have the right to receive the minimum
quarterly distribution only after the common units have received the minimum
quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution. The subordinated units are not entitled to arrearages. Upon
expiration of the subordination period, which will generally not occur before
June 30, 2004, the subordinated units will convert into common units on a
one-for-one basis and will then participate pro rata with the other common units
in distributions of Available Cash. Under circumstances described below, up to
66 2/3% of the subordinated units may convert into common units before the
expiration of the subordination period.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS OF AVAILABLE CASH FROM OPERATING SURPLUS DURING SUBORDINATION
  PERIOD
 
    Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus for any quarter
during the subordination period will be made in the following manner:
 
    - First, 98% to the common units, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner,
      until there has been distributed for each outstanding common unit an
      amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;
 
    - Second, 98% to the common units, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner,
      until there has been distributed for each outstanding common unit an
      amount equal to any arrearages in payment of
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
      the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for that quarter
      and for any prior quarters during the subordination period;
 
    - Third, 98% to the subordinated units, pro rata, and 2% to the general
      partner, until there has been distributed for each outstanding
      subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution
      for that quarter; and
 
    - Thereafter, in the manner described in "--Incentive Distribution Rights"
      below.
 
    The above references to the 2% of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
distributed to the general partner are references to the percentage interest in
distributions from TC PipeLines and the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership of
the general partner on a combined basis, exclusive of its or any of its
affiliates' interest as holders of the units. The general partner will own a 1%
general partner interest in TC PipeLines and a 1.0101% general partner interest
in the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS OF AVAILABLE CASH FROM OPERATING SURPLUS AFTER SUBORDINATION
  PERIOD
 
    Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus for any quarter after
the subordination period will be made in the following manner:
 
    - First, 98% to all units, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until
      there has been distributed for each outstanding unit an amount equal to
      the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and
 
    - Thereafter, in the manner described in "--Incentive Distribution Rights"
      below.
 
AVAILABLE CASH
 
    Available Cash is defined in the glossary and generally means, for any of
our fiscal quarters, all cash on hand at the end of the quarter less the amount
of cash reserves that is necessary or appropriate in the reasonable discretion
of the general partner to:
 
    (1) provide for the proper conduct of our business;
 
    (2) comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other
        agreements; or
 
    (3) provide funds for distributions to unitholders and the general partner
        for any one or more of the next four quarters.
 
OPERATING SURPLUS AND CAPITAL SURPLUS
 
    Cash distributions will be characterized as distributions from either
Operating Surplus or Capital Surplus. This distinction affects the amounts
distributed to unitholders relative to the general partner, and also determines
whether holders of subordinated units receive any distributions. See
"--Distributions from Capital Surplus" below.
 
    Operating Surplus is defined in the glossary and generally means:
 
    (1) our cash balance on the date we begin operations, plus $20 million, plus
        all of our cash receipts from our operations since the closing of the
        transactions contemplated in this prospectus, excluding cash
        constituting Capital Surplus; less
 
    (2) all of our operating expenses, debt service payments, maintenance
        capital expenditures and reserves established for future operations, in
        each case since the closing of the transactions contemplated in this
        prospectus.
 
    Capital Surplus is also defined in the glossary and will generally be
generated only by:
 
    (1) borrowings other than Working Capital Borrowings,
 
    (2) sales of debt and equity securities, and
 
    (3) sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than inventory,
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
        accounts receivable and other current assets sold in the ordinary course
        of business or as part of normal retirements or replacements of assets.
 
    All Available Cash distributed from any source will be treated as
distributed from Operating Surplus until the sum of all Available Cash
distributed since we began operations equals the Operating Surplus as of the end
of the quarter before that distribution. This method of cash distribution avoids
the difficulty of trying to determine whether Available Cash is distributed from
Operating Surplus or Capital Surplus. Any excess of Available Cash, irrespective
of its source, will be treated as Capital Surplus, which would represent a
return of capital.
 
    In general, Capital Surplus is first distributed on each common unit in an
aggregate amount per common unit equal to the initial public offering price of
the common units, plus any arrearages in the payment of minimum quarterly
distributions on the common units. After these distributions have been made the
distinction between Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus will cease. All
subsequent distributions will be treated as from Operating Surplus. See
"--Distributions from Capital Surplus" below. We do not anticipate that there
will be significant distributions of Capital Surplus.
 
             SUBORDINATION PERIOD; CONVERSION OF SUBORDINATED UNITS
 
    The subordination period is defined in the glossary and will generally
extend until the first day of any quarter beginning after June 30, 2004 that
each of the following three events (the "Conversion Criteria") occur:
 
    (1) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on the common
        units and the subordinated units equal or exceed the sum of the minimum
        quarterly distributions on all of the outstanding common units and
        subordinated units for each of the three non-overlapping four-quarter
        periods immediately preceding that date;
 
    (2) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during each of the three
        immediately preceding non-overlapping four-quarter periods equals or
        exceeds the sum of the minimum quarterly distributions on all of the
        outstanding common units and subordinated units during those periods on
        a fully diluted basis and the related distribution on the general
        partner interests in TC PipeLines and the TC PipeLines intermediate
        partnership during those periods; and
 
    (3) there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution
        on the common units.
 
    Before the end of the subordination period, a portion of the subordinated
units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis on the first day
after the record date established for the distribution for any quarter ending on
or after:
 
    (a) June 30, 2002 for one-third of the subordinated units (1,066,667
        subordinated units); and
 
    (b) June 30, 2003 for one-third of the subordinated units (1,066,667
        subordinated units),
 
in either case, if at the end of the applicable quarter each of the three
Conversion Criteria events described in (1), (2) and (3) of the preceding
paragraph shall have occured; provided, however, that the early conversion of
the second one-third of subordinated units may not occur until at least one year
following the early conversion of the first one-third of subordinated units.
 
    Upon expiration of the subordination period, all remaining subordinated
units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis and will then
participate, pro rata, with the other common units in distributions of Available
Cash. In addition, if the general partner is removed as general partner of TC
PipeLines under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by the
general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    (1) the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units
        will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;
 
    (2) any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution
        on the common units will be extinguished; and
 
    (3) the general partner will have the right to convert its general partner
        interest, and the incentive distribution rights, into common units or to
        receive cash in exchange for those interests.
 
    Adjusted Operating Surplus for any period generally means Operating Surplus
generated during that period, less:
 
    (1) any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings during that period; and
 
    (2) any net reduction in cash reserves for operating expenditures during
        that period not relating to an operating expenditure made during that
        period; and plus:
 
    (a) any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings during that period; and
 
    (b) any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures during that
        period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal,
        interest or premium.
 
    Operating Surplus generated during a period is equal to the difference
between:
 
    (1) the Operating Surplus determined at the end of that period; and
 
    (2) the Operating Surplus determined at the beginning of that period.
 
    Working Capital Borrowings are generally borrowings used solely for working
capital purposes or to pay distributions to the partners of TC PipeLines if
there has been a temporary interruption or delay in the receipt of cash
distributions from Northern Border Pipeline.
 
                         INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS
 
    Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing
percentage of quarterly distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
after the minimum quarterly distribution has been achieved. The incentive
distribution rights are held by the general partner. The target distribution
levels are the amounts of Available Cash from Operating Surplus distributed in
excess of the payments made for the minimum quarterly distribution and
arrearages on the common units, if any, and the related 2% distribution to the
general partner.
 
    For any quarter that both (1) and (2) below occur, unitholders and the
general partner will receive incentive distributions as described below:
 
    (1) Available Cash from Operating Surplus has been distributed to the common
        and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly
        distribution of $0.45 for that quarter; and
 
    (2) Available Cash from Operating Surplus has been distributed on the common
        units in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in
        payment of the minimum quarterly distributions on the common units.
 
    After the distributions described in (1) and (2) are met, additional
Available Cash from Operating Surplus for that quarter will be distributed among
the unitholders and the general partner in the following manner:
 
    - First, 85% to all units, pro rata, and 15% to the general partner, until
      each unitholder has received a total of $0.5275 for that quarter (the
      "First Target Distribution");
 
    - Second, 75% to all units, pro rata, and 25% to the general partner, until
      each unitholder has received a total of $0.6900 for that quarter (the
      "Second Target Distribution"); and
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    - Thereafter, 50% to all units, pro rata, and 50% to the general partner.
    The distributions to the general partner described above, other than in its
capacity as a holder of units, that are in excess of its aggregate 2% general
partner interest represent the incentive distribution rights. The right to
receive incentive distributions is not part of the general partner interest and
may be transferred separately from that interest, subject to specified
restrictions. See "The Partnership Agreement--Transfer of General Partner
Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights".
 
    The following table illustrates the amount of Available Cash from Operating
Surplus that would be distributed on a yearly basis to the unitholders and the
general partner at each of the target distribution levels. This table is based
on the 14,300,000 common units and the 3,200,000 subordinated units to be
outstanding immediately after the offering and assumes that there are no
arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.
The "Percentage" columns under "Yearly Distributions" in the table below show
the percentage interest of the unitholders and the general partner in Available
Cash from Operating Surplus that would be distributed on a yearly basis between
the indicated target distribution levels. The "Amount" columns under "Yearly
Distribution" in the table below show the cumulative amount that would be
distributed on a yearly basis to the unitholders and the general partner if
Available Cash from Operating Surplus equaled the indicated target distribution
level.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                YEARLY DISTRIBUTIONS
                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              UNITHOLDERS                   GENERAL PARTNER             TOTAL
                                                     ------------------------------  ------------------------------  -----------
                                                       AMOUNT                          AMOUNT                          AMOUNT
         TARGET DISTRIBUTION LEVEL--YEARLY           (MILLIONS)      PERCENTAGE      (MILLIONS)      PERCENTAGE      (MILLIONS)
- ---------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>          <C>                <C>          <C>                <C>
 
                                                                             98%                              2%
Minimum Quarterly Distribution.....  $         1.80   $   31.50                       $    0.64                       $   32.14
                                                                             85                              15
 
First Target Distribution..........            2.11       36.93                            1.60                           38.53
                                                                             75                              25
 
Second Target Distribution.........            2.76       48.30                            5.39                           53.69
                                                                             50                              50
 
Thereafter.........................      above 2.76          --                              --                              --
</TABLE>
 
    The amounts and percentages shown under "Yearly Distributions-General
Partner" include the general partner's combined 2% general partner interest and
its incentive distribution rights. The amounts and percentages shown under
"Yearly Distributions--Unitholders" include amounts distributable on both the
common units and the subordinated units. Assuming the general partner continues
to own 3,200,000 subordinated units and other persons own 14,300,000 common
units, the general partner will receive 18.3% of each amount shown as
distributable to all unitholders.
 
    TC PipeLines determined the minimum quarterly distribution based on the
current level of distributions being paid by Northern Border Pipeline to its
partners. The other target distribution levels were determined by negotiations
between the representatives of the underwriters and our general partner to
provide an incentive to our general partner to increase Available Cash from
Operating Surplus distributable to the unitholders.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                       DISTRIBUTIONS FROM CAPITAL SURPLUS
 
    Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus will be made in the
following manner:
 
    - First, 98% to all units, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until
      each common unit that was issued in the offering has received
      distributions from Capital Surplus equal to the initial public offering
      price;
 
    - Second, 98% to the common units, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner,
      until each common unit that was issued in the offering has received
      distributions from Capital Surplus in an aggregate amount equal to any
      unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the
      common units; and
 
    - Thereafter, all distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus will
      be distributed as if they were from Operating Surplus.
 
    When a distribution is made from Capital Surplus, it is treated as if it
were a repayment of the unit price from this initial public offering. To reflect
repayment, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels
will be adjusted downward by multiplying each amount by a fraction. This
fraction is determined as follows:
 
    - the numerator is the Unrecovered Capital of the common units immediately
      after giving effect to the repayment; and
 
    - the denominator is the Unrecovered Capital of the common units immediately
      before the repayment.
 
    This adjustment to the minimum quarterly distribution may make it more
likely that subordinated units will be converted into common units, whether upon
the termination of the subordination period or the early conversion of some
subordinated units, and may accelerate the dates at which these conversions
occur.
 
    A "payback" of the unit price from this initial public offering occurs when
the Unrecovered Capital of the common units is zero. At that time the minimum
quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will have been reduced
to zero. All distributions of Available Cash from all sources after that time
will be treated as if they were from Operating Surplus. Because the minimum
quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will have been reduced
to zero, the general partner will then be entitled to receive 50% of all
distributions of Available Cash in its capacities as general partner and as
holder of the incentive distribution rights, in addition to any distributions to
which it may be entitled as a holder of units.
 
    Distributions from Capital Surplus will not reduce the minimum quarterly
distribution or target distribution levels for the quarter in which they are
distributed.
 
    We do not anticipate that there will be significant distributions from
Capital Surplus.
 
                        ADJUSTMENT OF MINIMUM QUARTERLY
                            DISTRIBUTION AND TARGET
                              DISTRIBUTION LEVELS
 
    In addition to adjustments made upon a distribution of Available Cash from
Capital Surplus, the following will each be proportionately adjusted upward or
downward, as appropriate, if any combination or subdivision of units should
occur:
 
    (1) the minimum quarterly distribution;
 
    (2) the target distribution levels;
 
    (3) the Unrecovered Capital;
 
    (4) the number of additional common units issuable during the subordination
        period without a unitholder vote;
 
    (5) the number of common units issuable upon conversion of the subordinated
        units; and
 
    (6) other amounts calculated on a per unit basis.
 
    For example, if a two-for-one split of the common units should occur, the
minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels and the
Unrecovered Capital of the common units would each be reduced to 50% of its
initial level.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    No adjustment will be made by reason of the issuance of additional common
units for cash or property.
 
    The minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels may
also be adjusted if legislation is enacted or if existing law is modified or
interpreted in a manner that causes us, the TC PipeLines intermediate
partnership or Northern Border Pipeline to become taxable as a corporation or
otherwise subject to taxation as an entity for federal, state or local income
tax purposes. In this event, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target
distribution levels for each quarter after that time would be reduced to amounts
equal to the product of:
 
    (1) the minimum quarterly distribution and each of the target distribution
        levels;
 
        multiplied by
 
    (2) one minus the sum of:
 
        (x) the highest marginal federal income tax rate which could apply to
            the partnership that is taxed as an entity; plus
 
        (y) any increase in the effective overall state and local income tax
            rate that would have been applicable to TC PipeLines, the TC
            PipeLines intermediate partnership or Northern Border Pipeline in
            the preceding calendar year as a result of the new imposition of the
            entity level tax, after taking into account the benefit of any
            deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes for the payment
            of state and local income taxes, but only to the extent of the
            increase in rates resulting from that legislation or interpretation.
 
    For example, assuming we are not previously subject to state and local
income tax, if we were to become taxable as an entity for federal income tax
purposes and we became subject to a maximum marginal federal, and effective
state and local, income tax rate of 38%, then the minimum quarterly distribution
and the target distribution levels would each be reduced to 62% of the amount
immediately before the adjustment.
 
                     DISTRIBUTIONS OF CASH UPON LIQUIDATION
 
    Following the beginning of our dissolution and liquidation, assets will be
sold or otherwise disposed of and the partners' capital account balances will be
adjusted to reflect any resulting gain or loss. The proceeds of liquidation will
first be applied to the payment of our creditors in the order of priority
provided in the partnership agreement and by law. After that, the proceeds will
be distributed to the unitholders and the general partner in accordance with
their capital account balances, as so adjusted.
 
    Partners are entitled to liquidating distributions in accordance with
capital account balances. The allocations of gains and losses upon liquidation
are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of outstanding
common units to a preference over the holders of outstanding subordinated units
upon the liquidation of TC PipeLines, to the extent required to permit common
unitholders to receive their Unrecovered Capital plus any unpaid arrearages in
payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units. Thus, net
losses recognized upon liquidation of TC PipeLines will be allocated to the
holders of the subordinated units to the extent of their capital account
balances before any loss is allocated to the holders of the common units. Also
net gains recognized upon liquidation will be allocated first to restore
negative balances in the capital account of the general partner and any
unitholders and then to the common unitholders until their capital account
balances equal their Unrecovered Capital plus unpaid arrearages in payment of
the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units. However, no assurance
can be given that there will be sufficient gain upon liquidation of TC PipeLines
to enable the holders of common units to fully recover all of these amounts,
even though there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of
subordinated units. Any further net gains recognized upon liquidation will be
allocated in a manner that takes
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
into account the incentive distribution rights of the general partner.
 
    The manner of the adjustment is as provided in the partnership agreement,
the form of which is included as Appendix A to this prospectus. If our
liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, any gain, or
unrealized gain attributable to assets distributed in kind, will be allocated to
the partners in the following manner:
 
    - First, to the general partner and the holders of units who have negative
      balances in their capital accounts to the extent of and in proportion to
      those negative balances;
 
    - Second, 98% to the common units, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner,
      until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of:
 
        (1) the Unrecovered Capital on that common unit;
 
        (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter
            during which our liquidation occurs; and
 
        (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
            distribution on that common unit;
 
    - Third, 98% to the subordinated units, pro rata, and 2% to the general
      partner, until the capital account for each subordinated unit is equal to
      the sum of:
 
        (1) the Unrecovered Capital on that subordinated unit; and
 
        (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter
            during which our liquidation occurs;
 
    - Fourth, 85% to all units, pro rata, and 15% to the general partner, until
      there has been allocated under this priority an amount per unit equal to:
 
        (1) the sum of the excess of the First Target Distribution per unit over
            the minimum quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our
            existence; less
 
        (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of Available
            Cash from Operating Surplus in excess of the minimum quarterly
            distribution per unit that was distributed 85% to the units, pro
            rata, and 15% to the general partner for each quarter of our
            existence;
 
    - Fifth, 75% to all units, pro rata, and 25% to the general partner, until
      there has been allocated under this priority an amount per unit equal to:
 
        (1) the sum of the excess of the Second Target Distribution per unit
            over the First Target Distribution per unit for each quarter of our
            existence; less
 
        (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of Available
            Cash from Operating Surplus in excess of the First Target
            Distribution per unit that was distributed 75% to the units, pro
            rata, and 25% to the general partner for each quarter of our
            existence;
 
    - Thereafter, 50% to all units, pro rata, and 50% to the general partner.
 
    If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the
distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that
clause (3) of the second priority above and all of the third priority above will
no longer be applicable.
 
    Upon our liquidation, any loss will generally be allocated to the general
partner and the unitholders in the following manner:
 
    - First, 98% to holders of subordinated units in proportion to the positive
      balances in their capital accounts and 2% to the general partner, until
      the capital accounts of the holders of the subordinated units have been
      reduced to zero;
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    - Second, 98% to the holders of common units in proportion to the positive
      balances in their capital accounts and 2% to the general partner, until
      the capital accounts of the common unitholders have been reduced to zero;
      and
 
    - Thereafter, 100% to the general partner.
 
    If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the
distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that
all of the first priority above will no longer be applicable.
 
    In addition, interim adjustments to capital accounts will be made at the
time we issue additional interests in TC PipeLines or make distributions of
property. These adjustments will be based on the fair market value of the
interests or the property distributed and any gain or loss resulting from the
adjustments will be allocated to the unitholders and the general partner in the
same manner as gain or loss is allocated upon liquidation. In the event that
positive interim adjustments are made to the capital accounts, any later
negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of
additional TC PipeLines interests, our distributions of property, or upon our
liquidation, will be allocated in a manner which results, to the extent
possible, in the capital account balances of the general partner equaling the
amount which would have been the general partner's capital account balances if
no earlier positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
                        CASH AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION
 
    We believe that we will generate sufficient Available Cash from Operating
Surplus for each quarter through June 30, 2002, following completion of the
offering to cover the full minimum quarterly distribution on all the outstanding
units. The inclusion of this belief does not constitute an undertaking that we
will provide updates based on future developments. Available Cash for any
quarter will consist generally of all cash on hand at the end of that quarter,
as adjusted for reserves. The definition of Available Cash is in the glossary.
Operating Surplus generally consists of cash generated from operations after
deducting related expenditures and other items, plus $20.0 million.
 
    ASSUMPTIONS. Our belief is based on a number of assumptions, including the
assumptions that:
 
    - there will be no significant changes in Canadian law or export policy that
      would adversely impact the levels of imports of Canadian natural gas into
      the United States;
 
    - there will be no significant changes in FERC regulation, including the
      ratemaking methodology, which generally allows Northern Border Pipeline to
      recover its costs and earn a 12.0% return on equity with a deemed income
      tax cost recovery component, calculated in accordance with FERC
      regulations, not generally accepted accounting principles;
 
    - the project cost containment mechanism, which was instituted to allocate
      the risks of the levels of capital costs associated with the Chicago
      project between Northern Border Pipeline and its shippers, will result in
      Northern Border Pipeline being allowed to include in its rate base the
      entire cost of construction of the Chicago project;
 
    - Northern Border Pipeline's Project 2000 will achieve an in-service date on
      or before November 1, 2000;
 
    - Northern Border Pipeline's debt/equity ratio will remain at approximately
      its current ratio;
 
    - business, economic, regulatory, political and competitive conditions will
      not change substantially; and
 
    - ongoing maintenance capital expenditures and/or capital contributions to
      Northern Border Pipeline will be funded through a combination of cash
      reserved by us and/or short-term financings by us.
 
    Although we believe our assumptions are reasonable, most of our assumptions
are not within our control and cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty.
If our assumptions are not realized, the actual Available Cash from Operating
Surplus that we generate could be substantially less than that currently
expected and could, therefore, be insufficient to permit us to make cash
distributions at the levels described above. In addition, the terms of Northern
Border Pipeline's indebtedness will restrict the ability of Northern Border
Pipeline to distribute cash to its partners, including the TC PipeLines
intermediate partnership, in the event of a default under the terms of that
indebtedness. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that distributions of the
minimum quarterly distribution or any other amounts will be made.
 
    During 1998, Northern Border Pipeline distributed approximately $61.2
million to its partners. Cash distributable by Northern Border Pipeline to its
partners in 1998 as compared to 1999 is impacted by two significant events:
 
    (1) the Chicago project being placed in service on December 22, 1998, and
 
    (2) a change in the policy of Northern Border Pipeline regarding the timing
        of cash distributions to its partners.
 
These are discussed below.
 
    CHICAGO PROJECT.  During the majority of the year ended December 31, 1998,
the Chicago project was not in service and therefore
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
not generating operating cash flow. Accordingly, cash distributable to the
partners of Northern Border Pipeline for 1998 did not include operating cash
flows associated with the Chicago project, which was placed in service on
December 22, 1998.
 
    CHANGE IN TIMING OF CASH DISTRIBUTIONS BY NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE. In
December 1998, the Northern Border Pipeline management committee changed its
policy regarding the timing of cash distributions to its partners, as follows:
 
    - Changed the timing of distributions from the last business day of the
      quarter to the second business day of the second month following the end
      of the quarter. For example, for the fourth quarter ended December 31 the
      distribution date changed from December 31 to February 2.
 
    - Changed the computation period for distributions from quarterly with one
      month in arrears to quarterly. For example, making distributions quarterly
      with one month in arrears, the distribution that would have been made on
      December 31 would have included the distributable cash for September,
      October and November. Making distributions quarterly, the distribution
      made on February 2 would include the distributable cash for October,
      November and December.
 
    As a result of this change in the timing of distributions:
 
    - The distribution that otherwise would have been paid to the partners of
      Northern Border Pipeline in the fourth quarter of 1998 was instead paid in
      the first quarter of 1999 on February 2, 1999. If this change in timing
      had not occurred, the distributions during 1998 would have been
      approximately $30.3 million more than the actual distributions of
      approximately $61.2 million.
 
    - The distribution of $38.0 million paid on February 2, 1999 included
      distributable cash for four months (September, October, November and
      December 1998), rather than three months.
 
   
    The distribution to the partners of Northern Border Pipeline in the second
quarter of 1999 was paid on May 4, 1999 and included distributable cash for
three months (January, February and March 1999). The distribution to the
partners of Northern Border Pipeline in the second quarter of 1999 was
approximately $29.8 million.
    
 
    TC PIPELINES' PRO FORMA AVAILABLE CASH. The amount of Available Cash
constituting Operating Surplus needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution
for four quarters on the common units and the subordinated units and the related
distribution on the general partner interest to be outstanding upon the closing
of the offering is approximately:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>
Common units.....................  $25.7 million
Subordinated units...............    5.8 million
General partner interest.........    0.6 million
                                   -------------
  Total..........................  $32.1 million
</TABLE>
 
    If the transactions contemplated in this prospectus had been completed on
January 1, 1998, pro forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus generated
during 1998 would have been approximately $17.2 million. This amount would not
have been sufficient to allow us to distribute the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units and the subordinated units and the related
distribution on the general partner interest for the period by approximately
$14.9 million.
 
    The change in the timing of distributions to the partners of Northern Border
Pipeline resulted in a one-time shift in the payment of distributable cash from
the fourth quarter of 1998 to the first quarter of 1999. If this change in the
timing of distributions had not occurred, then TC PipeLines' pro forma Available
Cash from Operating Surplus for 1998 would have been approximately $26.3 million
rather than approximately $17.2 million.
 
    The amount of Available Cash constituting Operating Surplus needed to pay
the minimum quarterly distribution for one quarter on the
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
common units and the subordinated units and the related distribution on the
general partner interest to be outstanding upon the closing of the offering is
approximately:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                      <C>
Common units...........................  $ 6.4 million
Subordinated units.....................    1.4 million
General partner interest...............    0.2 million
                                         -------------
      Total............................  $ 8.0 million
</TABLE>
 
    As a result of the change in the timing of distributions to the partners of
Northern Border Pipeline:
 
    - The distribution paid on February 2, 1999 included cash generated by
      Northern Border Pipeline during four months (September, October, November
      and December 1998), rather than three months, and
 
    - TC PipeLines' pro forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus for the
      first quarter of 1999 would have been approximately $11.1 million.
 
    The amount of pro forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus corresponding
to cash generated by Northern Border Pipeline during the three months of
October, November and December of 1998, rather than four months, is
approximately $8.2 million. This amount would have exceeded the amount needed to
pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units and the subordinated
units and the related distribution on the general partner interest by
approximately $0.1 million.
 
   
    If the transactions contemplated in this prospectus had been completed on
January 1, 1999, TC PipeLines would have received a distribution paid by
Northern Border Pipeline to its partners on May 4, 1999 of approximately $8.9
million. This distribution, corresponding to cash generated by Northern Border
Pipeline during the months of January, February and March of 1999, is the first
distribution to fully reflect the new ongoing cash distribution policy of
Northern Border Pipeline and the operating cash flows from the Chicago project.
We expect that with this distribution and after payment of its expenses TC
PipeLines would have sufficient Available Cash from Operating Surplus to pay the
full minimum quarterly distribution on the common units and the subordinated
units and the related distribution on the general partner interest for the
second quarter of 1999.
    
 
    The amounts of pro forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus shown above
were derived from our pro forma financial statements and historical financial
statements of Northern Border Pipeline in the manner described in Appendix D.
The pro forma adjustments are based upon currently available information and
specific estimates and assumptions. The pro forma financial statements do not
purport to present our results of operations had the transactions contemplated
in this prospectus actually been completed as of the dates indicated.
Furthermore, Available Cash from Operating Surplus as defined in the partnership
agreement is a cash accounting concept, while our pro forma financial statements
and Northern Border Pipeline's historical financial statements have been
prepared on an accrual basis. As a result, the amount of pro forma Available
Cash from Operating Surplus shown above should only be viewed as a general
indication of the amount of Available Cash from Operating Surplus that we might
have generated had TC PipeLines been formed in an earlier period. For
definitions of Available Cash and Operating Surplus, see the glossary.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
               SELECTED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA OF TC PIPELINES
 
    The following unaudited Selected Pro Forma Financial Data as of and for the
three months ended March 31, 1999 and for the year ended December 31, 1998 is
derived from the TC PipeLines' Pro Forma Financial Statements appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. For the purpose of this pro forma financial data,
it is assumed that TC PipeLines will be in a position to exercise significant
influence over Northern Border Pipeline and the investment is accounted for
using the equity method of accounting. The pro forma financial data is based on
currently available information and various estimates and assumptions, and
therefore the actual financial data will differ from the pro forma financial
data. For a more complete discussion of the assumptions used in preparing the
Selected Pro Forma Financial Data, see Notes to the Pro Forma Financial
Statements of TC PipeLines appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following
information should not be deemed indicative of future operating results for TC
PipeLines.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   THREE MONTHS                 YEAR ENDED
                                                               ENDED MARCH 31, 1999         DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                            ---------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>                          <C>
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
 
<CAPTION>
                                                               (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                         <C>                          <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Equity income from investment in Northern Border
    Pipeline(1)...........................................                9,094                      30,069
  General and administrative expenses.....................                 (300)                     (1,200)
                                                                       --------                  ----------
    Net income to partners................................                8,794                      28,869
                                                                       --------                  ----------
                                                                       --------                  ----------
    Net income per unit(1)................................          $      0.49                $       1.62
                                                                       --------                  ----------
                                                                       --------                  ----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
  Investment in Northern Border Pipeline(2)...............              250,721
  Total assets............................................              250,722
  Partners' capital
    General partner(3)....................................                5,015
    Common units(3).......................................              200,828
    Subordinated units(3).................................               44,879
                                                                       --------
                                                                        250,722
                                                                       --------
                                                                       --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Pro forma equity income represents 30% of the net income of Northern Border
    Pipeline. The general partner's allocation of pro forma net income is based
    on an aggregate 2% interest in TC PipeLines which has been deducted before
    calculating the pro forma net income per unit. The computation of pro forma
    net income per unit assumes that 14,300,000 common units and 3,200,000
    subordinated units are outstanding at all times during the period presented.
 
(2) The pro forma investment balance as of March 31, 1999 represents the
    combined carrying values of the investment in Northern Border Pipeline as
    reflected in the financial records of TransCanada Border PipeLine and
    TransCan Northern as at that date. The balance also equates to 30% of the
    net assets of Northern Border Pipeline as at March 31, 1999.
 
(3) Pro forma partners' capital is allocated 2% to the general partner, 80.1% to
    the common unitholders and 17.9% to the subordinated unitholders.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
              SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA OF
                            NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
 
    The selected financial information below for Northern Border Pipeline as of
and for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994 is derived
from the audited financial statements of Northern Border Pipeline and the
selected financial information below for Northern Border Pipeline as of and for
the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 is derived from the unaudited
financial statements of Northern Border Pipeline. Some reclassifications have
been made to the prior years' financial data to conform with the presentation
used in the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1998.
The operating data for all periods presented is derived from the records of
Northern Border Pipeline. The Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data
below should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of Northern
Border Pipeline, included elsewhere in this prospectus, and with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                           MARCH 31,                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                    ------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------
                                       1999         1998         1998        1997       1996        1995        1994
                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
                                          (UNAUDITED)
 
<CAPTION>
                                                       (thousands of dollars, except operating data)
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Operating revenues, net.........       73,635       47,504     196,600     186,050    201,943     206,497     211,580
  Operations and maintenance......        9,102        7,127      29,447      28,522     26,974      25,573      27,682
  Depreciation and amortization...       12,785        9,782      40,989      38,708     46,979      47,081      41,959
  Taxes other than income.........        7,477        6,009      21,381      22,393     24,390      23,886      24,438
  Regulatory credit...............      --              (353)     (8,878)     --         --          --          --
                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ----------
    Operating income..............       44,271       24,939     113,661      96,427    103,600     109,957     117,501
  Interest expense, net...........      (14,399)      (6,411)    (25,541)    (29,360)   (32,670)    (35,106)    (38,375)
  Other income (expense)..........          443        1,734      12,111       5,705      2,913        (316)     (1,968)
                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ----------
    Net income....................       30,315       20,262     100,231      72,772     73,843      74,535      77,158
                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ----------
                                    -----------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ----------
CASH FLOW DATA:
  Net cash provided by operating
    activities....................       37,284       28,314     103,777     115,328    136,808     127,429     121,679
  Capital expenditures............       57,261      103,836     651,169     152,070     18,597       8,310       3,086
  Distributions to partners.......       38,015        9,509      61,205      99,322    102,845      98,517      87,509
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD
  END):
  Net property, plant and
    equipment.....................    1,742,517    1,168,380   1,714,523   1,100,890    937,859     957,587     983,843
  Total assets....................    1,830,500    1,208,252   1,790,889   1,147,120    974,137   1,011,361   1,063,210
  Long-term debt, including
    current maturities............      927,000      469,000     862,000     459,000    377,500     410,000     445,000
  Partners' capital...............      835,738      662,165     843,438     581,412    526,962     555,964     579,946
 
OPERATING DATA (UNAUDITED):
  Natural gas delivered (millions
    of cubic feet)................      202,851      156,233     619,669     633,280    633,908     615,133     597,898
  Average throughput (millions of
    cubic feet per day)...........        2,327        1,774       1,737       1,770      1,764       1,720       1,663
</TABLE>
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF THE PRO FORMA FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS OF TC PIPELINES SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH TC PIPELINES' PRO
FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO AND THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF THE
HISTORICAL RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION WITH NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE'S HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
NOTES THERETO. FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION REGARDING THE BASIS OF PRESENTATION
OF THE FOLLOWING FINANCIAL INFORMATION, SEE THE NOTES TO EACH OF THE PRO FORMA
AND HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
    PRO FORMA FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF TC PIPELINES
 
    Upon the closing of the offering, TC PipeLines will own a 30% general
partner interest in Northern Border Pipeline. TC PipeLines will account for this
interest using the equity method of accounting. TC PipeLines' investment
initially will be recorded at the combined carrying values of the investment in
Northern Border Pipeline as reflected in the financial records of TransCanada
Border PipeLine and TransCan Northern as of that date. In accordance with the
equity method of accounting, the future carrying value of this investment will
be adjusted to include TC PipeLines' 30% share of earnings or losses of Northern
Border Pipeline. Any distributions received or receivable by TC PipeLines from
Northern Border Pipeline will reduce the future carrying value of the investment
and additional contributions to Northern Border Pipeline will increase the
carrying value of the investment.
 
    TC PipeLines' results of operations after the closing of the offering are
expected to be influenced by and to reflect the same factors that influence the
financial results of Northern Border Pipeline until TC PipeLines owns additional
assets.
 
    In December 1998, Northern Border Pipeline changed its policy regarding
distributions to its partners, with the unanimous consent of the members of its
management committee, in two respects. The timing of distributions was changed
as discussed under "Cash Available for Distribution". In addition, the
components of the formula used to calculate quarterly distributions were changed
to better reflect Northern Border Pipeline's operating practices. The principal
change was to deduct from the quarterly amount otherwise distributable to its
partners an amount equal to 35% of maintenance capital expenditures for the
quarter, rather than obtaining capital contributions from its partners for this
amount. As a result of this change, beginning in 1999 Northern Border Pipeline
funds 35% (which corresponds to the equity portion) of maintenance capital
through reduced cash distributions, which previously would have been funded
through working capital or cash capital contributions from its partners.
 
    Upon the closing of the offering, TC PipeLines will enter into a $40 million
unsecured two year revolving credit facility with TransCanada PipeLine USA Ltd.,
a wholly owned subsidiary of TransCanada. The purpose of the revolving credit
facility is to provide borrowings to fund capital expenditures, to fund capital
contributions to Northern Border Pipeline and for working capital and other
general business purposes, including enabling TC PipeLines to make distributions
to its partners if there has been a temporary interruption or delay in the
receipt of cash distributions from Northern Border Pipeline.
 
    We expect that Northern Border Pipeline will request capital contributions
in aggregate of approximately $12 million from TC PipeLines in 2000. We expect
to fund these capital contributions from cash reserves and/or drawings under the
revolving credit facility.
 
               RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999
  COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED
  MARCH 31, 1998
 
    Operating revenues increased $26.1 million for the first quarter of 1999, as
compared to the same period in 1998, due primarily to Northern Border Pipeline
placing the facilities for the Chicago project into
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
service. New firm transportation agreements with 27 shippers provided for
additional receipt capacity of 700 million cubic feet per day, a 42% increase.
The Chicago project increased Northern Border Pipeline's rate base, which
increased Northern Border Pipeline's return for the first quarter of 1999.
Recoveries of pipeline operating expenses also increased due to the new
facilities.
 
    Operations and maintenance expense increased $2.0 million for the first
quarter of 1999, from the comparable period in 1998, due primarily to operations
and maintenance expenses for the Chicago project facilities and administrative
expenses.
 
    Depreciation and amortization expense increased $3.0 million for the first
quarter of 1999, as compared to the same period in 1998, due primarily to
Northern Border Pipeline placing the facilities for the Chicago project into
service. The impact of the additional facilities on depreciation and
amortization expense was partially offset by a decrease in the depreciation rate
applied to transmission plant from 2.5% to 2.0%. Northern Border Pipeline agreed
to reduce the depreciation rate at the time the Chicago project was placed into
service, as part of a previous rate case settlement.
 
    Taxes other than income increased $1.5 million for the first quarter of
1999, as compared to the same period in 1998, due primarily to ad valorem taxes
attributable to the facilities placed into service for the Chicago project.
 
    Interest expense, net increased $8.0 million for the first quarter of 1999,
as compared to the same period in 1998, due to an increase in interest expense
of $5.3 million and a decrease in interest expense capitalized of $2.7 million.
Interest expense increased due primarily to an increase in average debt
outstanding, reflecting amounts borrowed to finance a portion of the capital
expenditures for the Chicago project. The impact of the increased borrowings on
interest expense was partially offset by a decrease in average interest rates
between 1998 and 1999. The decrease in interest expense capitalized is due to
the completion of construction of the Chicago project in December 1998.
 
    Other income decreased $1.3 million for the first quarter of 1999, as
compared to the same period in 1998, primarily due to a decrease in the
allowance for equity funds used during construction. The decrease in the
allowance for equity funds used during construction is due to the completion of
construction of the Chicago project in December 1998.
 
1998 COMPARED TO 1997
 
    Operating revenues, net increased $10.5 million (6%) for the year ended
December 31, 1998, as compared to the results for the comparable period in 1997
due primarily to returns on higher levels of invested equity. Northern Border
Pipeline's FERC tariff provides an opportunity to recover all of the operations
and maintenance costs of the pipeline, taxes other than income taxes, interest,
depreciation and amortization, an allowance for income taxes and a regulated
return on equity. Northern Border Pipeline is generally allowed to collect from
its shippers a return on unrecovered rate base as well as recover that rate base
through depreciation and amortization. The return amount Northern Border
Pipeline collects from its shippers declines as the rate base is recovered. As a
result of placing the facilities for the Chicago project into service, Northern
Border Pipeline added approximately $840 million to its gas plant in service in
1998.
 
    Depreciation and amortization expense increased $2.3 million (6%) for the
year ended December 31, 1998, as compared to the same period in 1997 primarily
due to facilities that were placed in service in 1998.
 
    For the year ended December 31, 1998, Northern Border Pipeline recorded a
regulatory credit of approximately $8.9 million. During the construction of the
Chicago project, Northern Border Pipeline placed some new facilities into
service in advance of the December 1998 in service date to maintain gas flow at
firm contracted capacity while existing facilities were being modified. The
regulatory credit results in deferral of the cost of service of these new
facilities. Northern Border Pipeline is allowed to recover from its shippers the
regulatory asset that resulted from the cost of service deferral over a ten-year
period
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
commencing with the in-service date of the Chicago project.
 
    Interest expense, net decreased $3.8 million (13%) for the year ended
December 31, 1998, as compared to the results for the same period in 1997, due
to an increase in interest expense of $11.5 million offset by an increase in the
amount of interest expense capitalized of $15.3 million. The increase in
interest expense is due primarily to an increase in average debt outstanding,
reflecting amounts borrowed to finance a portion of the capital expenditures for
the Chicago project. The increase in interest expense capitalized primarily
relates to Northern Border Pipeline's expenditures for the Chicago project.
 
    Other income increased $6.4 million (112%) for the year ended December 31,
1998, as compared to the same period in 1997. The increase was primarily due to
an $8.8 million increase in the allowance for equity funds used during
construction. The increase in the allowance for equity funds used during
construction primarily relates to Northern Border Pipeline's expenditures for
the Chicago project. Other income for 1997 included $4.8 million received by
Northern Border Pipeline for vacating some microwave frequency bands.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline employs a microwave system that uses the 2Ghz. band
of radio frequencies for transmitting operational data of the pipeline. This
bandwidth was subsequently reserved by the Federal Communications Commission for
personal communications services. As a result, Northern Border Pipeline vacated
21 of the 39 segments of its microwave system and received payments during 1997.
The remaining 18 segments of Northern Border Pipeline's microwave system are
located in sparsely populated areas. The payments related to the vacated
segments received during 1997 were a one-time occurrence and Northern Border
Pipeline does not expect to receive any material payments for vacating microwave
frequency bands in the future.
 
1997 COMPARED TO 1996
 
    Operating revenues, net decreased $15.9 million (8%) for the year ended
December 31, 1997, as compared to the results for the comparable period in 1996
due primarily to lower depreciation and amortization expense, taxes other than
income and return on a lower rate base. These lower recoveries were partially
offset by higher operations and maintenance expense recoveries. Additionally, in
accordance with the stipulation and agreement approved by the FERC to settle
Northern Border Pipeline's November 1995 rate case, the allowed equity rate of
return was 12.75% through September 30, 1996 and 12.0% thereafter.
 
    Operations and maintenance expense increased $1.5 million (6%) for the year
ended December 31, 1997, from the comparable period in 1996 due primarily to
higher administrative expenses.
 
    Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $8.3 million (18%) for the
year ended December 31, 1997, as compared to the same period in 1996. In
accordance with the terms of the stipulation, filed with the FERC in 1996 and
approved in August 1997, the depreciation rate applied to Northern Border
Pipeline's gross transmission plant was 2.5% for 1997. The average depreciation
rate applied to gross transmission plant for the year ended December 31, 1996
was 3.1%.
 
    Taxes other than income decreased $2.0 million (8%) for the year ended
December 31, 1997, as compared to the results for the same period in 1996 due
primarily to lower property tax assessments received in various states where the
Northern Border pipeline system operates.
 
    Interest expense, net decreased $3.3 million (10%) for the year ended
December 31, 1997, as compared to the results for the same period in 1996, due
to an increase in the amount of interest capitalized. This increase primarily
relates to Northern Border Pipeline's expenditures for the Chicago project.
 
    Other income increased $2.8 million (96%) for the year ended December 31,
1997, as compared to the same period in 1996. The increase was primarily due to
$4.8 million received in 1997 by Northern Border Pipeline for vacating some
microwave frequency bands. This increase was partially offset by the reversal
into income of $2.2 million of
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
previously established reserves for regulatory issues in 1996.
 
          LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES OF NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
    Cash flows provided by operating activities increased $9.0 million to $37.3
million for the first quarter of 1999, as compared to the same period in 1998,
primarily attributed to the Chicago project facilities placed into service in
late December 1998.
 
    Cash flows provided by operating activities decreased $11.5 million to
$103.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 as compared to the same
period in 1997 primarily related to a $25.4 million reduction for changes in
accounts payable, exclusive of accruals for the Chicago project. In addition,
for the year ended December 31, 1998, there was a $7.4 million reduction for
changes in over/ under recovered cost of service. These reductions were
partially offset by the effect of the refund activity in 1997 discussed below.
The over/under recovered cost of service is the difference between Northern
Border Pipeline's estimated billings to its shippers, which are determined on a
six-month cycle, and the actual cost of service determined in accordance with
the FERC tariff. The difference is either billed to or credited back to the
shippers accounts. Cash flows provided by operating activities for the year
ended December 31, 1997 reflected a $52.6 million refund in October 1997 in
accordance with the Stipulation approved by the FERC to settle Northern Border
Pipeline's November 1995 rate case. During 1997, $40.4 million had been
collected subject to refund by Northern Border Pipeline as a result of its rate
case.
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
    Capital expenditures of $57.3 million for the first quarter of 1999 include
$51.9 million for the Chicago project. The remaining capital expenditures for
the first quarter of 1999 are primarily related to renewals and replacements of
existing facilities. For the comparable period in 1998, capital expenditures
were $103.8 million, which included $102.2 million for the Chicago project.
 
    Capital expenditures of $651.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1998,
include $638.7 million for the Chicago project and $11.7 million for linepack
gas. The remaining $0.8 million of capital expenditures for 1998 is primarily
related to renewals and replacements of existing facilities.
 
    Capital expenditures of $152.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1997,
include $135.7 million for the Chicago project. The remaining $16.4 million of
capital expenditures for 1997 are primarily related to renewals and replacements
of Northern Border Pipeline's existing facilities.
 
    Total capital expenditures for 1999 are estimated to be $131 million
including $30 million for Project 2000 and $85 million for the Chicago project.
Approximately $37 million of the capital expenditures for the Chicago project is
for construction completed in 1998. An additional $16 million of 1999 capital
expenditures is planned for renewals and replacements of the existing
facilities. Northern Border Pipeline anticipates funding its 1999 capital
expenditures primarily by borrowing under the pipeline's credit agreement and
using internal resources.
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
    Cash flows provided by financing activities decreased $43.5 million to $27.0
million for the first quarter of 1999, as compared to the same period in 1998.
During the first quarter of 1998, Northern Border Pipeline's general partners
contributed $70.0 million to finance a portion of the capital expenditures for
the Chicago project. Distributions paid to the general partners increased $28.5
million for the first quarter of 1999 as compared to the same period in 1998.
The distribution for the first quarter of 1999 was impacted by increased
earnings as well as a change in the timing of distribution payments. The
distribution for the first quarter of 1998 was impacted by a rate case refund
during the fourth quarter of 1997. Borrowings under the pipeline's credit
agreement increased $55 million for the first quarter of 1999 as compared to the
same period in 1998, which were used to finance a portion of the capital
expenditures for the Chicago project.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
    Cash flows provided by financing activities increased $512.4 million to
$564.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1998, as compared to the same
period in 1997. Financing activities for 1998 include borrowings under the
pipeline's credit agreement of $403.0 million and were used primarily for
construction expenditures related to the Chicago project. Contributions received
from the general partners increased $142.0 million to $223.0 million and were
used by Northern Border Pipeline to fund a portion of its capital expenditures.
Distributions to the general partners decreased $38.1 million to $61.2 million
primarily due to a change in the timing of Northern Border Pipeline's
distributions.
 
    Cash flows provided by financing activities were $52.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997, as compared to cash flows used in financing activities
of $125.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. In 1997, sources of
funds from financing activities included a contribution from partners of $81.0
million. Borrowings under the pipeline's credit agreement totaled $209 million
and were used primarily to retire amounts related to Northern Border Pipeline's
then existing bank loan agreements of $137.5 million and for construction
expenditures related to the Chicago project.
 
            DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS OF NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
 
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
 
    The following is a summary of the material terms of $250 million aggregate
principal amount of notes issued by Northern Border Pipeline in a private
placement under a note purchase agreement dated as of July 15, 1992, amended by
a supplemental agreement dated as of June 1, 1995. Copies of the note purchase
agreement and the supplemental agreement are filed as an exhibit to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's obligations under the note purchase agreement and
supplemental agreement are unsecured and non-recourse to the general partners of
Northern Border Pipeline. The note purchase agreement and supplemental agreement
provide for four series of notes with varying interest rates and maturity dates.
The Series A Notes in a total principal amount of $66 million bear interest at
an annual rate of 8.26%, payable semiannually, and mature in August 2000. The
Series B Notes in a total principal amount of $41 million bear interest at an
annual rate of 8.38%, payable semiannually, and mature in August 2001. The
Series C Notes in a total principal amount of $78 million bear interest at an
annual rate of 8.49%, payable semiannually, and mature in August 2002. The
Series D Notes in a total principal amount of $65 million bear interest at an
annual rate of 8.57%, payable semiannually, and mature in August 2003.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline may at any time, at its option and on written
notice, prepay the notes of one or more series in whole or in part. Prepayment
must be in a minimum amount of, and otherwise in multiples of, $1.0 million.
Optional prepayments will be payable with accrued interest plus any Make-Whole
Amount (as defined in the note purchase agreement) premium.
 
    The note purchase agreement contains various restrictive and affirmative
covenants applicable to Northern Border Pipeline, including:
 
    - requirement that the ratio of Northern Border Pipeline's total
      indebtedness to Partners' Capital (as defined in the note purchase
      agreement) not exceed 2.3 to 1 on a consolidated basis. As of March 31,
      1999, the ratio was 1.74 to 1 on a consolidated basis;
 
    - requirement that Northern Plains or another person approved by a majority
      of the holders of the notes outstanding at the time of selection by the
      Northern Border Pipeline management committee be the operator of Northern
      Border Pipeline;
 
    - restrictions on specific liens, investments, lines of business, mergers,
      consolidations, or sales of assets of Northern Border Pipeline;
 
    - restrictions on amendments, modification, or cancellation of any
      Controlled Service Agreement or related Support Agreement (as defined in
      the
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
      note purchase agreement), subject to some exceptions; and
 
    - restrictions on transactions with affiliates of Northern Border Pipeline
      except on an arm's-length basis.
 
    Under the note purchase agreement, so long as no Default or Event of Default
(as defined in the note purchase agreement) exists or would result, Northern
Border Pipeline is permitted to make cash distributions to its partners if the
total amount of cash distributions made from January 1, 1992 to the date of the
proposed cash distribution (the Computation Period, as defined in the note
purchase agreement) would not exceed $20 million plus (or minus in case of a
negative amount) the sum of:
 
    - Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the note purchase agreement) for
      the Computation Period,
 
    - an amount equal to the total net cash proceeds received by Northern Border
      Pipeline during the Computation Period from the sale of partnership
      interests or from capital contributions treated as equity in accordance
      with Required Accounting Principles (as defined in the note purchase
      agreement),
 
    - an amount equal to Current Taxes (as defined in the note purchase
      agreement) for the Computation Period and interest payable in respect of
      any income tax deficiencies (to the extent recovered under the FERC tariff
      during the Computation Period),
 
    - an amount equal to 35% of Deferred Income Taxes (as defined in the note
      purchase agreement) during the Computation Period, and
 
    - an amount equal to 35% of Depreciation (as defined in the note purchase
      agreement) during the Computation Period.
 
Under the most restrictive debt covenant, the amount of partners' capital that
could have been distributed as of March 31, 1999 was approximately $130 million.
 
    If an Event of Default (as defined in the note purchase agreement) exists,
the holders of notes may accelerate the maturity of the notes and exercise other
rights and remedies.
 
DESCRIPTION OF BANK CREDIT FACILITY
 
    Northern Border Pipeline entered into a credit agreement, dated as of June
16, 1997 with financial institutions for which the First National Bank of
Chicago acts as administrative agent, to borrow up to a total principal amount
of $750 million. The following is a summary of the material terms of the
pipeline's credit agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's obligations under the credit agreement are
unsecured obligations, rank equally with the notes and are non-recourse to the
general partners of Northern Border Pipeline. The credit agreement is comprised
of a $200 million five-year revolving credit facility maturing in June 2002 to
be used for the retirement of Northern Border Pipeline's prior credit facility
and for general business purposes and a $550 million three-year revolving credit
facility maturing in June 2000 to be used for the construction of the Chicago
project. Effective as of March 31, 1999, the three-year revolving credit
facility converted to a term loan maturing in June 2002. The credit agreement
permits Northern Border Pipeline to choose among various interest rate options,
to specify the portion of the borrowings to be covered by specific interest rate
options and to specify the interest rate period, subject to specific parameters.
Northern Border Pipeline may borrow under either facility at (1) fixed interest
rates or a margin added or subtracted from a London Interbank Offered Rate index
and further adjusted based on Northern Border Pipeline's leverage ratio or (2)
under an auction procedure set forth in the credit agreement. Northern Border
Pipeline is required to pay a facility fee on the total principal amount of $750
million. As of March 31, 1999, $549.5 million had been borrowed on the
three-year revolving credit facilities, which has been converted to a term loan
maturing in June 2002, and $127.5 million has been borrowed on the five-year
revolving credit facilities maturing in June 2002.
 
    The credit agreement contains various restrictive covenants applicable to
Northern Border Pipeline, including restrictions on liens, additional
indebtedness, investments, mergers,
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
consolidations, sales of assets, guarantees, entering into transactions with
affiliates, allowing final judgments in excess of $25 million to remain
undischarged or unbonded, maintaining or contributing to any ERISA Plan without
obtaining the prior written consent of the Majority Banks (as defined in the
credit agreement), and not permitting the ratio of Northern Border Pipeline's
indebtedness to the sum of its general partners' capital plus indebtedness to
exceed .65 to 1 on a consolidated basis. As of March 31, 1999, the ratio was .53
to 1 on a consolidated basis.
 
    The credit agreement also contains various affirmative covenants, customary
for this type of facility, including that Northern Border Pipeline will use its
best efforts to cause its tariff to remain effective at all times, use it best
efforts to maintain existing Service Agreements and Support Agreements (as
defined in the credit agreement), and that Northern Border Pipeline will require
that all shippers meet certain credit worthiness standards.
 
    If an Event of Default (as defined in the credit agreement) occurs under the
credit agreement, the lending banks may accelerate the maturity of the amounts
due thereunder and exercise other rights and remedies.
 
    SETTLEMENT OF 1995 FERC RATE CASE AND PROJECT COST CONTAINMENT MECHANISM
 
    In connection with the rate case filed with the FERC in November 1995,
Northern Border Pipeline reached a settlement accord with shippers holding in
excess of 90% of the aggregate contracted firm capacity as of October 15, 1996
and filed a stipulation to settle that rate case. The stipulation was approved
by the FERC in August 1997. As agreed to in the stipulation, Northern Border
Pipeline implemented a new depreciation schedule with an extended depreciable
life, a $31 million settlement adjustment mechanism that effectively reduces the
allowed return on rate base after completion of construction of the Chicago
project in December 1998, and the Chicago project cost containment mechanism.
The purpose of the project cost containment mechanism was to limit Northern
Border Pipeline's ability to include cost overruns for the Chicago project in
rate base and to provide incentives to Northern Border Pipeline for cost
underruns. The stipulation required the budgeted cost for the Chicago project,
which had been initially filed with the FERC for approximately $839 million, to
be adjusted for the effects of inflation and for costs attributable to changes
in project scope, as defined by the stipulation.
 
    In the determination of the Chicago project cost containment mechanism, the
actual cost of the project is compared to the budgeted cost. If there is a cost
overrun of $6 million or less, the shippers will bear the actual cost of the
project through its inclusion in Northern Border Pipeline's rate base. If there
is a cost savings of $6 million or less, the full budgeted cost will be included
in the rate base. If there is a cost overrun or cost savings of more than $6
million but less than 5% of the budgeted cost, that amount will be allocated 50%
to Northern Border Pipeline and 50% to its shippers (50% of the difference
between 5% of the budgeted cost and $6 million will be included in Northern
Border Pipeline's rate base and 50% will be excluded). All cost overruns
exceeding 5% of the budgeted cost are excluded from the rate base.
 
    The budgeted cost of the Chicago project, as adjusted for the effects of
inflation and project scope changes, has been estimated as of the project's
in-service date to be $889 million, with the final construction cost estimated
to be $892 million. Thus, Northern Border Pipeline's notification to the FERC
and its shippers in late December 1998 reflected the conclusion that, based on
the information as of that date, once the budgeted cost has been established,
there would be no adjustment to rate base related to the project cost
containment mechanism.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
    Northern Border Pipeline is obligated by the stipulation to update its
calculation of the project cost containment mechanism six months after the
project's in-service date. The stipulation requires the calculation of the
project cost containment mechanism to be reviewed by an independent national
accounting firm. Several parties to the stipulation advised the FERC that they
may have questions and desire further information about the report, and may
possibly wish to test it or the final report and its conclusions at an
appropriate proceeding in the future. The parties also stated that if it is
determined that Northern Border Pipeline is not permitted to include some
claimed costs for the Chicago project in its rate base, they reserve their
rights to seek refunds, with interest, of any overcollections.
 
    Although TC PipeLines believes the initial computation has been properly
completed under the terms of the stipulation, it is unable to make a definitive
determination at this time whether any adjustments will be required. Should
subsequent developments cause costs not to be recovered under the project cost
containment mechanism, a non-cash charge to write down transmission plant of
Northern Border Pipeline may result and that charge could be material to the
operating results of Northern Border Pipeline and TC PipeLines.
 
AMORTIZATION OF INCENTIVE RATE OF RETURN
 
    The Northern Border Pipeline rate base includes, as an additional amount, a
one-time ratemaking adjustment to reflect the receipt of a financial incentive
on the original construction of the pipeline. Since inception, the rate base
adjustment, called an incentive rate of return, has been amortized through
monthly additions to the cost of service. As a result, TC PipeLines' pro forma
net income for 1998 includes $4.2 million for such amortization along with a
related income tax allowance. This impact on net income is expected to continue
until November 2001 when the incentive rate of return will be fully amortized.
See "Business of Northern Border Pipeline--FERC Regulation--COST OF SERVICE
TARIFF".
 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's interest rate exposure results from its variable
rate borrowings from commercial banks. To mitigate potential fluctuations in
interest rates, Northern Border Pipeline maintains a significant portion of its
debt portfolio in fixed rate debt. Northern Border Pipeline also uses interest
rate swap agreements to increase the portion of its fixed rate debt and uses
interest rate forward agreements to establish an approximate effective borrowing
rate for anticipated long-term debt issuances.
 
    If interest rates average one percentage point more than rates in effect as
of December 31, 1998, Northern Border Pipeline's annual interest expense would
increase by approximately $5.2 million. This amount has been determined by
considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rates on Northern Border
Pipeline's variable rate borrowings and interest rate swap agreements
outstanding as of December 31, 1998. Northern Border Pipeline's tariff provides
the pipeline an opportunity to recover, among other items, interest expense.
Therefore, TC PipeLines believes that Northern Border Pipeline would be allowed
to recover the increase in its interest expense, if it were to occur. Thus,
there would not be any material impact on Northern Border Pipeline's annual
earnings and cash flow from a hypothetical one percentage point increase in
interest rates. As of March 31, 1999, there has not been any material changes to
Northern Border Pipeline's interest rate exposure as compared to December 31,
1998.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
                                   YEAR 2000
 
NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
 
   
    Northern Border Pipeline, similar to most businesses, relies heavily on
information systems technology to operate in an efficient and effective manner.
Much of this technology takes the form of computers and associated hardware for
data processing and analysis. In addition, a great deal of information
processing technology is embedded in microelectronic devices. (This discussion
under the heading "Year 2000" constitutes a year 2000 readiness disclosure under
the Year 2000 Information and Readiness Disclosure Act. Compliance with the Year
2000 Information and Readiness Disclosure Act does not limit or otherwise affect
any claims or actions under the federal securities laws.)
    
 
    The Year 2000 problem results from the use in computer hardware and software
of two digits rather than four digits to define the applicable year. As a
result, computer programs that have date-sensitive software may recognize a date
using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000.
 
    If not corrected, many computer applications could fail or create erroneous
results. The effects of the Year 2000 problem are compounded because of the
interdependence of computer and telecommunication systems in the United States
and throughout the world. This interdependence is true for Northern Border
Pipeline and its respective suppliers and customers.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline has developed a plan, which will be modified as
events warrant, to address Year 2000 problems. This plan is designed to take
reasonable steps to prevent mission-critical functions from being impaired due
to the Year 2000 problem. Mission critical functions are pipeline operations
conducted in a manner that is safe for personnel and the public. Pipeline
operations include:
 
    - the flow of natural gas through the pipeline with the operation of
      thirteen natural gas fired compressor stations,
 
    - two electric powered compressor stations,
 
    - measurement stations for receipt and delivery of gas, and
 
    - the supervisory control and data acquisition computer system.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline is committed to allocating the resources necessary
to implement this plan. A core team of individuals has been established to
implement and complete the plan. The plan includes:
 
    - developing a comprehensive component inventory of computer hardware,
      software, embedded chips and third-party interfaces;
 
    - assessing the risk of non-compliance of each component;
 
    - identifying the impact of any component failure;
 
    - assessing Year 2000 compliance of each component;
 
    - identifying and implementing solutions for non-compliance of components;
 
    - testing of solutions implemented; and
 
    - developing contingency plans for critical components and systems.
 
   
    As of March 1999, Northern Border Pipeline has identified, inventoried, and
assessed computer software, hardware, embedded chips, and third-party
interfaces. Where necessary, remediation, replacement, or adequate workarounds
have been identified and implemented or are in the process of being implemented.
The workaround Northern Border Pipeline has employed in very limited instances
is to turn the system clocks back to a past date so that the systems will not
roll-over to the year 2000 for several years. System clocks would be turned back
at two compressor stations that have an older control system that has not been
upgraded. TC PipeLines believes that there is limited risk involved with turning
the clocks back on these computer systems because all functions are local to the
station and their operations are not dependent on knowing the exact date. This
strategy allows the computers to continue to function until replaced.
    
 
   
    At this time, it is TC PipeLines' understanding that all of Northern Border
Pipeline's mission critical systems are Year 2000 ready. As far as non-mission
critical systems, it is TC PipeLines' understanding that at the current time the
systems are approximately 90% Year 2000 ready, based on the work effort
involved. Additional work remaining consists primarily of completing upgrades of
certain off-the-shelf software.
    
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's plan recognizes that the computer,
telecommunications and
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
other systems of outside entities have the potential for major,
mission-critical, adverse effects on the conduct of Northern Border Pipeline's
business. Northern Border Pipeline does not have control of these outside
systems. However, its plan includes an ongoing process of identifying and
contacting outside entities whose systems have or may have a substantial effect
on Northern Border Pipeline's ability to continue to conduct the
mission-critical aspects of its businesses without disruption from Year 2000
problems. The plan requires Northern Border Pipeline to attempt to inventory and
assess the extent to which these outside systems may not be Year 2000
compatible. Northern Border Pipeline's Year 2000 team will attempt reasonably to
coordinate with these outside entities in an ongoing effort to obtain assurances
that these outside systems will be Year 2000 compatible well before January 1,
2000.
 
    A listing of critical outside entities has been developed which includes
shippers, electrical suppliers, and interconnecting pipelines. Currently,
Northern Border Pipeline's Year 2000 team is in the process of contacting these
entities to determine their Year 2000 readiness and the extent to which joint
testing or mutual contingency planning is required. Northern Border Pipeline has
made initial contacts with all critical third-party entities and has received
responses from all but two of the parties contacted. Northern Border Pipeline
will continue its efforts with the remaining two entities to determine their
Year 2000 readiness. All outside entities contacted have Year 2000 readiness
programs underway and they expect to be Year 2000 ready before the end of the
year. The assessment of the Year 2000 readiness of outside entities is an
important factor in the internal contingency planning process.
 
    The processes of inventorying, assessing, analyzing, remediating through
replacement or adequate workarounds, testing, and developing contingency plans
for mission-critical functions in anticipation of the Year 2000 are necessarily
iterative processes. That is, the steps are repeated as Northern Border
Pipeline's Year 2000 team learns more about the Year 2000 problem and its
effects on internal systems and on outside systems, and about the effects that
embedded chips may have on Northern Border Pipeline's systems and outside
systems. As the steps are repeated, it is likely that new problems will be
identified and addressed. TC PipeLines knows of no specific Northern Border
Pipeline systems that are susceptible to problems that can only be identified
after January 1, 2000.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline has in place a Year 2000 contingency plan designed
to address specific Year 2000 related problems including loss of all commercial
electrical power, loss of all commercial telecommunications, and unforeseen
failures in critical systems. In the event of loss of commercial power, all
critical Northern Border Pipeline facilities have back up power sources
including auxiliary generators and battery back up except for the two electric
powered compressor stations. Northern Border Pipeline has its own internal,
private communications systems for voice, data, and the supervisory control and
data acquisition computer system traffic. All of the communications sites have
back-up power sources. Northern Border Pipeline also has a redundant back-up
site for critical operation and systems functions. All compressor facilities
will be manned at year end so that unforeseen issues can be dealt with
immediately.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline has not incurred material historical costs
associated with the Year 2000 issues. Further, TC PipeLines believes that
Northern Border Pipeline's future costs of implementing the plan will not be
material. Although TC PipeLines believes Northern Border Pipeline's estimates
are reasonable, there can be no assurance, for the reasons stated below, that
the actual costs of implementing the plan will not differ materially from the
estimated costs or that Northern Border Pipeline will not be adversely affected
by Year 2000 issues.
 
    The extent and magnitude of the Year 2000 problem as it may affect Northern
Border Pipeline is difficult to predict or quantify for a number of reasons.
Among the most important is the potential complexity of locating embedded
microprocessors that may be in a great variety of hardware used for process or
flow control, environmental, transportation, access, communications and other
systems. TC PipeLines believes that Northern Border Pipeline will be able to
identify and remediate mission-critical systems containing embedded
microprocessors.
 
    Other important difficulties relate to:
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
    - the lack of control over and difficulty inventorying, assessing,
      remediating, verifying and testing outside systems;
 
    - the complexity of evaluating all software (computer code) internal to
      Northern Border Pipeline that may not be Year 2000 compatible; and
 
    - the potential limited availability of certain necessary internal or
      external resources, including but not limited to trained hardware and
      software engineers, technicians and other personnel to perform adequate
      remediation, verification and testing of internal systems or outside
      systems.
 
    Year 2000 costs are difficult to estimate accurately because of
unanticipated vendor delays, technical difficulties, the impact of tests of
outside systems, and similar events. There can be no assurance for example that
all outside systems will be adequately remediated so that they are Year 2000
ready by January 1, 2000, or by some earlier date, so as not to create a
material disruption to business. If, despite diligent, prudent efforts under the
plan, there are Year 2000-related failures that create substantial disruptions
to Northern Border Pipeline's business, the adverse impact could be material.
Moreover, the estimated costs of pursuing the current course of action do not
take into account the costs, if any, that might be incurred as a result of Year
2000-related failures that occur despite implementation of the plan, as it may
be modified over time.
 
    In a recent SEC release regarding Year 2000 disclosures, the SEC stated that
public companies must disclose the most reasonably likely worst case Year 2000
scenario. Analysis of the most reasonably likely worst case Year 2000 scenarios
Northern Border Pipeline may face leads to contemplation of the following
possibilities:
 
    - widespread failure of electrical, gas, and similar supplies by utilities
      serving Northern Border Pipeline;
 
    - widespread disruption of the services of communications common carriers;
 
    - similar disruption to means and modes of transportation for Northern
      Border Pipeline and its employees, contractors, suppliers, and customers;
 
    - significant disruption to Northern Border Pipeline's ability to gain
      access to, and remain working in, office buildings and other facilities;
      and
 
    - the failure of outside systems, the effects of which would have a
      cumulative material adverse impact on Northern Border Pipeline's mission-
      critical systems.
 
    Among other things, Northern Border Pipeline could face substantial claims
due to:
 
    - service interruptions;
 
    - inability to fulfill contractual obligations;
 
    - inability to account for certain revenues or obligations or to bill
      shippers accurately and on a timely basis; and
 
    - increased expenses associated with litigation, stabilization of operations
      following mission-critical failures, and the execution of contingency
      plans.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline could also experience an inability by shippers to
pay, on a timely basis or at all, obligations owed to Northern Border Pipeline.
Under these circumstances, the adverse effect on Northern Border Pipeline, and
the diminution of Northern Border Pipeline's revenues, would be material,
although not quantifiable at this time. Northern Border Pipeline will continue
to monitor business conditions with the aim of assessing and quantifying
material adverse effects, if any, that result or may result from the Year 2000
problem.
 
OUR GENERAL PARTNER
 
    TC PipeLines and the general partner are not materially dependent upon
computer systems to conduct their businesses. Accordingly, we do not believe
that the Year 2000 problem will have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations, except as to any material adverse
effect that may result from any Year 2000 problem in Northern Border Pipeline,
as discussed above.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
                                MARKET OVERVIEW
 
    The supply of Canadian natural gas imported into the United States increased
from 1.26 trillion cubic feet in 1988 to 2.84 trillion cubic feet in 1997, an
increase of approximately 125%. Over the same period, total United States
natural gas demand increased by approximately 22%. Consequently, Canadian
natural gas has increased its market share in the United States of total natural
gas consumption from 7.0% in 1988 to 12.9% in 1997.
 
                        IMPORTS OF CANADIAN NATURAL GAS
                           (TRILLIONS OF CUBIC FEET)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           TOTAL U.S.      NET IMPORTS FROM      NET CANADIAN
YEAR                                       CONSUMPTION          CANADA           MARKET SHARE
- ---------------------------------------  ---------------  -------------------  -----------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>                  <C>
1988...................................         18.03               1.26                 7.0%
1989...................................         18.80               1.30                 6.9%
1990...................................         18.72               1.43                 7.6%
1991...................................         19.04               1.69                 8.9%
1992...................................         19.54               2.03                10.0%
1993...................................         20.28               2.22                11.0%
1994...................................         20.71               2.51                12.1%
1995...................................         21.58               2.79                12.9%
1996...................................         21.97               2.83                12.9%
1997...................................         21.98               2.84                12.9%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
Source: Energy Information Administration, Natural Gas Monthly August 1998, U.S.
Natural Gas Imports and Exports--1997, Tables SR1, SR4 and SR5
 
    The majority of this increasing Canadian supply has been supported by the
extensive natural gas reserves found in the western Canadian sedimentary basin,
located in the provinces of Alberta, British Columbia, and Saskatchewan. While
this basin had remaining established natural gas reserves of 65 trillion cubic
feet as of December 31, 1997, it remains relatively undeveloped with a reserves
to production ratio of approximately 11 years at current production levels.
These estimates are based on information from the Canadian Association of
Petroleum Producers and internal analyses by TransCanada. Remaining established
natural gas reserves are those reserves that can be recovered under present and
anticipated economic conditions using current technology and technical
judgement. In comparison, the more mature natural gas basins in the lower 48
United States, with remaining reserves of approximately 157 trillion cubic feet
as of December 31, 1997, have a reserves to production ratio of approximately
8.4 years. These estimates are from the Energy Information Administration 1997
Annual Report dated September 1998. We believe that the western Canadian
sedimentary basin is poised for production increases in the future as the basin
undergoes further development. From 1995 to the end of 1997, natural gas
production increased by 6%, and, as indicated in the table below, we expect this
production to increase by 26% from 1998 to 2010.
 
     WESTERN CANADIAN SEDIMENTARY BASIN MARKETABLE NATURAL GAS PRODUCTION:
                            HISTORICAL AND FORECAST
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     1995(1)      1996(1)      1997(1)      1998(2)      1999(2)      2000(2)      2005(2)
                                   -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Production (billions of cubic
  feet per day)..................        14.6         15.3         15.5         16.1         17.3         17.8         19.8
Production Growth from 1995......                        5%           6%          10%          18%          22%          36%
 
<CAPTION>
                                     2010(2)
                                   -----------
<S>                                <C>
Production (billions of cubic
  feet per day)..................        20.3
Production Growth from 1995......          39%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers Statistical Handbook.
 
(2) "The Future Natural Gas Supply Capability of the Western Canadian
    Sedimentary Basin 1997-2019", prepared by Sproule Associates Limited for
    TransCanada PipeLines Limited, April 1998.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
    The Northern Border pipeline system currently serves the midwest region of
the United States, including Ohio, Wisconsin, Indiana, Michigan and Illinois. In
addition, Northern Border transports gas for delivery in Montana, North Dakota,
South Dakota, Minnesota and Iowa. Based on data in the table below, we expect
that the midwest market for natural gas will grow at a rate of 1.4% per year
until 2010 which is equivalent to a total incremental demand of 1.9 billion
cubic feet per day.
 
    One of the key objectives of our business strategy is to participate in
extensions and expansions of our current Northern Border Pipeline asset as well
as pursue select acquisitions of other high quality pipeline assets. We intend
to target the northeastern United States with our strategy and thereby
capitalize on the growing demand for natural gas in this region, which includes
the states of Maine, Massachusetts, Vermont, Rhode Island, New Hampshire,
Connecticut, New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania. Between 1993 and 1997,
natural gas demand in these northeastern states increased by 18% and currently
represents 14.0% of the total United States demand. We expect this trend to
continue, with natural gas demand in the northeast region forecast to grow at a
rate of approximately 2.5% per year until at least 2010, as indicated in the
following table. This growth rate would result in a total incremental demand
over that period of 2.8 billion cubic feet per day.
 
                HISTORICAL AND FORECAST NATURAL GAS DEMAND(1)(2)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              NORTHEAST                     MIDWEST
                                                    TOTAL      NORTHEAST     PERCENTAGE       MIDWEST     PERCENTAGE
                                                  U.S. GAS        GAS          OF GAS           GAS         OF GAS
                                                   DEMAND       DEMAND         DEMAND         DEMAND        DEMAND
                                                 -----------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                              <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
                                                   (BCF/D)      (BCF/D)          (%)          (BCF/D)         (%)
1993...........................................        55.6          7.4           13.3%          10.0          18.0%
1994...........................................        56.7          7.8           13.8%          10.1          17.8%
1995...........................................        59.1          8.4           14.2%          10.6          17.9%
1996...........................................        60.2          8.4           14.0%          11.1          18.4%
1997...........................................        60.2          8.7           14.5%          10.7          17.8%
1998...........................................        60.2          8.4           14.0%          10.8          17.9%
1999...........................................        61.9          8.7           14.1%          11.1          17.9%
2000...........................................        62.9          8.8           14.0%          11.3          18.0%
2005...........................................        69.8         10.0           14.3%          11.8          16.9%
2010...........................................        76.7         11.2           14.6%          12.7          16.6%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Actuals through 1997 are from the Energy Information Administration's
    "Historical Natural Gas Annual 1930 Through 1997", Table 22, plus an
    adjustment for lease, plant, and pipeline fuel.
 
(2) Forecast values from 1998 to 2010 are based on an average of forecasts,
    including Energy Information Administration's "1999 Annual Energy Outlook",
    the Gas Research Institute's "1999 Baseline Projections Databook", and
    Standard & Poor's DRI "Fall/Winter 1998/99 Energy Service U.S. Outlook".
 
    The growth in natural gas demand in the midwest and northeast regions of the
United States primarily reflects growth in the electrical generation business,
as well as growth in the commercial and industrial sectors. In addition, we
believe that the influence of the Clean Air Act and other environmental
legislation will contribute to demand for cleaner burning fuels such as natural
gas instead of coal or oil. Accordingly, we believe the demand for pipeline
capacity to transport natural gas will also increase in the United States.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
                            BUSINESS OF TC PIPELINES
 
    We were recently formed to acquire, own and participate in the management
and growth of United States based pipeline assets. We will initially own a 30%
interest in Northern Border Pipeline. Our general partner will manage and
operate our activities.
 
          BUSINESS STRATEGY AND COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS OF TC PIPELINES
 
Our business strategy is twofold:
 
1.  ACQUIRE UNITED STATES TRANSMISSION ASSETS FROM TRANSCANADA
 
    TransCanada is one of the largest energy services companies in North
America. One of TransCanada's core strengths is the identification, development
and construction of new pipelines. TransCanada has ownership interests in
numerous United States transmission assets. TransCanada views TC PipeLines as
its preferred acquisition and growth vehicle in the United States for pipeline
assets. We believe that TransCanada's United States based pipeline assets will
provide us with acquisition opportunities. Furthermore, we believe that
opportunities may exist to acquire from TransCanada non-natural gas transmission
assets that are consistent with our strategy of investing in businesses with
relatively stable cash flows and additional growth opportunities. Our strategy
is designed to complement our existing assets and increase cash distributions to
unitholders.
 
2.  BENEFIT FROM THE INCREASED FLOW OF NATURAL GAS FROM WESTERN CANADA TO
    GROWING MARKETS IN THE UNITED STATES
 
    The historical growth in natural gas demand in the northeast region of the
United States has resulted from a number of factors including growth in the
electrical generation business and the influence of Clean Air legislation which
mandates the use of cleaner-burning fuels. Natural gas demand in the northeast
region of the United States is projected to grow at a rate of approximately 2.5%
per year until at least 2010 as discussed under "Market Overview". At the same
time, the traditional sources of natural gas supply to this region are
characteristically more mature United States basins which are expected to have
higher long-run supply costs relative to the western Canadian sedimentary basin.
As a result, we believe that the abundant natural gas reserves in the western
Canadian sedimentary basin have the opportunity to capture a share of the
growing demand in the northeast region of the United States in the foreseeable
future. We believe TC PipeLines can capitalize on the growth opportunities
inherent in the northeast markets through our participation in further
expansions and extensions of the Northern Border pipeline system, as well as
through select acquisitions of ownership interests in other United States
pipeline transmission and related assets. Through this strategy we intend to
generate increasing amounts of cash from shippers to distribute to our
unitholders.
 
    Through our participation in expansions and extensions of the Northern
Border pipeline system, we will increase the amount of gas transported from
western Canada to the United States, create a wider range of end market options
for our shippers and facilitate the flow of natural gas to the growing markets
in the northeast United States. Project 2000 is a proposed Northern Border
Pipeline extension which complements our business strategy.
 
    We will also focus on acquiring significant ownership positions in
fully-operating United States pipeline transmission and related assets with
minimal development risk, relatively stable cash flows and growth potential.
These acquisitions will primarily be intended to increase the flow of natural
gas from the western Canadian sedimentary basin to the northeastern United
States. Northern Border Pipeline is part of a pathway between pipeline systems
accessing supply in western Canada and pipeline systems serving the market areas
in the northeastern United States. We envision completing acquisitions that
complement the strategic location of Northern Border Pipeline
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
and facilitate the flow of natural gas to the growing markets in the
northeastern United States. Our objective is to create access to new markets for
our shippers by participating in the establishment of these cross-country
routes.
 
WE BELIEVE WE HAVE VARIOUS STRENGTHS THAT WILL ASSIST IN IMPLEMENTING OUR
STRATEGY.
THESE STRENGTHS INCLUDE:
 
    - PARTIAL OWNERSHIP IN A LARGE AND EFFICIENT PIPELINE SYSTEM WELL-POSITIONED
      FOR FUTURE GROWTH. The Northern Border pipeline system links large natural
      gas reserves in western Canada with a number of United States interstate
      pipeline systems. We believe that the interconnections with other
      interstate natural gas transmission systems as well as the cost
      competitiveness of its tariff have made the Northern Border pipeline
      system an attractive transportation option for shippers. In addition, we
      believe that due to its strategic location, Northern Border Pipeline is
      well positioned for further growth and provides TC PipeLines with a base
      to serve developing natural gas markets in the northeast United States.
 
    - ACCESS TO THE EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT OF TRANSCANADA. Through our general
      partner we will have access to the management of TransCanada, one of the
      largest energy services companies in North America and the largest in
      Canada. TransCanada has been in the business of designing, constructing
      and operating pipeline transmission assets for over 40 years, and we
      expect to benefit from the services of its management which has
      substantial experience in the transmission business, knowledge of United
      States regulatory matters, and a demonstrated ability to operate pipeline
      assets in an efficient and profitable manner.
 
    - ACCESS TO ACQUISITION OPPORTUNITIES. One significant component of
      TransCanada's corporate strategy is to develop markets in the United
      States for the consumption of western Canadian natural gas. TransCanada
      has developed and expects to continue to develop pipeline assets which
      either link western Canadian natural gas supplies directly to United
      States markets or complement pipelines which do so. TransCanada views TC
      PipeLines as its preferred acquisition and growth vehicle in the United
      States, and hence, TransCanada's current and future transmission assets
      may provide acquisition opportunities for us. However, TransCanada has no
      obligation to offer any assets to us and no assurances can be given that
      it will offer us any assets in the future or, if offered, that they will
      be offered on terms attractive to us.
 
    - STABLE AND GROWING CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS. Pipeline transportation of
      natural gas in a regulated environment is a relatively stable business,
      well suited to serve as a base for our strategy. For example, as of
      December 31, 1998, at least 97% of the Northern Border pipeline system's
      capacity was under contract through mid-September 2003 with a weighted
      average contract life, based upon annual cost of service obligations, of
      slightly under eight years. Our strategy of growth through the acquisition
      of ownership interests in developed, relatively stable cash flow-producing
      assets is designed to minimize some of the risks inherent in the
      identification, development and construction of new pipelines.
 
    - ACCESS TO CAPITAL. We believe the efficiency of the partnership structure
      and access to debt and equity markets enable us to compete successfully
      with large corporate buyers to acquire developed natural gas pipeline
      transmission assets in the United States.
 
    No assurance can be given that we will be successful in implementing our
business strategy.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
                      BUSINESS OF NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
 
                                   STRUCTURE
 
    TC PipeLines owns a 30% general partner interest in Northern Border
Pipeline. The remaining 70% general partner interest is currently owned by
Northern Border Partners, a publicly traded limited partnership that is not
affiliated with TC PipeLines.
 
    The four-member Northern Border Pipeline management committee oversees
management of Northern Border Pipeline. TC PipeLines controls 30% of the voting
power of the Northern Border Pipeline management committee and designates one
member. Northern Border Partners controls 70% of the voting power of the
Northern Border Pipeline management committee and designates three members.
 
    Under the Northern Border Pipeline partnership agreement, voting power on
the Northern Border Pipeline management committee is allocated among Northern
Border Partners' three general partners in proportion to their general partner
interests in Northern Border Partners. As a result, the 70% voting power of
Northern Border Partners' representatives on the Northern Border Pipeline
management committee is allocated as follows: 35% to Northern Plains, 22.75% to
Pan Border and 12.25% to Northwest Border. Northern Plains and Pan Border are
subsidiaries of Enron. Northwest Border is a subsidiary of The Williams
Companies. Each of Northern Plains, Pan Border and Northwest Border has the
right to designate one member of the Northern Border Pipeline management
committee. Enron controls 57.75% of the voting power of the Northern Border
Pipeline management committee and has the right to designate two of the members
of this management committee.
 
    The Northern Border pipeline system is operated by Northern Plains under an
operating agreement. As of December 31, 1998, Northern Plains employed
approximately 190 individuals located at its headquarters in Omaha, Nebraska and
at locations along the pipeline route. Northern Plains' employees are not
represented by any labor union and are not covered by any collective bargaining
agreements.
 
                                    GENERAL
 
    Northern Border Pipeline generates revenues from the receipt and delivery of
natural gas at points along the Northern Border pipeline system according to
individual transportation contracts with its shippers. Northern Border
Pipelines' revenues are equal to the cost of service actually incurred for
providing service to its shippers as determined under its FERC-regulated tariff.
 
    The FERC-regulated tariff specifies the calculation of amounts to be paid by
shippers and the general terms and conditions of transportation service on the
Northern Border pipeline system. The tariff provides an opportunity to recover:
 
    - all of the operations and maintenance costs of the pipeline,
 
    - taxes other than income taxes,
 
    - interest,
 
    - depreciation and amortization,
 
    - an allowance for income taxes and
 
    - a regulated return on equity.
 
Northern Border Pipeline is generally allowed to collect from its shippers a
return on rate base as well as recover that rate base through depreciation and
amortization.
 
    In the absence of additions to the rate base, the amount received by
Northern Border Pipeline from its regulated return on equity decreases as the
rate base is recovered.
 
    Billings for firm transportation agreements are based on contracted volumes
to determine the proportionate share of the cost of service and are not
dependent upon the percentage of available capacity actually used.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline does not own the natural gas that it transports and
therefore
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
Northern Border Pipeline does not assume any natural gas commodity price risk.
 
                      THE NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE SYSTEM
 
    With the recent completion of the Chicago project in December 1998, Northern
Border Pipeline owns a 1,214-mile United States interstate pipeline system that
transports natural gas from the Montana-Saskatchewan border near Port of Morgan,
Montana, to interconnecting pipelines in the upper midwest of the United States.
The Northern Border pipeline system was initially constructed in 1982 and was
expanded and/or extended in 1991, 1992, and 1998.
 
    The Northern Border pipeline system has pipeline access to natural gas
reserves in the western Canadian sedimentary basin in the provinces of Alberta,
British Columbia and Saskatchewan in Canada, as well as the Williston Basin in
the United States. The Pipeline System also has access to production of
synthetic gas processed at the Dakota Gasification Plant in North Dakota.
 
    The Northern Border pipeline system consists of 822 miles of 42-inch
diameter pipe designed to transport 2,373 million cubic feet per day from the
Canadian border to Ventura, Iowa; 30-inch diameter pipe and 36-inch diameter
pipe, each approximately 147 miles in length, designed to transport 1,300
million cubic feet per day from Ventura, Iowa to Harper, Iowa; and 226 miles of
36-inch diameter pipe and 19 miles of 30-inch diameter pipe designed to
transport 645 million cubic feet per day from Harper, Iowa to a terminus near
Manhattan, Illinois (Chicago area). Along the pipeline there are fifteen
compressor stations with total rated horsepower of 476,500 and measurement
facilities to support the receipt and delivery of gas at various points. Other
facilities include four field offices and a microwave communication system with
fifty-one tower sites.
 
    At its northern end, the Northern Border pipeline system is connected to
TransCanada's majority-owned Foothills (Sask.) Pipe Lines Ltd. system in Canada.
The Foothills (Sask.) system is connected to the Alberta system of TransCanada
and the pipeline system of the unaffiliated Transgas Limited in Saskatchewan.
The Alberta system gathers and transports a substantial portion of Canadian
natural gas production. The Northern Border pipeline system also connects with
facilities of Williston Basin Interstate Pipeline at Glen Ullin and Buford,
North Dakota, facilities of Amerada Hess Corporation at Watford City, North
Dakota and facilities of Dakota Gasification Company at Hebron, North Dakota in
the northern portion of the system.
 
                                 INTERCONNECTS
 
    Northern Border Pipeline connects with multiple pipelines which allow its
shippers to access the various natural gas markets served by those pipelines.
The Northern Border pipeline system interconnects with pipeline facilities of:
 
    - Northern Natural Gas Company, an Enron subsidiary, at Ventura, Iowa as
      well as multiple smaller interconnections in South Dakota, Minnesota and
      Iowa;
 
    - Natural Gas Pipeline Company of America at Harper, Iowa;
 
    - MidAmerican Energy Company at Iowa City and Davenport, Iowa;
 
    - Interstate Power Company at Prophetstown, Illinois;
 
    - Northern Illinois Gas Company at Troy Grove and Minooka, Illinois;
 
    - Midwestern Gas Transmission Company near Channahon, Illinois;
 
    - ANR Pipeline Company near Manhattan, Illinois; and
 
    - The Peoples Gas Light and Coke Company near Manhattan, Illinois (Chicago
      area) at the terminus of the Northern Border pipeline system.
 
    The Ventura, Iowa interconnect with Northern Natural Gas Company functions
as a large market center, where natural gas transported on the Northern Border
pipeline system is sold, traded and received for transport to significant
consuming markets in the Midwest and to interconnecting pipeline facilities
destined for other markets.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                                  PROJECT 2000
 
    In October 1998, Northern Border Pipeline applied to the FERC for approval
of its Project 2000 to expand and extend its Northern Border pipeline system
into Indiana by November 2000. If approved and constructed, Project 2000 will
strategically position Northern Border Pipeline to move natural gas east and
will place it in direct contact with major industrial natural gas consumers.
Project 2000 would afford shippers on the extended pipeline system access to the
northern Indiana industrial zone, including Northern Indiana Public Service
Company, a major midwest local distribution company with a large industrial load
requirement.
 
    Permanent releases of capacity have been negotiated between several existing
and project shippers originally included in the October 1998 application. On
March 25, 1999, Northern Border Pipeline amended its application to the FERC to
reflect these changes.
 
    Project 2000 revised capital expenditures are estimated to be $126 million
and, with timely regulatory approvals, we anticipate construction activities to
begin in late 1999. TC PipeLines' share of capital expenditures is expected to
be approximately $12 million payable during 2000. Proposed facilities will
include approximately 34.4 miles of 36-inch pipeline and a total net increase of
22,500 compressor horsepower at three compressor stations, one meter station and
related facilities.
 
    As a result of the proposed revised expansion, the pipeline will have the
ability to receive 1,484 million cubic feet per day from Ventura to Harper,
Iowa, 844 million cubic feet per day from Harper to Manhattan, Illinois, and 544
million cubic feet per day on the new extension from Manhattan to North Hayden,
Indiana.
 
    Five project shippers have agreed to take transportation service of all the
capacity, subject to Northern Border Pipeline satisfying specific conditions
including receipt of FERC and other regulatory approvals by specific dates. The
Project 2000 shippers are: Bethlehem Steel Corporation, El Paso Energy Marketing
Company, Northern Indiana Public Service Company, Peoples Energy Services
Corporation, and The People's Light and Coke Company.
 
    The proposed pipeline extension will interconnect with Northern Indiana
Public Service Company at the terminus near North Hayden, Indiana. Northern
Indiana Public Service has confirmed to Northern Border Pipeline that the
interconnect will be able to receive the required capacity.
 
                                  COMPETITION
 
    Northern Border Pipeline competes with other pipeline companies that
transport natural gas from the western Canadian sedimentary basin or that
transport natural gas to markets in the midwest. Its competitive position is
affected by the availability of Canadian natural gas for export and demand for
natural gas in the United States. Shippers of natural gas from the western
Canadian sedimentary basin have other options to transport Canadian natural gas
to the United States, including transportation on pipelines eastward in Canada
or to markets on the west coast.
 
    Alliance Pipeline recently received Canadian and United States regulatory
approvals. The sponsors of Alliance have announced their plans for the Alliance
pipeline to be in service by late 2000. If constructed, the Alliance pipeline
would compete directly with Northern Border Pipeline. The Alliance pipeline
would transport gas from the western Canadian sedimentary basin to the
midwestern United States.
 
    It is expected that the Alliance pipeline would provide its shippers with an
option to ship liquids-rich gas. Further deliveries of natural gas by Alliance
without the liquids-rich element would require facilities to extract the natural
gas liquids. We understand that a natural gas liquids extraction plant may be
built near the Alliance pipeline's terminus in Chicago.
 
    While there may be a large increase in natural gas moving from the western
Canadian sedimentary basin to Chicago if the Alliance project is completed,
there are several
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
additional projects proposed to transport natural gas from the Chicago area to
growing eastern markets. The proposed projects currently being pursued by
unrelated third parties are targeting markets in eastern Canada and the
northeast United States. None of these proposed projects have received final
regulatory approval.
 
    TransCanada owns and operates a pipeline system which transports natural gas
from the same natural gas reserves in western Canada that supply Northern Border
Pipeline's customers. Shippers of TransCanada compete for the same supplies of
natural gas as shippers of Northern Border Pipeline.
 
    Natural gas is also produced in the United States and transported by other
competing unaffiliated pipeline systems to the same destinations as the Northern
Border pipeline system.
 
                                    SHIPPERS
 
    The Northern Border pipeline system serves a number of shippers with diverse
financial and market profiles. Based upon shippers' cost of service obligations,
93% of the firm capacity, as of December 31, 1998, is contracted by producers
and marketers. The remaining firm capacity is contracted to local distribution
companies (5%) and interstate pipelines (2%). As of December 31, 1998, the
termination dates of these contracts ranged from October 31, 2001 to December
21, 2013 and the weighted average contract-life, based upon annual cost of
service obligations was slightly under eight years with at least 97% of capacity
contracted through mid-September 2003.
 
    In 1998, the five shippers that contributed the greatest amount of revenue
to Northern Border Pipeline were as follows: Pan-Alberta Gas U.S. Inc. (44.4%),
TransCanada PipeLines Limited, an affiliate of our general partner (7.2%), Husky
Gas Marketing Inc. (4.9%), ProGas USA Inc. (4.1%) and PanCanadian Energy
Services Inc (3.8%). No other shipper was responsible for more than 4.0% of
Northern Border Pipeline's revenue in 1998. The 20 largest shippers, in total,
were responsible for 95.9% of Northern Border Pipeline's revenue in 1998.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's recent expansion and extension in 1998, the
Chicago project, was underpinned by a large group of shippers which now
represent 38.9% of the Northern Border pipeline system's cost of service. Those
shippers signed contracts for a minimum of ten years from the date the Chicago
project facilities came in service, with the earliest termination date being
December 21, 2008. The five largest shippers which were part of the Chicago
project expansion are: TransCanada PipeLines Limited, an affiliate of our
general partner (5.3%), PanCanadian Energy Services Inc. (4.5%), Enron Capital &
Trade Resources Corp, an affiliate of Northern Border Partners (3.9%), AEC
Marketing (U.S.A) Inc. (3.1%), and Hess Energy Services Company LLC (2.9%).
 
    Currently, based on their proportionate shares of the cost of service of the
Northern Border pipeline system for the first six months of 1999 the five
largest shippers are: Pan-Alberta Gas U.S. Inc. (26.5%), TransCanada PipeLines
Limited, an affiliate of our general partner (10.8%), PanCanadian Energy
Services Inc (7.0%), Enron Capital & Trade Resources Corp, an affiliate of
Northern Border Partners (5.3%) and PetroCanada Hydrocarbons Inc. (4.1%). No
other shipper is currently responsible for more than 5.0% of Northern Border
Pipeline's cost of service. The 20 largest shippers, in total, are responsible
for an estimated 88.2% of Northern Border Pipeline's cost of service.
 
    There are four contracts totaling 141 million cubic feet per day, 3.7% of
firm capacity, with termination dates of December 31, 2008 or July 31, 2009 that
may be terminated by the shippers if the production of synthetic gas at the
Dakota Gasification Plant by Dakota Gasification Company ceases.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's largest shipper, Pan-Alberta Gas U.S., currently
holds 707 million cubic feet per day, 26.5% of cost of service, under three
contracts with terms that have been extended to October 31, 2003. The extension
of the termination date for one of the contracts covering 150 million cubic feet
per
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
day is subject to further authorization by the FERC. An affiliate of Enron
provides guaranties for 300 million cubic feet per day of Pan-Alberta Gas U.S.'s
contractual obligations through October 31, 2001. In addition, Pan-Alberta Gas
U.S.'s remaining capacity is supported by various credit support arrangements,
including, among others, a letter of credit, a guaranty from an interstate
pipeline company through October 31, 2001 for 150 million cubic feet per day, an
escrow account, and an upstream capacity transfer agreement.
 
    Some of Northern Border Pipeline's shippers are affiliated with TransCanada
and the general partners and subsidiaries of Northern Border Partners.
TransCanada holds contracts representing 10.8% of the proportionate share of the
cost of service. Enron Capital & Trade Resources Corp., a subsidiary of Enron
holds contracts representing 5.3% of the proportionate share of the cost of
service. TransContinental Gas Pipe Line Corporation, a subsidiary of Williams,
holds contracts representing 0.8% of the proportionate share of the cost of
service.
 
    Order 636, as discussed below under "FERC Regulation--Open Access
Regulation", has created a secondary market in existing Northern Border Pipeline
capacity. There have been temporary releases of capacity where the releasing
party receives credit against its firm transportation contract for revenues
received as a result of the temporary release of the contractually committed
capacity to third parties. The releasing party is not relieved of its
obligations under its contract. In addition to the temporary releases, several
shippers have permanently released a portion of their capacity to other shippers
who have agreed to comply with the underlying contractual and regulatory
obligations associated with that capacity.
 
                                FERC REGULATION
 
GENERAL
 
    Northern Border Pipeline is subject to extensive regulation by the FERC as a
"natural gas company" under the Natural Gas Act. Under the Natural Gas Act and
the Natural Gas Policy Act, the FERC has jurisdiction over Northern Border
Pipeline with respect to virtually all aspects of its business, including:
 
    - transportation of natural gas;
 
    - rates and charges;
 
    - construction of new facilities;
 
    - extension or abandonment of service and facilities;
 
    - accounts and records;
 
    - depreciation and amortization policies;
 
    - the acquisition and disposition of facilities; and
 
    - the initiation and discontinuation of services.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline, where required, holds certificates of public
convenience and necessity issued by the FERC covering its facilities, activities
and services. Under Section 8 of the Natural Gas Act, the FERC has the power to
prescribe the accounting treatment for items for regulatory purposes. The
Northern Border Pipeline books and records are periodically audited under
Section 8.
 
    The FERC regulates Northern Border Pipeline's rates and charges for
transportation in interstate commerce. Natural gas companies may not charge
rates exceeding rates judged just and reasonable by the FERC. In addition, the
FERC prohibits natural gas companies from unduly preferring or unreasonably
discriminating against any person with respect to pipeline rates or terms and
conditions of service. Some types of rates may be discounted without further
FERC authorization.
 
COST OF SERVICE TARIFF
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's firm transportation shippers contract to pay for
a proportionate share of the pipeline system's cost of service. During any given
month, all these shippers pay a uniform mileage based charge for the amount of
capacity contracted, calculated under a cost of service tariff. The shippers are
obligated to pay their proportionate share of the cost of service regardless of
the amount of natural gas they actually transport. The cost of service tariff is
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
regulated by the FERC and provides an opportunity to recover all operations and
maintenance costs of the Northern Border pipeline system, taxes other than
income taxes, interest, depreciation and amortization, an allowance for income
taxes and a return on equity approved by the FERC. Northern Border Pipeline may
not charge or collect more than its cost of service under its tariff on file
with the FERC.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's investment in the pipeline system is reflected in
various accounts referred to collectively as its regulated "rate base." The cost
of service includes a return, with related income taxes, on the rate base. Over
time, the rate base declines as a result of, among other things, monthly
depreciation and amortization. The Northern Border Pipeline rate base includes,
as an additional amount, a one-time ratemaking adjustment to reflect the receipt
of a financial incentive on the original construction of the pipeline. Since
inception, the rate base adjustment, called an incentive rate of return, has
been amortized through monthly additions to the cost of service. As a result, TC
PipeLines' pro forma net income for 1998 included $4.2 million for such
amortization along with a related income tax allowance. This impact on net
income is expected to continue until November 2001 when the incentive rate of
return is fully amortized.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline bills the cost of service on an estimated basis for
a six month cycle. Any net excess or deficiency between the cost of service
determined for that period according to the FERC tariff and the estimated
billing is accumulated, including carrying charges. This amount is then either
billed to or credited back to the shippers' accounts.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline also provides interruptible transportation service.
Interruptible transportation service is transportation in circumstances when
surplus capacity is available after satisfying firm service requests. The
maximum rate charged to interruptible shippers is calculated from cost of
service estimates on the basis of contracted capacity. Northern Border Pipeline
credits all revenue from the interruptible transportation service to the firm
shippers against cost of service amounts already paid.
 
    As a result of Northern Border Pipeline's rate case filed in November 1995
and the proposed change in the depreciation schedule in conjunction with the
Chicago project, the depreciation rate applied to Northern Border Pipeline's
gross transmission plant was reduced effective June 1, 1996, from 3.6% to 2.7%.
Beginning January 1, 1997, the depreciation rate was reduced to 2.5% through the
in-service date of the Chicago project, and at that time it was reduced to 2%.
The depreciation rate is scheduled to increase on January 1, 2000 and each year
thereafter until it reaches 3.2% in 2002.
 
    The November 1995 rate case was filed in compliance with Northern Border
Pipeline's FERC tariff for the determination of its allowed equity rate of
return. In this proceeding, Northern Border Pipeline reached a settlement accord
with shippers holding in excess of 90% of the total contracted firm capacity as
of October 15, 1996 and filed for FERC approval of a stipulation and agreement
to settle its rate case. The stipulation was approved by the FERC in August
1997. The stipulation allowed Northern Border Pipeline to retain its 12.75%
equity rate of return through September 30, 1996, and a 12% rate beginning
October 1, 1996. For purposes of calculating this return, the equity base is
determined by FERC regulations, and not in accordance with GAAP. In addition,
the depreciation rate applied to Northern Border Pipeline's gross transmission
plant was reduced as described in the previous paragraph. Under the stipulation,
it was agreed that for at least seven years following the completion of the
Chicago project, Northern Border Pipeline may continue to calculate its
allowance for income taxes as a part of its cost of service in the manner it has
historically used.
 
    In addition, in connection with the completion of the Chicago project,
Northern Border Pipeline has implemented a new depreciation schedule with an
extended depreciable life, a capital project cost containment mechanism and a
$31 million settlement adjustment mechanism. The
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
settlement adjustment mechanism will effectively reduce the allowed return on
rate base. In October 1997, Northern Border Pipeline made refunds to its
shippers in the amount of $52.6 million, previously reserved, drawing on an
existing $750 million revolving credit facility and utilizing cash on hand.
 
    The capital project cost containment mechanism for the Chicago project is
discussed in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Settlement of 1995 FERC Case and Project Cost Containment
Mechanism".
 
OPEN ACCESS REGULATION
 
    Beginning on April 8, 1992, the FERC issued a series of orders, known as
Order 636, designed to restructure the way that pipelines deliver transportation
services. Among other things, Order 636 required companies to unbundle their
services and offer sales, transportation, storage, gathering and other services
separately; to permanently assign their capacity on upstream pipelines to other
shippers; and to provide all transportation services on a basis that is equal in
quality for all shippers. Order 636 was substantially affirmed by the United
States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia.
 
    Order 636 adopted "right of first refusal" procedures, imposed by the FERC
as a condition to the pipeline's right to abandon long-term transportation
service, to govern a shipper's continuing rights to transportation services when
its contract with the pipeline expires. The FERC's rules require existing
shippers to match any bid of up to five years in order to renew those contracts.
In a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking issued by the FERC on July 20, 1998, the FERC
has proposed to eliminate the requirement that shippers match any bid up to five
years from the right of first refusal and indicated that it is considering
whether the right of first refusal should be eliminated entirely. The effect of
the Order 636 right of first refusal procedures and the FERC's proposals to
revise those procedures on Northern Border Pipeline's ability to renew or
recontract long-term service agreements once existing agreements expire cannot
be quantified at this time.
 
    Beginning in 1996, the FERC issued a series of orders, referred to together
as Order 587, amending its open access regulations to standardize business
practices and procedures governing transactions between interstate natural gas
pipelines, their customers, and others doing business with the pipelines. These
business standards, developed by the Gas Industry Standards Board ("GISB"),
govern important business practices including as shipper supplied service
nominations, allocation of available capacity, accounting and invoicing of
transportation service, standardized internet business transactions, and
capacity release. Northern Border Pipeline has implemented changes to its tariff
and internal systems so it can fully comply with the business standards as
required by these orders.
 
    In 1998, the FERC initiated a number of proceedings to further amend its
open access regulations. In a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking issued on July 20,
1998, the FERC proposed changes to its regulations governing short-term
transportation services. Among the proposals considered in the proposed
rulemaking are auctions for short-term capacity, removal of price caps for
secondary market transactions, revisions to reporting requirements, revisions to
tariff provisions governing imbalances, and negotiated services. In a companion
Notice of Inquiry issued the same day, the FERC has requested industry comment
on its pricing policies in the existing long-term market for transportation
services and its pricing policies for new capacity. The FERC also issued a
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to revise its procedures under which shippers or
others may have complaints considered by the FERC. The impact on Northern Border
Pipeline of any final rules adopted by the Commission as a result of these
proceedings cannot be assessed at this time.
 
    The FERC has also commenced proceedings to revise its pipeline construction
regulations. On September 30, 1998, the FERC issued a Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking to
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
amend its regulations to reflect current FERC policies governing the issuance of
pipeline construction certificates and to codify the filing of related
information. Also on September 30, 1998, the FERC issued a Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking that would give applicants seeking to construct, operate or abandon
natural gas services or facilities the option of using a pre-filing
collaborative process to resolve significant issues among parties and the
pipeline. The proposed rulemaking also proposes that a significant portion of
the environmental review process could be completed as part of the collaborative
process. As part of the proposed rulemaking, the FERC intends to examine
existing landowner notification policies related to pipeline construction and
environmental and pipeline construction issues. The impact on Northern Border
Pipeline of any final rules adopted by the Commission as a result of these
proceedings cannot be assessed at this time.
 
                        ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY MATTERS
 
    The operations of Northern Border Pipeline are subject to federal, state and
local laws and regulations relating to safety and the protection of the
environment which include the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, the Compensation and Liability Act of
1980, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety
Act of 1969, and the Pipeline Safety Act of 1992. Although TC PipeLines believes
that Northern Border Pipeline's operations and facilities comply in all material
respects with applicable environmental and safety regulations, risks of
substantial costs and liabilities are inherent in pipeline operations, and we
cannot provide any assurances that Northern Border Pipeline will not incur these
costs and liabilities. Northern Border Pipeline has ongoing environmental and
safety audit programs.
 
                                   PROPERTIES
 
    Northern Border Pipeline holds the right, title and interest in the Northern
Border pipeline system. Northern Border Pipeline owns all of its material
equipment and personal property and leases office space in Omaha, Nebraska. With
respect to real property, the Northern Border pipeline system falls into two
basic categories: (a) parcels which Northern Border Pipeline owns in fee,
including some of the compressor stations, measurement stations and pipeline
field office sites; and (b) parcels where the interest of Northern Border
Pipeline derives from leases, easements, rights-of-way, permits or licenses from
landowners or governmental authorities permitting the use of the land for the
construction and operation of the Northern Border pipeline system. The right to
construct and operate the pipeline across some property was obtained by Northern
Border Pipeline through exercise of the power of eminent domain. Northern Border
Pipeline continues to have the power of eminent domain in each of the states in
which it operates the Northern Border pipeline system, although it may not have
the power of eminent domain with respect to Native American tribal lands.
 
    Approximately 90 miles of the pipeline is located on fee, allotted and
tribal lands within the exterior boundaries of the Fort Peck Indian Reservation
in Montana. Tribal lands are lands owned in trust by the United States for the
Fort Peck Tribes and allotted lands are lands owned in trust by the United
States for an individual Indian or Indians. While it is unclear if Northern
Border Pipeline has the right of eminent domain over tribal lands, Northern
Border Pipeline has the right of eminent domain over allotted lands.
 
    In 1980, Northern Border Pipeline entered into a pipeline right-of-way lease
with the Fort Peck Tribal Executive Board, for and on behalf of the Assiniboine
and Sioux Tribes of the Fort Peck Indian Reservation. This pipeline right-of-way
lease, which was approved by the Department of the Interior in 1981, granted to
Northern Border Pipeline the right and privilege to construct and operate its
pipeline on some tribal lands, for a term of 15 years, renewable for an
additional 15 year term at the option of Northern Border Pipeline without
additional rental. Northern Border Pipeline notified the Bureau of Indian
Affairs in March 1996 that it was exercising its option to renew the pipeline
right-of-way lease for an additional 15 year
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
term. Northern Border Pipeline continues to operate this portion of the pipeline
located on tribal lands in accordance with its renewal rights.
 
    In conjunction with obtaining a pipeline right-of-way lease across tribal
lands located within the exterior boundaries of the Fort Peck Indian
Reservation, Northern Border Pipeline also obtained a right-of-way across
allotted lands located within the reservation boundaries. This right-of-way,
granted by the Bureau of Indian Affairs on March 25, 1981, for and on behalf of
individual Indian owners, expired on March 31, 1996. Before the termination
date, Northern Border Pipeline undertook efforts to obtain voluntary consents
from individual Indian owners for a new right-of-way, and Northern Border
Pipeline filed applications with the Bureau of Indian Affairs for new
right-of-way grants across those tracts of allotted lands where a sufficient
number of consents from the Indian owners had been obtained. Also, a
condemnation action was filed in Federal Court in the District of Montana
concerning those remaining tracts of allotted land for which a majority of
consents were not timely received.
 
    An order was entered on March 18, 1999 condemning permanent easements in
Northern Border Pipeline's favor on the tracts in question. The court ordered
approximately $22,000 as compensation. To date, the Bureau of Indian Affairs has
not issued a formal right-of-way grant for those tracts for which sufficient
landowners consents were obtained.
 
                                   LITIGATION
 
    In addition to the condemnation actions and matters related to the FERC
regulation, various legal actions that have arisen in the ordinary course of
business are pending with respect to Northern Border Pipeline. In TC PipeLines'
opinion, none of these proceedings would reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse impact on Northern Border Pipeline's results of operations or
financial position. See "Business of Northern Border Pipeline--Properties".
 
    On February 10, 1999, a lawsuit entitled LINDA NELL RHODES, ET AL. v.
NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE CO., ET AL. was commenced in state court, Harris
County, Texas, against Northern Border Pipeline, Northern Border Partners, L.P.,
Northern Plains Natural Gas Co. and Enron Corp. The action seeks compensatory
and other damages, including punitive damages, relating to an incident which
occurred on November 24, 1998, in which an employee of Associated Pipeline
Contractors, Inc., a contractor providing pipeline construction services to the
Chicago project at the time of the incident, was fatally injured. The action is
currently in discovery. At this time, TC PipeLines is unable to predict the
outcome of the action but, based upon currently known facts, believes that the
ultimate resolution of the action would not reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on the results of operations or financial condition of
Northern Border Pipeline.
 
    TC PipeLines, exclusive of its interest in Northern Border Pipeline, is not
currently a party to any legal proceedings that, individually or combined, would
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on TC PipeLines'
results of operations or financial position.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
                         TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED
 
    TransCanada has extensive operations in four principal lines of business:
energy transmission, energy marketing, energy processing and international
energy services.
 
    TransCanada is the largest carrier of natural gas in North America by volume
and operates the longest and most extensive pipeline network in Canada. As of
December 31, 1998, it transported approximately 80% of all Canadian natural gas
production, which represented 18% of all North American natural gas production.
Through the Canadian mainline and the Alberta system, TransCanada owns and
operates natural gas transmission systems with approximately 22,800 miles of
pipeline. TransCanada extends its reach in North America through various
ownership interests in approximately 6,840 miles of natural gas and crude oil
pipelines.
 
    On the basis of market capitalization, TransCanada is one of the largest
energy services companies in North America. For the year ended December 31,
1998, TransCanada had revenues of Cdn.$17.2 billion and net income from
continuing operations of Cdn.$426 million. For the three months ended March 31,
1999, TransCanada had revenues of Cdn.$3.3 billion and net income from
continuing operations of Cdn.$174 million. As of December 31, 1998 and March 31,
1999, TransCanada had assets of approximately Cdn.$26 billion. TransCanada's
common shares trade primarily on the Toronto, Montreal and the New York stock
exchanges under the symbol "TRP".
 
                              ENERGY TRANSMISSION
 
CANADIAN MAINLINE
 
    TransCanada owns and operates a 9,175-mile natural gas transmission system
in Canada (the "Canadian mainline"). The Canadian mainline is a high pressure
pipeline which transports natural gas from western Canada to large, diverse
markets in eastern Canada and in the northeastern and midwestern United States.
Beginning at the Alberta-Saskatchewan border, the Canadian mainline crosses the
provinces of Saskatchewan, Manitoba and Ontario and ends at the Quebec-Vermont
border. The Canadian mainline also connects with other pipelines that deliver
natural gas to Canada and the United States.
 
ALBERTA SYSTEM
 
    TransCanada owns and operates the Alberta system, which collects and
transports natural gas for use in Alberta and for delivery to connecting
pipelines (including the Canadian mainline) at the Alberta border for delivery
to eastern Canada and export to the United States.
 
NORTH AMERICAN PIPELINE INVESTMENTS
 
    TransCanada has ownership interests in other North American pipeline
systems. In addition to the 30% interest in Northern Border Pipeline, these
interests include:
 
    - a 50% interest in the Great Lakes System beginning at the Canada-United
      States border near Emerson, Manitoba and extending through the United
      States to Sarnia, Ontario;
 
    - a 35% interest in the Iroquois System beginning at the Canada-United
      States border near Iroquois, Ontario, extending through the states of New
      York and Connecticut and ending in Long Island, New York;
 
    - a 50% interest in Tuscarora Pipeline extending from Malin, Oregon to Reno,
      Nevada;
 
    - a 21.4% interest in the Portland System, extending from the Canada-United
      States border near Pittsburg, New Hampshire and ending near Dracut,
      Massachusetts;
 
    - a 50% interest in Trans Quebec & Maritimes Pipeline extending from
      Montreal to Quebec City, in the province of Quebec;
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
    - a 69.5% interest in the Foothills (Sask.) System beginning at the Alberta-
      Saskatchewan border near Empress, Alberta and extending to the Northern
      Border pipeline system;
 
    - a 74.5% interest in the Foothills (Alta.) System located within the
      province of Alberta and connecting with the Foothills (Sask.) and the
      Foothills (South B.C.) Systems;
 
    - a 74.5% interest in the Foothills (South B.C.) System extending from the
      Alberta-British Columbia border to the British Columbia-Idaho border;
 
    - a 100% interest in the Alberta Natural Gas Pipeline System extending from
      Alberta's western border through British Columbia to the United States
      border; and
 
    - a 50% interest in Express Pipeline, a crude oil pipeline extending from
      Hardisty, Alberta and ending near Wood River, Illinois.
 
    A map showing TransCanada's interests in these North American pipeline
systems appears on the inside back cover of this prospectus.
 
    As discussed under "Business of the Partnership--Business Strategy and
Competitive Strengths of the Partnership", TransCanada's various United States
pipeline assets may provide opportunities for our growth through acquisitions.
 
                                OTHER BUSINESSES
 
    TransCanada has a substantial energy commodity marketing business in North
America. Its diversified energy marketing business includes the marketing of
natural gas and crude oil. TransCanada markets these energy commodities in both
Canada and the United States and provides a range of supply, storage and
transportation services to its customers.
 
    TransCanada's energy processing operations consist of the processing of
hydrocarbons into other forms of energy and products in Canada and the United
States. The processing assets include natural gas gathering and processing
facilities and extraction plants and independent power plants, including a 70.1%
interest in the Ocean State Power generation plant.
 
    TransCanada also invests in energy transmission, processing and power
generation operations and investigates and develops energy services businesses
outside of Canada and the United States.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
                            TC PIPELINES MANAGEMENT
 
    The general partner will manage and operate the activities of TC PipeLines
under the partnership agreement. The unitholders will not directly or indirectly
participate in the management or operation of TC PipeLines or have actual or
apparent authority to enter into contracts on behalf of, or to otherwise bind,
TC PipeLines. Notwithstanding any limitation on its obligations or duties, the
general partner will be liable, as general partner of TC PipeLines, for all
debts of TC PipeLines, to the extent not paid, except to the extent that
indebtedness or other obligations incurred by TC PipeLines are made specifically
non-recourse to the general partner. Whenever possible, the general partner
intends to make any indebtedness or other obligations non-recourse to the
general partner.
 
   
    At least two of the members of the board of directors of the general partner
who are neither officers or employees of the general partner nor officers or
employees of any affiliate of the general partner (and have not been for the
past five years) will serve on the conflicts committee. The conflicts committee
will have the authority to review specific matters as to which the board of
directors believes there may be a conflict of interest in order to determine if
the resolution of the conflict proposed by the general partner is fair and
reasonable to TC PipeLines. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will
be conclusively judged to be fair and reasonable to TC PipeLines, approved by
all partners of TC PipeLines and not a breach by the general partner or its
board of directors of any duties they may owe TC PipeLines or the unitholders.
See "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities--Fiduciary and Other
Duties". In addition, the members of the conflicts committee will also
constitute an audit committee which will review the external financial reporting
of TC PipeLines, recommend engagement of TC PipeLines' independent public
accountants and review TC PipeLines' procedures for internal auditing and the
adequacy of its internal accounting controls. The members of the conflicts
committee will also serve on the compensation committee, which will oversee
compensation decisions for the officers of the general partner as well as the
compensation plans described below.
    
 
    As is commonly the case with publicly traded limited partnerships, TC
PipeLines will not directly employ any of the persons responsible for managing
or operating TC PipeLines. In general, the current TransCanada personnel
involved in managing TransCanada's interest in Northern Border Pipeline and
other United States pipeline investments are expected to manage and operate the
TC PipeLines' business as officers and employees of the general partner and its
affiliates.
 
    Some officers of the general partner may spend a substantial amount of time
managing the business and affairs of TransCanada and its other affiliates and
may face a conflict regarding the allocation of their time between TC PipeLines
and TransCanada's other business interests. The general partner intends to cause
its officers to devote as much time to the management of TC PipeLines as is
necessary for the proper conduct of its business and affairs.
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
            DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
    The following table sets forth information with respect to the executive
officers and member of the board of directors of the
 
general partner. Executive officers and directors are elected for one-year
terms.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                     AGE                POSITION WITH GENERAL PARTNER
- ----------------------------------------------------  ---------  ----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>
George W. Watson....................................         51  Chairman
John W. Carruthers..................................         45  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Russell K. Girling..................................         36  Chief Financial Officer and Director
Paul F. MacGregor...................................         42  Vice-President, Business Development
Bruce A. Westell....................................         52  Vice-President and Treasurer
Gary G. Penrose.....................................         56  Vice-President, Taxation
Karyn A. Brooks.....................................         45  Vice-President
Rhondda E.S. Grant..................................         41  Corporate Secretary
Bruce W. Simpson....................................         54  Director
Ronald J. Turner....................................         46  Director
</TABLE>
 
    GEORGE W. WATSON has been Chief
Executive Officer of TransCanada since 1994 and President since 1993. From 1990
to 1993, Mr. Watson was TransCanada's Chief Financial Officer, and, in 1993,
became a member of TransCanada's board of directors. Mr. Watson is a member of
the boards of several of TransCanada's subsidiaries and affiliates as well as
the Toronto-Dominion Bank, a publicly traded Canadian company which is not
affiliated with TransCanada. Mr. Watson holds an MBA in finance and marketing
and a BASc in electrical engineering, both from Queen's University. He also
completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard University in 1988. Mr.
Watson was recently elected Vice-Chair of the Interstate Natural Gas Association
of America.
 
    JOHN W. CARRUTHERS has been Vice-President of Business Development for
TransCanada's energy transmission business unit since July 1998 and, from 1997
to July 1998, he was Vice-President of Strategic Development of that business
unit. Mr. Carruthers was Vice-President, Business Development of TransCanada's
energy management group in 1996 and General Manager, international business
development in 1995. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Carruthers was Amoco Canada's
Manager of Finance & Administration. Mr. Carruthers is Chairman of the Board of
Express Pipeline and has been TransCanada's, and is expected to be the
Partnership's, representative on the Northern Border Pipeline Management
Committee. Mr. Carruthers is also a member of the Management Committees of
several of TransCanada's North American pipeline investments including the
Iroquois System, the Trans Quebec & Maritimes System and the Portland System.
Mr. Carruthers holds a BComm from the University of Calgary.
 
    RUSSELL K. GIRLING has been Vice-President, Finance of TransCanada since
January 1999. He was Executive Vice-President, Power of TransCanada Energy Ltd.
from June 1998 to January 1999. He was Senior Vice-President, North American
Power of TransCanada Energy from May 1997 to June 1998 and prior thereto, he was
Vice-President, Power of TransCanada Energy. Mr. Girling holds a BComm and an
MBA from the University of Calgary.
 
    PAUL F. MACGREGOR has been Vice-President, North American pipeline
investments for TransCanada's energy transmission business unit since July 1998.
Prior to that time and since 1997, Mr. MacGregor has been a Vice-President of
Alberta Natural Gas Company Ltd., a subsidiary of TransCanada. In 1996, Mr.
MacGregor was Director of Field Operations for TransCanada. From 1993 to 1995,
Mr. MacGregor was Regional Manager, Field Operations for TransCanada in North
Bay, Ontario. Mr. MacGregor has been with TransCanada since 1981 holding various
positions in the Facilities Planning and Evaluations,
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
Finance and Operations groups. Mr. MacGregor holds an MBA, with a major in
accounting, from McMaster University, and a BASc in civil engineering from the
University of Waterloo.
 
    BRUCE A. WESTELL has been Vice-President and Treasurer of TransCanada since
February 1997 and Treasurer since August 1990. Mr. Westell holds an MBA from the
University of Western Ontario and a BMath from the University of Waterloo.
 
    GARY G. PENROSE has been Vice-President, Taxation of TransCanada since
February 1997. Prior thereto he was General Manager, Taxation. Mr. Penrose has
been with TransCanada since 1972 and for the past 20 years has been a member of
the Taxation Group. Mr. Penrose is a Chartered Accountant and holds a BA from
York University.
 
    KARYN A. BROOKS has been Vice-President and Controller of TransCanada since
February 1997. Prior to February 1997, Ms. Brooks was Director of Corporate
Accounting and Budgets. Prior to January 1995, she was Manager, Financial
Accounting at TransCanada. Ms. Brooks is a Chartered Accountant and holds a
BComm (Honours) from Queen's University.
 
    RHONDDA E.S. GRANT has acted as Corporate Secretary and Associate General
Counsel, Corporate of TransCanada since July 1998. From October 1994 to July
1998, Ms. Grant was Corporate Secretary and Associate General Counsel of NOVA
Corporation. Prior to October 1994, Ms. Grant was Associate General Counsel,
Corporate of NOVA Corporation. From 1989 to 1994, Ms. Grant was Senior Corporate
Counsel at NOVA Corporation. Ms. Grant holds a Bachelor of Laws and a BA
(Honours) from the University of British Columbia.
 
    BRUCE W. SIMPSON has been Executive Vice-President of TransCanada since July
1998. From May 1994 to July 1998 Mr. Simpson was Senior Vice-President, NOVA
Corporation and President and Chief Operating Officer of NOVA Gas Transmission
Ltd. Prior to that time Mr. Simpson was Senior Vice-President of NOVA's
predecessor, and President and Chief Operating Officer of the Alberta Gas
Transmission Division of that company. Mr. Simpson received a BComm from the
University of Alberta in 1967, and was admitted to the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of Alberta in 1970.
 
    RONALD J. TURNER has been Senior Vice-President of TransCanada and President
of Alberta Gas Transmission of TransCanada since July 1998. He was
Vice-President, Value Process West, NOVA Chemicals Ltd. and Executive
Vice-President of NOVA Gas Transmission Ltd. from December 1997 to July 1998.
Prior thereto and from July 1994, he was Vice-President, Facilities Provision,
NOVA Gas Transmission Ltd. Prior to July 1994, Mr. Turner was Vice-President,
Engineering, Alberta Gas Transmission Division of NOVA Corporation. Mr. Turner
holds a BSc in Civil Engineering from University of Canterbury in New Zealand.
 
   
    Shortly after completion of the transactions contemplated in this
prospectus, the general partner will add three independent directors who have
not been for five years and are not currently owners, officers, employees of the
general partner nor officers or employees of any affiliate of the general
partner. These three additional directors will be sole members of the conflicts
committee, audit committee and compensation committee.
    
 
      REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES OF THE GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS AFFILIATES
 
    The general partner will not receive any management fee or other
compensation in connection with its management of TC PipeLines. The general
partner and its affiliates, including TransCanada, performing services for TC
PipeLines will be reimbursed for all expenses incurred on behalf of TC
PipeLines. These expenses include the costs of employee, officer and director
compensation and benefits properly allocable to TC PipeLines, and all other
expenses necessary or appropriate to the conduct of the business of,
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
and allocable to, TC PipeLines. The partnership agreement provides that the
general partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to TC PipeLines
in any reasonable manner determined by the general partner in its sole
discretion.
 
                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    TC PipeLines and the general partner were formed in December 1998.
Accordingly, the general partner paid no compensation to its directors and
officers with respect to the 1998 fiscal year. No obligations accrued in respect
of management incentive or retirement benefits for the directors and officers
with respect to the 1998 fiscal year. Officers and employees of the general
partner may participate in employee benefit plans and arrangements sponsored by
the general partner or its affiliates, including plans which may be established
by the general partner or its affiliates in the future.
 
    Shortly after the completion of the transactions contemplated in this
prospectus, the general partner expects that the compensation committee will
consider and implement incentive compensation arrangements for key officers of
the general partner. The general partner expects that these arrangements would
provide additional compensation to these key officers under circumstances where
the general partner is receiving distributions under the Incentive Distribution
Rights. See "Cash Distribution Policy--Incentive Distribution Rights". This
incentive compensation will be an expense of TC PipeLines.
 
                           COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    No additional remuneration will be paid to officers or employees of the
general partner who also serve as directors. The general partner anticipates
that each independent director will receive a combination of cash and units for
attending meetings of the board of directors as well as committee meetings. In
addition, each independent director will be reimbursed for his out-of-pocket
expenses in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or
committees. Each director will be fully indemnified by TC PipeLines for his
actions associated with being a director to the extent permitted under Delaware
law.
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
        SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of units that will
be issued upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this
prospectus and held by beneficial owners of 5% or more of the units, by
directors of the general partner and by all directors and executive officers of
the general partner as a group. TransCanada PipeLines Limited is the sole
ultimate stockholder of TC PipeLines GP, Inc. The address of TransCanada
PipeLines Limited is 111 Fifth Avenue S.W. Calgary, Alberta T2P 3Y6. The address
of TC PipeLines GP, Inc. is Four Greenspoint Plaza, 16945 Northchase Drive
Houston, Texas 77060. If the over-allotment option is exercised, the general
partner will own 1,055,000 subordinated units.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PERCENTAGE                      PERCENTAGE
                                                                                OF                              OF
                                                             COMMON           COMMON       SUBORDINATED    SUBORDINATED
                                                           UNITS TO BE      UNITS TO BE     UNITS TO BE     UNITS TO BE
                                                          BENEFICIALLY     BENEFICIALLY    BENEFICIALLY    BENEFICIALLY
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                      OWNED            OWNED           OWNED           OWNED
- -------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>
TransCanada PipeLines Limited..........................                                       3,200,000           100%
 
TC PipeLines GP, Inc...................................                                       3,200,000            100
 
George W. Watson.......................................            --
 
John W. Carruthers.....................................            --
 
Russell K. Girling.....................................            --
 
Paul F. MacGregor......................................            --
 
Bruce A. Westell.......................................            --
 
Gary G. Penrose........................................            --
 
Karyn A. Brooks........................................            --
 
Rhondda E.S. Grant.....................................            --
 
Bruce W. Simpson.......................................            --
 
Ronald J. Turner.......................................            --
 
All directors and executive officers as a group (10
  persons).............................................            --
</TABLE>
 
                                       79
<PAGE>
    The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of TransCanada
common shares held by directors and executive officers of the general partner as
of March 31, 1999. The shares beneficially owned include both outstanding
TransCanada common shares and TransCanada common shares issuable upon exercise
of outstanding options within 60 days after March 31, 1999. Shares subject to
exercisable stock options include 405,882 for Mr. Watson; 33,972 for Mr.
Carruthers; 25,080 for Mr. Girling; 18,122 for Mr. MacGregor; 75,025 for Mr.
Westell; 39,138 for Mr. Penrose; 24,404 for Ms. Brooks; 4,029 for Ms. Grant;
41,311 for Mr. Simpson; and 33,237 for Mr. Turner.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               SHARES         PERCENT
                                                                                            BENEFICIALLY        OF
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                                                       OWNED           CLASS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>           <C>
 
George W. Watson..........................................................................      445,321          *
 
John W. Carruthers........................................................................       33,972          *
 
Russell K. Girling........................................................................       25,080          *
 
Paul F. MacGregor.........................................................................       18,382          *
 
Bruce A. Westell..........................................................................       77,080          *
 
Gary G. Penrose...........................................................................       41,370          *
 
Karyn A. Brooks...........................................................................       25,280          *
 
Rhondda E.S. Grant........................................................................        4,029          *
 
Bruce W. Simpson..........................................................................      144,357          *
 
Ronald J. Turner..........................................................................       42,430          *
 
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)..............................      856,301          *
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Less than 1%.
 
                                       80
<PAGE>
              CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES
 
                             CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
    Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the
relationships between the general partner and TransCanada, its indirect ultimate
sole stockholder, and its other affiliates, on the one hand, and TC PipeLines
and its limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and officers of the
general partner have fiduciary duties to manage the general partner in a manner
beneficial to TransCanada. At the same time, the general partner has a fiduciary
duty to manage TC PipeLines in a manner beneficial to TC PipeLines and the
unitholders.
 
    The partnership agreement contains provisions that allow the general partner
to take into account the interests of parties in addition to TC PipeLines in
resolving conflicts of interest. In effect, these provisions limit the general
partner's fiduciary duty to the unitholders. The partnership agreement also
restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken that might,
without those limitations, constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.
 
    Whenever a conflict arises between the general partner or its affiliates, on
the one hand, and TC PipeLines or any other partner, on the other, the general
partner shall resolve that conflict. A conflicts committee of the board of
directors of the general partner will, at the request of the general partner,
review conflicts of interest. The general partner shall not be in breach of its
obligations under the partnership agreement or its duties to TC PipeLines or the
unitholders if the resolution of the conflict is considered to be fair and
reasonable to TC PipeLines. Any resolution is considered to be fair and
reasonable to TC PipeLines if that resolution is:
 
    - approved by the conflicts committee, although no party is obligated to
      seek approval and the general partner may adopt a resolution or course of
      action that has not received approval;
 
    - on terms no less favorable to TC PipeLines than those generally being
      provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
 
    - fair to TC PipeLines, taking into account the totality of the
      relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions
      that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to TC PipeLines.
 
    In resolving a conflict, the general partner may, unless the resolution is
specifically provided for in the partnership agreement, consider:
 
    - the relative interests of the parties involved in the conflict or affected
      by the action;
 
    - any customary or accepted industry practices or historical dealings with a
      particular person or entity; and
 
    - generally accepted accounting practices or principles and other factors as
      it considers relevant, if applicable.
 
    CONFLICTS OF INTEREST COULD ARISE IN THE SITUATIONS DESCRIBED BELOW, AMONG
OTHERS:
 
ACTIONS TAKEN BY THE GENERAL PARTNER MAY AFFECT THE AMOUNT OF CASH AVAILABLE FOR
DISTRIBUTION TO UNITHOLDERS OR ACCELERATE THE CONVERSION OF SUBORDINATED UNITS
 
    The amount of cash that is available for distribution to unitholders is
affected by decisions of the general partner regarding various matters,
including:
 
    - amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;
 
    - cash expenditures;
 
    - borrowings;
 
    - issuances of additional units; and
 
    - the creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.
 
                                       81
<PAGE>
    In addition, borrowings by TC PipeLines do not constitute a breach of any
duty owed by the general partner to the unitholders, including borrowings that
have the purpose or effect of:
 
    - enabling the general partner and its affiliates to receive distributions
      on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution
      rights; or
 
    - hastening the expiration of the subordination period.
 
    The partnership agreement provides that TC PipeLines and the TC PipeLines
intermediate partnership may borrow funds from the general partner and its
affiliates. The general partner and its affiliates may not borrow funds from TC
PipeLines or the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership.
 
TC PIPELINES WILL NOT HAVE ANY EMPLOYEES AND WILL RELY ON THE EMPLOYEES OF THE
GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS AFFILIATES
 
    We will not have any officers or employees and will rely solely on officers
and employees of the general partner and its affiliates. Affiliates of the
general partner will conduct business and activities of their own in which we
will have no economic interest. If these separate activities are significantly
greater than our activities, there could be material competition between TC
PipeLines, the general partner and affiliates of the general partner for the
time and effort of the officers and employees who provide services to the
general partner. Most of the officers of the general partner who will provide
services to TC PipeLines will not be required to work full time on our affairs.
These officers may devote significant time to the affairs of the general
partner's affiliates and will be compensated by these affiliates for the
services rendered to them. There may be significant conflicts between TC
PipeLines and affiliates of the general partner regarding the availability of
these officers of the general partner to manage TC PipeLines.
 
TC PIPELINES WILL REIMBURSE THE GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS AFFILIATES FOR EXPENSES.
 
    TC PipeLines will reimburse the general partner and its affiliates for costs
incurred in managing and operating TC PipeLines, including costs incurred in
rendering corporate staff and support services to TC PipeLines. The partnership
agreement provides that the general partner will determine the expenses that are
allocable to TC PipeLines in any reasonable manner determined by the general
partner in its sole discretion. See "Management-- Reimbursement of Expenses of
the General Partner and its Affiliates".
 
THE GENERAL PARTNER INTENDS TO LIMIT ITS LIABILITY REGARDING TC PIPELINES'
OBLIGATIONS
 
    The general partner intends to limit our liability under contractual
arrangements so that the other party has recourse only as to all or particular
assets of TC PipeLines, and not against the general partner or its assets. The
partnership agreement provides that any action taken by the general partner to
limit its liability or that of TC PipeLines is not a breach of the general
partner's fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms
without the limitation on liability.
 
COMMON UNITHOLDERS WILL HAVE NO RIGHT TO ENFORCE OBLIGATIONS OF THE GENERAL
PARTNER AND ITS AFFILIATES UNDER AGREEMENTS WITH TC PIPELINES
 
    Any agreements between TC PipeLines, on the one hand, and the general
partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders,
separate and apart from TC PipeLines, the right to enforce the obligations of
the general partner and those affiliates in favor of TC PipeLines.
 
CONTRACTS BETWEEN TC PIPELINES, ON THE ONE HAND, AND THE GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS
AFFILIATES, ON THE OTHER, WILL NOT BE THE RESULT OF ARM'S-LENGTH NEGOTIATIONS
 
    The partnership agreement allows the general partner to pay itself or its
affiliates for any services rendered, provided these services are
 
                                       82
<PAGE>
on terms fair and reasonable to us. The general partner may also enter into
additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf.
Neither the partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and
arrangements between TC PipeLines, on the one hand, and the general partner and
its affiliates, on the other, are or will be the result of arm's-length
negotiations. In addition, the general partner will negotiate the terms of any
acquisitions from TransCanada, subject to the approval of the conflicts
committee consisting of the directors of the general partner unaffiliated with
TransCanada.
 
    All of these transactions entered into after the sale of the common units
offered in this offering are to be on terms which are fair and reasonable to TC
PipeLines.
 
    The general partner and its affiliates will have no obligation to permit us
to use any facilities or assets of the general partner and its affiliates,
except as may be provided in contracts entered into specifically dealing with
that use. There will not be any obligation of the general partner and its
affiliates to enter into any contracts of this kind.
 
COMMON UNITS ARE SUBJECT TO THE GENERAL PARTNER'S LIMITED CALL RIGHT
 
    The general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units
as provided in the partnership agreement or assign that right to one of its
affiliates or to us. The general partner may use its own discretion, free of
fiduciary duty restrictions, in determining whether to exercise this right. As a
consequence, a common unitholder may have his common units purchased from him at
an undesirable time or price. For a description of this right, see "The
Partnership Agreement--Limited Call Right".
 
TC PIPELINES MAY NOT RETAIN SEPARATE COUNSEL FOR ITSELF OR FOR THE HOLDERS OF
COMMON UNITS
 
    The attorneys, independent public accountants and others who have performed
services for us regarding the offering have been retained by the general
partner, its affiliates and us and may continue to be retained by the general
partner, its affiliates and us after the offering. Attorneys, independent public
accountants and others who will perform services for us in the future will be
selected by the general partner or the conflicts committee and may also perform
services for the general partner and its affiliates. TC PipeLines may retain
separate counsel for TC PipeLines or the holders of common units in the event of
a conflict of interest arising between the general partner and its affiliates,
on the one hand, and TC PipeLines or the holders of common units, on the other,
after the sale of the common units offered in this prospectus, depending on the
nature of that conflict. TC PipeLines does not intend to do so in most cases.
 
THE GENERAL PARTNER'S AFFILIATES MAY COMPETE WITH TC PIPELINES
 
    The partnership agreement provides that the general partner will be
restricted from engaging in any business activities other than those incidental
to its ownership of interests in TC PipeLines. TransCanada and other affiliates
of the general partner will not be prohibited from engaging in other businesses
or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with TC
PipeLines. Accordingly, TransCanada and its affiliates, other than the general
partner, are free to engage in any type of business activity whatsoever,
including those that may be in direct competition with TC PipeLines.
 
                                       83
<PAGE>
    FIDUCIARY AND OTHER DUTIES OWED TO UNITHOLDERS BY THE GENERAL PARTNER AS
                PRESCRIBED BY LAW AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
    The general partner will be accountable to us and the unitholders as a
fiduciary. Neither the Delaware Act nor case law defines with particularity the
fiduciary duties owed by general partners to limited partners of a limited
partnership. The Delaware Act does provide that Delaware limited partnerships
may, in their partnership agreements, restrict or expand the fiduciary duties
owed by a general partner to limited partners and the partnership.
 
    In order to induce the general partner to manage the business of TC
PipeLines, the partnership agreement contains various provisions restricting the
fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by the general partner. The
following is a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed
by the general partner to the limited partners.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
State-Law Fiduciary Duty Standards...........  Fiduciary duties are generally considered to
                                               include an obligation to act with due care
                                               and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence
                                               of a provision in a partnership agreement
                                               providing otherwise, would generally require
                                               a general partner to act for the partnership
                                               in the same manner as a prudent person would
                                               act on their own behalf. The duty of loyalty,
                                               in the absence of a provision in a
                                               partnership agreement providing otherwise,
                                               would generally prohibit a general partner of
                                               a Delaware limited partnership from taking
                                               any action or engaging in any transaction
                                               where a conflict of interest is present.
 
                                               The Delaware Act generally provides that a
                                               limited partner may institute legal action on
                                               our behalf to recover damages from a third
                                               party where the general partner has refused
                                               to institute the action or where an effort to
                                               cause the general partner to do so is not
                                               likely to succeed.
</TABLE>
 
                                       84
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Partnership Agreement Modified Standards.....  The partnership agreement contains provisions
                                               that waive or consent to conduct by the
                                               general partner and its affiliates that might
                                               otherwise raise issues as to compliance with
                                               fiduciary duties or applicable law. For
                                               example, the partnership agreement permits
                                               the general partner to make a number of
                                               decisions in its "sole discretion." This
                                               entitles the general partner to consider only
                                               the interests and factors that it desires and
                                               it shall have no duty or obligation to give
                                               any consideration to any interest of, or
                                               factors affecting, TC PipeLines, its
                                               affiliates or any limited partner. Other
                                               provisions of the partnership agreement
                                               provide that the general partner's actions
                                               must be made in its reasonable discretion.
                                               These standards reduce the obligations to
                                               which the general partner would otherwise be
                                               held.
 
                                               The partnership agreement generally provides
                                               that affiliated transactions and resolutions
                                               of conflicts of interest not involving a
                                               required vote of unitholders must be "fair
                                               and reasonable" to TC PipeLines under the
                                               factors previously set forth. In determining
                                               whether a transaction or resolution is "fair
                                               and reasonable" the general partner may
                                               consider interests of all parties involved,
                                               including its own. Unless the general partner
                                               has acted in bad faith, the action taken by
                                               the general partner shall not constitute a
                                               breach of its fiduciary duty. These standards
                                               reduce the obligations to which the general
                                               partner would otherwise be held.
 
                                               The partnership agreement specifically
                                               provides that it shall not be a breach of the
                                               general partner's fiduciary duty if its
                                               affiliates engage in business interests and
                                               activities in competition with, or in
                                               preference or to the exclusion of, TC
                                               PipeLines. Also, the general partner and its
                                               affiliates have no obligation to present
                                               business opportunities to TC PipeLines. These
                                               standards reduce the obligations to which the
                                               general partner would otherwise be held.
</TABLE>
 
                                       85
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                                               In addition to the other more specific
                                               provisions limiting the obligations of the
                                               general partner, the partnership agreement
                                               further provides that the general partner and
                                               its officers and directors will not be liable
                                               for monetary damages to TC PipeLines, the
                                               limited partners or assignees for errors of
                                               judgment or for any acts or omissions if the
                                               general partner and those other persons acted
                                               in good faith.
</TABLE>
 
    In order to become a limited partner of TC PipeLines, a common unitholder is
required to agree to be bound by the provisions of the partnership agreement,
including the provisions discussed above. This is in accordance with the policy
of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the
enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner or
assignee to sign a partnership agreement does not render the partnership
agreement unenforceable against that person.
 
    TC PipeLines is required to indemnify the general partner and its officers,
directors, employees, affiliates, partners, members, agents and trustees, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses
incurred by the general partner or these other persons. This indemnification is
required if the general partner or these persons acted in good faith and in a
manner they reasonably believed to be in, or (in the case of a person other than
the general partner) not opposed to, the best interests of TC PipeLines.
Indemnification is required for criminal proceedings if the general partner or
these other persons had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was
unlawful. See "The Partnership Agreement--Indemnification". Thus, the general
partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it met these requirements
concerning good faith and the best interests of TC PipeLines.
 
                                       86
<PAGE>
                        DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS
 
    Upon completion of the offering, the common units will be registered under
the Exchange Act, and TC PipeLines will be subject to the reporting and other
requirements of the Exchange Act. TC PipeLines will be required to file periodic
reports containing financial and other information with the SEC.
 
                                   THE UNITS
 
    The common units and the subordinated units represent limited partner
interests in TC PipeLines. The holders of units are entitled to participate in
partnership distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to
limited partners under the TC PipeLines partnership agreement. For a description
of the relative rights and preferences of holders of common units and
subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, together with a
description of the circumstances under which subordinated units may convert into
common units, see "Cash Distribution Policy" and "Description of Subordinated
Units". For a description of the rights and privileges of limited partners under
the TC PipeLines partnership agreement, see "The Partnership Agreement".
 
                          TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
DUTIES
 
    ChaseMellon Shareholders Services, L.L.C. will serve as registrar and
transfer agent for the common units and will receive a fee from TC PipeLines.
All fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units will be
borne by TC PipeLines, except that the following fees shall be paid by
unitholders:
 
    - surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and
      other governmental charges,
 
    - special charges for services requested by a holder of a common unit and
 
    - other similar fees or charges.
 
   
    There will be no charge to holders for disbursements of TC PipeLines cash
distributions. TC PipeLines will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and
each of their shareholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims
and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted in respect of its
activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any negligence or
intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.
    
 
RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL
 
    The transfer agent may at any time resign, by notice to us, or be removed by
us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent shall become effective upon
the appointment by TC PipeLines of a successor transfer agent and registrar and
its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor has been appointed and
accepted the appointment within 30 days after notice of the resignation or
removal, the general partner is authorized to act as the transfer agent and
registrar until a successor is appointed.
 
                            TRANSFER OF COMMON UNITS
 
    The transfer of the common units to persons that purchase directly from the
underwriters will be accomplished through the completion, execution and delivery
of a transfer application by the investor. Any subsequent transfers of a common
unit will not be recorded by the transfer agent or recognized by TC PipeLines
unless the transferee executes and delivers a transfer application. The form of
transfer application is set forth as Appendix B to this prospectus and is also
set forth on the reverse side of the certificates representing the common units.
By executing and delivering a transfer application, the transferee of common
units
 
    (1) becomes the record holder of the common units and is an assignee until
        admitted into TC PipeLines as a substitute limited partner,
 
    (2) automatically requests admission as a substituted limited partner in TC
        PipeLines,
 
                                       87
<PAGE>
    (3) agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of, and executes, the TC
        PipeLines partnership agreement,
 
    (4) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to
        enter into the partnership agreement,
 
    (5) grants powers of attorney to officers of the general partner and any
        liquidator of TC PipeLines as specified in the partnership agreement,
        and
 
    (6) makes the consents and waivers contained in the partnership agreement.
 
    An assignee will become a substituted limited partner of TC PipeLines in
respect of the transferred common units upon the consent of the general partner
and the recordation of the name of the assignee on the books and records of TC
PipeLines. The general partner may withhold its consent in its sole discretion.
 
    Transfer applications may be completed, executed and delivered by a
transferee's broker, agent or nominee. TC PipeLines is entitled to treat the
nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the
beneficial holder's rights are limited solely to those that it has against the
nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the
nominee holder.
 
    Common units are securities and are transferable according to the laws
governing transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon
transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to request admission as
a substituted limited partner in TC PipeLines in respect of the transferred
common units. A purchaser or transferee of common units who does not execute and
deliver a transfer application obtains only
 
    - the right to assign the common units to a purchaser or other transferee,
      and
 
    - the right to transfer the right to seek admission as a substituted limited
      partner in TC PipeLines.
 
Thus, a purchaser or transferee of common units who does not execute and deliver
a transfer application will not receive
 
    - cash distributions or federal income tax allocations unless the common
      units are held in a nominee or "street name" account and the nominee or
      broker has executed and delivered a transfer application, and
 
    - may not receive federal income tax information or reports furnished to
      record holders of common units.
 
    The transferor of common units will have a duty to provide the transferee
with all information that may be necessary to transfer the common units. The
transferor will not have a duty to insure the execution of the transfer
application by the transferee and will have no liability or responsibility if
the transferee neglects to or chooses not to execute and forward the transfer
application to the transfer agent. See "The Partnership Agreement--Status as
Limited Partner or Assignee".
 
    Until a common unit has been transferred on the books of TC PipeLines, TC
PipeLines and the transfer agent, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary,
may treat the record holder of the unit as the absolute owner for all purposes,
except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.
 
                                       88
<PAGE>
                     DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBORDINATED UNITS
 
    The subordinated units are a separate class of limited partner interests in
TC PipeLines, and the rights of holders to participate in distributions to
partners differ from, and are subordinated to, the rights of the holders of
common units. See "Cash Distribution Policy".
 
                        CONVERSION OF SUBORDINATED UNITS
 
    The subordination period will generally extend from the closing of the
offering until the first day of any quarter beginning after June 30, 2004 in
respect of which:
 
        (1) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on the common
    units and the subordinated units for each of the three non-overlapping
    four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the
    sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the outstanding common
    units and subordinated units during those periods,
 
        (2) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during each of the three
    non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled
    or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of the
    common units and the subordinated units that were outstanding on a fully
    diluted basis and the related distributions on the general partner interests
    during those periods, and
 
        (3) there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
    distribution on the common units.
 
    Before the end of the subordination period and to the extent the tests for
conversion described below are satisfied, a portion of the subordinated units
may convert into common units prior to June 30, 2004. Subordinated units will
convert into common units on a one-for-one basis on the first day after the
record date established for the distribution in respect of any quarter ending on
or after:
 
    - June 30, 2002 with respect to one-third of the subordinated units
      (1,066,667 subordinated units), and
 
    - June 30, 2003 with respect to one-third of the subordinated units
      (1,066,667 subordinated units),
 
in respect of which each of the financial tests described in clauses (1), (2)
and (3) above have been satisfied; provided, however, that the early conversion
of the second one-third of subordinated units may not occur until at least one
year following the early conversion of the first one-third of subordinated
units.
 
    Upon expiration of the subordination period, all remaining subordinated
units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis and will thereafter
participate, pro rata, with the other common units in distributions of Available
Cash. In addition, if the general partner is removed as our general partner
under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by the general
partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:
 
        (1) the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated
    units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;
 
        (2) any existing arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly
    distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and
 
        (3) the general partner will have the right to convert its general
    partner interests and the incentive distribution rights into common units or
    to receive cash in exchange for those interests.
 
                             LIMITED VOTING RIGHTS
 
    Holders of subordinated units will sometimes vote as a single class together
with the common units and sometimes vote as a class separate from the holders of
common units and, as in the case of holders of common units, will have very
limited voting
 
                                       89
<PAGE>
rights. During the subordination period, common units and subordinated units
each vote separately as a class on the following matters:
 
        (1) a sale or exchange of all or substantially all of our assets,
 
        (2) the election of a successor general partner in connection with the
    removal of the general partner,
 
        (3) a dissolution or reconstitution of TC PipeLines,
 
        (4) a merger of TC PipeLines,
 
        (5) issuance of limited partner interests in some circumstances and
 
        (6) some amendments to the partnership agreement, including any
    amendment that would cause TC PipeLines to be treated as an association
    taxable as a corporation.
 
    The subordinated units are not entitled to vote on approval of the
withdrawal of the general partner or the transfer by the general partner of its
general partner interest or incentive distribution rights under some
circumstances. Removal of the general partner requires:
 
        (1) a two-thirds vote of all outstanding units voting as a single class,
    and
 
        (2) the election of a successor general partner by the holders of a
    majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as
    separate classes.
 
    Under the partnership agreement, the general partner generally will be
permitted to effect amendments to the partnership agreement that do not
materially adversely affect unitholders without the approval of any unitholders.
 
                         DISTRIBUTIONS UPON LIQUIDATION
 
    If TC PipeLines liquidates during the subordination period, in some
circumstances holders of outstanding common units will be entitled to receive
more per unit in liquidating distributions than holders of outstanding
subordinated units. The per unit difference will be dependent upon the amount of
gain or loss recognized by TC PipeLines in liquidating its assets. Following
conversion of the subordinated units into common units, all units will be
treated the same upon liquidation of TC PipeLines.
 
                                       90
<PAGE>
                           THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
    THE FOLLOWING IS A SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF THE TC PIPELINES
PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. THE FORM OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT IS INCLUDED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AS APPENDIX A. THE FORM OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT FOR THE INTERMEDIATE
PARTNERSHIP IS INCLUDED AS AN EXHIBIT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF WHICH
THIS PROSPECTUS CONSTITUTES A PART. TC PIPELINES WILL PROVIDE PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS WITH A COPY OF THE FORM OF THE INTERMEDIATE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT UPON
REQUEST AT NO CHARGE. UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES, REFERENCES HEREIN
TO THE "PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" CONSTITUTE REFERENCES TO THE TC PIPELINES
PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT AND THE TC PIPELINES INTERMEDIATE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT,
COLLECTIVELY.
 
    THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT ARE SUMMARIZED
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
    - WITH REGARD TO THE TRANSFER OF COMMON UNITS, SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE
      COMMON UNITS--TRANSFER OF COMMON UNITS".
 
    - WITH REGARD TO DISTRIBUTIONS OF AVAILABLE CASH, SEE "CASH DISTRIBUTION
      POLICY".
 
    - WITH REGARD TO ALLOCATIONS OF TAXABLE INCOME AND TAXABLE LOSS, SEE "TAX
      CONSIDERATIONS".
 
                           ORGANIZATION AND DURATION
 
    TC PipeLines was organized in December 1998. TC PipeLines will dissolve on
December 31, 2097, unless sooner dissolved under the terms of the partnership
agreement.
 
                                    PURPOSE
 
    Our purpose under the partnership agreement is limited to serving as the
limited partner of the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership and engaging in any
business activity that may be engaged in by the TC PipeLines intermediate
partnership or that is approved by the general partner. The TC PipeLines
intermediate partnership agreement provides that TC PipeLines intermediate
partnership may, directly or indirectly, engage in:
 
(1) the operations as conducted immediately before the offering, including the
    ownership of a general partner interest in Northern Border Pipeline;
 
(2) any other activity approved by the general partner but only to the extent
    that the general partner reasonably determines that, as of the date of the
    acquisition or commencement of the activity, the activity generates
    "qualifying income" as that term is defined in Section 7704 of the Internal
    Revenue Code; or
 
(3) any activity that enhances the operations of an activity that is described
    in (1) or (2) above.
 
    Although the general partner has the ability to cause TC PipeLines and the
TC PipeLines intermediate partnership to engage in activities other than the
transportation of natural gas, the general partner has no current plans to do
so. The general partner is authorized in general to perform all acts deemed
necessary to carry out the purposes and to conduct our business.
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    Each limited partner, and each person who acquires a unit from a unitholder
and executes and delivers a transfer application, grants to the general partner
and, if appointed, a liquidator, a power of attorney to, among other things,
execute and file documents required for the qualification, continuance or
dissolution of TC PipeLines. The power of attorney also grants the authority for
the amendment of, and to make consents and waivers under, the partnership
agreement.
 
                             CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
 
    For a description of the initial capital contributions to be made to us, see
"The Transactions". Unitholders are not obligated to
 
                                       91
<PAGE>
make additional capital contributions, except as described below under
"--Limited Liability".
 
                               LIMITED LIABILITY
 
    Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our
business within the meaning of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership
Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the
partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited,
subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to
contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed
profits and assets. If it were determined, however, that the right or exercise
of the right by the limited partners as a group:
 
    - to remove or replace the general partner;
 
    - to approve some amendments to the partnership agreement; or
 
    - to take other action under the partnership agreement
 
constituted "participation in control" of our business for purposes of the
Delaware Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our
obligations under the laws of Delaware to the same extent as the general
partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us
who reasonably believe that the limited partner is a general partner.
 
    Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to
a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited
partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership
interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to
specific property of the partnership, exceed the fair value of the assets of the
limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets
of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of
property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall
be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the
fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act
provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time
of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act
shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution
for three years. Under the Delaware Act, an assignee who becomes a substituted
limited partner of a limited partnership is liable for the obligations of his
assignor to make contributions to the partnership, except the assignee is not
obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time he became a limited partner
and which could not be ascertained from the partnership agreement.
 
    As a general partner in Northern Border Pipeline, the TC PipeLines
intermediate partnership will be liable for the debts and obligations of
Northern Border Pipeline, although the partnership agreement of Northern Border
Pipeline provides that, unless agreed to by all partners, Northern Border
Pipeline may not enter into any contract or other obligation unless recourse by
the parties is limited to the assets of Northern Border Pipeline.
 
    The TC PipeLines intermediate partnership will initially conduct business in
at least seven states. Maintenance of limited liability for TC PipeLines, as the
limited partner in the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership, may require
compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which TC PipeLines
intermediate partnership conducts business, including qualifying TC PipeLines
intermediate partnership to do business there. Limitations on the liability of
limited partners for the obligations of a limited partner have not been clearly
established in many jurisdictions. If it were determined that we were, by virtue
of our limited partner interest in the intermediate partnership or otherwise,
conducting business in any state without compliance with the applicable limited
partnership statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited
partners as a group to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some
amendments to the partnership agreement, or to take other action under the
partnership agreement constituted "participation in the control" of our
 
                                       92
<PAGE>
business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the
limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the
law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as the general partner under the
circumstances. We will operate in a manner as the general partner considers
reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the
limited partners.
 
                       ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL SECURITIES
 
    The partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of
additional limited partner interests and other equity securities for the
consideration and on the terms and conditions established by the general partner
in its sole discretion without the approval of any limited partners.
 
    During the subordination period, we may not issue an aggregate of more than
8,580,000 additional common units or units on a parity with common units,
without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common
units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes.
 
    During the subordination period or thereafter, we may issue an unlimited
number of common units as follows:
 
(1) upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option;
 
(2) upon conversion of subordinated units;
 
(3) issuance under employee benefit plans;
 
(4) upon conversion of the general partner interests and incentive distribution
    rights as a result of a withdrawal of the general partner;
 
(5) in the event of a combination or subdivision of common units; or
 
(6) issuance for an acquisition or capital improvement that would have resulted,
    on a pro forma basis, in an increase in Adjusted Operating Surplus on a per
    unit basis pro forma for the preceding four-quarter period or within 365
    days of, and the net proceeds from the issuance are used to repay debt
    incurred in connection with an acquisition or capital improvement.
 
    It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of
additional common units or other equity securities. Holders of any additional
common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing
holders of common units in our distributions of Available Cash. In addition, the
issuance of additional partnership interests may dilute the value of the
interests of the then-existing holders of common units in our net assets.
 
    In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of the partnership
agreement, we may also issue additional partnership securities that, in the sole
discretion of the general partner, may have special voting rights to which the
common units are not entitled.
 
    Upon issuance of additional partnership securities, other than upon exercise
of the underwriters' over-allotment option, the general partner will be required
to make additional capital contributions to the extent necessary to maintain its
combined 2% general partner interest in us and in the TC PipeLines intermediate
partnership. Moreover, the general partner will have the right, which it may
from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to
purchase common units, subordinated units or other equity securities whenever,
and on the same terms that, we issue those securities to persons other than the
general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain their
percentage interest, including their interest represented by common units and
subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The holders
of common units will not have preemptive rights to acquire additional common
units or other partnership interests.
 
                       AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
    Amendments to the partnership agreement may be proposed only by or with the
consent of the general partner, which consent may be given or withheld in its
sole discretion. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the
amendments discussed below, the general
 
                                       93
<PAGE>
partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of
units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the limited
partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment except as described
below.
 
    PROHIBITED AMENDMENTS.  No amendment may be made that would:
 
(1) enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its consent, unless
    approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner
    interests so affected;
 
(2) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of,
    or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise
    payable by TC PipeLines to the general partner or any of its affiliates
    without its consent, which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion;
 
(3) change the term of TC PipeLines;
 
(4) provide that TC PipeLines is not dissolved upon the expiration of its term
    or upon an election to dissolve TC PipeLines by the general partner that is
    approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and
    subordinated units, voting as separate classes; or
 
(5) give any person the right to dissolve TC PipeLines other than the general
    partner's right to dissolve TC PipeLines with the approval of the holders of
    a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as
    separate classes.
 
    The provision of the partnership agreement preventing the amendments having
the effects described in clauses (1)-(5) above can be amended upon the approval
of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting together as a
single class.
 
    NO UNITHOLDER APPROVAL.  The general partner may generally make amendments
to the partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner or
assignee to reflect:
 
(1) a change in the name of TC PipeLines, the location of the principal place of
    business of TC PipeLines, the registered agent or the registered office of
    TC PipeLines;
 
(2) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance
    with the partnership agreement;
 
(3) a change that, in the sole discretion of the general partner, is necessary
    or advisable to qualify or continue the qualification of TC PipeLines as a
    limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have
    limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither TC
    PipeLines nor the intermediate partnership will be treated as an association
    taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income
    tax purposes;
 
(4) an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of counsel to TC PipeLines,
    to prevent TC PipeLines or the general partner or its directors, officers,
    agents or trustees, from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of
    the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or
    "plan asset" regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income
    Security Act of 1974, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset
    regulations currently applied or proposed;
 
(5) subject to the limitations on the issuance of additional common units or
    other limited or general partner interests described above, an amendment
    that in the discretion of the general partner is necessary or advisable for
    the authorization of additional limited or general partner interests;
 
(6) any amendment expressly permitted in the partnership agreement to be made by
    the general partner acting alone;
 
(7) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement
    that
 
                                       94
<PAGE>
    has been approved under the terms of the partnership agreement;
 
(8) any amendment that, in the discretion of the general partner, is necessary
    or advisable for the formation by TC PipeLines of, or its investment in, any
    corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by the
    partnership agreement;
 
(9) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of TC PipeLines and related
    changes; and
 
(10) any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described
     in (1)-(9) above.
 
In addition, the general partner may make amendments to the partnership
agreement without the approval of any limited partner or assignee if those
amendments, in the discretion of the general partner:
 
(1) do not adversely affect the limited partners in any material respect;
 
(2) are necessary or advisable to satisfy any requirements, conditions or
    guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation
    of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any
    federal or state statute;
 
(3) are necessary or advisable to facilitate the trading of limited partner
    interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement
    of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or
    will be listed for trading, compliance with any of which the general partner
    deems to be in the best interests of TC PipeLines and the limited partners;
 
(4) are necessary or advisable for any action taken by the general partner
    relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of the
    partnership agreement; or
 
(5) are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent
    of the provisions of the partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated
    by the partnership agreement.
 
    OPINION OF COUNSEL AND UNITHOLDER APPROVAL.  The general partner will not be
required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will not result in a
loss of limited liability to the limited partners or result in TC PipeLines
being treated as an entity for federal income tax purposes if one of the
amendments described above under "-- No Unitholder Approval" should occur. No
other amendments to the partnership agreement will become effective without the
approval of holders of at least 90% of the units unless TC PipeLines obtains an
opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited
liability under applicable law of any limited partner in TC PipeLines or cause
TC PipeLines or the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership to be taxable as a
corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax
purposes (to the extent not previously taxed as such).
 
    Any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or
preferences of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other
classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or
class of units so affected. Any amendment that reduces the voting percentage
required to take any action is required to be approved by the affirmative vote
of limited partners constituting not less than the voting requirement sought to
be reduced.
 
                  MERGER, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF ASSETS
 
    The general partner is generally prohibited, without the prior approval of
holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units,
voting as separate classes, from causing TC PipeLines to, among other things,
sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets in
a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of
merger, consolidation or other combination, or approving on behalf of TC
PipeLines the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the assets of the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership; provided that the
general partner may mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a
 
                                       95
<PAGE>
security interest in all or substantially all of TC PipeLines' assets without
that approval. The general partner may also sell all or substantially all of TC
PipeLines' assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon the encumbrances
above without that approval. Furthermore, provided that conditions specified in
the partnership agreement are satisfied, the general partner may merge TC
PipeLines or any of its subsidiaries into, or convey some or all of their assets
to, a newly formed entity if the sole purpose of that merger or conveyance is to
effect a mere change in the legal form of TC PipeLines into another limited
liability entity.
 
    The unitholders are not entitled to dissenters' rights of appraisal under
the partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a merger or
consolidation, a sale of substantially all of TC PipeLines' assets or any other
transaction or event.
 
                          TERMINATION AND DISSOLUTION
 
    We will continue until December 31, 2097, unless terminated sooner under the
partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:
 
(1) the election of the general partner to dissolve us, if approved by the
    holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated
    units, voting as separate classes;
 
(2) the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
    assets and properties of TC PipeLines and the TC PipeLines intermediate
    partnership;
 
(3) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of TC PipeLines; or
 
(4) the withdrawal or removal of the general partner or any other event that
    results in its ceasing to be the general partner other than by reason of a
    transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with the partnership
    agreement or withdrawal or removal following approval and admission of a
    successor.
 
    Upon a dissolution under clause (4), the holders of a majority of the
outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes, may
also elect, within specific time limitations, to reconstitute TC PipeLines and
continue its business on the same terms and conditions described in the
partnership agreement by forming a new limited partnership on terms identical to
those in the partnership agreement and having as general partner an entity
approved by the holders of units who elected to reconstitute TC PipeLines
subject to receipt by TC PipeLines of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:
 
(1) the action would not result in the loss of limited liability of any limited
    partner; and
 
(2) neither TC PipeLines, the reconstituted limited partnership, nor the TC
    PipeLines intermediate partnership would be treated as an association
    taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal
    income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue.
 
                    LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS
 
    Upon our dissolution, unless we are reconstituted and continued as a new
limited partnership, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will,
acting with all of the powers of the general partner that the liquidator deems
necessary or desirable in its good faith judgment, liquidate our assets and
apply the proceeds of the liquidation as provided in "Cash Distribution
Policy--Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation". The liquidator may defer
liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or
distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be
impractical or would cause undue loss to the partners.
 
                  WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
 
    Except as described below, TC PipeLines GP has agreed not to withdraw
voluntarily as the general partner of TC PipeLines and the intermediate
partnership prior to June 30, 2009, without obtaining the approval of the
holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common
units held by the general partner and its affiliates, and
 
                                       96
<PAGE>
furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On
or after June 30, 2009, TC PipeLines GP may withdraw as the general partner
without first obtaining approval from any unitholder by giving 90 days' written
notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of the partnership
agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, TC PipeLines GP may withdraw
without unitholder approval upon 90 days' notice to the limited partners if at
least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person
and its affiliates other than the general partner and its affiliates. In
addition, the partnership agreement permits the general partner in some
instances to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner interests in
TC PipeLines without the approval of the unitholders. See "--Transfer of General
Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights".
 
    Upon the withdrawal of the general partner under any circumstances, other
than as a result of a transfer by the general partner of all or a part of its
general partner interests in TC PipeLines, the holders of a majority of the
outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes, may
select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not
elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and
tax matters cannot be obtained, TC PipeLines will be dissolved, wound up and
liquidated, unless within 180 days after that withdrawal the holders of a
majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as
separate classes, agree in writing to continue the business of TC PipeLines and
to appoint a successor general partner. See "--Termination and Dissolution".
 
    The general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by
the vote of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding units,
including units held by the general partner and its affiliates, and TC PipeLines
receives an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any
removal of this kind is also subject to the approval of a successor general
partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units
and subordinated units, voting as separate classes. The ownership of an
aggregate of 18.3% of the outstanding units and all of the subordinated units by
the general partner has the practical effect of making the general partner's
removal quite difficult.
 
    The partnership agreement also provides that if the general partner is
removed as general partner of TC PipeLines under circumstances where cause does
not exist and units held by the general partner and its affiliates are not voted
in favor of that removal:
 
(1) the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units
    will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;
 
(2) any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on
    the common units will be extinguished; and
 
(3) the general partner will have the right to convert its general partner
    interests and all the incentive distribution rights into common units or to
    receive cash in exchange for those interests.
 
    Withdrawal or removal of the general partner as a general partner of TC
PipeLines also constitutes withdrawal or removal, as the case may be, of the
general partner as a general partner of the TC PipeLines intermediate
partnership.
 
    In the event of removal of the general partner under circumstances where
cause exists or withdrawal of the general partner where that withdrawal violates
the partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to
purchase the general partner interests and incentive distribution rights of the
departing general partner for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of
those interests. Under all other circumstances where the general partner
withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner
will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the
general partner interests of the departing general partner and its incentive
distribution
 
                                       97
<PAGE>
rights for a cash payment equal to the fair market value. In each case, this
fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general
partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an
independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the
departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the
fair market value. Or if the departing general partner and the successor general
partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the
experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.
 
    If the above-described option is not exercised by either the departing
general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general
partner's general partner interests and its incentive distribution rights will
automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those
interests, as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent
expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.
 
    In addition, TC PipeLines will be required to reimburse the departing
general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including,
without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance
liabilities, incurred for the termination of any employees employed by the
departing general partner for the benefit of TC PipeLines.
 
     TRANSFER OF GENERAL PARTNER INTEREST AND INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS
 
    Except for a transfer by a general partner of all, but not less than all, of
its general partner interest in TC PipeLines and the intermediate partnership
to:
 
(a) an affiliate of the general partner; or
 
(b) another person as part of the merger or consolidation of the general partner
    with or into another person or the transfer by the general partner of all or
    substantially all of its assets to another person,
 
the general partner may not transfer all or any part of its general partner
interest in TC PipeLines and the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership to
another person prior to June 30, 2009, without the approval of the holders of at
least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by
the general partner and its affiliates. As a condition to this transfer, the
transferee must assume the rights and duties of the general partner to whose
interest that transferee has succeeded, agree to be bound by the provisions of
the partnership agreement, furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited
liability and tax matters, agree to acquire all of the general partner's
interest in the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership and agree to be bound by
the provisions of TC PipeLine's intermediate partnership agreement.
 
    The general partner may at any time, however, transfer its common units and
subordinated units to one or more persons, other than TC PipeLines, without
unitholder approval. At any time, the stockholder(s) of the general partner may
sell or transfer all or part of their interest in the general partner to an
affiliate without the approval of the unitholders. The general partner or its
affiliates or a later holder may transfer its incentive distribution rights to
an affiliate or another person as part of its merger or consolidation with or
into, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, that person without
the prior approval of the unitholders; provided that, in each case, the
transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of the partnership agreement.
Prior to June 30, 2009, other transfers of the incentive distribution rights
will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes. On
or after June 30, 2009, the incentive distribution rights will be freely
transferable.
 
                    TRANSCANADA OWNERSHIP OF GENERAL PARTNER
 
    TransCanada has agreed with the underwriters of the offering that it will
retain
 
                                       98
<PAGE>
beneficial ownership of our general partner until the later to occur of:
 
(1) the date when TransCanada, or an affiliate, is no longer providing the
    revolving credit facility; and
 
(2) six months after the date when there are no officers of our general partner
    who are also directors, officers or employees of
    TransCanada or its other affiliates.
 
                        CHANGE OF MANAGEMENT PROVISIONS
 
    The partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to
discourage a person or group from attempting to remove TC PipeLines GP as
general partner of TC PipeLines or otherwise change management. If any person or
group other than the general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial
ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses
voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to
any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner or its
affiliates and any transferees of that person or group approved by our general
partner.
 
    The partnership agreement also provides that if the general partner is
removed under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by the
general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:
 
(1) the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units
    will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;
 
(2) any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on
    the common units will be extinguished; and
 
(3) the general partner will have the right to convert its general partner
    interests and all of its incentive distribution rights into common units or
    to receive cash in exchange for those interests.
 
                               LIMITED CALL RIGHT
 
    If at any time not more than 20% of the then-issued and outstanding limited
partner interests of any class are held by persons other than the general
partner and its affiliates, the general partner will have the right, which it
may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to TC PipeLines, to
acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining limited partner interests
of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by
the general partner, on at least 10 but not more than 60 days' notice. The
purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:
 
(1) the highest price paid by the general partner or any of its affiliates for
    any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days
    preceding the date on which the general partner first mails notice of its
    election to purchase those limited partner interests; and
 
(2) the Current Market Price as of the date three days before the date that
    notice is mailed.
 
    As a result of the general partner's right to purchase outstanding limited
partner interests, a holder of limited partner interests may have his limited
partner interests purchased at an undesireable time or price. The tax
consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as
a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. See "Tax
Considerations--Disposition of Common Units".
 
                                MEETINGS; VOTING
 
    Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of
any class of units then outstanding, unitholders or assignees who are record
holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote
at, meetings of limited partners of TC PipeLines and to act upon matters for
which approvals may be solicited. Common units that are owned by an assignee who
is a record holder, but who has not yet been admitted as a limited partner,
shall be voted by the general partner at the written direction of the record
holder. Absent direction of this kind, the common units will not be voted,
except that, in the case of common units held by the
 
                                       99
<PAGE>
general partner on behalf of non-citizen assignees, the general partner shall
distribute the votes on those common units in the same ratios as the votes of
limited partners on other units are cast.
 
    The general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of unitholders will
be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to
be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders
or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are
signed by holders of the number of units as would be necessary to authorize or
take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by the
general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units
of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in
person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding
units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called represented in
person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum unless any action by the
unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units,
in which case the quorum shall be the greater percentage.
 
    Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest
in TC PipeLines, although additional limited partner interests having special
voting rights could be issued. See "--Issuance of Additional Securities".
However, if at any time any person or group, other than the general partner and
its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of the general
partner or its affiliates, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of
20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, the person or group will
lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any
matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a
meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of
a quorum or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street
name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the
instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the
beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as otherwise
provided in the partnership agreement, subordinated units will vote together
with common units as a single class.
 
    Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted
to be given or made to record holders of common units under the partnership
agreement will be delivered to the record holder by TC PipeLines or by the
transfer agent.
 
                     STATUS AS LIMITED PARTNER OR ASSIGNEE
 
    Except as described above under "--Limited Liability", the common units will
be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional
contributions.
 
    An assignee of a common unit, after executing and delivering a transfer
application, but pending its admission as a substituted limited partner, is
entitled to an interest equivalent to that of a limited partner for the right to
share in allocations and distributions from TC PipeLines, including liquidating
distributions. The general partner will vote and exercise other powers
attributable to common units owned by an assignee who has not become a
substitute limited partner at the written direction of the assignee. See
"--Meetings; Voting". Transferees who do not execute and deliver a transfer
application will be treated neither as assignees nor as record holders of common
units, and will not receive cash distributions, federal income tax allocations
or reports furnished to record holders of common units. See "Description of the
Common Units--Transfer of Common Units".
 
                       NON-CITIZEN ASSIGNEES; REDEMPTION
 
    If we are or become subject to federal, state or local laws or regulations
that, in the reasonable determination of the general partner, create a
substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that we have an
interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of
any limited partner or assignee, we may redeem the units held by the limited
partner or assignee at their
 
                                      100
<PAGE>
Current Market Price. In order to avoid any cancellation or forfeiture, the
general partner may require each limited partner or assignee to furnish
information about his nationality, citizenship or related status. If a limited
partner or assignee fails to furnish information about this nationality,
citizenship or other related status within 30 days after a request for the
information or the general partner determines after receipt of the information
that the limited partner or assignee is not an eligible citizen, the limited
partner or assignee may be treated as a non-citizen assignee. In addition to
other limitations on the rights of an assignee who is not a substituted limited
partner, a non-citizen assignee does not have the right to direct the voting of
his units and may not receive distributions in kind upon our liquidation.
 
                                INDEMNIFICATION
 
    Under the partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify
the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against
all losses, claims, damages or similar events:
 
(1) the general partner;
 
(2) any departing general partner;
 
(3) any person who is or was an affiliate of a general partner or any departing
    general partner;
 
(4) any person who is or was a member, partner, officer, director, employee,
    agent or trustee of a general partner or any departing general partner or
    any affiliate of a general partner or any departing general partner; or
 
(5) any person who is or was serving at the request of a general partner or any
    departing general partner or any affiliate of a general partner or any
    departing general partner as an officer, director, employee, member,
    partner, agent or trustee of another person.
 
    Any indemnification under these provisions will be only out of our assets.
The general partner shall not be personally liable for, or have any obligation
to contribute or loan funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate
indemnification. We are authorized to purchase insurance against liabilities
asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless
of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities
under the partnership agreement.
 
                               BOOKS AND REPORTS
 
    The general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our business at
our principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial
reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and financial reporting
purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.
 
    We will furnish or make available to record holders of common units, within
120 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing
audited financial statements and a report on those financial statements by our
independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also
furnish or make available summary financial information within 90 days after the
close of each quarter.
 
    We will furnish each record holder of a unit information reasonably required
for tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year.
This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some
complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability
to furnish this summary information to unitholders will depend on the
cooperation of unitholders in supplying us with specific information. Every
unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and
state tax liability and filing his federal and state income tax returns,
regardless of whether he supplies us with information.
 
                      RIGHT TO INSPECT TC PIPELINES BOOKS
                                  AND RECORDS
 
    The partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose
reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon
 
                                      101
<PAGE>
reasonable demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:
 
(1) a current list of the name and last known address of each partner;
 
(2) a copy of our tax returns;
 
(3) information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the
    agreed value of any other property or services, contributed or to be
    contributed by each partner and the date on which each became a partner;
 
(4) copies of the partnership agreement, the certificate of limited partnership
    of the partnership, related amendments and powers of attorney under which
    they have been executed;
 
(5) information regarding the status of our business and financial condition;
    and
 
(6) other information regarding our affairs that is just and reasonable.
 
    The general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited
partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which the general
partner believes in good faith is not in our best interests or which we are is
required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.
 
                              REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    Under the partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under
the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units,
subordinated units or other partnership securities proposed to be sold by the
general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from
the registration requirements is not otherwise available. These registration
rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of the general
partner as the general partner of TC PipeLines. We are obligated to pay all
expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts and
commissions. See "Units Eligible for Future Sale".
 
                                      102
<PAGE>
                         UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    After the sale of the common units offered hereby, the general partner will
hold 3,200,000 (or 1,055,000 if the underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full) subordinated units. All of these subordinated units will
convert into common units at the end of the subordination period and some may
convert earlier. The sale of these units could have an adverse impact on the
price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.
 
    The common units sold in the offering will generally be freely transferable
without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except
that any common units owned by an "affiliate" of TC PipeLines may not be resold
publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the
Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144
permits securities acquired by an affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the
market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the
greater of:
 
        (1) 1% of the total number of the securities outstanding, or
 
        (2) the average weekly reported trading volume of the common units for
    the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions,
notice requirements and the availability of current public information about TC
PipeLines. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of TC PipeLines
at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially
owned his or her common units for at least two years, would be entitled to sell
common units under Rule 144 without regard to the public information
requirements, volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice
requirements of Rule 144.
 
    Prior to the end of the subordination period, TC PipeLines may not issue
equity securities of the partnership ranking prior or senior to the common units
or an aggregate of more than 8,580,000 additional common units or an equivalent
amount of securities ranking on a parity with the common units, without the
approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and
subordinated units, voting as separate classes. The 8,580,000 number is subject
to adjustment in the event of a combination or subdivision of common units and
shall exclude common units issued upon exercise of the underwriters'
over-allotment option, upon conversion of subordinated units, upon conversion of
the general partner interest as a result of a withdrawal of the general partner,
under an employee benefit plan or in connection with some acquisitions or
capital improvements. The partnership agreement provides that, after the
subordination period, TC PipeLines may issue an unlimited number of limited
partner interests of any type without a vote of the unitholders. The partnership
agreement does not restrict TC PipeLines' ability to issue equity securities
ranking junior to the common units at any time. Any issuance of additional
common units or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease
in the proportionate ownership interest in TC PipeLines represented by, and
could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, common
units then outstanding. See "The Partnership Agreement--Issuance of Additional
Securities".
 
    Under the partnership agreement, the general partner and its affiliates will
have the right to cause TC PipeLines to register under the Securities Act and
state laws the offer and sale of any units that they hold. Subject to the terms
and conditions of the partnership agreement, these registration rights allow the
general partner and its affiliates or their assignees holding any units to
require registration of these units and to include these units in a registration
by TC PipeLines of other units, including units offered by TC PipeLines or by
any unitholder. These registration rights will continue in effect for two years
following any withdrawal or removal of the general
 
                                      103
<PAGE>
partner as the general partner of TC PipeLines. In connection with any
registration of this kind, TC PipeLines will indemnify each unitholder
participating in the registration and its officers, directors and controlling
persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any state
securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. TC
PipeLines will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration,
excluding underwriting discounts and commissions. Except as described below, the
general partner and its affiliates may sell their units in private transactions
at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.
 
    TC PipeLines, the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership, the general
partner, TransCanada and some of its affiliates have agreed with the
underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of their common units or
subordinated units or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that
represent the right to receive, common units or subordinated units or any
securities that are senior to or pari passu with common units during the period
from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the
date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the
representatives of the underwriters (other than the redemption of the
subordinated units in the event the over-allotment option is exercised).
 
                                      104
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
        ON COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, THE PRINCIPAL ASSET OF TC PIPELINES WILL
BE A 30% GENERAL PARTNER INTEREST IN NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE. THE RIGHTS,
BENEFITS, PRIVILEGES AND OBLIGATIONS OF TC PIPELINES INTERMEDIATE PARTNERSHIP AS
A PARTNER IN NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE ARE GOVERNED BY THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS
OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT FOR NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE. THE FOLLOWING IS A
SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF THE NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE PARTNERSHIP
AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH IS INCLUDED AS AN EXHIBIT TO THE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT OF WHICH THIS PROSPECTUS IS A PART.
 
                           ORGANIZATION AND PARTNERS
 
    Northern Border Pipeline is a general partnership that was formed as of
March 9, 1978 under the Uniform Partnership Act as then in effect in the State
of Texas. The address of Northern Border Pipeline is 1111 South 103rd Street,
Omaha, Nebraska 68124-1000, and its telephone number is (402) 398-7700.
 
    On March 17, 1999, Northern Plains, Pan Border, Northwest Border Pipeline,
the subsidiaries of TransCanada, the general partners of Northern Border
Pipeline, the Northern Border Pipeline management committee, and the operator of
Northern Border Pipeline, entered into an agreement that provides for, among
other things, (1) the consent to transfer the 30% general partner interest from
the subsidiaries of TransCanada to TC PipeLines or its subsidiary upon closing
of the offering and (2) the admission of TC PipeLines or its subsidiary as a
general partner in Northern Border Pipeline.
 
    Therefore, on completion of the offering, the general partners of Northern
Border Pipeline will be TC PipeLines, through the TC PipeLines intermediate
partnership, which will own a 30% general partner interest, and Northern Border
Partners through a subsidiary limited partnership, which will own the remaining
70% general partner interest.
 
                                    PURPOSE
 
    The purpose of Northern Border Pipeline under the Northern Border Pipeline
partnership agreement is limited to the planning, design, financing,
construction, ownership and operation of the pipeline system, together with all
related properties and facilities, and any extensions, expansions, additions or
other improvements thereto. Unless all of the partners in Northern Border
Pipeline agree otherwise, the purpose clause has the effect of restricting
Northern Border Pipeline from constructing or acquiring additional natural gas
transmission assets, other than those that constitute an expansion, extension,
addition or improvement of the pipeline system, and from expanding the scope of
its activities beyond the natural gas transmission business.
 
                             MANAGEMENT AND VOTING
 
    Except for the day to day management of the affairs of Northern Border
Pipeline and the operation of the pipeline system, which are the responsibility
of the operator, management of Northern Border Pipeline will be overseen by the
Northern Border Pipeline management committee, composed of one representative of
TC PipeLines and three representatives of Northern Border Partners, one
designated by each general partner of Northern Border Partners. The
representative of TC PipeLines on the Northern Border Pipeline management
committee will receive no fee from TC PipeLines for serving in that capacity
other than reimbursement for expenses of being a representative. Voting power on
the Northern Border Pipeline management committee is based on the percentage
interest of the general partners, so that the representative of TC PipeLines
will control 30% of the total voting power and the representatives of Northern
Border Partners will control 70% of the total voting power. Under the Northern
Border Pipeline partnership agreement, voting power on the Northern Border
Pipeline management committee is allocated in accordance with the relative
interests of the general partners of Northern Border Partners. Accordingly, the
70% voting power of the Northern Border Partner's representatives on the
Northern Border Pipeline management
 
                                      105
<PAGE>
committee is allocated as follows: 35% to the representative designated by
Northern Plains, 22.75% to the representative designated by Pan Border, and
12.25% to the representative designated by Northwest Border, an affiliate of
Williams. Northern Plains and Pan Border are subsidiaries of Enron. Enron,
through Northern Plains and Pan Border, controls 57.75% of the voting power of
the Northern Border Pipeline management committee and has the right to designate
two of its members.
 
    Each member of the Northern Border Pipeline management committee is entitled
to vote its percentage of voting power without regard to the decision of the
other members. Thus, except as to any matters requiring unanimity, it is
possible that the Northern Border Pipeline management committee could approve a
particular project by majority vote, despite the fact that the TC PipeLines
representative on the Northern Border Pipeline management committee voted
against that project. The TC PipeLines representative will generally be
obligated to vote the interest of TC PipeLines in Northern Border Pipeline in a
manner that is in the best interests of TC PipeLines. The TC PipeLines
partnership agreement currently modifies that duty, however, by providing that
the general partner of TC PipeLines or a person designated by it to serve on the
Northern Border Pipeline management committee will not be in breach of the terms
of the TC PipeLines partnership agreement or in breach of a fiduciary duty to TC
PipeLines or the unitholders with respect to the voting of TC PipeLines'
interest on the Northern Border Pipeline management committee if they acted in
good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in, or not
inconsistent with, the best interests of TC PipeLines. See "Conflicts of
Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities".
 
    Generally, the Northern Border Pipeline management committee will act by
majority vote. However, unanimity will be required with respect to the following
matters:
 
        (1) expansions or extensions of the Northern Border pipeline system
    requiring capital expenditures in an amount, currently $19.6 million or
    more, requiring certification of those facilities by the FERC,
 
        (2) settlement of cases brought under Section 4 or 5 of the Natural Gas
    Act,
 
        (3) some transfers of general partner interests in Northern Border
    Pipeline, and
 
        (4) any change in, or suspension of, the cash distribution policy of
    Northern Border Pipeline.
 
    If, however, all but one of the members of the Northern Border Pipeline
management committee vote in favor of a matter requiring unanimous approval,
other than transfers of general partner interests, any one of the partners
voting in favor of the matter has the right to submit the matter to an
arbitration panel. The arbitration panel will be composed of three independent
natural gas industry experts, one appointed by the members voting in favor of
the matter, one appointed by the dissenting member and a third appointed by the
two experts. The arbitration panel will determine if Northern Border Pipeline
should proceed with the disputed matter, using the best interests of Northern
Border Pipeline as its sole criteria. If the panel concludes that approval of
the matter before it is in the best interests of Northern Border Pipeline, the
matter will be deemed to have received unanimous approval despite the
disapproving vote of the dissenting member. If the matter approved by the
arbitration panel involves a project the cost of which requires FERC
certification, however, the partner represented by the dissenting member will
not be required, but will have the option, to advance funds with respect to that
project.
 
    For example, if the representative of TC PipeLines votes against an
extension of the Northern Border pipeline system requiring FERC certification,
the three representatives of Northern Border Partners vote in favor of that
extension and the arbitration panel concludes that the extension is in the best
interests of Northern Border Pipeline, then Northern Border Pipeline would be
allowed to proceed with the proposed extension. TC PipeLines would have the
right, but would not be obligated, to
 
                                      106
<PAGE>
contribute its proportional share of the equity contributions to fund that
extension. If TC PipeLines elected not to make the additional contributions, its
interest in Northern Border Pipeline would be diluted.
 
                                    OPERATOR
 
    The Northern Border Pipeline partnership agreement designates Northern
Plains as the operator of the Pipeline System. Northern Plains' rights and
obligations as operator are provided for in the Northern Border Pipeline
partnership agreement and in a separate operating agreement between Northern
Plains and Northern Border Pipeline. The initial term of the operating agreement
expires in 2007. The operating agreement will continue in effect thereafter on a
year-to-year basis unless terminated by Northern Border Pipeline or Northern
Plains. Substantially all of the services provided by the operator are provided
by employees of Northern Plains who devote their time to the day-to-day
operations of Northern Border Pipeline.
 
    The Northern Border Pipeline partnership agreement states that Northern
Plains may be removed as operator by unanimous vote of the members of the
Northern Border Pipeline management committee, other than the member appointed
by Northern Plains. If the total number of members on the Northern Border
Pipeline management committee has increased to five or more members Northern
Plains may be removed as operator by the vote of members representing 65% or
more of the total interest in Northern Border Pipeline, in support of a finding
that the operator has, through misfeasance, nonfeasance or gross negligence,
acted in a manner contrary to the best interests of Northern Border Pipeline.
 
    The operator is entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable costs,
including overhead and administrative expenses, incurred by it and its
affiliates in connection with the performance of its responsibilities as
operator. In addition, Northern Border Pipeline has agreed to indemnify the
operator against any claims and liabilities arising out of the good faith
performance by the operator of its responsibilities under the Northern Border
Pipeline partnership agreement, to the extent the operator is acting within the
scope of its authority and in the course of Northern Border Pipeline's business.
 
                            CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY
 
    Because the principal asset of TC PipeLines will be its 30% general partner
interest in Northern Border Pipeline, the ability of TC PipeLines to make
distributions to the unitholders is dependent upon the receipt of cash
distributions by TC PipeLines from Northern Border Pipeline. In general, the
Northern Border Pipeline partnership agreement provides that distributions to
the partners in Northern Border Pipeline are to be made on a proportionate basis
according to each partner's capital account balance. The amount and timing of
distributions are determined by the Northern Border Pipeline management
committee. Any changes to, or suspension of, the cash distribution policy of
Northern Border Pipeline requires the unanimous approval of the Northern Border
Pipeline management committee, subject to arbitration in the event three of the
four members of the Northern Border Pipeline management committee vote in favor
of the change or suspension. See "--Management and Voting" above.
 
    The cash distribution policy of Northern Border Pipeline as currently
approved by the Northern Border Pipeline management committee provides that
distributions are to be made by Northern Border Pipeline quarterly in an amount
equal to the previous quarter's sum, if positive, of:
 
        (1) 100% of net income generated by Northern Border Pipeline during the
    quarter, excluding specific noncash items, plus
 
        (2) 100% of the current portion of any allowance for income taxes for
    that quarter, plus
 
        (3) an amount equal to 35% of the sum of deferred tax expense,
    depreciation expense, amortization of regulatory assets, or minus, in the
    case of amortization of regulatory liabilities, for that quarter, each as
    computed under Northern Border Pipeline's tariff, minus
 
                                      107
<PAGE>
        (4) an amount equal to 35% of maintenance capital expenditures for that
    quarter.
 
    If an amount determined by this formula is negative, then the negative
amount is carried forward and subtracted in the calculation for the next
quarter. Decisions by Northern Border Pipeline regarding amounts to be placed in
or released from reserves consistent with the Northern Border Pipeline
partnership agreement will affect the amount of its net income, and therefore
the amount of cash distributed to TC PipeLines. Cash distributions are currently
made by Northern Border Pipeline on a quarterly basis approximately one month
after the end of the quarter.
 
    Under some circumstances, the application of Northern Border Pipeline's cash
distribution policy could result in a reduced distribution to its partners,
including us, in any particular quarter. For example, in the fourth quarter of
1997 Northern Border Pipeline made no cash distributions to its partners as a
result of a rate refund to shippers. This rate refund resulted primarily from a
retroactive adjustment to Northern Border Pipeline's depreciation schedule that
was agreed to in the settlement of its rate case. See "Business of Northern
Border Pipeline--FERC Regulation--Cost of Service Tariff".
 
                        AUDIT AND COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
 
    The Northern Border Pipeline partnership agreement authorizes each
representative on the Northern Border Pipeline management committee other than
Northern Plains, if Northern Plains or its affiliate is the operator, to appoint
one member to serve on a three member audit and compensation committee. No
member of the committee may also be an officer, director or employee of the
operator, which is currently Northern Plains, or of any affiliate thereof. The
audit and compensation committee is responsible for all matters relating to any
audits of Northern Border Pipeline and review of the compensation of the
operator's senior management and reimbursement of the operator for its costs and
expenses relating to personnel. The audit and compensation committee is
obligated to report to the Northern Border Pipeline management committee on an
annual basis with respect to these matters.
 
                 ALLOCATION OF INCOME, GAIN, LOSS AND DEDUCTION
 
    The Northern Border Pipeline partnership agreement provides that, if
Northern Border Pipeline has a net profit or a net loss, items of income, gain,
loss and deduction will be allocated to the particular capital accounts of the
partners in accordance with their particular interests in Northern Border
Pipeline, that is based on relative capital account balances. These allocations
are subject to retroactive adjustment resulting from any changes in a partner's
capital account under FERC or other governmental orders or regulations.
 
                              TRANSFER OF INTEREST
 
    In general, the general partners in Northern Border Pipeline are not
permitted to transfer their general partner interests, or any indebtedness owed
to them by Northern Border Pipeline, without the unanimous consent of the
Northern Border Pipeline management committee. Each general partner may,
however, encumber its interests in the profits and surplus of Northern Border
Pipeline, and any indebtedness, and transfer its interest in Northern Border
Pipeline, or any indebtedness, to a corporation that is an affiliate of the
transferor in connection with a statutory merger with the corporation or sale of
all or substantially all of its assets to the corporation.
 
                        ADDITIONAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
 
    The Northern Border Pipeline partnership agreement provides that the
Northern Border Pipeline management committee may request additional capital
contributions from the general partners of Northern Border Pipeline. Each
general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute its pro
rata portion of the total amount of additional contributions requested. If TC
PipeLines elected not to make 30% of the additional contribution, its interest
in Northern Border Pipeline would be diluted.
 
                            CHANGE TO CORPORATE FORM
 
    The Northern Border Pipeline partnership agreement provides that, under some
 
                                      108
<PAGE>
circumstances, the business and assets of Northern Border Pipeline will be
transferred to a corporation in which each partner would receive shares of stock
sufficient to give it an ownership interest in the corporation that is equal to
its then existing ownership interest in Northern Border Pipeline. The transfer
will occur automatically if it becomes unlawful for Northern Border Pipeline to
carry on its business and Northern Border Pipeline holds an effective
certificate of public convenience and necessity from the FERC at that time. Our
general partner believes it is unlikely that circumstances requiring an
automatic transfer will occur.
 
    The general partners in Northern Border Pipeline may also cause a transfer
to a corporation upon the approval of partners owning at least a two-thirds
interest of Northern Border Pipeline. Under the terms of the TC PipeLines
partnership agreement, however, our representative on the Northern Border
Pipeline management committee may not approve a voluntary conversion to a
corporation without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at least
66 2/3% of the outstanding units during the subordination period and a majority
thereafter.
 
                         WITHDRAWAL OF GENERAL PARTNERS
 
    The general partners in Northern Border Pipeline have the right to withdraw
from Northern Border Pipeline. If they do, the withdrawing partner's capital
account is treated as a contingent liability of Northern Border Pipeline to be
repaid on liquidation of Northern Border Pipeline or at any other time as the
Northern Border Pipeline management committee determines that the amount may be
repaid without undue hardship to Northern Border Pipeline.
 
                                INDEMNIFICATION
 
    Under the terms of the Northern Border Pipeline partnership agreement,
Northern Border Pipeline has agreed to indemnify the operator and the members of
the Northern Border Pipeline management committee and any other committees
established by that committee against any claims and liabilities arising out of
the good faith performance by these persons of their responsibilities and
obligations within the scope of their authority in the course of Northern Border
Pipeline's business. This indemnification includes indemnification in favor of
the members of the audit and compensation committee.
 
                             BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES
 
    The partners of Northern Border Pipeline have agreed to amend the Northern
Border Pipeline partnership agreement to provide that the partners, their
affiliates and transferees, will not have any duty to offer business
opportunities to Northern Border Pipeline, with specified exceptions.
 
                          TERMINATION AND DISSOLUTION
 
    The Northern Border Pipeline partnership agreement provides that Northern
Border Pipeline will automatically dissolve upon:
 
    (1) the transfer by Northern Border Pipeline of all of its business and
assets to a corporation,
 
    (2) the sale or abandonment of all or substantially all of Northern Border
Pipeline's business and assets, provided that this kind of sale or abandonment
may be made only by unanimous written consent of all general partners; or
 
    (3) the occurrence of any event that makes it unlawful for the business of
Northern Border Pipeline to be carried on. In addition to these automatic
dissolution events, Northern Border Pipeline may be dissolved by unanimous
consent of all of its partners, upon the occurrence of a bankruptcy or similar
event with respect to a partner or the dissolution of a partner.
 
                    LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF PROCEEDS
 
    The Northern Border Pipeline partnership agreement provides that, following
the dissolution of Northern Border Pipeline, unless Northern Border Pipeline is
reconstituted and continued under the terms of the Northern Border Pipeline
partnership agreement, the business and affairs of Northern Border Pipeline will
be wound up and its assets liquidated in an orderly manner. Any amounts
remaining upon satisfaction of Northern Border Pipeline's obligations to its
creditors will be distributed to the partners in accordance with the positive
balances in their particular capital accounts.
 
                                      109
<PAGE>
                               TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    THIS SECTION SETS FORTH THE MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS THAT
MAY BE RELEVANT TO THE DECISION TO PURCHASE UNITS OF A PROSPECTIVE UNITHOLDER
WHO IS AN INDIVIDUAL CITIZEN OR RESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES AND, TO THE EXTENT
SET FORTH BELOW UNDER "--LEGAL OPINIONS AND ADVICE", EXPRESSES THE OPINION OF
FRIED, FRANK, HARRIS, SHRIVER & JACOBSON (A PARTNERSHIP INCLUDING PROFESSIONAL
CORPORATIONS), SPECIAL COUNSEL TO THE GENERAL PARTNER AND US, INSOFAR AS IT
RELATES TO MATTERS OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW AND LEGAL CONCLUSIONS
WITH RESPECT THERETO. THIS SECTION IS BASED UPON CURRENT PROVISIONS OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE, EXISTING AND PROPOSED REGULATIONS AND CURRENT
ADMINISTRATIVE RULINGS AND COURT DECISIONS, ALL OF WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
SUBSEQUENT CHANGES IN THESE AUTHORITIES MAY CAUSE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO VARY
SUBSTANTIALLY FROM THE CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED BELOW. UNLESS THE CONTEXT
OTHERWISE REQUIRES, REFERENCES IN THIS SECTION TO US ARE REFERENCES TO BOTH TC
PIPELINES AND THE TC PIPELINES INTERMEDIATE PARTNERSHIP.
 
    NO ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE IN THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION TO COMMENT ON ALL
FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS AFFECTING US OR THE UNITHOLDERS, OR ON ANY MATTERS OF
ANY TAX LAW OTHER THAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW. MOREOVER, THE DISCUSSION FOCUSES
ON UNITHOLDERS WHO ARE INDIVIDUAL CITIZENS OR RESIDENTS OF THE UNITED STATES WHO
ARE NOT SUBJECT TO SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES PERSONAL TO THE UNITHOLDER AND HAS ONLY
LIMITED APPLICATION TO CORPORATIONS, ESTATES, TRUSTS, NON-RESIDENT ALIENS OR
OTHER UNITHOLDERS SUBJECT TO SPECIALIZED TAX TREATMENT, INCLUDING TAX-EXEMPT
INSTITUTIONS, FOREIGN PERSONS, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS, REITS OR MUTUAL
FUNDS. ACCORDINGLY, EACH PROSPECTIVE UNITHOLDER SHOULD CONSULT, AND SHOULD
DEPEND ON, HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISOR IN ANALYZING THE STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HIM OR HER OF THE OWNERSHIP OR DISPOSITION OF COMMON UNITS
AND IN DETERMINING WHETHER OR NOT SUCH UNITHOLDER IS SUBJECT TO SPECIAL
CIRCUMSTANCES OR SPECIALIZED TAX TREATMENT WHICH COULD AFFECT THE FEDERAL INCOME
TAX TREATMENT OF SUCH UNITHOLDER.
 
                           LEGAL OPINIONS AND ADVICE
 
    Counsel is of the opinion that, based on the accuracy of the representations
and covenants and subject to the qualifications set forth in the detailed
discussion that follows, for federal income tax purposes:
 
    (1) TC PipeLines and the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership will each be
        treated as a partnership, and
 
    (2) owners of common units, with specified exceptions, as described in
        "--Limited Partner Status" below, will be treated as partners of TC
        PipeLines but not the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership.
 
    No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding our
classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, whether our
operations generate "qualifying income" under Section 7704 of the Internal
Revenue Code or any other matter affecting us or prospective unitholders. An
opinion of counsel represents only that counsel's best legal judgment and does
not bind the IRS or the courts. Thus, no assurance can be provided that the
opinions and statements made here would be sustained by a court if contested by
the IRS. Any contest of this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely
impact the market for the common units and the prices at which common units
trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne directly
or indirectly by the unitholders and the general partner. Furthermore, no
assurance can be given that the treatment of TC PipeLines or an investment in TC
PipeLines will not be significantly modified by future legislative or
administrative changes or court decisions. Any modifications may or may not be
retroactively applied.
 
    For the reasons described below, counsel has not rendered an opinion with
respect to the following specific federal income tax issues:
 
    (1) the treatment of a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short
        seller to cover a short sale of common units (see "--Tax Consequences of
 
                                      110
<PAGE>
        Unit Ownership--TREATMENT OF SHORT SALES"),
 
    (2) whether a unitholder acquiring common units in separate transactions
        must maintain a single aggregate adjusted tax basis in his or her common
        units (see "--Disposition of Common Units--RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR
        LOSS"),
 
    (3) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses
        is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (see "--Disposition of
        Common Units--ALLOCATIONS BETWEEN TRANSFERORS AND TRANSFEREES"), AND
 
    (4) whether our method for depreciating Section 743 adjustments is
        sustainable (see "--Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership-- SECTION 754
        ELECTION").
 
                               PARTNERSHIP STATUS
 
    A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal income tax
liability. Instead, each partner of a partnership is required to take into
account his or her allocable share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction
of the partnership in computing his or her federal income tax liability,
regardless of whether cash distributions are made. Distributions by a
partnership to a partner are generally not taxable unless the amount of cash
distributed is in excess of the partner's adjusted basis in the partnership
interest.
 
    No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS and the IRS has made no
determination as to the status of TC PipeLines or the TC PipeLines intermediate
partnership as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Instead we have
relied on the opinion of counsel that, based upon the Internal Revenue Code, its
regulations, published revenue rulings and court decisions and the
representations described below, TC PipeLines and the TC PipeLines intermediate
partnership will each be classified as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes.
 
    In rendering its opinion, counsel has relied on factual representations and
covenants made by us and the general partner, and has assumed that Northern
Border Pipeline Company is organized and will be operated in accordance with the
Texas Uniform Partnership Act and the Northern Border Pipeline partnership
agreement as currently in effect. The representations and covenants made by us
and our general partner upon which counsel has relied are:
 
        (a) Neither we nor the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership will elect
    to be treated as an association or corporation;
 
        (b) We will be operated in accordance with:
 
        (1) all applicable partnership statutes,
 
        (2) the TC PipeLines partnership agreement, and
 
        (3) the description of us in this prospectus;
 
        (c) The TC PipeLines intermediate partnership will be operated in
    accordance with
 
        (1) all applicable partnership statutes,
 
        (2) the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership agreement, and
 
        (3) its description in this prospectus;
 
        (d) For each taxable year, more than 90% of our gross income will be
    derived from:
 
        (1) the exploration, development, production, processing, refining,
            transportation or marketing of any mineral or natural resource,
            including oil, gas, its products and naturally occurring carbon
            dioxide, or
 
        (2) other items of income as to which counsel has or will opine are
            "qualifying income" within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the
            Internal Revenue Code; and
 
        (e) Neither we, the general partner, nor the TC PipeLines intermediate
    partnership will approve any modification
 
                                      111
<PAGE>
    to the Northern Border Pipeline partnership agreement, which modification
    would permit Northern Border Pipeline to engage in any activity other than
    the transportation (within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Internal
    Revenue Code) of natural gas without first receiving an opinion of counsel
    to the effect that the modification will not cause Northern Border Pipeline
    to have income that is not qualifying income (as described below).
 
    Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that publicly traded
partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed as corporations. However, an
exception (the "Qualifying Income Exception") exists with respect to publicly-
traded partnerships of which 90% or more of the gross income for every taxable
year consists of "qualifying income." Qualifying income includes income and
gains derived from the transportation and marketing of natural gas. Other types
of qualifying income include interest (from other than a financial business),
dividends, gains from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other
disposition of capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise
constitutes qualifying income.
 
    We estimate that less than 1% of Northern Border Pipeline's income in 1998
was not qualifying income and, that for 1999, less than 1% of TC PipeLines'
income will be nonqualifying income; however, these estimates could change from
time to time and may be affected by the activities of Northern Border Pipeline
Company. Based upon and subject to these estimates, the factual representations
and covenants made by us and the general partner and a review of the applicable
legal authorities, counsel is of the opinion that at least 90% of our gross
income constitutes qualifying income.
 
    If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure
which is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and which is cured within a
reasonable time after discovery, we will be treated as if we had transferred all
of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the
first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception,
in return for stock in that corporation, and then distributed that stock to the
partners in liquidation of their interests in us. This contribution and
liquidation should be tax-free to unitholders and TC PipeLines, so long as we,
at that time, do not have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets.
Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes.
 
    If TC PipeLines or the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership were treated as
an association taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, either as a result
of a failure to meet the Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, its items of
income, gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on its tax return
rather than being passed through to the unitholders, and its net income would be
taxed to TC PipeLines or the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership at corporate
rates. In addition, any distribution made to a unitholder would be treated as
either taxable dividend income, to the extent of our current or accumulated
earnings and profits, or in the absence of earnings and profits, a nontaxable
return of capital, to the extent of the unitholder's tax basis in his or her
common units, or taxable capital gain, after the unitholder's tax basis in his
or her common units is reduced to zero. Accordingly, treatment of either us or
the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership as an association taxable as a
corporation would result in a material reduction in a unitholder's cash flow and
after-tax return and thus would likely result in a substantial reduction of the
value of the units.
 
    The discussion below is based on the assumption that we will be classified
as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
 
                             LIMITED PARTNER STATUS
 
    Unitholders who have become limited partners of TC PipeLines will be treated
as partners of TC PipeLines for federal income tax purposes. Counsel is also of
the opinion that
 
        (a) assignees who have executed and delivered transfer applications, and
    are
 
                                      112
<PAGE>
    awaiting admission as limited partners, and
 
        (b) unitholders whose common units are held in street name or by a
    nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all
    substantive rights attendant to the ownership of their common units,
 
will be treated as partners of TC PipeLines for federal income tax purposes. As
there is no direct authority addressing assignees of common units who are
entitled to execute and deliver transfer applications and thereby become
entitled to direct the exercise of attendant rights, but who fail to execute and
deliver transfer applications, counsel's opinion does not extend to these
persons. Furthermore, a purchaser or other transferee of common units who does
not execute and deliver a transfer application may not receive federal income
tax information or reports furnished to record holders of common units unless
the common units are held in a nominee or street name account and the nominee or
broker has executed and delivered a transfer application for those common units.
 
    A beneficial owner of common units whose common units have been transferred
to a short seller to complete a short sale would appear to lose his or her
status as a partner with respect to those units for federal income tax purposes.
See "--Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership--TREATMENT OF SHORT SALES".
 
    Income, gain, deductions or losses would not appear to be reportable by a
unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes, and any cash
distributions received by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income
tax purposes would therefore be fully taxable as ordinary income. These holders
should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their status as partners
in TC PipeLines for federal income tax purposes.
 
                       TAX CONSEQUENCES OF UNIT OWNERSHIP
 
FLOW-THROUGH OF TAXABLE INCOME
 
    No federal income tax will be paid by us. Instead, each unitholder will be
required to report on his or her income tax return his or her allocable share of
our income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether corresponding
cash distributions are received by that unitholder. Consequently, a unitholder
may be allocated income from us even if he or she has not received a cash
distribution. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his or her
allocable share of TC PipeLines income, gain, loss and deduction for the taxable
year of TC PipeLines ending with or within the taxable year of the unitholder.
 
TREATMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    Distributions by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the
unitholder for federal income tax purposes to the extent of his or her tax basis
in his or her common units immediately before the distribution. Our cash
distributions in excess of a unitholder's tax basis generally will be considered
to be gain from the sale or exchange of the common units, taxable in accordance
with the rules described under "--Disposition of Common Units" below. Any
reduction in a unitholder's share of our liabilities for which no partner,
including the general partner, bears the economic risk of loss, known as
"nonrecourse liabilities", will be treated as a distribution of cash to that
unitholder. To the extent that our distributions cause a unitholder's "at risk"
amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year, he or she must
recapture any losses deducted in previous years. See "--LIMITATIONS ON
DEDUCTIBILITY OF LOSSES".
 
    A decrease in a unitholder's percentage interest in us because of our
issuance of additional common units will decrease his or her share of our
nonrecourse liabilities, and thus will result in a corresponding deemed
distribution of cash. A non-pro rata distribution of money or property may
result in ordinary income to a unitholder, regardless of his or her tax basis in
his or her common units, if the distribution reduces the unitholder's share of
our "unrealized receivables", including depreciation recapture, and/or
substantially appreciated "inventory items", both as defined in Section 751 of
the Internal Revenue Code, and collectively, "Section 751 Assets". To that
extent, he or she will be treated as having
 
                                      113
<PAGE>
been distributed his or her proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and
having exchanged those assets with us in return for the non-pro rata portion of
the actual distribution made to him. This latter deemed exchange will generally
result in the unitholder's realization of ordinary income under Section 751(b)
of the Internal Revenue Code. That income will equal the excess of (1) the
non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (2) the unitholder's tax basis
for the share of the Section 751 Assets deemed relinquished in the exchange.
 
RATIO OF TAXABLE INCOME TO DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    We estimate that a purchaser of common units in the offering who holds those
common units from the date of the closing of the offering through December 31,
2002 will be allocated an amount of federal taxable income for that period that
will be less than 10% of the cash distributed with respect to that period. We
anticipate that after the taxable year ending December 31, 2002, the ratio of
taxable income to cash distributions to the unitholders will increase. These
estimates are based upon the assumption that gross income from operations will
approximate the amount required to make the minimum quarterly distribution on
all units and other assumptions with respect to capital expenditures, cash flow
and anticipated cash distributions. These estimates and assumptions are subject
to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, competitive and
political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the estimates are based on
current tax law and tax reporting positions that we intend to adopt and with
which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that these
estimates will prove to be correct. The actual percentage of distributions that
will constitute taxable income could be higher or lower, and any differences
could be material and could materially affect the value of the common units.
 
BASIS OF COMMON UNITS
 
    A unitholder's initial tax basis for his or her common units will be the
amount he paid for the common units plus his or her share of our nonrecourse
liabilities. That basis will be increased by his or her share of our income and
by any increases in his or her share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis
will be decreased, but not below zero, by distributions from us, by the
unitholder's share of our losses, by any decrease in his or her share of our
nonrecourse liabilities and by his or her share of our expenditures that are not
deductible in computing its taxable income and are not required to be
capitalized. A limited partner will have no share of our debt which is recourse
to the general partner, but will have a share, generally based on his or her
share of profits, of our nonrecourse liabilities. See "--Disposition of Common
Units--RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR LOSS".
 
LIMITATIONS ON DEDUCTIBILITY OF LOSSES
 
    The deduction by a unitholder of his or her share of our losses will be
limited to the tax basis in his or her units and, in the case of an individual
unitholder or a corporate unitholder, if more than 50% of the value of its stock
is owned directly or indirectly by five or fewer individuals or some tax-exempt
organizations, to the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be "at
risk" with respect to our activities, if that is less than his or her tax basis.
A unitholder must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that
distributions cause his or her at risk amount to be less than zero at the end of
any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of
these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable to the extent that
his or her tax basis or at risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, is
subsequently increased. Upon the taxable disposition of a unit, any gain
recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously
suspended by the at risk limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by
the basis limitation. Any excess loss above that gain previously suspended by
the at risk or basis limitations is no longer utilizable.
 
    In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of the tax basis of
his or her units, excluding any portion of that basis attributable
 
                                      114
<PAGE>
to his or her share of our nonrecourse liabilities, reduced by any amount of
money he or she borrows to acquire or hold his or her units if the lender of
those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to the unitholder or can
look only to units for repayment. A unitholder's at risk amount will increase or
decrease as the tax basis of the unitholder's units increases or decreases,
other than tax basis increases or decreases attributable to increases or
decreases in his or her share of our nonrecourse liabilities.
 
    The passive loss limitations generally provide that individuals, estates,
trusts and some closely-held corporations and personal service corporations can
deduct losses from passive activities, which are generally activities in which
the taxpayer does not materially participate, only to the extent of the
taxpayer's income from those passive activities. The passive loss limitations
are applied separately with respect to each publicly-traded partnership.
Consequently, any passive losses we generate will only be available to offset
our passive income generated in the future and will not be available to offset
income from other passive activities or investments, including other publicly
traded partnerships, or salary or active business income. Passive losses that
are not deductible because they exceed a unitholder's income generated by us may
be deducted in full when he disposes of his or her entire investment in us in a
fully taxable transaction to an unrelated party. The passive activity loss rules
are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at
risk rules and the basis limitation.
 
    A unitholder's share of our net income may be offset by any suspended
passive losses, but it may not be offset by any other current or carryover
losses from other passive activities, including those attributable to other
publicly-traded partnerships. The IRS has announced that Treasury Regulations
will be issued that characterize net passive income from a publicly-traded
partnership as investment income for purposes of the limitations on the
deductibility of investment interest.
 
LIMITATIONS ON INTEREST DEDUCTIONS
 
    The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer's "investment interest
expense" is generally limited to the amount of that taxpayer's "net investment
income". As noted, a unitholder's share of our net passive income will be
treated as investment income for this purpose. In addition, the unitholder's
share of our portfolio income will be treated as investment income. Investment
interest expense includes:
 
        (1) interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for
    investment,
 
        (2) our interest expense attributed to portfolio income, and
 
        (3) the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an
    interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio
    income.
 
    The computation of a unitholder's investment interest expense will take into
account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to
purchase or carry a unit. Net investment income includes gross income from
property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the
passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly
connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not
include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment.
 
ENTITY-LEVEL COLLECTIONS
 
    If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state
or local income tax on behalf of any unitholder or any general partner or any
former unitholder, we are authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That
payment, if made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the partner on
whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment is made on behalf of a person
whose identity cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a
distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to amend the
partnership agreement in the manner necessary to maintain uniformity of
intrinsic tax
 
                                      115
<PAGE>
characteristics of units and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving
effect to these distributions, the priority and characterization of
distributions otherwise applicable under the partnership agreement is maintained
as nearly as is practicable. Payments by us as described above could give rise
to an overpayment of tax on behalf of an individual partner in which event the
partner could file a claim for credit or refund.
 
ALLOCATION OF INCOME, GAIN, LOSS AND DEDUCTION
 
    In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and
deduction will be allocated among the general partner and the unitholders in
accordance with their particular percentage interests in us. At any time that
distributions are made to the common units and not to the subordinated units, or
that incentive distributions are made to the general partner, gross income will
be allocated to the recipients to the extent of these distributions. If we have
a net loss for any of the years through 2002, that loss will be allocated to the
general partner. If we have a net loss for any year after 2002, that loss will
generally be allocated among the general partner and the unitholders in
accordance with their particular percentage interests in us until the capital
account balances of the unitholders are reduced to zero, and thereafter any loss
will be allocated to the general partner.
 
    As required by Section 704(c) of the Internal Revenue Code and as permitted
by its Regulations, specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will
be allocated to account for the difference between the tax basis and fair market
value of property contributed to us by the general partner, referred to in this
discussion as "Contributed Property". The effect of these allocations to a
unitholder will be essentially the same as if the tax basis of the Contributed
Property were equal to its fair market value at the time of contribution. In
addition, specified items of recapture income will be allocated to the extent
possible to the partner who was allocated the deduction giving rise to the
treatment of that gain as recapture income in order to minimize the recognition
of ordinary income by some unitholders. Finally, although we do not expect that
our operations will result in the creation of negative capital accounts, if
negative capital accounts nevertheless result, items of our income and gain will
be allocated in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the negative
balance as quickly as possible.
 
    Treasury Regulations provide that an allocation of items of our income,
gain, loss or deduction, other than an allocation required by Section 704(c) of
the Internal Revenue Code to eliminate the difference between a partner's "book"
capital account, credited with the fair market value of Contributed Property,
and "tax" capital account, credited with the tax basis of Contributed Property,
(the "Book-Tax Disparity"), will generally be given effect for federal income
tax purposes in determining a partner's distributive share of an item of income,
gain, loss or deduction only if the allocation has substantial economic effect.
In any other case, a partner's distributive share of an item will be determined
on the basis of the partner's interest in us, which will be determined by taking
into account all the facts and circumstances, including the partners' relative
contributions to us, the interests of the partners in economic profits and
losses, the interest of the partners in cash flow and other nonliquidating
distributions and rights of the partners to distributions of capital upon
liquidation.
 
    Counsel is of the opinion that, with the exception of the issues described
in "--Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership--SECTION 754 ELECTION" and
"--Disposition of Common Units--ALLOCATIONS BETWEEN TRANSFERORS AND
TRANSFEREES", allocations under our partnership agreement will be given effect
for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner's distributive share of
an item of income, gain, loss or deduction.
 
TREATMENT OF SHORT SALES
 
    A unitholder whose units are loaned to a "short seller" to cover a short
sale of units may be considered as having disposed of ownership of those units.
If so, he or she would no longer be a partner for those units
 
                                      116
<PAGE>
during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the
disposition. As a result, during this period:
 
    - any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those units
      would not be reportable by the unitholder;
 
    - any cash distributions received by the unitholder for those units would be
      fully taxable; and
 
    - all of these distributions would appear to be treated as ordinary income.
 
    Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk
of gain recognition should modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to
prohibit their brokers from borrowing their units. The IRS has announced that it
is actively studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of
partnership interests. See also "--Disposition of Common Units--RECOGNITION OF
GAIN OR LOSS".
 
ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX
 
    Although it is not expected that we will generate significant tax preference
items or adjustments, each unitholder will be required to take into account his
or her distributive share of any items of our income, gain, loss or deduction
for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. The minimum tax rate for
noncorporate taxpayers is 26% on the first $175,000 of alternative minimum
taxable income in excess of the exemption amount and 28% on any additional
alternative minimum taxable income. Prospective unitholders should consult with
their tax advisors as to the impact of an investment in units on their liability
for the alternative minimum tax.
 
TAX RATES
 
    In general, the highest marginal United States federal income tax rate for
individuals for 1999 is 39.6% and the maximum United States federal income tax
rate for net capital gains of an individual for 1999 is 20% if the asset was
held for more than 12 months at the time of disposition.
 
SECTION 754 ELECTION
 
    We intend to make the election permitted by Section 754 of the Internal
Revenue Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. The
election will generally permit us to adjust a common unit purchaser's, other
than a common unit purchaser that purchases common units from us, tax basis in
our assets ("inside basis") under Section 743(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to
reflect his or her purchase price. The Section 743(b) adjustment belongs to the
purchaser and not to other partners. For purposes of this discussion, a
partner's inside basis in our assets will be considered to have two components:
(1) his or her share of our tax basis in our assets ("common basis") and (2) his
or her Section 743(b) adjustment to that basis.
 
    Proposed Treasury regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code
require, if the remedial allocation method is adopted (which we intend to do), a
portion of the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to recovery property to be
depreciated over the remaining cost recovery period for the Section 704(c)
built-in gain. Nevertheless, the proposed regulations under Section 197 indicate
that the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to an amortizable Section 197
intangible should be treated as a newly-acquired asset placed in service in the
month when the purchaser acquires the unit. Under Treasury Regulation Section
1.167(c)-1(a)(6), a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to property subject
to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal Revenue Code rather than cost
recovery deductions under Section 168 is generally required to be depreciated
using either the straight-line method or the 150% declining balance method.
Although the proposed regulations under Section 743 will likely eliminate many
of the problems if finalized in their current form, the depreciation and
amortization methods and useful lives associated with the Section 743(b)
adjustment may differ from the methods and useful lives generally used to
depreciate the common basis in these properties. Under our partnership
agreement, the general partner is authorized to adopt a convention to preserve
 
                                      117
<PAGE>
the uniformity of units even if that convention is not consistent with specified
Treasury Regulations. See "--UNIFORMITY OF UNITS".
 
    Although counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of this approach, we
intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to
unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of
any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization
derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to
the common basis of the property, or treat that portion as non-amortizable to
the extent attributable to property the common basis of which is not
amortizable. This method is consistent with the proposed regulations under
Section 743 but is arguably inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section
1.167(c)-1(a)(6) and Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3), neither
of which is expected to directly apply to a material portion of the
Partnership's assets. To the extent this Section 743(b) adjustment is
attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax
Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and
legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be
taken, we may adopt a depreciation or amortization convention under which all
purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive depreciation or
amortization, whether attributable to common basis or Section 743(b) adjustment,
based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest
in our assets. This kind of aggregate approach may result in lower annual
depreciation or amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to
specified unitholders. See "--UNIFORMITY OF UNITS".
 
    The allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment among our assets must be
made in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. The IRS could seek to
reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment to goodwill not so
allocated by us. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally amortizable over
a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible
assets.
 
    A Section 754 election is advantageous if the transferee's tax basis in his
or her units is higher than the units' share of the aggregate tax basis of our
assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of the
election, the transferee would have a higher tax basis in his or her share of
our assets for purposes of calculating, among other items, his or her
depreciation deductions and his or her share of any gain or loss on a sale of
our assets. Conversely, a Section 754 election is disadvantageous if the
transferee's tax basis in his or her units is lower than those units' share of
the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. Thus,
the fair market value of the units may be affected either favorably or adversely
by the election.
 
    The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and we
will make them on the basis of specific assumptions as to the value of our
assets and other matters. There is no assurance that the determinations made by
us will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that the deductions
resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS
require a different basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the
expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission
from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a
subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than he would have
been allocated had the election not been revoked.
 
                          TAX TREATMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
ACCOUNTING METHOD AND TAXABLE YEAR
 
    We will use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and will adopt
the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each
unitholder will be required to include in income his or her allocable share of
our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending within or with
his or her taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending
on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of his or her units
following the close of our taxable year but before the close of his or her
taxable
 
                                      118
<PAGE>
year must include his or her allocable share of our income, gain, loss and
deduction in income for his or her taxable year with the result that he will be
required to report in income for his or her taxable year his or her distributive
share of more than one year of income, gain, loss and deduction. See
"--Disposition of Common Units--ALLOCATIONS BETWEEN TRANSFERORS AND
TRANSFEREES".
 
INITIAL TAX BASIS, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
    The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of computing
depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the
disposition of these assets. A portion of our assets will initially have an
aggregate tax basis equal to the tax basis of those assets in the possession of
TransCanada Border PipeLine immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
the balance of our assets will have an initial tax basis equal to their fair
market value on the date of the closing of the offering. The federal income tax
burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of property
contributed by TransCanada Border PipeLine and the tax basis established for
that property will be borne by the general partner. See "--ALLOCATION OF INCOME,
GAIN, LOSS AND DEDUCTION".
 
    To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depletion, depreciation and
cost recovery methods that will result in the largest deductions being taken in
the early years after assets are placed in service. We will not be entitled to
any amortization deductions with respect to any goodwill conveyed to us on
formation. Property subsequently acquired or constructed by us may be
depreciated using accelerated methods permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.
 
    If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all
or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation
previously deducted and the nature of the property, may be subject to the
recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain.
Similarly, a partner who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with
respect to property owned by us may be required to recapture those deductions as
ordinary income upon a sale of his or her interest in us. See "--ALLOCATION OF
INCOME, GAIN, LOSS AND DEDUCTION" and "--Disposition of Common
Units--RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR LOSS".
 
    Costs incurred in organizing TC PipeLines may be amortized over any period
selected by us not shorter than 60 months. The costs incurred in promoting the
issuance of units (i.e. syndication expenses) must be capitalized and cannot be
deducted currently, ratably or upon termination of TC PipeLines. There are
uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses,
which may be amortized, and as syndication expenses, which may not be amortized.
Under recently adopted regulations, the underwriting discounts and commissions
would be treated as a syndication cost.
 
UNIFORMITY OF UNITS
 
    Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units, uniformity of
the economic and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these units
must be maintained. In the absence of uniformity, compliance with a number of
federal income tax requirements, both statutory and regulatory, could be
substantially diminished. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal
application of Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6) and Proposed
Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3). Any non-uniformity could have a
negative impact on the value of the units. See "--Tax Consequences of Unit
Ownership--SECTION 754 ELECTION".
 
    We intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment
attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of contributed property or
adjusted property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a
rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or
amortization method and useful life applied to the common basis of that
property, or treat that portion as nonamortizable, to the extent attributable to
property the common basis of which is not amortizable, consistent with the
proposed regulations under Section 743, but
 
                                      119
<PAGE>
despite its inconsistency with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6) and
Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3), neither of which is expected
to directly apply to a material portion of our assets. See "--Tax Consequences
of Unit Ownership--SECTION 754 ELECTION". To the extent that the Section 743(b)
adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized
Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Regulations and
legislative history. If we determine that this type of position cannot
reasonably be taken, we may adopt a depreciation and amortization convention
under which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive
depreciation and amortization deductions, whether attributable to common basis
or Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had
purchased a direct interest in our property. If this kind of an aggregate
approach is adopted, it may result in lower annual depreciation and amortization
deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some unitholders and risk the
loss of depreciation and amortization deductions not taken in the year that
these deductions are otherwise allowable. This convention will not be adopted if
we determine that the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions will have
a material adverse effect on the unitholders. If we choose not to utilize this
aggregate method, we may use any other reasonable depreciation and amortization
convention to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of
any units that would not have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. The
IRS may challenge any method of depreciating the Section 743(b) adjustment
described in this paragraph. If this type of challenge were sustained, the
uniformity of units might be affected, and the gain from the sale of units might
be increased without the benefit of additional deductions. See "--Disposition of
Common Units-- RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR LOSS".
 
VALUATION AND TAX BASIS OF OUR PROPERTIES
 
    The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of
units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values,
and determinations of the initial tax bases, of our assets. Although we may from
time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters,
we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These
estimates and determinations of basis are subject to challenge and will not be
binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or
determinations of basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and
amount of items of income, gain, loss or deductions previously reported by
unitholders might change, and unitholders might be required to adjust their tax
liability for prior years.
 
                          DISPOSITION OF COMMON UNITS
 
RECOGNITION OF GAIN OR LOSS
 
    Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of units equal to the difference
between the amount realized and the unitholder's tax basis for the units sold. A
unitholder's amount realized will be measured by the sum of the cash or the fair
market value of other property received plus his or her share of our nonrecourse
liabilities. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder's share of our
nonrecourse liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result
in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.
 
    Prior distributions from us in excess of cumulative net taxable income for a
common unit that decreased a unitholder's tax basis in that common unit will, in
effect, become taxable income if the common unit is sold at a price greater than
the unitholder's tax basis in that common unit, even if the price is less than
his or her original cost.
 
    Should the IRS successfully contest our convention to amortize only a
portion of the Section 743(b) adjustment, described under "--Tax Consequences of
Unit Ownership-- SECTION 754 ELECTION", attributable to an amortizable Section
197 intangible after a sale by the general partner of units, a unitholder could
realize additional gain from the sale of units than had our convention been
respected. In that case, the unitholder may have been entitled to additional
deductions against
 
                                      120
<PAGE>
income in prior years but may be unable to claim them, with the result to him of
greater overall taxable income than appropriate. Counsel is unable to opine as
to the validity of the convention but believes a contest by the IRS is unlikely
because a successful contest could result in substantial additional deductions
to other unitholders.
 
    Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder, other than a
"dealer" in units, on the sale or exchange of a unit held for more than one year
will generally be taxable as capital gain or loss. Capital gain recognized by an
individual on the sale of units held for more than 12 months will generally be
taxed at a maximum rate of 20%. A portion of this gain or loss, which will
likely be substantial, however, will be separately computed and taxed as
ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code to the
extent attributable to assets giving rise to depreciation recapture or other
"unrealized receivables" or to "inventory items" owned by us. The term
"unrealized receivables" includes potential recapture items, including
depreciation recapture. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized receivables,
inventory items and depreciation recapture may exceed net taxable gain realized
upon the sale of the unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable
loss realized on the sale of the unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both
ordinary income and a capital loss upon a disposition of units. Net capital loss
may offset no more than $3,000 of ordinary income in the case of individuals and
may only be used to offset capital gain in the case of corporations.
 
    The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in
separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single
adjusted tax basis. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those
interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold
using an "equitable apportionment" method. The ruling is unclear as to how the
holding period of these interests is determined once they are combined. If this
ruling is applicable to the holders of common units, a common unitholder will be
unable to select high or low basis common units to sell as would be the case
with corporate stock. It is not clear whether the ruling applies to us because,
similar to corporate stock, interests in us are evidenced by separate
certificates. Accordingly, counsel is unable to opine as to the effect this
ruling will have on the unitholders. A unitholder considering the purchase of
additional common units or a sale of common units purchased in separate
transactions should consult his or her tax advisor as to the possible
consequences of this ruling.
 
    Specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code affect the taxation of some
financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating
a taxpayer as having sold an "appreciated" partnership interest, one in which
gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair
market value, if the taxpayer or related persons enter(s) into:
 
    (1) a short sale;
 
    (2) an offsetting notional principal contract; or
 
    (3) a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest
        or substantially identical property.
 
Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting
notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the
partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position
if the taxpayer or related person then acquires the partnership interest or
substantially identical property. The Secretary of Treasury is also authorized
to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or
positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions
as having constructively sold the financial position.
 
                                      121
<PAGE>
ALLOCATIONS BETWEEN TRANSFERORS AND TRANSFEREES
 
    In general, our taxable income and losses will be determined annually, will
be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the
unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the
opening of the Nasdaq National Market on the first business day of the month
(the "Allocation Date"). However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other
disposition of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business will be
allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which
that gain or loss is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring common
units in the open market may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction
accrued after the date of transfer.
 
    The use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury
Regulations. Accordingly, counsel is unable to opine on the validity of this
method of allocating income and deductions between the transferors and the
transferees of units. If this method is not allowed under the Treasury
Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder's
interest, our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the
unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between
transferors and transferees, as well as among partners whose interests otherwise
vary during a taxable period, to conform to a method permitted under future
Treasury Regulations.
 
    A unitholder who owns units at any time during a quarter and who disposes of
these units prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that
quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deductions
attributable to that quarter but will not be entitled to receive that cash
distribution.
 
NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
 
    A unitholder who sells or exchanges units is required to notify us in
writing of that sale or exchange within 30 days after the sale or exchange and
in any event by no later than January 15 of the year following the calendar year
in which the sale or exchange occurred. We are required to notify the IRS of
that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and
transferee. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an
individual who is a citizen of the United States and who effects the sale or
exchange through a broker. Additionally, a transferor and a transferee of a unit
will be required to furnish statements to the IRS, filed with their income tax
returns for the taxable year in which the sale or exchange occurred, that
describe the amount of the consideration received for the unit that is allocated
to our goodwill or going concern value. Failure to satisfy these reporting
obligations may lead to the imposition of substantial penalties.
 
CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION
 
    We and the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership will be considered to have
been terminated for tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more
of the total interests in our capital and profits within a 12-month period. If
we elect to be treated as a large partnership, which we do not currently intend
to do, we will not terminate by reason of the sale or exchange of interests in
us. A termination of us will cause a termination of the TC PipeLines
intermediate partnership. A termination of us will result in the closing of our
taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a
taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our
taxable year may result in more than 12 months' of our taxable income or loss
being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. New tax
elections required to be made by us, including a new election under Section 754
of the Internal Revenue Code, must be made after a termination, and a
termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A
termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that
the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate
the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted prior to the
termination.
 
                                      122
<PAGE>
                  TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS AND OTHER INVESTORS
 
    Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt
organizations, nonresident aliens, foreign corporations, other foreign persons
and regulated investment companies raises issues unique to those investors and,
as described below, may have substantially adverse tax consequences. Employee
benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from federal income tax,
including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, are subject
to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of the
taxable income derived by that kind of organization from the ownership of a unit
will be unrelated business taxable income and thus will be taxable to that
unitholder.
 
    A regulated investment company or "mutual fund" is required to derive 90% or
more of its gross income from interest, dividends, gains from the sale of stocks
or securities or foreign currency or specified related sources. It is not
anticipated that any significant amount of our gross income will include that
type of income.
 
    Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own
units will be considered to be engaged in business in the United States on
account of ownership of units. As a consequence they will be required to file
federal tax returns for their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction
and pay federal income tax at regular rates on any net income or gain.
Generally, a partnership is required to pay a withholding tax on the portion of
the partnership's income that is effectively connected with the conduct of a
United States trade or business and which is allocable to the foreign partners,
regardless of whether any actual distributions have been made to those partners.
However, under rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, we will
withhold (currently at the rate of 39.6%) on actual cash distributions made
quarterly to foreign unitholders. Each foreign unitholder must obtain a taxpayer
identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent
on a Form W-8 in order to obtain credit for the taxes withheld. A change in
applicable law may require us to change these procedures.
 
    Because a foreign corporation that owns units will be treated as engaged in
a United States trade or business, that corporation may be subject to United
States branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal
income tax, on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the
foreign corporation's "United States net equity", which are effectively
connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. That tax may be
reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the
country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a "qualified resident." In
addition, that type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting
requirements under Section 6038C of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
    Under a ruling of the IRS, a foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise
disposes of a unit will be subject to federal income tax on gain realized on the
disposition of that unit to the extent that this gain is effectively connected
with a United States trade or business of the foreign unitholder. Apart from the
ruling, a foreign unitholder will not be taxed or subject to withholding upon
the disposition of a unit if he has owned less than 5% in value of the units
during the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and if the
units are regularly traded on an established securities market at the time of
the disposition.
 
                             ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS
 
INFORMATION RETURNS AND AUDIT PROCEDURES
 
    We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of
each calendar year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which
describes each unitholder's share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for
our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will generally
not be reviewed by counsel, we will use various accounting and reporting
conventions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine the
unitholder's share of income, gain, loss and deduction.
 
                                      123
<PAGE>
There is no assurance that any of those conventions will yield a result that
conforms to the requirements of the Code, regulations or administrative
interpretations of the IRS. Neither we nor counsel can assure prospective
unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court that those
accounting and reporting conventions are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS
could negatively affect the value of the units.
 
    The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Adjustments
resulting from any audit of this kind may require each unitholder to adjust a
prior year's tax liability, and possibly may result in an audit of the
unitholder's own return. Any audit of a unitholder's return could result in
adjustments not related to our returns as well as those related to our returns.
 
    Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities for purposes of
federal tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and
tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income,
gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than
in separate proceedings with the partners. The Internal Revenue Code provides
for one partner to be designated as the "Tax Matters Partner" for these
purposes. The partnership agreement appoints the general partner as the Tax
Matters Partner of TC PipeLines.
 
    The Tax Matters Partner will make some elections on our behalf and on behalf
of unitholders. In addition, the Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of
limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in
our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1%
profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder
elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the
Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which
all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment
and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review
may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits and by
the unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% profits interest. However,
only one action for judicial review will go forward, and each unitholder with an
interest in the outcome may participate. However, if we elect to be treated as a
large partnership, a unitholder will not have the right to participate in
settlement conferences with the IRS or to seek a refund.
 
    A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of
any item on his federal income tax return that is not consistent with the
treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of the
consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.
However, if we elect to be treated as a large partnership, the unitholders would
be required to treat all partnership items in a manner consistent with our
return.
 
    If we elect to be treated as a large partnership, each partner would take
into account separately his share of the following items, determined at the
partnership level:
 
     (1) taxable income or loss from passive loss limitation activities;
 
     (2) taxable income or loss from other activities (including portfolio
         income or loss);
 
     (3) net capital gains to the extent allocable to passive loss limitation
         activities and other activities;
 
     (4) tax exempt interest;
 
     (5) a net alternative minimum tax adjustment separately computed for
         passive loss limitation activities and other activities;
 
     (6) general credits;
 
     (7) low-income housing credit;
 
     (8) rehabilitation credit;
 
     (9) foreign income taxes;
 
    (10) credit for producing fuel from a nonconventional source; and
 
    (11) any other items the Secretary of Treasury deems appropriate.
 
                                      124
<PAGE>
Moreover, miscellaneous itemized deductions would not be passed through to the
partners and 30% of those deductions would be used at the partnership level.
 
    A number of other changes have been made to the tax compliance and
administrative rules relating to electing large partnerships. Adjustments
relating to partnership items for a previous taxable year are generally taken
into account by those persons who were partners in previous taxable years. Each
partner in an electing large partnership, however, must take into account his
share of any adjustments to partnership items in the year that adjustments are
made. Under prior law, adjustments relating to partnership items for a previous
taxable year were taken into account by those persons who were partners in the
previous taxable year. Alternatively, a partnership could elect to or, in some
circumstances, could be required to, directly pay the tax resulting from any
adjustments of this kind. In either case, therefore, unitholders could bear
significant costs associated with tax adjustments relating to periods predating
their acquisition of units. It is not expected that we will elect to have the
large partnership provisions apply to us because of the cost of their
application.
 
NOMINEE REPORTING
 
    Persons who hold an interest in TC PipeLines as a nominee for another person
are required to furnish to us:
 
        (a) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the
    beneficial owner and the nominee;
 
        (b) whether the beneficial owner is
 
            (1) a person that is not a United States person,
 
            (2) a foreign government, an international organization or any
                wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the
                foregoing, or
 
            (3) a tax-exempt entity;
 
        (c) the amount and description of units held, acquired or transferred
    for the beneficial owner; and
 
        (d) specific information including the dates of acquisitions and
    transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for
    purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.
 
    Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional
information, including whether they are United States persons and specific
information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A
penalty of $50 per failure, up to a maximum of $100,000 per calendar year, is
imposed by the Internal Revenue Code for failure to report that information to
us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the
information furnished to us.
 
REGISTRATION AS A TAX SHELTER
 
    The Internal Revenue Code requires that "tax shelters" be registered with
the Secretary of the Treasury. The temporary Treasury Regulations interpreting
the tax shelter registration provisions of the Internal Revenue Code are
extremely broad. It is arguable that we are not subject to the registration
requirement on the basis that we will not constitute a tax shelter. However, the
general partner, as a principal organizer of us has applied to register us as a
tax shelter with the Secretary of the Treasury in the absence of assurance that
we will not be subject to tax shelter registration and in light of the
substantial penalties which might be imposed if registration is required and not
undertaken.
 
    ISSUANCE OF THE REGISTRATION NUMBER DOES NOT INDICATE THAT AN INVESTMENT IN
US OR THE CLAIMED TAX BENEFITS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED, EXAMINED OR APPROVED BY THE
IRS.
 
    We must furnish the registration number to the unitholders, and a unitholder
who sells or otherwise transfers a unit in a later transaction must furnish the
registration number to the transferee. The penalty for failure of the transferor
of a unit to furnish the registration number to the transferee is $100 for each
failure. The unitholders must disclose our tax shelter registration number on
Form 8271 to be attached to the tax return on which any deduction, loss or other
benefit generated by
 
                                      125
<PAGE>
us is claimed or on which any of our income is included. A unitholder who fails
to disclose the tax shelter registration number on his return, without
reasonable cause for that failure, will be subject to a $250 penalty for each
failure. Any penalties discussed are not deductible for federal income tax
purposes.
 
ACCURACY-RELATED PENALTIES
 
    An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an
underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes,
including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial
understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is
imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for
any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause
for that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith with respect to that
portion.
 
    A substantial understatement of income tax in any taxable year exists if the
amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to
be shown on the return for the taxable year or $5,000 ($10,000 for most
corporations). The amount of any understatement subject to penalty generally is
reduced if any portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:
 
    (1) for which there is, or was, "substantial authority"; or
 
    (2) as to which there is a reasonable basis and the pertinent facts of that
position are disclosed on the return.
 
    More stringent rules apply to "tax shelters," a term that in this context
does not appear to include us. If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction
included in the distributive shares of unitholders might result in that kind of
an "understatement" of income for which no "substantial authority" exists, we
must disclose the pertinent facts on our return. In addition, we will make a
reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for unitholders to make
adequate disclosure on their returns to avoid liability for this penalty.
 
    A substantial valuation misstatement exists if the value of any property, or
the adjusted basis of any property, claimed on a tax return is 200% or more of
the amount determined to be the correct amount of the valuation or adjusted
basis. No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment attributable
to a substantial valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for most
corporations). If the valuation claimed on a return is 400% or more than the
correct valuation, the penalty imposed increases to 40%.
 
                   STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    In addition to federal income taxes, unitholders will be subject to other
taxes, including state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes,
and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various
jurisdictions in which we do business or own property. Although an analysis of
those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should
consider their potential impact on his investment in us. We will initially own
property or do business in Illinois, Iowa, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, North
Dakota, South Dakota and Texas. Of those, only Texas and South Dakota do not
currently impose a personal income tax. We may also own property or do business
in other states in the future.
 
    A unitholder will be required to file state income tax returns and to pay
state income taxes in some or all of the states in which we do business or own
property and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those
requirements. In some states, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the
year incurred and also may not be available to offset income in later taxable
years. Some of the states may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a
percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a
resident of the state. Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less
than a particular unitholder's income tax liability to the state, generally does
not relieve the non-resident unitholder from the obligation to file an income
tax return. Amounts withheld
 
                                      126
<PAGE>
may be treated as if distributed to unitholders for purposes of determining the
amounts distributed by us. See "--Tax Consequences of Unit
Ownership--ENTITY-LEVEL COLLECTIONS". Based on current law and our estimate of
our future operations, the general partner anticipates that any amounts required
to be withheld will not be material.
 
    IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH UNITHOLDER TO INVESTIGATE THE LEGAL AND TAX
CONSEQUENCES, UNDER THE LAWS OF PERTINENT STATES AND LOCALITIES, OF HIS OR HER
INVESTMENT IN US. ACCORDINGLY, EACH PROSPECTIVE UNITHOLDER SHOULD CONSULT, AND
MUST DEPEND UPON, HIS OR HER OWN TAX COUNSEL OR OTHER ADVISOR WITH REGARD TO
THOSE MATTERS. FURTHER, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH UNITHOLDER TO FILE ALL
STATE AND LOCAL, AS WELL AS UNITED STATES FEDERAL, TAX RETURNS THAT MAY BE
REQUIRED OF HIM OR HER. COUNSEL HAS NOT RENDERED AN OPINION ON THE STATE OR
LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN US.
 
              INVESTMENT IN TC PIPELINES BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    An investment in TC PipeLines by an employee benefit plan is subject to
additional considerations because the investments of these plans are subject to
the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, and
restrictions imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code. For these
purposes the term "employee benefit plan" includes, but is not limited to,
qualified pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified
employee pension plans and tax deferred annuities or IRAs established or
maintained by an employer or employee organization. Among other things,
consideration should be given to:
 
        (a) whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of
    ERISA;
 
        (b) whether in making the investment, such plan will satisfy the
    diversification requirement of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA; and
 
        (c) whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated
    business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential after-tax
    investment return.
 
    The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets of an
employee benefit plan (a "fiduciary") should determine whether an investment in
TC PipeLines is authorized by the appropriate governing instrument and is a
proper investment for the plan.
 
    Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code prohibits
employee benefit plans, and also IRAs that are not considered part of an
employee benefit plan, from engaging in specified transactions involving "plan
assets" with parties that are "parties in interest" under ERISA or "disqualified
persons" under the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the plan.
 
    In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units is a
prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan should consider
whether the plan will, by investing in TC PipeLines, be deemed to own an
undivided interest in the assets of TC PipeLines, with the result that the
general partner also would be a fiduciary of the plan and the operations of TC
PipeLines would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including
its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of
the Internal Revenue Code.
 
    The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with respect to whether
the assets of an entity in which employee benefit plans acquire equity interests
would be deemed "plan assets" under some circumstances. Under these regulations,
an entity's assets would not be considered to be "plan assets" if, among other
things,
 
        (a) the equity interest acquired by employee benefit plans are publicly
    offered securities--i.e., the equity interests are widely held by 100 or
    more investors independent of the issuer and each other, freely transferable
    and registered under
 
                                      127
<PAGE>
    some provisions of the federal securities laws,
 
        (b) the entity is an "operating company"--i.e., it is primarily engaged
    in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment
    of capital either directly or through a majority owned subsidiary or
    subsidiaries, or
 
        (c) there is no significant investment by benefit plan investors, which
    is defined to mean that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity
    interest (disregarding some interests held by the general partner, its
    affiliates, and some other persons) is held by the employee benefit plans
    referred to above, IRAs and other employee benefit plans not subject to
    ERISA, including governmental plans.
 
    TC PipeLines' assets should not be considered "plan assets" under these
regulations because it is expected that the investment will satisfy the
requirements in (a) above.
 
    Plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of common units should consult
with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA and the Internal
Revenue Code in light of the serious penalties imposed on persons who engage in
prohibited transactions or other violations.
 
                          VALIDITY OF THE COMMON UNITS
 
    The validity of the common units offered by this prospectus will be passed
upon for TC PipeLines by the law firm of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver &
Jacobson (a partnership including professional corporations), New York, New
York. Kenneth R. Blackman and Robert Cassanos, partners of Fried, Frank, Harris,
Shriver & Jacobson, are directors and officers of TCPL International
Investments, Inc., a wholly owned holding company subsidiary of TransCanada.
Specific legal matters in connection with the common units offered by this
prospectus will be passed upon for the underwriters by Andrews & Kurth L.L.P.,
New York, New York, who also acts as regulatory counsel for Northern Border
Pipeline with respect to FERC matters.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The balance sheets of TC PipeLines, LP as of March 31, 1999 and December 31,
1998 have been included in this prospectus and in the registration statement in
reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent chartered accountants,
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
 
    The balance sheets of TC PipeLines GP, Inc. as of March 31, 1999 and
December 31, 1998 have been included in this prospectus and in the registration
statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent chartered
accountants, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and upon the authority of
said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
    The balance sheets of Northern Border Pipeline Company as of December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996, and the related statements of income, changes in partners'
capital and cash flows for the years then ended, included in this prospectus and
in the registration statement, have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect
thereto, and are included in this prospectus in reliance upon the authority of
said firm as experts in giving said reports.
 
    With respect to the unaudited balance sheet of Northern Border Pipeline
Company as of March 31, 1999, the related unaudited statements of income and
cash flows for the three-month periods ended March 31, 1999 and 1998, and the
related unaudited statement of changes in partners' capital for the three-month
period ended March 31, 1999, included in this prospectus and in the registration
statement, Arthur Andersen LLP has reported that they have applied limited
procedures in
 
                                      128
<PAGE>
accordance with professional standards for a review of that information.
However, their separate report thereon states that they did not audit and they
do not express an opinion on that interim financial information. Accordingly,
the degree of reliance on their report on that information should be restricted
in light of the limited nature of the review procedures applied. In addition,
the accountants are not subject to the liability provisions of Section 11 of the
Securities Act of 1933 for their report on the unaudited interim financial
information because the report is not a "report" or a "part" of the registration
statement prepared or certified by the accountants within the meaning of
Sections 7 and 11 of the Securities Act.
 
               HOW TO OBTAIN OTHER INFORMATION ABOUT TC PIPELINES
 
    We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, regarding
the common units offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain
all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further
information with respect to TC PipeLines and the common units offered by this
prospectus, you may desire to review the registration statement, including its
exhibits and schedules. You may desire to review the full text of any contracts,
agreements or other documents filed as exhibits to the registration statement
for a more complete description of the matter involved.
 
    The registration statement (including the exhibits and schedules) may be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the
regional offices of the SEC located at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048 and 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661.
Copies of this material can also be obtained upon written request from the
Public Reference Section of the SEC at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or from the SEC's Web site on the
internet at http://www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for
further information on the public reference rooms.
 
    As a result of the offering, we will file periodic reports and other
information with the SEC. These reports and other information may be inspected
and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or obtained from the
SEC's web site on the internet at http://www.sec.gov.
 
    We intend to furnish our unitholders annual reports containing audited
financial statements and quarterly reports containing unaudited interim
financial information for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of
TC PipeLines.
 
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    Some of the information in this prospectus may contain forward-looking
statements. These statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking
terminology including "may," "believe," "will," "expect," "anticipate,"
"estimate," "continue" or other similar words.
 
    These statements discuss future expectations, contain projections of results
of operations or of financial condition or state other "forward-looking"
information.
 
    These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. When
considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk
factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus. The risk factors and
other factors noted throughout this prospectus could cause our actual results to
differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.
 
                                      129
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    TC PipeLines and the underwriters named below have entered into an
underwriting agreement with respect to the common units being offered. Subject
to specified conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the
number of common units indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and PaineWebber Incorporated are the
representatives of the underwriters.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Underwriters                               Number of Common Units
- -----------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co..............................................
Salomon Smith Barney Inc.........................................
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
          Incorporated...........................................
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated................................
PaineWebber Incorporated.........................................
                                                                           -----------
    Total........................................................           14,300,000
                                                                           -----------
                                                                           -----------
</TABLE>
 
                               ------------------
 
    If the underwriters sell more common units than the total number set forth
in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional
2,145,000 common units from TC PipeLines to cover the sales. They may exercise
that option for 30 days. If any common units are purchased pursuant to that
option, the underwriters will severally purchase common units in approximately
the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
 
    The following table shows the per common unit and total underwriting
discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by TC PipeLines. These
amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the
underwriters' option to purchase additional common units.
 
                              Paid by TC PipeLines
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              No Exercise   Full Exercise
                              ------------  -------------
<S>                           <C>           <C>
Per common unit.............   $             $
Total.......................   $             $
</TABLE>
 
    Common units sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be
offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this
prospectus. Any common units sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may
be sold at a discount of up to $      per common unit from the initial public
offering price. Securities dealers may resell any common units purchased from
the underwriters to various other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to
$      per common unit from the initial public offering price. If all the common
units are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may
change the offering price and the other selling terms.
 
    TC PipeLines, the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership, the general
partner, TransCanada and some of its affiliates have agreed with the
underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of their common units or
subordinated units or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that
represent the right to receive, common units or subordinated units or any
securities that are senior to or on a parity with
 
                                      U-1
<PAGE>
common units during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing
through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the
prior written consent of the representatives (other than the redemption of
subordinated units in the event the over-allotment option is exercised). See
"Units Available for Future Sale" for a discussion of transfer restrictions.
 
   
    Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the common units.
The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the general partner
and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the
initial public offering price of the common units, in addition to prevailing
market conditions, will be Northern Border Pipeline's historical performance, TC
PipeLines' pro forma historical performance, estimates of the business potential
and earnings prospects of TC PipeLines, an assessment of TC PipeLines'
management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market
valuation of companies in related businesses, including Northern Border
Partners.
    
 
    The common units will be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "TCLPZ".
 
    In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell
common units in the open market. These transactions may include short sales,
stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short
sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of
common units than they are required to purchase in the offering. Stabilizing
transactions consist of some bids or purchases made for the purpose of
preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common units while
the offering is in progress.
 
    The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a
particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting
discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased common
units sold by or for the account of the underwriter in stabilizing or short
covering transactions.
 
    These activities by the underwriters may stabilize, maintain or otherwise
affect the market price of the common units. As a result, the price of the
common units may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open
market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the
underwriters at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq
National Market, the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
    TC PipeLines estimates that the total expenses of the offering, excluding
underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $3 million.
 
   
    Because the National Association for Securities Dealers, Inc. views the
common units offered hereby as interests in a direct participation program, the
offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2810 of the NASD's Conduct Rules.
Investor suitability with respect to the common units should be judged similarly
to the suitability with respect to other securities that are listed for trading
on the Nasdaq National Market or a national securities exchange. The
underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five
percent of the total number of common units offered.
    
 
    TC PipeLines, the TC PipeLines intermediate partnership, the general
partner, TransCanada and some of its affiliates have agreed to indemnify the
several underwriters against various liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act.
 
    Some of the underwriters engage in transactions with, and, from time to
time, have performed services for, TransCanada and its subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business and have received customary fees for performing
these services.
 
                                      U-2
<PAGE>
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
TC PipeLines, LP:
 
  Pro Forma Balance Sheet--March 31, 1999..................................................................        F-2
  Pro Forma Statements of Income--Three Months Ended March 31, 1999 and Year Ended December 31, 1998.......        F-3
  Notes to Pro Forma Financial Statements..................................................................        F-4
  Report of Independent Chartered Accountants dated April 29, 1999.........................................        F-6
  Balance Sheets--March 31, 1999 and December 31, 1998.....................................................        F-7
  Note to Balance Sheets...................................................................................        F-7
 
Northern Border Pipeline Company:
 
  Report of Independent Public Accountants dated April 14, 1999............................................        F-8
  Balance Sheet--March 31, 1999 (unaudited)................................................................        F-9
  Statements of Income--Three Months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 (unaudited).............................       F-10
  Statements of Cash Flows--Three Months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 (unaudited).........................       F-11
  Statement of Changes in Partners' Capital--Three Months ended March 31,1999 (unaudited)..................       F-12
  Selected Notes to Financial Statements...................................................................       F-13
 
  Report of Independent Public Accountants dated January 19, 1999..........................................       F-14
  Balance Sheets--December 31, 1998 and 1997...............................................................       F-15
  Statements of Income--Years Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.............................................       F-16
  Statements of Cash Flows--Years Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.........................................       F-17
  Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital--Years Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.......................       F-18
  Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................       F-19
 
  Report of Independent Public Accountants dated January 26, 1998..........................................       F-26
  Balance Sheets--December 31, 1997 and 1996...............................................................       F-27
  Statements of Income--Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996.............................................       F-28
  Statements of Cash Flows--Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996.........................................       F-29
  Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital--Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996.......................       F-30
  Notes to Financial Statements............................................................................       F-31
 
TC PipeLines GP, Inc. (General Partner):
 
  Report of Independent Chartered Accountants dated April 29, 1999.........................................       F-38
  Balance Sheets--March 31, 1999 and December 31, 1998.....................................................       F-39
  Note to Balance Sheets...................................................................................       F-39
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
 
                            PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
 
                                 MARCH 31, 1999
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PRO FORMA       PRO FORMA
                                                                        TC PIPELINES, LP   ADJUSTMENTS   TC PIPELINES, LP
                                                                        ----------------   -----------   ----------------
<S>                                                                     <C>                <C>           <C>
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
ASSETS
 
Investment in TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited
  Partnership.........................................................          1                 --               1
                                                                                             284,466(d)
                                                                                            (284,466)(e)
Investment in Northern Border Pipeline................................         --            250,721(b)      250,721
                                                                              ---          -----------      --------
                                                                                1            250,721         250,722
                                                                              ---          -----------      --------
                                                                              ---          -----------      --------
PARTNERS' CAPITAL
 
General Partner.......................................................          1              5,014(b)        5,015
Common Units..........................................................         --            200,828(b)      200,828
                                                                                             284,466(d)
                                                                                            (284,466)(e)
Subordinated Units....................................................         --             44,879(b)       44,879
                                                                              ---          -----------      --------
                                                                                1            250,721         250,722
                                                                              ---          -----------      --------
                                                                              ---          -----------      --------
</TABLE>
 
      The accompanying notes to the pro forma financial statements are an
                        integral part of this statement.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
 
                         PRO FORMA STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER UNIT AMOUNTS)
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                            -----------------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------------
                                                PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA TC                        PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA TC
                            TC PIPELINES, LP   ADJUSTMENTS   PIPELINES, LP    TC PIPELINES, LP   ADJUSTMENTS   PIPELINES, LP
                            ----------------   -----------   --------------   ----------------   -----------   --------------
<S>                         <C>                <C>           <C>              <C>                <C>           <C>
Equity Income from
  Investment in Northern
  Border Pipeline.........             --         9,094(f)         9,094           --              30,069(f)        30,069
 
General and Administrative
  Expenses................             --          (300) (g)        (300)          --              (1,200)(g)       (1,200)
                            ----------------   -----------       -------      ----------------   -----------   --------------
 
Net Income to Partners....             --         8,794            8,794           --              28,869           28,869
                            ----------------   -----------       -------      ----------------   -----------   --------------
                            ----------------   -----------       -------      ----------------   -----------   --------------
 
Net Income Per Unit.......                                        $ 0.49(h)                                         $ 1.62(h)
                                                                 -------                                       --------------
                                                                 -------                                       --------------
</TABLE>
 
      The accompanying notes to the pro forma financial statements are an
                       integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
 
                    NOTES TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                      MARCH 31, 1999 AND DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 1  BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    TC PipeLines, LP was formed on December 16, 1998 as a Delaware limited
partnership. The accompanying unaudited pro forma financial information has been
prepared by management in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States. The pro forma financial statements of TC
PipeLines, LP have been prepared from information derived from the audited
financial statements of TC PipeLines, LP and the audited and unaudited financial
statements of Northern Border Pipeline Company ("Northern Border Pipeline")
appearing elsewhere in this registration statement, and the assumptions outlined
in Note 2 below. Northern Border Pipeline is currently owned by Northern Border
Partners, L.P. (70%), TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd. (6%) and TransCan
Northern Ltd. (24%).
 
NOTE 2  PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS AND ASSUMPTIONS
 
    The pro forma financial statements of TC PipeLines, LP have been prepared as
if the transactions (the "Transactions") to be effected at the consummation of
an offering (the "offering") as described in a prospectus (the "prospectus")
included in this registration statement had been completed on March 31, 1999 in
the case of the pro forma balance sheet and as of January 1,1998, in the case of
the pro forma statements of income for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the
three months ended March 31, 1999. The financial statements are based on
currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions, and
therefore the actual financial results will differ from the pro forma financial
results. However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable
basis for presenting the significant effects of the transactions as contemplated
in the prospectus and that the pro forma financial statements give appropriate
effect to those assumptions.
 
    The unaudited pro forma financial statements have been presented in response
to requirements of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and do
not purport to be indicative of the financial position and results of operations
of TC PipeLines, LP as of such dates or for such periods, nor are they
indicative of future results. The unaudited pro forma financial information
should be read in conjunction with the historical audited and unaudited
financial statements and notes thereto of TC PipeLines, LP and Northern Border
Pipeline.
 
    The significant assumptions are as follows:
 
    (a) TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd. and TransCan Northern Ltd., both of
       which are wholly owned subsidiaries of TransCanada PipeLines Limited,
       will convey their combined 30% equity interest in Northern Border
       Pipeline to TC PipeLines, LP indirectly through a separate intermediate
       partnership (collectively, the "Partnership"). TC PipeLines GP, Inc.
       ("General Partner") will serve as the general partner of the Partnership.
       The drop-down of the equity interest in Northern Border Pipeline by
       TransCanada PipeLines Limited's wholly owned subsidiaries is accounted
       for at the combined historical carrying amounts as recorded in these
       subsidiaries.
 
    (b) The Partnership is in a position to exercise significant influence over
       Northern Border Pipeline therefore the investment is accounted for using
       the equity method of accounting. The pro forma investment balance as of
       March 31, 1999 represents the combined carrying values of the investment
       in Northern Border Pipeline as reflected in the financial records of
       TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd. and TransCan Northern Ltd. as of that
       date. The
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
 
              NOTES TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                      MARCH 31, 1999 AND DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 2  PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS AND ASSUMPTIONS (CONTINUED)
       balance also equates to 30% of the net assets of Northern Border Pipeline
       as of March 31, 1999.
 
        As contemplated in the offering, the investment in Northern Border
       Pipeline is conveyed to the Partnership in exchange for 14,300,000 common
       units (which will not be outstanding after the Transactions), 3,200,000
       subordinated units, a 2% combined general partnership interest in the
       Partnership and the right to receive incentive distributions.
 
        Total Partners' Capital is allocated based on partnership interest after
       the Transactions, with 80.1% (represented by 14,300,000 common units) to
       the common units, 17.9% (represented by 3,200,000 subordinated units) to
       the subordinated units and 2% (represented by a 2% general partner
       interest with a unit equivalency of 357,143 units) to the General
       Partner.
 
        The subordinated units generally receive quarterly cash distributions
       only when the common units have received a minimum quarterly distribution
       of $0.45 per unit for each quarter since commencement of operations.
       Subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis
       when the subordination period ends. The subordination period will end
       when TC PipeLines, LP meets financial tests specified in the partnership
       agreement but generally cannot end before June 30, 2004 (with the
       possibility of early conversion of some subordinated units in 2002 and
       2003).
 
    (c) The underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised.
 
    (d) Net proceeds to the Partnership from the sale of common units are
       expected to be approximately $284 million, after deducting underwriting
       discounts and commissions and expenses of the offering totaling
       approximately $23 million.
 
    (e) As outlined in the prospectus, the net proceeds will be used to redeem
       all of the common units issued to TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd. and
       TransCan Northern Ltd.
 
    (f)  Pro forma equity income represents 30% of the net income of Northern
       Border Pipeline.
 
    (g) Annual incremental general and administrative expenses of the
       Partnership are estimated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TransCanada human resource charges.....................  $  350,000
<S>                                                      <C>
Human resources of the Partnership.....................     150,000
Registration, reporting and listing fees...............     310,000
Legal and audit........................................     200,000
Office and other administration........................     190,000
                                                         ----------
                                                         $1,200,000
                                                         ----------
                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
    (h) The General Partner's allocation of net income is based on a 2% interest
       in the Partnership, which has been deducted before calculating net income
       per unit. The computation of net income per unit assumes that 14,300,000
       common units and 3,200,000 subordinated units are outstanding at all
       times during the periods presented.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                  REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors of TC PipeLines GP, Inc., general partner of TC
PipeLines, LP
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of TC PipeLines, LP (the
"Partnership") as of March 31, 1999 and December 31, 1998. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the management of the Partnership's general
partner, TC PipeLines GP, Inc. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audit.
 
    We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material
misstatement. An audit of a balance sheet includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in that balance sheet. An audit
of a balance sheet also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance
sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the balance sheets referred to above presents fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of TC PipeLines, LP as of March 31,
1999 and December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
                                          /s/ KPMG LLP
 
Calgary, Canada
April 29, 1999
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         MARCH 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           1999           1998
                                                                                        -----------  --------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>
ASSETS
  Cash................................................................................   $      10     $       10
  Investment in TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited Partnership.........................         990            990
                                                                                        -----------       -------
                                                                                         $   1,000     $    1,000
                                                                                        -----------       -------
                                                                                        -----------       -------
PARTNERS' CAPITAL.....................................................................   $   1,000     $    1,000
                                                                                        -----------       -------
                                                                                        -----------       -------
</TABLE>
 
                             NOTE TO BALANCE SHEETS
 
    TC PipeLines, LP (the "Partnership") was formed on December 16, 1998 as a
Delaware limited partnership. The Partnership was formed to acquire a 30%
interest in the assets of Northern Border Pipeline Company. In order to simplify
the Partnership's obligations under the laws of selected jurisdictions in which
the Partnership will conduct business, the Partnership's activities will be
conducted through a separate intermediate partnership, TC PipeLines Intermediate
Limited Partnership (the "Intermediate Partnership"). The assets and liabilities
of the Partnership will be conveyed to and assumed by the Intermediate
Partnership.
 
    The Partnership intends to offer 14,300,000 common units, representing
limited partner interests in the Partnership, pursuant to a public offering and
to concurrently issue 3,200,000 subordinated units, representing additional
limited partner interests in the Partnership, to TC PipeLines GP, Inc., the
partnership's general partner, as well as an aggregate 2% general partner
interest in the Partnership and the Intermediate Partnership, on a combined
basis.
 
    TC PipeLines GP, Inc. contributed $10 and TransCan Northern Ltd., as the
organizational limited partner, contributed $990 to the Partnership on December
23, 1998. The Partnership invested $990 in the Intermediate Partnership. There
have been no other transactions involving the Partnership as of March 31, 1999.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Management Committee of
Northern Border Pipeline Company:
 
    We have reviewed the accompanying balance sheet of Northern Border Pipeline
Company (a Texas partnership) as of March 31, 1999, the related statements of
income and cash flows for the three-month periods ended March 31, 1999 and 1998,
and the related statement of changes in partners' capital for the three-month
period ended March 31, 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management.
 
    We conducted our review in accordance with standards established by the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. A review of interim
financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures to
financial data and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and
accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the objective of which is
the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a
whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.
 
    Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that
should be made to the financial statements referred to above for them to be in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Omaha, Nebraska
April 14, 1999
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       MARCH 31,
                                                                                                          1999
                                                                                                      ------------
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
ASSETS
NATURAL GAS TRANSMISSION PLANT
  In service........................................................................................    2,341,857
  Construction work in progress.....................................................................        2,099
                                                                                                      ------------
    Total property, plant and equipment.............................................................    2,343,956
  Less: Accumulated provision for depreciation and amortization.....................................      601,439
                                                                                                      ------------
    Net property, plant and equipment...............................................................    1,742,517
                                                                                                      ------------
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents.........................................................................       44,397
  Accounts receivable...............................................................................       27,064
  Materials and supplies, at cost...................................................................        2,909
  Under recovered cost of service...................................................................           --
                                                                                                      ------------
    Total current assets............................................................................       74,370
                                                                                                      ------------
DEFERRED CHARGES....................................................................................       13,613
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                        1,830,500
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      ------------
 
PARTNERS' CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
PARTNERS' CAPITAL...................................................................................      835,738
                                                                                                      ------------
LONG-TERM DEBT......................................................................................      927,000
                                                                                                      ------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Accounts payable..................................................................................       27,860
  Accrued taxes other than income...................................................................       22,045
  Accrued interest..................................................................................        7,530
  Over recovered cost of service....................................................................          509
                                                                                                      ------------
    Total current liabilities.......................................................................       57,944
                                                                                                      ------------
RESERVES AND DEFERRED CREDITS.......................................................................        9,818
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                        1,830,500
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      ------------
</TABLE>
 
         The accompanying report of independent public accountants and
           the selected notes to financial statements should be read
                      in conjunction with this statement.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  FOR THE THREE
                                                                                                   MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                    MARCH 31,
                                                                                               --------------------
                                                                                                 1999       1998
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                            <C>        <C>
OPERATING REVENUES...........................................................................     73,635     47,504
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
OPERATING EXPENSES
  Operations and maintenance.................................................................      9,102      7,127
  Depreciation and amortization..............................................................     12,785      9,782
  Taxes other than income....................................................................      7,477      6,009
  Regulatory credit..........................................................................         --       (353)
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
    Operating expenses.......................................................................     29,364     22,565
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
OPERATING INCOME.............................................................................     44,271     24,939
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE
  Interest expense...........................................................................     14,413      9,137
  Interest expense capitalized...............................................................        (14)    (2,726)
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
    Interest expense, net....................................................................     14,399      6,411
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
OTHER INCOME
  Allowance for equity funds used during construction........................................         16      1,625
  Other income, net..........................................................................        427        109
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
    Other income.............................................................................        443      1,734
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
NET INCOME...................................................................................     30,315     20,262
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
         The accompanying report of independent public accountants and
           the selected notes to financial statements should be read
                     in conjunction with these statements.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                FOR THE THREE
                                                                                                MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                  MARCH 31,
                                                                                            ---------------------
                                                                                              1999        1998
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 
Net income................................................................................     30,315      20,262
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.........................................................     12,788       9,785
    Amortization of debt expense..........................................................         91          91
    Allowance for equity funds used during construction...................................        (16)     (1,625)
    Regulatory credit.....................................................................         --        (355)
    Other reserves and deferred credits...................................................         --          15
    Changes in components of working capital..............................................     (5,894)        141
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
      Total adjustments...................................................................      6,969       8,052
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
      Net cash provided by operating activities...........................................     37,284      28,314
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Expenditures for property, plant and equipment, net.....................................    (57,261)   (103,836)
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Contributions from Partners.............................................................         --      70,000
  Distributions to Partners...............................................................    (38,015)     (9,509)
  Issuance of long-term debt..............................................................     65,000      10,000
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
    Net cash provided by financing activities.............................................     26,985      70,491
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS...................................................      7,008      (5,031)
 
Cash and cash equivalents--beginning of period............................................     37,389      19,986
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents--end of period..................................................     44,397      14,955
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
 
Cash paid during the period for:
  Interest (net of amount capitalized)....................................................     18,540      11,542
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
Changes in components of working capital:
  Accounts receivable.....................................................................     (8,160)      1,401
  Materials and supplies..................................................................        451         190
  Accounts payable........................................................................        541        (109)
  Accrued taxes other than income.........................................................      2,217       1,626
  Accrued interest........................................................................     (4,233)     (5,222)
  Over/under recovered cost of service....................................................      3,290       2,255
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
    Total.................................................................................     (5,894)        141
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
                                                                                            ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
         The accompanying report of independent public accountants and
           the selected notes to financial statements should be read
                     in conjunction with these statements.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
                                                                                            NORTHER
                                                                                             BORDER
                                                               TRANSCANADA    TRANSCAN    INTERMEDIATE
                                                                 BORDER       NORTHERN      LIMITED
                                                              PIPELINE LTD.     LTD.      PARTNERSHIP     TOTAL
                                                              -------------  -----------  ------------  ---------
Balance,
  December 31, 1998.........................................       50,606       202,425       590,407     843,438
Net income..................................................        1,819         7,275        21,221      30,315
Distributions...............................................       (2,281)       (9,123)      (26,611)    (38,015)
                                                              -------------  -----------  ------------  ---------
Balance,
  March 31, 1999............................................       50,144       200,577       585,017     835,738
                                                              -------------  -----------  ------------  ---------
                                                              -------------  -----------  ------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
         The accompanying report of independent public accountants and
           the selected notes to financial statements should be read
                      in conjunction with this statement.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                     SELECTED NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                                 MARCH 31, 1999
 
1.  Northern Border Pipeline Company (Northern Border Pipeline) is a general
    partnership and is subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory
    Commission (FERC). The financial statements included herein have been
    prepared by Northern Border Pipeline without audit in accordance with
    generally accepted accounting principles. Certain information and footnote
    disclosures normally included in annual financial statements have been
    condensed or omitted, although Northern Border Pipeline believes that the
    disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading.
    It is suggested that these financial statements be read in conjunction with
    the financial statements as of December 31, 1998, together with the report
    of independent public accountants thereon. In the opinion of management,
    these statements reflect all adjustments which are necessary for a fair
    statement of results for the interim periods.
 
   The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with generally
    accepted accounting principles requires management to make assumptions that
    affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
    contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements
    and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
    period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2.  Income taxes are the responsibilities of the partners and are not reflected
    in these financial statements. However, the Northern Border Pipeline tariff
    establishes the method of accounting for and calculating income taxes and
    requires Northern Border Pipeline to reflect in its cost of service the
    income taxes which would have been paid or accrued if Northern Border
    Pipeline were organized during the period as a corporation. As a result, for
    purposes of calculating the return allowed by the FERC, partners' capital
    and rate base are reduced by the amount equivalent to the net accumulated
    deferred income taxes. Such amount was $303.9 million as of March 31, 1999
    and is primarily related to accelerated depreciation and other plant-related
    differences.
 
3.  Accounts payable shown on the accompanying balance sheet includes
    approximately $20.7 million at March 31, 1999 of project costs incurred but
    not paid on Northern Border Pipeline's expansion and extension of its
    pipeline system that was placed into service in late December 1998. These
    costs are recorded in natural gas transmission plant in service on the
    accompanying balance sheet and are excluded from the change in accounts
    payable and expenditures for property, plant and equipment, net on the
    accompanying statements of cash flows.
 
4.  In October 1998, Northern Border Pipeline filed a certificate application
    with the FERC to seek approval to expand and extend its pipeline system into
    Indiana by November 2000 (Project 2000). If approved and constructed,
    Project 2000 would afford shippers on the extended pipeline system access to
    industrial gas consumers in northern Indiana. As a result of permanent
    releases of capacity between several existing and project shippers
    originally included in the October 1998 application, Northern Border
    Pipeline amended its application with the FERC in March 1999. Project 2000
    revised capital expenditures are estimated to be approximately $126 million
    and, with timely regulatory approvals, construction activities are expected
    to begin in late 1999.
 
   Numerous parties have filed to intervene in this proceeding. Several parties
    have protested this application asking that the FERC deny Northern Border
    Pipeline's request for rolled-in rate treatment for the new facilities and
    that Northern Border Pipeline be required to solicit indications of interest
    from existing shippers for capacity releases that would possibly eliminate
    the construction of certain new facilities.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Management Committee of Northern Border Pipeline Company:
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Northern Border Pipeline
Company (a Texas partnership) as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related
statements of income, changes in partners' capital and cash flows for the years
then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Northern Border Pipeline
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                          /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Omaha, Nebraska,
January 19, 1999
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         1998            1997
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>             <C>
ASSETS
NATURAL GAS TRANSMISSION PLANT
  In service......................................................................      2,302,457       1,497,743
  Construction work in progress...................................................          1,530         211,378
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Total property, plant and equipment...........................................      2,303,987       1,709,121
  Less: Accumulated provision for depreciation and amortization...................        589,464         608,231
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
  Net property, plant and equipment...............................................      1,714,523       1,100,890
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................         37,389          19,986
  Receivables.....................................................................         18,904          17,337
  Materials and supplies, at cost.................................................          3,360           3,677
  Under recovered cost of service.................................................          2,781              --
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Total current assets..........................................................         62,434          41,000
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
DEFERRED CHARGES..................................................................         13,932           5,230
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                        1,790,889       1,147,120
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
PARTNERS' CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
PARTNERS' CAPITAL.................................................................        843,438         581,412
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
LONG-TERM DEBT....................................................................        862,000         459,000
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Accounts payable................................................................         44,042          61,618
  Accrued taxes other than income.................................................         19,828          20,294
  Accrued interest................................................................         11,763          10,367
  Over recovered cost of service..................................................             --           4,601
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Total current liabilities.....................................................         75,633          96,880
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
RESERVES AND DEFERRED CREDITS.....................................................          9,818           9,828
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                        1,790,889       1,147,120
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 FOR THE YEAR
                                                                                              ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                             --------------------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
                                                                                               1998       1997
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
OPERATING REVENUES
  Operating revenues.......................................................................    196,600    226,019
  Provision for rate refunds...............................................................         --    (39,969)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Operating revenue, net.................................................................    196,600    186,050
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
OPERATING EXPENSES
  Operations and maintenance...............................................................     29,447     28,522
  Depreciation and amortization............................................................     40,989     38,708
  Taxes other than income..................................................................     21,381     22,393
  Regulatory credit........................................................................     (8,878)        --
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Operating expenses.....................................................................     82,939     89,623
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
OPERATING INCOME...........................................................................    113,661     96,427
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE
  Interest expense.........................................................................     44,542     33,020
  Interest expense capitalized.............................................................    (19,001)    (3,660)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Interest expense, net..................................................................     25,541     29,360
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
OTHER INCOME
  Allowance for equity funds used during construction......................................     10,237      1,400
  Other income, net........................................................................      1,874      4,305
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Other income...........................................................................     12,111      5,705
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
NET INCOME.................................................................................    100,231     72,772
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                FOR THE YEAR
                                                                                             ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           ----------------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>         <C>
                                                                                              1998        1997
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net Income.............................................................................     100,231      72,772
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
    operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization........................................................      41,005      38,715
    Amortization of debt expense.........................................................         364         296
    Allowance for equity funds used during construction..................................     (10,237)     (1,400)
    Regulatory credit....................................................................      (9,105)         --
    Provision for rate refunds...........................................................          --      40,403
    Rate refunds paid....................................................................          --     (52,630)
    Other reserves and deferred credits..................................................         (10)        783
    Changes in current assets and liabilities:
      Receivables........................................................................      (1,567)      1,927
      Materials and supplies.............................................................         317         170
      Accounts payable...................................................................     (10,769)     14,587
      Accrued taxes other than income....................................................        (466)       (674)
      Accrued interest...................................................................       1,396          14
      Over/under recovered cost of service...............................................      (7,382)        365
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
        Total adjustments................................................................       3,546      42,556
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
        Net cash provided by operating activities........................................     103,777     115,328
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Expenditures for property, plant and equipment, net....................................    (651,169)   (152,070)
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Contributions from Partners............................................................     223,000      81,000
  Distributions to Partners..............................................................     (61,205)    (99,322)
  Issuance of long-term debt.............................................................     403,000     209,000
  Retirement of long-term debt...........................................................          --    (127,500)
  Repayment of note payable..............................................................          --     (10,000)
  Long-term debt issuance costs..........................................................          --        (744)
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
    Net cash provided by financing activities............................................     564,795      52,434
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS..................................................      17,403      15,692
Cash and cash equivalents--beginning of period...........................................      19,986       4,294
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents--end of period.................................................      37,389      19,986
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          NORTHERN
                                                                                           BORDER
                                                           TRANSCANADA                  INTERMEDIATE
                                                             BORDER        TRANSCAN       LIMITED
                                                          PIPELINE LTD.  NORTHERN LTD.  PARTNERSHIP     TOTAL
                                                          -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Balance, December 31, 1996..............................       31,618         126,471       368,873     526,962
Net income..............................................        4,366          17,466        50,940      72,772
Contributions...........................................        4,860          19,440        56,700      81,000
Distributions...........................................       (5,959)        (23,838)      (69,525)    (99,322)
                                                          -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------
Balance, December 31, 1997..............................       34,885         139,539       406,988     581,412
Net income..............................................        6,014          24,055        70,162     100,231
Contributions...........................................       13,380          53,520       156,100     223,000
Distributions...........................................       (3,673)        (14,689)      (42,843)    (61,205)
                                                          -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------
Balance, December 31, 1998..............................       50,606         202,425       590,407     843,438
                                                          -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------
                                                          -------------  -------------  ------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT
 
    Northern Border Pipeline Company (Northern Border Pipeline) is a general
partnership, formed March 9, 1978, pursuant to the Texas Uniform Partnership
Act. The ownership percentages of the partners in Northern Border Pipeline
(Partners) at both December 31, 1998 and 1997, which are used to allocate net
income and distributions, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       OWNERSHIP
PARTNER                                                                               PERCENTAGE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
Northern Border Intermediate Limited Partnership.................................             70
TransCan Northern Ltd............................................................             24
TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd..................................................              6
</TABLE>
 
    Northern Border Pipeline owns a 1,214-mile natural gas transmission pipeline
system extending from the United States-Canadian border near Port of Morgan,
Montana, to a terminus near Manhattan, Illinois.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline is managed by a Management Committee that includes
three representatives from Northern Border Intermediate Limited Partnership
(Partnership) and one representative from TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd. and
TransCan Northern Ltd. (collectively TransCanada), both of which are
wholly-owned subsidiaries of TransCanada PipeLines Limited. The Partnership's
representatives selected by its general partners, Northern Plains Natural Gas
Company (Northern Plains), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Enron Corp. (Enron), Pan
Border Gas Company (Pan Border), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northern Plains,
and Northwest Border Pipeline Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Williams
Companies, Inc., have 35%, 22.75% and 12.25%, respectively, of the voting
interest on the Management Committee. The representative designated by
TransCanada votes the remaining 30% interest. In December 1998, Northern Plains
acquired Pan Border from a subsidiary of Duke Energy Corporation. At the
closing, Pan Border's sole asset consisted of its general partner interest in
the Partnership. The day-to-day management of Northern Border Pipeline's affairs
is the responsibility of Northern Plains (the Operator), as defined by the
operating agreement between Northern Border Pipeline and Northern Plains.
Northern Border Pipeline is charged for the salaries, benefits and expenses of
the Operator. Substantially all of the operations and maintenance expenses are
paid to the Operator and other Enron affiliates. Additionally, an Enron
affiliate was responsible for project management on Northern Border Pipeline's
expansion and extension of its pipeline from near Harper, Iowa to a point near
Manhattan, Illinois (The Chicago Project) (see Note 5).
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    Northern Border Pipeline is subject to regulation by the Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission (FERC). Northern Border Pipeline's accounting policies
conform to generally accepted accounting principles, as applied in the case of
regulated entities.
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    (A) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND RELATED DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
    Property, plant and equipment is stated at original cost. Construction work
in progress shown on the accompanying balance sheet includes approximately
$197.9 million at December 31, 1997, of project-to-date costs on The Chicago
Project. In December 1998, Northern Border Pipeline placed into service the
facilities for The Chicago Project. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, approximately
$37.4 million and $44.2 million, respectively, of project costs incurred but not
paid for The Chicago Project were recorded in accounts payable and natural gas
transmission plant on the balance sheet and were excluded from the change in
accounts payable and expenditures for property, plant and equipment, net on the
statements of cash flows.
 
    Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations in the period incurred.
The provision for depreciation and amortization of the transmission line is an
integral part of Northern Border Pipeline's FERC tariff. The effective
depreciation rate applied to Northern Border Pipeline's gross transmission plant
in both 1998 and 1997 was 2.5% (see Note 5). At the time The Chicago Project was
placed into service, Northern Border Pipeline's depreciation rate was reduced to
2.0%. Beginning in the year 2000, the depreciation rate is scheduled to increase
gradually on an annual basis until it reaches 3.2% in 2002. Composite rates are
applied to all other functional groups of property having similar economic
characteristics.
 
    The original cost of property retired is charged to accumulated depreciation
and amortization, net of salvage and cost of removal. No retirement gain or loss
is included in income except in the case of extraordinary retirements or sales.
 
    (B) INCOME TAXES
 
    Income taxes are the responsibility of the Partners and are not reflected in
these financial statements. However, the Northern Border Pipeline FERC tariff
establishes the method of accounting for and calculating income taxes and
requires Northern Border Pipeline to reflect in its cost of service the income
taxes which would have been paid or accrued if Northern Border Pipeline were
organized during the period as a corporation. As a result, for purposes of
calculating the return allowed by the FERC, Partners' capital and rate base are
reduced by the amount equivalent to the net accumulated deferred income taxes.
Such amounts were approximately $300 million at both December 31, 1998 and 1997,
and are primarily related to accelerated depreciation and other plant-related
differences.
 
    (C) REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Northern Border Pipeline bills the cost of service on an estimated basis for
a six month cycle. Any net excess or deficiency resulting from the comparison of
the actual cost of service determined for that period in accordance with the
FERC tariff to the estimated billing is accumulated, including carrying charges
thereon and is either billed to or credited back to the shippers. Revenues
reflect actual cost of service. An amount equal to differences between billing
estimates and the actual cost of service, including carrying charges, is
reflected in current assets or current liabilities.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    (D) ALLOWANCE FOR FUNDS USED DURING CONSTRUCTION
 
    The allowance for funds used during construction (AFUDC) represents the
estimated costs, during the period of construction, of funds used for
construction purposes. For regulated activities, Northern Border Pipeline is
permitted to earn a return on and recover AFUDC through its inclusion in rate
base and the provision for depreciation. The rate employed for the equity
component of AFUDC is the equity rate of return stated in Northern Border
Pipeline's FERC tariff.
 
    (E) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less. The carrying amount of cash and cash
equivalents approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these
investments.
 
    (F) RISK MANAGEMENT
 
    Financial instruments are used by Northern Border Pipeline in the management
of its interest rate exposure. A control environment has been established which
includes policies and procedures for risk assessment and the approval, reporting
and monitoring of financial instrument activities. As a result, Northern Border
Pipeline has entered into various interest rate swap agreements with major
financial institutions which hedge interest rate risk by effectively converting
certain of its floating rate debt to fixed rate debt. Additionally, Northern
Border Pipeline has entered into interest rate forward agreements to hedge the
interest rate on a planned issuance of fixed rate debt. Northern Border Pipeline
does not use these instruments for trading purposes. The cost or benefit of the
interest rate swap agreements is recognized currently as a component of interest
expense. No cost or benefit is currently associated with the interest rate
forward agreements.
 
3. SHIPPER SERVICE AGREEMENTS
 
    Operating revenues are collected pursuant to the FERC tariff which directs
that Northern Border Pipeline collect its cost of service through firm
transportation service agreements (firm service agreements). Northern Border
Pipeline's FERC tariff provides an opportunity to recover all operations and
maintenance costs of the pipeline, taxes other than income taxes, interest,
depreciation and amortization, an allowance for income taxes and a regulated
equity return. Billings for the firm service agreements are based on contracted
volumes to determine the allocable share of cost of service and are not
dependent upon the percentage of available capacity actually used.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's firm service agreements extend for various terms
with termination dates that range from October 2001 to December 2013. Northern
Border Pipeline also has interruptible service contracts with numerous other
shippers as a result of its self-implementing blanket transportation authority.
Revenues received from the interruptible service contracts are credited to the
cost of service reducing the billings for the firm service agreements.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's largest shipper, Pan-Alberta Gas (U.S.) Inc.
(PAGUS), is presently obligated for approximately 26.5% of the cost of service
through three firm service agreements which expire in October 2003. FERC
approval is required for the extension of one of the firm service agreements,
relating to approximately 6.5% of the cost of service, beyond October 2001.
Financial guarantees exist through October 2001 for approximately 17.0% of the
total cost of service related
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3. SHIPPER SERVICE AGREEMENTS (CONTINUED)
to the contracted capacity of PAGUS, including 10.5% guaranteed by Northern
Natural Gas Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Enron. The remaining cost of
service obligation of PAGUS is supported by various credit support arrangements,
including among others, a letter of credit, an escrow account and an upstream
capacity transfer agreement. Operating revenues from the PAGUS firm service
agreements and interruptible service contracts for the years ended December 31,
1998 and 1997 were $87.3 million and $86.8 million, respectively.
 
    Shippers affiliated with the Partners of Northern Border Pipeline have firm
service agreements representing approximately 16.9% of the cost of service.
These firm service agreements extend for various terms with termination dates
that range from October 2003 to May 2009. Operating revenues from the affiliated
firm service agreements and interruptible service contracts for the years ended
December 31, 1998 and 1997 were $22.4 million and $20.2 million, respectively.
 
4. CREDIT FACILITIES AND LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    Detailed information on long-term debt is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          --------------------
                                                                                            1998       1997
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                                             (THOUSANDS OF
                                                                                                DOLLARS)
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>
Senior notes -- average 8.43%, due from 2000 to 2003....................................    250,000    250,000
Pipeline Credit Agreement
  Five-year revolving credit facility...................................................    127,500    127,500
  Three-year revolving credit facility..................................................    484,500     81,500
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
Total...................................................................................    862,000    459,000
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In June 1997, Northern Border Pipeline entered into a credit agreement
(Pipeline Credit Agreement) with certain financial institutions to borrow up to
an aggregate principal amount of $750 million. The Pipeline Credit Agreement is
comprised of a $200 million five-year revolving credit facility to be used for
the retirement of Northern Border Pipeline's existing bank loan agreement and
for general business purposes, and a $550 million three-year revolving credit
facility to be used for the construction of The Chicago Project. The three-year
revolving credit facility may be converted to a term loan maturing in June 2002
once certain conditions are met. The Pipeline Credit Agreement permits Northern
Border Pipeline to choose among various interest rate options, to specify the
portion of the borrowings to be covered by specific interest rate options and to
specify the interest rate period, subject to certain parameters. Northern Border
Pipeline is required to pay a facility fee on the aggregate principal amount of
$750 million.
 
    At both December 31, 1998 and 1997, Northern Border Pipeline had outstanding
interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts of $90 million. Under the
agreements, which have a remaining average maturity of approximately one year as
of December 31, 1998, Northern Border Pipeline makes payments to counterparties
at fixed rates and in return receives payments at variable rates based on the
London Interbank Offered Rate. At both December 31, 1998 and 1997, Northern
Border Pipeline was in a payable position relative to its counterparties. The
average effective interest rate of Northern Border Pipeline's variable rate
debt, taking into consideration the interest rate swap agreements, was 6.17% and
7.09% at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
4. CREDIT FACILITIES AND LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
    During September 1998, Northern Border Pipeline executed interest rate
forward agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $150 million to hedge
the interest rate for a planned issuance of fixed rate debt during 1999. The
average reference interest rate on the agreements, based on ten-year U.S.
Treasury Notes, is 4.90%.
 
    Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized, during the years ended December
31, 1998 and 1997 was $23.8 million and $29.0 million, respectively.
 
    Aggregate required repayments of long-term debt are as follows: $66 million,
$41 million, $690 million and $65 million for 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003,
respectively. There are no required repayment obligations for 1999. The
aggregate required repayments reflect Northern Border Pipeline's intent and
ability to convert the three-year revolving credit facility to a term loan.
 
    Certain of Northern Border Pipeline's long-term debt and credit arrangements
contain requirements as to the maintenance of minimum partners' capital and debt
to capitalization ratios which restrict the incurrence of other indebtedness by
Northern Border Pipeline and also place certain restrictions on distributions to
the partners of Northern Border Pipeline. Under the most restrictive of the
covenants, as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, $173 million and $81
million of partners' capital of Northern Border Pipeline could be distributed.
 
    The following estimated fair values of financial instruments represent the
amount at which each instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction
between willing parties. Based on quoted market prices for similar issues with
similar terms and remaining maturities, the estimated fair value of the senior
notes was approximately $287 million and $276 million at December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively. At both December 31, 1998 and 1997, the estimated fair value
which would be payable to terminate the interest rate swap agreements, taking
into account current interest rates, was approximately $3 million. The estimated
fair value which would be payable to terminate the interest rate forward
agreements, taking into account current interest rates, was approximately $3
million at December 31, 1998. Northern Border Pipeline presently intends to
maintain the current schedule of maturities for the senior notes and the
interest rate swap agreements which will result in no gains or losses on their
respective repayment. The carrying value of Northern Border Pipeline's variable
rate debt approximates the fair value since the interest rates are periodically
adjusted to current market conditions.
 
5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    REGULATORY PROCEEDINGS
 
    In October 1998, Northern Border Pipeline filed a certificate application
with the FERC to seek approval to expand and extend its pipeline system into
Indiana by November 2000 (Project 2000). Project 2000 would afford shippers on
the extended pipeline system access to industrial gas consumers in northern
Indiana. Project 2000 capital expenditures are estimated at $130 million.
 
    In January 1998, Northern Border Pipeline filed an application with the FERC
to acquire the linepack gas required to operate the pipeline from the shippers
and to provide the linepack gas in the future for its operations. The cost of
the linepack gas acquired in 1998, which is included in rate base, totaled
approximately $11.7 million.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    In August 1997, Northern Border Pipeline received FERC approval of a
Stipulation and Agreement (Stipulation) filed on October 15, 1996 to settle its
November 1995 rate case. Northern Border Pipeline filed the rate case, in
compliance with its FERC tariff, for the determination of its allowed equity
rate of return and was permitted, pursuant to a December 1995 FERC order, to
begin collecting the requested increase in the equity rate of return effective
June 1, 1996, subject to refund. In accordance with the terms of the
Stipulation, Northern Border Pipeline's allowed equity rate of return was
reduced from the requested 14.25% to 12.75% for the period June 1, 1996 to
September 30, 1996 and to 12% thereafter. Additionally, the Stipulation reduced
the effective depreciation rate applied to Northern Border Pipeline's gross
transmission plant from 3.6% to 2.7% for the period June 1, 1996 to December 31,
1996, which resulted in an average effective depreciation rate of 3.1% for the
year ended December 31, 1996. Beginning January 1, 1997, the depreciation rate
was reduced to 2.5%. In October 1997, Northern Border Pipeline used a
combination of cash on hand and borrowings on a revolving credit facility to pay
refunds to its shippers of approximately $52.6 million. Under the terms of the
Stipulation, Northern Border Pipeline agreed to further reduce its depreciation
rate to 2.0% and agreed to implement a $31 million settlement adjustment
mechanism (SAM) when The Chicago Project was placed in service. The SAM
effectively reduces the allowed return on rate base.
 
    Also as agreed to in the Stipulation, Northern Border Pipeline implemented a
capital project cost containment mechanism (PCCM). The purpose of the PCCM was
to limit Northern Border Pipeline's ability to include cost overruns on The
Chicago Project in rate base and to provide incentives to Northern Border
Pipeline for cost underruns. The PCCM amount is determined by comparing the
final cost of The Chicago Project to the budgeted cost. The Stipulation required
the budgeted cost for The Chicago Project, which had been initially filed with
the FERC for approximately $839 million, to be adjusted for the effects of
inflation and project scope changes, as defined in the Stipulation. Such
adjusted budgeted cost of The Chicago Project has been estimated as of the in
service date to be $889 million, with the final construction cost estimated to
be $892 million. Thus, Northern Border Pipeline's report to the FERC and its
shippers in late December 1998, reflected the conclusion that, based on
information as of that date, there would be no adjustment to rate base as a
result of the PCCM. Northern Border Pipeline is obligated by the Stipulation to
update its calculation of the PCCM six months after the in service date of The
Chicago Project. The Stipulation requires the calculation of the PCCM to be
reviewed by an independent national accounting firm. Several parties to the
Stipulation have advised the FERC that they may have questions and desire
further information about the report, and may possibly wish to test it (or the
final report) and its conclusions in an appropriate proceeding in the future.
The parties also stated that if it is determined that Northern Border Pipeline
is not permitted to include certain claimed costs for The Chicago Project in its
rate base, they reserve their rights to seek refunds, with interest, of any
overcollections. Although Northern Border Pipeline believes the initial
computation has been made in accordance with the terms of the Stipulation, it is
unable to make a definitive determination at this time whether any adjustments
will be required. Should subsequent developments cause costs not to be recovered
pursuant to the PCCM, a non-cash charge to write down transmission plant may
result and such charge could be material to the operating results of Northern
Border Pipeline.
 
    During the construction of The Chicago Project, Northern Border Pipeline
placed certain new facilities into service in advance of the December 1998 in
service date to maintain gas flow at firm
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
contracted capacity while existing facilities were being modified. As required
by the certificate of public convenience and necessity issued by the FERC,
Northern Border Pipeline recorded a regulatory credit of approximately $8.9
million in 1998, which is reflected on the statements of income. The regulatory
credit results in a deferral of the cost of service of these new facilities. The
regulatory asset that resulted from the cost of service deferral is included
with Deferred Charges on the balance sheets at December 31, 1998. Northern
Border Pipeline is allowed to recover the regulatory asset from its shippers
over a ten-year period commencing with the in service date of The Chicago
Project.
 
    ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
    Northern Border Pipeline is not aware of any material contingent liabilities
with respect to compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations.
 
    OTHER
 
    Various legal actions that have arisen in the ordinary course of business
are pending. Northern Border Pipeline believes that the resolution of these
issues will not have a material adverse impact on Northern Border Pipeline's
results of operations or financial position.
 
6. CAPITAL EXPENDITURE PROGRAM
 
    Total capital expenditures for 1999 are estimated to be $131 million. This
includes approximately $30 million for Project 2000 (see Note 5), approximately
$85 million for The Chicago Project and approximately $16 million for renewals
and replacements of the existing facilities. Approximately $37 million of the
capital expenditures for The Chicago Project is for construction completed in
1998. Funds required to meet the 1999 capital expenditures are anticipated to be
provided primarily from debt borrowings and internal sources.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Management Committee of Northern Border Pipeline Company:
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Northern Border Pipeline
Company (a Texas partnership) as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
statements of income, changes in partners' capital and cash flows for the years
then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Northern Border Pipeline
Company as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                          /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Omaha, Nebraska,
January 26, 1998
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         1997            1996
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>             <C>
ASSETS
NATURAL GAS TRANSMISSION PLANT
  In service......................................................................      1,497,743       1,493,525
  Construction work in progress...................................................        211,378          19,591
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Total property, plant and equipment...........................................      1,709,121       1,513,116
  Less: Accumulated provision for depreciation and amortization...................        608,231         575,257
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Net property, plant and equipment.............................................      1,100,890         937,859
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................         19,986           4,294
  Receivables.....................................................................         17,337          19,264
  Materials and supplies, at cost.................................................          3,677           3,847
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Total current assets..........................................................         41,000          27,405
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
DEFERRED CHARGES..................................................................          5,230           8,873
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                        1,147,120         974,137
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
PARTNERS' CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES
PARTNERS' CAPITAL.................................................................        581,412         526,962
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities.........................................        459,000         360,000
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Current maturities of long-term debt............................................             --          17,500
  Note payable....................................................................             --          10,000
  Accounts payable................................................................         61,618           2,846
  Accrued taxes other than income.................................................         20,294          20,968
  Accrued interest................................................................         10,367          10,353
  Over recovered cost of service..................................................          4,601           4,236
  Accumulated provision for rate refunds..........................................             --          12,227
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Total current liabilities.....................................................         96,880          78,130
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
RESERVES AND DEFERRED CREDITS.....................................................          9,828           9,045
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                        1,147,120         974,137
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                             --------------------
                                                                                               1997       1996
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
OPERATING REVENUES
  Operating revenues.......................................................................    226,019    214,103
  Provision for rate refunds...............................................................    (39,969)   (12,160)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Operating revenues, net................................................................    186,050    201,943
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
OPERATING EXPENSES
  Operations and maintenance...............................................................     28,522     26,974
  Depreciation and amortization............................................................     38,708     46,979
  Taxes other than income..................................................................     22,393     24,390
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Operating expenses.....................................................................     89,623     98,343
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
OPERATING INCOME...........................................................................     96,427    103,600
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE
  Interest expense.........................................................................     33,020     33,117
  Interest expense capitalized.............................................................     (3,660)      (447)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Interest expense, net..................................................................     29,360     32,670
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
 
OTHER INCOME
  Other income, net........................................................................      4,305      2,517
  Allowance for equity funds used during construction......................................      1,400        396
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Other income...........................................................................      5,705      2,913
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
NET INCOME.................................................................................     72,772     73,843
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           ----------------------
                                                                                              1997        1996
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                        <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income.............................................................................      72,772      73,843
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization......................................................      38,715      47,010
      Amortization of debt expense.......................................................         296         924
      Allowance for equity funds used during construction................................      (1,400)       (396)
      Provision for rate refunds.........................................................      40,403      12,227
      Rate refunds paid..................................................................     (52,630)         --
      Other reserves and deferred credits................................................         783      (2,252)
      Changes in current assets and liabilities:
        Receivables......................................................................       1,927         931
        Materials and supplies...........................................................         170         218
        Accounts payable.................................................................      14,587       1,673
        Accrued taxes other than income..................................................        (674)      1,065
        Accrued interest.................................................................          14        (163)
        Over recovered cost of service...................................................         365       1,728
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
          Total adjustments..............................................................      42,556      62,965
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
          Net cash provided by operating activities......................................     115,328     136,808
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Expenditures for property, plant and equipment, net....................................    (152,070)    (18,597)
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
    Contributions from Partners..........................................................      81,000          --
    Distributions to Partners............................................................     (99,322)   (102,845)
    Issuance of long-term debt...........................................................     209,000          --
    Retirement of long-term debt.........................................................    (127,500)    (32,500)
    (Repayment of) borrowings on note payable............................................     (10,000)     10,000
    Long-term debt issuance costs........................................................        (744)         --
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities................................      52,434    (125,345)
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS..................................................      15,692      (7,134)
Cash and cash equivalents--beginning of period...........................................       4,294      11,428
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents--end of period.................................................      19,986       4,294
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
                                                                                           ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
 
                             (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      NORTHERN
                                                                                       BORDER
                                               TRANSCANADA                          INTERMEDIATE
                                                  BORDER           TRANSCAN           LIMITED
                                              PIPELINE LTD.      NORTHERN LTD.      PARTNERSHIP         TOTAL
                                           --------------------  -------------  --------------------  ----------
<S>                                        <C>                   <C>            <C>                   <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995...............           88,954             77,835           389,175          555,964
Net Income...............................           11,237             10,916            51,690           73,843
Distributions............................          (13,936)           (16,917)          (71,992)        (102,845)
Ownership transfer.......................          (54,637)            54,637                --               --
                                                   -------       -------------         --------       ----------
Balance, December 31, 1996...............           31,618            126,471           368,873          526,962
Net Income...............................            4,366             17,466            50,940           72,772
Contributions............................            4,860             19,440            56,700           81,000
Distributions............................           (5,959)           (23,838)          (69,525)         (99,322)
                                                   -------       -------------         --------       ----------
Balance, December 31, 1997...............           34,885            139,539           406,988          581,412
                                                   -------       -------------         --------       ----------
                                                   -------       -------------         --------       ----------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT
 
    Northern Border Pipeline Company (Northern Border Pipeline) is a general
partnership, formed March 9, 1978, pursuant to the Texas Uniform Partnership
Act. The ownership percentages of the partners in Northern Border Pipeline
(Partners) at both December 31, 1997 and 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       OWNERSHIP
PARTNER                                                                               PERCENTAGE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                                <C>
Northern Border Intermediate Limited Partnership.................................             70
TransCan Northern Ltd............................................................             24
TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd..................................................              6
</TABLE>
 
    The pipeline system owned by Northern Border Pipeline is a 969-mile natural
gas transmission line extending from the United States-Canadian border near Port
of Morgan, Montana, to a terminus near Harper, Iowa, where it interconnects with
the pipeline system of Natural Gas Pipeline Company of America (NGPL).
 
    Northern Border Pipeline is managed by a Management Committee that includes
three representatives from Northern Border Intermediate Limited Partnership
(Partnership) and one representative from TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd. and
TransCan Northern Ltd. (collectively TransCanada), both of which are
wholly-owned subsidiaries of TransCanada PipeLines Limited. The Partnership's
representatives selected by its general partners, Northern Plains Natural Gas
Company (Northern Plains), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Enron Corp. (Enron), Pan
Border Gas Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Duke Energy Corporation (Duke
Energy), and Northwest Border Pipeline Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of The
Williams Companies, Inc., have 35%, 22.75% and 12.25%, respectively, of the
voting interest on the Management Committee. The representative designated by
TransCanada votes the remaining 30% interest. The day-to-day management of
Northern Border Pipeline's affairs is the responsibility of Northern Plains (the
Operator), as defined by the operating agreement between Northern Border
Pipeline and Northern Plains. Northern Border Pipeline is charged for the
salaries, benefits and expenses of the Operator. Substantially all of the
operations and maintenance expenses are paid to the Operator and other Enron
affiliates.
 
    Net income and distributions are allocated based on ownership percentage.
Effective December 1, 1996, TransCan Northern Ltd. purchased a portion of the
TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd. equity ownership in Northern Border Pipeline.
The net income and distributions are reflected in the capital account balances
at their new ownership interests from that date forward.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    Northern Border Pipeline is subject to regulation by the Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission (FERC). Northern Border Pipeline's accounting policies
conform to generally accepted accounting principles, as applied in the case of
regulated entities.
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    (A) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND RELATED DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
    Property, plant and equipment is stated at original cost. Construction work
in progress shown on the accompanying balance sheet includes approximately
$197.9 million and $16.8 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, of
project-to-date costs on Northern Border Pipeline's expansion and extension of
its pipeline from its current terminus near Harper, Iowa to a point near
Manhattan, Illinois (The Chicago Project) (see Note 5). At December 31, 1997,
approximately $44.2 million of project costs incurred but not paid for The
Chicago Project were recorded in accounts payable and construction work in
progress on the balance sheet and were excluded from the change in accounts
payable and expenditures for property, plant and equipment, net on the
statements of cash flows.
 
    Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations in the period incurred.
The provision for depreciation and amortization of the transmission line is an
integral part of Northern Border Pipeline's FERC tariff and its levelized cost
of service. The effective depreciation rate applied to Northern Border
Pipeline's gross transmission plant in 1997 and 1996 was 2.5% and 3.1%,
respectively (see Note 5). Composite rates are applied to all other functional
groups of property having similar economic characteristics.
 
    The original cost of property retired is charged to accumulated depreciation
and amortization, net of salvage and cost of removal. No retirement gain or loss
is included in income except in the case of extraordinary retirements or sales.
 
    (B) INCOME TAXES
 
    Income taxes are the responsibility of the Partners and are not reflected in
these financial statements. However, the Northern Border Pipeline FERC tariff
establishes the method of accounting for and calculating income taxes and
requires Northern Border Pipeline to reflect in its cost of service the income
taxes which would have been paid or accrued if Northern Border Pipeline were
organized during the period as a corporation. As a result, for purposes of
calculating the return allowed by the FERC, Partners' capital and rate base are
reduced by the amount equivalent to the net accumulated deferred income taxes.
Such amounts were $300.0 million and $306.7 million as of December 31, 1997 and
1996, respectively, and are primarily related to accelerated depreciation and
other plant-related differences.
 
    (C) REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Northern Border Pipeline bills the cost of service on an estimated basis for
a six month cycle. Any net excess or deficiency resulting from the comparison of
the cost of service determined for that period in accordance with the FERC
tariff (incurred cost of service) to the estimated billing is accumulated,
including carrying charges thereon and is either billed to or credited back to
the shippers. Revenues reflect incurred cost of service. An amount equal to
differences between billing estimates and the incurred cost of service,
including carrying charges, is reflected in current assets or current
liabilities.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    (D) ALLOWANCE FOR FUNDS USED DURING CONSTRUCTION
 
    The allowance for funds used during construction (AFUDC) represents the
estimated costs, during the period of construction, of funds used for
construction purposes. Recognition of this allowance is appropriate because it
constitutes an actual cost of construction. For regulated activities, Northern
Border Pipeline is permitted to earn a return on and recover AFUDC through its
inclusion in rate base and the provision for depreciation. The rate employed for
the equity component of AFUDC is the equity rate of return stated in Northern
Border Pipeline's FERC tariff.
 
    (E) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less. The carrying amount of cash and cash
equivalents approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these
investments.
 
    (F) RISK MANAGEMENT
 
    Financial instruments are used by Northern Border Pipeline in the management
of its interest rate exposure. A control environment has been established which
includes policies and procedures for risk assessment and the approval, reporting
and monitoring of financial instrument activities. As a result, Northern Border
Pipeline has entered into various interest rate swap agreements with major
financial institutions which hedge interest rate risk by effectively converting
certain of its floating rate debt to fixed rate debt. Northern Border Pipeline
does not use these agreements for trading purposes. The cost or benefit of the
interest rate swap agreements is recognized currently as a component of interest
expense.
 
3. SHIPPER SERVICE AGREEMENTS
 
    Operating revenues are collected pursuant to the FERC tariff which directs
that Northern Border Pipeline collect its cost of service through firm
transportation service agreements (firm service agreements). Northern Border
Pipeline's FERC tariff provides an opportunity to recover all operations and
maintenance costs of the pipeline, taxes other than income taxes, interest,
depreciation and amortization, an allowance for income taxes and a regulated
equity return. Billings for the firm service agreements are based on contracted
volumes to determine the allocable share of cost of service and are not
dependent upon the percentage of available capacity actually used.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline's firm service agreements, including firm service
agreements applicable to The Chicago Project, extend for various terms with
termination dates that range from October 2001 to October 2013. Northern Border
Pipeline also has interruptible service contracts with numerous other shippers
as a result of its self-implementing blanket transportation authority. Revenues
received from the interruptible service contracts are credited to the cost of
service reducing the billings for the firm service agreements.
 
    At December 31, 1997, Northern Border Pipeline's largest shipper,
Pan-Alberta Gas (U.S.) Inc. (PAGUS), was obligated for approximately 49.0% of
the cost of service through its firm service agreements which expire in October
2001. Operating revenues from the PAGUS firm service agreements and
interruptible service contracts for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996
were $86.8 million and $95.7 million, respectively. Northern Natural Gas Company
(Northern), a wholly-
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3. SHIPPER SERVICE AGREEMENTS (CONTINUED)
owned subsidiary of Enron, and Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company (Panhandle),
a wholly-owned subsidiary of Duke Energy, have executed financial guarantees
representing 17.2% and 10.7%, respectively, of the total cost of service related
to the contracted capacity of PAGUS. The remaining cost of service obligation of
PAGUS is supported by various credit support arrangements, including among
others, a letter of credit, an escrow account and an upstream capacity transfer
agreement. After The Chicago Project is placed in service, PAGUS is obligated
for approximately 29.9% of the cost of service and the financial guarantees
related to the PAGUS contracted capacity by Northern and Panhandle will
represent 10.5% and 6.5%, respectively, of the total cost of service.
 
    Shippers affiliated with the Partners of Northern Border Pipeline have firm
service agreements representing approximately 12.6% of the cost of service at
December 31, 1997. These firm service agreements extend for various terms with
termination dates that range from October 2003 to December 2008. Operating
revenues from the affiliated firm service agreements and interruptible service
contracts for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 were $20.2 million and
$21.4 million, respectively.
 
4. CREDIT FACILITIES, SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS AND LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    Detailed information on short-term borrowings and long-term debt is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         --------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)                                                     1997       1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------
Senior notes--average 8.43% due from 2000 to 2003......................    250,000    250,000
1996 one-year revolving credit facility--average 5.95% and 5.94% in
  1997 and 1996, respectively..........................................         --     10,000
Pipeline Credit Agreement
  Five-year revolving credit facility..................................    127,500         --
  Three-year revolving credit facility.................................     81,500         --
Amended bank loan agreement due 1999...................................         --    127,500
                                                                         ---------  ---------
Total..................................................................    459,000    387,500
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt.............................         --     17,500
Amount classified as note payable......................................         --     10,000
                                                                         ---------  ---------
Long-term debt.........................................................    459,000    360,000
                                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                                         ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In June 1997, Northern Border Pipeline entered into a credit agreement
(Pipeline Credit Agreement) with certain financial institutions to borrow up to
an aggregate principal amount of $750 million. The Pipeline Credit Agreement is
comprised of a $200 million five-year revolving credit facility to be used for
the retirement of Northern Border Pipeline's existing bank loan agreement and
for general business purposes, and a $550 million three-year revolving credit
facility to be used for the construction of The Chicago Project. The three-year
revolving credit facility may be converted to a term loan maturing in June 2002
once The Chicago Project has been placed in service and certain other conditions
are met. The Pipeline Credit Agreement permits Northern Border Pipeline to
choose among various interest rate options, to specify the portion of the
borrowings to be covered
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
4. CREDIT FACILITIES, SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS AND LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
by specific interest rate options and to specify the interest rate period,
subject to certain parameters. Northern Border Pipeline is required to pay a
facility fee on the aggregate principal amount of $750 million.
 
    At both December 31, 1997 and 1996, Northern Border Pipeline had outstanding
interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts of $90 million. Under the
agreements, which have a remaining average maturity of approximately two years
as of December 31, 1997, Northern Border Pipeline makes payments to
counterparties at fixed rates and in return receives payments at variable rates
based on the London Interbank Offered Rate. At both December 31, 1997 and 1996,
Northern Border Pipeline was in a payable position relative to its
counterparties. The average effective interest rate of Northern Border
Pipeline's variable rate debt, taking into consideration the interest rate swap
agreements, was 7.09% and 7.32% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
    Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized, during the years ended December
31, 1997 and 1996 was $29.0 million and $31.9 million, respectively.
 
    Aggregate required repayments of long-term debt are as follows: $148
million, $41 million and $206 million for 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively.
There are no required repayment obligations for 1998 and 1999.
 
    Certain of Northern Border Pipeline's long-term debt and credit arrangements
contain requirements as to the maintenance of minimum partners' capital and debt
to capitalization ratios which restrict the incurrence of other indebtedness by
Northern Border Pipeline and also place certain restrictions on distributions to
the partners of Northern Border Pipeline. Under the most restrictive of the
covenants, as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, $81 million and $27
million of partners' capital of Northern Border Pipeline could be distributed.
 
    The following estimated fair values of financial instruments represent the
amount at which each instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction
between willing parties. Based on quoted market prices for similar issues with
similar terms and remaining maturities, the estimated fair value of the senior
notes was approximately $276 million and $271 million at December 31, 1997 and
1996, respectively. At December 31, 1997 and 1996, the estimated fair value
which would be payable to terminate the interest rate swap agreements, taking
into account current interest rates, was approximately $3 million and $4
million, respectively. Northern Border Pipeline presently intends to maintain
the current schedule of maturities for the senior notes and the interest rate
swap agreements which will result in no gains or losses on their respective
repayment. The carrying value of Northern Border Pipeline's variable rate debt
approximates the fair value since the interest rates are periodically adjusted
to current market conditions.
 
5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    REGULATORY PROCEEDINGS
 
    In January 1998, Northern Border Pipeline filed an application with the FERC
to acquire the linepack gas required to operate the pipeline from the shippers
and to provide the linepack gas in the future for its operations. The estimated
value of the linepack gas, including the linepack gas attributable to the
pipeline extension for The Chicago Project, is $12.5 million. Northern Border
Pipeline has proposed that the cost of the linepack gas be included in its rate
base.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    In August 1997, Northern Border Pipeline received FERC approval of the
Stipulation and Agreement (Stipulation) filed on October 15, 1996 to settle its
November 1995 rate case. Northern Border Pipeline filed the rate case, in
compliance with its FERC tariff, for the determination of its allowed equity
rate of return and was permitted, pursuant to a December 1995 FERC order, to
begin collecting the requested increase in the equity rate of return effective
June 1, 1996, subject to refund. In accordance with the terms of the
Stipulation, Northern Border Pipeline's allowed equity rate of return was
reduced from the requested 14.25% to 12.75% for the period June 1, 1996 to
September 30, 1996 and to 12% thereafter. Additionally, the Stipulation reduced
the effective depreciation rate applied to Northern Border Pipeline's gross
transmission plant from 3.6% to 2.7% for the period June 1, 1996 to December 31,
1996, which resulted in an average effective depreciation rate of 3.1% for the
year ended December 31, 1996. Beginning January 1, 1997, the depreciation rate
was reduced to 2.5%. In October 1997, Northern Border Pipeline used a
combination of cash on hand and borrowings on a revolving credit facility to pay
refunds to its shippers of approximately $52.6 million.
 
    In August 1997, the FERC issued a certificate of public convenience and
necessity authorizing Northern Border Pipeline to construct and operate
facilities, as filed for in a September 1996 application with the FERC for The
Chicago Project. Northern Border Pipeline has accepted the certificate and
construction is proceeding. NGPL had filed in the United States Court of Appeals
for the District of Columbia a petition for review of the August order issued by
the FERC that has been dismissed. The Chicago Project pipeline facilities
consist of 243 miles of pipeline and 147 miles of pipeline loop. Compression
facilities for The Chicago Project involve the installation of 228,500
compressor horsepower at eight new compressor stations and upgrades at five
existing compressor stations by the removal from service of units producing
100,000 compressor horsepower with the installation of replacement units
producing 175,000 compressor horsepower. The project's estimated cost, as filed
with the FERC, is approximately $839 million and it is expected to be ready for
service in the fourth quarter of 1998.
 
    In May 1996, the FERC granted rehearing of its May 1994 order on Northern
Border Pipeline's methodology for recording in its books and reflecting in its
rates amounts related to alternative minimum tax (AMT). The FERC Audit Staff
(Staff), in December 1991 after an examination of Northern Border Pipeline's
records for the period January 1, 1987 through December 31, 1989, took exception
to Northern Border Pipeline's established method of accounting for AMT for
ratemaking purposes.
 
    Northern Border Pipeline did not agree with the exception noted by the Staff
and proceeded with a hearing before an Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) who
concluded Northern Border Pipeline had properly accounted for AMT. Ultimately,
in the May 1996 order, the FERC accepted the ALJ's conclusions and vacated its
May 1994 order which had held that the AMT component of Northern Border
Pipeline's rate base should reflect the particular tax circumstances of each
Northern Border Pipeline partner. There were no accounting adjustments or rate
refunds required in resolution of this issue.
 
    In May 1996, the Staff issued its audit report on its examination of
Northern Border Pipeline's records for the three year period subsequent to
January 1, 1990. The audit report required Northern Border Pipeline to record
certain adjustments to its accounts including the reclassification of $3.9
million of costs from utility plant in service to a regulatory asset. In
accordance with Northern
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
Border Pipeline's FERC tariff, the regulatory asset is includable in rate base,
however, Northern Border Pipeline must file with the FERC for the future
recovery of this asset through amortization in cost of service. The adjustments
made to Northern Border Pipeline's accounts as a result of the audit report did
not materially affect Northern Border Pipeline's financial position or results
of operations.
 
    ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
    Northern Border Pipeline is not aware of any material contingent liabilities
with respect to compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations.
 
    OTHER
 
    Various legal actions that have arisen in the ordinary course of business
are pending. Northern Border Pipeline believes that the resolution of these
issues will not have a material adverse impact on Northern Border Pipeline's
results of operations or financial position.
 
6. CAPITAL EXPENDITURE PROGRAM
 
    Total capital expenditures for 1998 are estimated to be $637 million for The
Chicago Project and $8 million for renewals and replacements of the existing
facilities. Capital expenditures for linepack gas, if the filing to acquire the
linepack is approved by the FERC, would be approximately $12.5 million (see Note
5). Funds required to meet the 1998 capital expenditures are anticipated to be
provided primarily from debt borrowings and capital contributions.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                  REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors of TC PipeLines GP, Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of TC PipeLines GP, Inc. as
of March 31, 1999 and December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the management of the company. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
    We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material
misstatement. An audit of a balance sheet includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet. An audit
of a balance sheet also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance
sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the balance sheets referred to above presents fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of TC PipeLines GP, Inc. as of March
31, 1999 and December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
                                          /s/ KPMG LLP
 
Calgary, Canada
April 29, 1999
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                             TC PIPELINES GP, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         MARCH 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           1999           1998
                                                                                        -----------  --------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>
ASSETS
  Cash................................................................................   $     980     $      980
  Investment in TC PipeLines, LP......................................................          10             10
  Investment in TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited Partnership.........................          10             10
                                                                                        -----------       -------
                                                                                         $   1,000     $    1,000
                                                                                        -----------       -------
                                                                                        -----------       -------
SHARE CAPITAL.........................................................................   $   1,000     $    1,000
                                                                                        -----------       -------
                                                                                        -----------       -------
</TABLE>
 
                             NOTE TO BALANCE SHEETS
 
    TC PipeLines GP, Inc. (the "General Partner") is a wholly owned subsidiary
of TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd. ("TransCanada Border PipeLine"). TransCanada
Border PipeLine is a wholly owned subsidiary of TransCanada PipeLine USA Ltd.,
which is a wholly owned subsidiary of TransCanada PipeLines Limited. The General
Partner was formed on December 16, 1998 as a Delaware corporation. The General
Partner owns a 1.0% general partner interest in TC PipeLines, LP (the
"Partnership") and a 1.0101% general partner interest in TC PipeLines
Intermediate Limited Partnership (the "Intermediate Partnership").
 
    The General Partner has invested $10 in the Partnership and $10 in the
Intermediate Partnership. There have been no other transactions involving the
General Partner as of March 31, 1999.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX A
 
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                       OF
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS
 
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>                                                                      <C>
Section 1.1    Definitions............................................................           1
Section 1.2    Construction...........................................................          16
 
                                            ARTICLE II
                                           ORGANIZATION
Section 2.1    Formation..............................................................          16
Section 2.2    Name...................................................................          17
Section 2.3    Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices...          17
Section 2.4    Purpose and Business...................................................          17
Section 2.5    Powers.................................................................          18
Section 2.6    Power of Attorney......................................................          18
Section 2.7    Term...................................................................          19
Section 2.8    Title to Partnership Assets............................................          19
 
                                            ARTICLE III
                                    RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
 
Section 3.1    Limitation of Liability................................................          20
Section 3.2    Management of Business.................................................          20
Section 3.3    Outside Activities of the Limited Partners.............................          20
Section 3.4    Rights of Limited Partners.............................................          20
 
                                            ARTICLE IV
                       CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP
                          INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 4.1    Certificates...........................................................          21
Section 4.2    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates......................          21
Section 4.3    Record Holders.........................................................          22
Section 4.4    Transfer Generally.....................................................          22
Section 4.5    Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.................          23
Section 4.6    Transfer of the General Partner's General Partner Interest.............          23
Section 4.7    Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights..............................          24
Section 4.8    Restrictions on Transfers..............................................          24
Section 4.9    Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees........................          25
Section 4.10   Redemption of Partnership Interests of Non-citizen Assignees...........          26
 
                                             ARTICLE V
                    CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 5.1    Organizational Contributions...........................................          27
Section 5.2    Contributions to the Partnership.......................................          27
Section 5.3    Contributions by Initial Limited Partners and Reimbursement of the
               General Partner........................................................          27
Section 5.4    Interest and Withdrawal................................................          28
Section 5.5    Capital Accounts.......................................................          28
Section 5.6    Issuances of Additional Partnership Securities.........................          31
Section 5.7    Limitations on Issuance of Additional Partnership Securities...........          32
Section 5.8    Conversion of Subordinated Units.......................................          33
Section 5.9    Limited Preemptive Right...............................................          34
</TABLE>
 
                                      A-i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>                                                                      <C>
Section 5.10   Splits and Combination.................................................          34
Section 5.11   Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests......          35
 
                                            ARTICLE VI
                                   ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 6.1    Allocations for Capital Account Purposes...............................          35
Section 6.2    Allocations for Tax Purposes...........................................          41
Section 6.3    Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to
               Record Holders.........................................................          43
Section 6.4    Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus.................          44
Section 6.5    Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus...................          45
Section 6.6    Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution
               Levels.................................................................          45
Section 6.7    Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units.......          46
Section 6.8    Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution
               Rights.................................................................          46
Section 6.9    Entity-Level Taxation..................................................          47
 
                                            ARTICLE VII
                               MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
 
Section 7.1    Management.............................................................          47
Section 7.2    Certificate of Limited Partnership.....................................          49
Section 7.3    Restrictions on General Partner's Authority............................          49
Section 7.4    Reimbursement of the General Partner...................................          50
Section 7.5    Outside Activities.....................................................          51
Section 7.6    Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the
               Partnership; Contracts with Affiliates; Certain Restrictions on the
               General Partner........................................................          52
Section 7.7    Indemnification........................................................          53
Section 7.8    Liability of Indemnitees...............................................          54
Section 7.9    Resolution of Conflicts of Interest....................................          55
Section 7.10   Other Matters Concerning the General Partner...........................          56
Section 7.11   Purchase or Sale of Partnership Securities.............................          57
Section 7.12   Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates..........          57
Section 7.13   Reliance by Third Parties..............................................          59
 
                                           ARTICLE VIII
                              BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
 
Section 8.1    Records and Accounting.................................................          59
Section 8.2    Fiscal Year............................................................          60
Section 8.3    Reports................................................................          60
 
                                            ARTICLE IX
                                            TAX MATTERS
 
Section 9.1    Tax Returns and Information............................................          60
Section 9.2    Tax Elections..........................................................          60
Section 9.3    Tax Controversies......................................................          61
Section 9.4    Withholding............................................................          61
 
                                             ARTICLE X
                                       ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
 
Section 10.1   Admission of Initial Limited Partners..................................          61
Section 10.2   Admission of Substituted Limited Partner...............................          61
</TABLE>
 
                                      A-ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>                                                                      <C>
Section 10.3   Admission of Successor General Partner.................................          62
Section 10.4   Admission of Additional Limited Partners...............................          62
Section 10.5   Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership..........          62
 
                                            ARTICLE XI
                                 WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
 
Section 11.1   Withdrawal of the General Partner......................................          62
Section 11.2   Removal of the General Partner.........................................          64
Section 11.3   Interest of Departing Partner and Successor General Partner............          64
Section 11.4   Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units
               and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages................          65
Section 11.5   Withdrawal of Limited Partners.........................................          66
 
                                            ARTICLE XII
                                    DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
 
Section 12.1   Dissolution............................................................          66
Section 12.2   Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution......          66
Section 12.3   Liquidator.............................................................          67
Section 12.4   Liquidation............................................................          67
Section 12.5   Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership.....................          68
Section 12.6   Return of Contributions................................................          68
Section 12.7   Waiver of Partition....................................................          68
Section 12.8   Capital Account Restoration............................................          68
 
                                           ARTICLE XIII
                     AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
 
Section 13.1   Amendment to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner..................          69
Section 13.2   Amendment Procedures...................................................          70
Section 13.3   Amendment Requirements.................................................          70
Section 13.4   Special Meetings.......................................................          71
Section 13.5   Notice of a Meeting....................................................          71
Section 13.6   Record Date............................................................          71
Section 13.7   Adjournment............................................................          72
Section 13.8   Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes.............          72
Section 13.9   Quorum.................................................................          72
Section 13.10  Conduct of a Meeting...................................................          73
Section 13.11  Action Without a Meeting...............................................          73
Section 13.12  Voting and Other Rights................................................          73
 
                                            ARTICLE XIV
                                              MERGER
Section 14.1   Authority..............................................................          74
Section 14.2   Procedure for Merger or Consolidation..................................          74
Section 14.3   Approval by Limited Partners of Merger or Consolidation................          75
Section 14.4   Certificate of Merger..................................................          75
Section 14.5   Effect of Merger.......................................................          76
 
                                            ARTICLE XV
                            RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
 
Section 15.1   Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.............................          76
</TABLE>
 
                                     A-iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>                                                                      <C>
                                            ARTICLE XVI
                                        GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Section 16.1   Addresses and Notices..................................................          78
Section 16.2   Further Action.........................................................          78
Section 16.3   Binding Effect.........................................................          78
Section 16.4   Integration............................................................          78
Section 16.5   Creditors..............................................................          78
Section 16.6   Waiver.................................................................          78
Section 16.7   Counterparts...........................................................          79
Section 16.8   Applicable Law.........................................................          79
Section 16.9   Invalidity of Provisions...............................................          79
Section 16.10  Consent of Partners....................................................          79
</TABLE>
 
                                      A-iv
<PAGE>
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                              OF TC PIPELINES, LP
 
    THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF TC PIPELINES,
LP dated as of              , 1999, is entered into by and among TC PipeLines
GP, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the General Partner, and TransCan Northern
Ltd., a Delaware corporation, as the Organizational Limited Partner, together
with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto
as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements
contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS
 
Section 1.1 DEFINITIONS.
 
    The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise
clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.
 
    "ACQUISITION" means (a) any transaction in which any Group Member acquires
(through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of
investment) control over all or substantially all of the assets, properties or
business of another Person (or a division or line of business of such Person)
for the purpose of increasing the operating capacityor revenues of the
Partnership Group from the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership
Group existing immediately prior to such transaction, (b) any similar
transaction entered into by a JV Entity as a result of which a Group Member
becomes obligated to make a capital contribution or similar payment to such JV
Entity; and (c) any similar transaction entered into by a JV Entity as a result
of which a Group Member is requested, but not obligated, to make a capital
contribution or similar payment to such JV Entity and such Group Member
reasonably believes such capital contribution or similar payment to be necessary
to protect or enhance its investment in the JV Entity.
 
    "ADDITIONAL BOOK BASIS" means the portion of any remaining Carrying Value of
an Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such
Carrying Value as a result of Book-Up Events. For purposes of determining the
extent that Carrying Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:
 
     (i) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted
         Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event
         shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the
         Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any
         prior positive adjustments made thereto pursuant to a Book-Up Event or
         Book-Down Event.
 
    (ii) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book Basis is reduced as
         a result of a Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property
         is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion
         of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional
         Book Basis; provided that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis
         pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed
         the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments
         after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis
         attributable to all of the Partnership's Adjusted Property after such
         Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of this
         clause (ii) to such Book-Down Event).
 
    "ADDITIONAL BOOK BASIS DERIVATIVE ITEMS" means any Book Basis Derivative
Items that are computed with reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent
that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership's Adjusted
Property as of the beginning of any taxable period
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning of
such period (the "EXCESS ADDITIONAL BOOK BASIS"), the Additional Book Basis
Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the
same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined
without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the
Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period.
 
    "ADDITIONAL LIMITED PARTNER" means a Person admitted to the Partnership as a
Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.4 and who is shown as such on the books
and records of the Partnership.
 
    "ADJUSTED CAPITAL ACCOUNT" means the Capital Account maintained for each
Partner as of the end of each taxable period of the Partnership, (a) increased
by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set
by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to
restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b)
decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of
such period, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in
subsequent years under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury
Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions
that, as of the end of such period, are reasonably expected to be made to such
Partner in subsequent years in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or
otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner's
Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the
year in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than
increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i)
or 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended
to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The
"Adjusted Capital Account" of a Partner in respect of a General Partner
Interest, a Common Unit, a Subordinated Unit or an Incentive Distribution Right
or any other specified interest in the Partnership shall be the amount which
such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such General Partner Interest, Common
Unit, Subordinated Unit, Incentive Distribution Right or other interest in the
Partnership were the only interest in the Partnership held by a Partner from and
after the date on which such General Partner Interest, Common Unit, Subordinated
Unit, Incentive Distribution Right or other interest was first issued.
 
    "ADJUSTED OPERATING SURPLUS" means, with respect to any period, Operating
Surplus generated during such period (a) less (i) any net increase in Working
Capital Borrowings during such period and (ii) any net reduction in cash
reserves for Operating Expenditures during such period not relating to an
Operating Expenditure made during such period, and (b) plus (i) any net decrease
in Working Capital Borrowings during such period and (ii) any net increase in
cash reserves for Operating Expenditures during such period required by any debt
instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium. Adjusted
Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in
clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating Surplus.
 
    "ADJUSTED PROPERTY" means any property the Carrying Value of which has been
adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or 5.5(d)(ii).
 
    "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is
controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used
herein, the term "CONTROL" means the possession, direct or indirect, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a
Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise.
 
    "AGGREGATE REMAINING NET POSITIVE ADJUSTMENTS" means, as of the end of any
taxable period of the Partnership, the sum of the Remaining Net Positive
Adjustments of all the Partners.
 
    "AGREED ALLOCATION" means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation,
of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6.1, including, without
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
limitation, a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the
term "AGREED ALLOCATION" is used).
 
    "AGREED VALUE" of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of
such property or other consideration at the time of contribution as determined
by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may
adopt. The General Partner shall, in its discretion, use such method as it deems
reasonable and appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed
Properties contributed to the Partnership in a single or integrated transaction
among each separate property on a basis proportional to the fair market value of
each Contributed Property.
 
    "AGREEMENT" means this Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership
of TC PipeLines, LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to
time.
 
    "ASSIGNEE" means a Non-citizen Assignee or a Person to whom one or more
Limited Partner Interests have been transferred in a manner permitted under this
Agreement and who has executed and delivered a Transfer Application as required
by this Agreement, but who has not been admitted as a Substituted Limited
Partner.
 
    "ASSOCIATE" means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a)
any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer or
partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of
voting stock or other voting interest; (b) any trust or other estate in which
such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person
serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or
spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same
principal residence as such Person.
 
    "AVAILABLE CASH" means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the
Liquidation Date,
 
    (a) the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership on hand
       at the end of such Quarter, and (ii) all additional cash and cash
       equivalents of the Partnership on hand on the date of determination of
       Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting from Working
       Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter, less
 
    (b) the amount of any cash reserves that is necessary or appropriate in the
       reasonable discretion of the General Partner to (i) provide for the
       proper conduct of the business of the Partnership (including reserves for
       future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of
       the Partnership Group or any JV Entity) subsequent to such Quarter, (ii)
       comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement,
       mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any
       Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject
       or (iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or 6.5 in
       respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters; provided, however,
       that the General Partner may not establish cash reserves pursuant to
       (iii) above if the effect of such reserves would be that the Partnership
       is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common
       Units, plus any Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all Common Units,
       with respect to such Quarter; and, provided further, that disbursements
       made by the Partnership or cash reserves established, increased or
       reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of
       determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be
       deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes
       of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General Partner
       so determines.
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, "AVAILABLE CASH" with respect to the Quarter
in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal
zero.
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
    "BOOK BASIS DERIVATIVE ITEMS" means any item of income, deduction, gain or
loss included in the determination of Net Income or Net Loss that is computed
with reference to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g.,
depreciation, depletion, gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).
 
    "BOOK-DOWN EVENT" means an event which triggers a negative adjustment to the
Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
 
    "BOOK-TAX DISPARITY" means with respect to any item of Contributed Property
or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference
between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and
the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A
Partner's share of the Partnership's Book-Tax Disparities in all of its
Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference
between such Partner's Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section
5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner's Capital Account computed as
if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax
accounting principles.
 
    "BOOK-UP EVENT" means an event which triggers a positive adjustment to the
Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
 
    "BUSINESS DAY" means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal
holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America,
the State of New York, Canada or the Province of Alberta shall not be regarded
as a Business Day.
 
    "CAPITAL ACCOUNT" means the capital account maintained for a Partner
pursuant to Section 5.5. The "CAPITAL ACCOUNT" of a Partner in respect of a
General Partner Interest, a Common Unit, a Subordinated Unit, an Incentive
Distribution Right or any other Partnership Interest shall be the amount which
such Capital Account would be if such General Partner Interest, Common Unit,
Subordinated Unit, Incentive Distribution Right or other Partnership Interest
were the only interest in the Partnership held by a Partner from and after the
date on which such General Partner Interest, Common Unit, Subordinated Unit,
Incentive Distribution Right or other Partnership Interest was first issued.
 
    "CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION" means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed
Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership
pursuant to this Agreement or the Contribution and Conveyance Agreement.
 
    "CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT" means any (a) addition or improvement to the capital
assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition of existing, or the
construction of new, capital assets (including, without limitation, pipeline
systems, terminalling and storage facilities and related assets), in each case
made to increase the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group
from the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group existing
immediately prior to such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction,
(c) any similar addition, improvement, acquisition or construction by a JV
Entity as a result of which a Group Member becomes obligated to make a capital
contribution or similar payment to such JV Entity; and (d) any similar addition,
improvement, acquisition or construction by a JV Entity as a result of which a
Group Member is requested, but not obligated, to make a capital contribution or
similar payment to such JV Entity and such Group Member reasonably believes such
capital contribution or similar payment to be necessary to protect or enhance
its investment in the JV Entity.
 
    "CAPITAL SURPLUS" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.3(a).
 
    "CARRYING VALUE" means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property, the
Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation,
amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners' Capital
Accounts in respect of such Contributed Property, and
 
                                      A-4
<PAGE>
(b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such
property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination.
The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in
accordance with Sections 5.5(d)(i) and 5.5(d)(ii) and to reflect changes,
additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and
acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General
Partner.
 
    "CAUSE" means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final,
non-appealable judgment finding the General Partner liable for actual fraud,
gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as general
partner of the Partnership.
 
    "CERTIFICATE" means a certificate (i) substantially in the form of Exhibit A
to this Agreement, (ii) issued in global form in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the Depositary or (iii) in such other form as may be adopted by
the General Partner in its discretion, issued by the Partnership evidencing
ownership of one or more Common Units or a certificate, in such form as may be
adopted by the General Partner in its discretion, issued by the Partnership
evidencing ownership of one or more other Partnership Securities.
 
    "CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP" means the Certificate of Limited
Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware as referenced in Section 2.1, as such Certificate of Limited
Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
    "CITIZENSHIP CERTIFICATION" means a properly completed certificate in such
form as may be specified by the General Partner by which an Assignee or a
Limited Partner certifies that he (and if he is a nominee holding for the
account of another Person, that to the best of his knowledge such other Person)
is an Eligible Citizen.
 
    "CLAIM" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(c).
 
    "CLOSING DATE" means the first date on which Common Units are sold by the
Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting
Agreement.
 
    "CLOSING PRICE" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).
 
    "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect
from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the
Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of
successor law.
 
    "COMBINED INTEREST" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
11.3(a).
 
    "COMMISSION" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
    "COMMON UNIT" means a Unit representing a fractional part of the Partnership
Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees other than holders of Incentive
Distribution Rights) and having the rights and obligations specified with
respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term "COMMON UNIT" does not refer
to a Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to
the terms hereof.
 
    "COMMON UNIT ARREARAGE" means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever
issued, as to any Quarter within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any,
of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in
respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all Available Cash distributed with
respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section
6.4(a)(i).
 
   
    "CONFLICTS COMMITTEE" means a committee of the Board of Directors of the
General Partner composed entirely of two or more directors who are neither
security holders, officers nor employees of the General Partner nor officers or
employees of any Affiliate of the General Partner.
    
 
                                      A-5
<PAGE>
    "CONTRIBUTED PROPERTY" means each property or other asset, in such form as
may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the
Partnership (or deemed contributed to a new partnership on termination of the
Partnership pursuant to Section 708 of the Code). Once the Carrying Value of a
Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property shall
no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted
Property.
 
    "CONTRIBUTION AND CONVEYANCE AGREEMENT" means that certain Contribution,
Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the
General Partner, the Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership, TransCan
Northern, TransCanada Border Pipeline and certain other parties, together with
the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced
thereunder.
 
    "CUMULATIVE COMMON UNIT ARREARAGE" means, with respect to any Common Unit,
whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a)
the sum resulting from adding together the Common Unit Arrearage as to an
Initial Common Unit for each of the Quarters within the Subordination Period
ending on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any
distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) and the second
sentence of Section 6.5 with respect to an Initial Common Unit (including any
distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).
 
    "CURATIVE ALLOCATION" means any allocation of an item of income, gain,
deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi).
 
    "CURRENT MARKET PRICE" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
15.1(a).
 
    "DELAWARE ACT" means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6
Del C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time
to time, and any successor to such statute.
 
    "DEPARTING PARTNER" means a former General Partner from and after the
effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner
pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2.
 
    "DEPOSITARY" means, with respect to any Units issued in global form, The
Depository Trust Company and its successors and permitted assigns.
 
    "ECONOMIC RISK OF LOSS" has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.752-2(a).
 
    "ELIGIBLE CITIZEN" means a Person qualified to own interests in real
property in jurisdictions in which any Group Member or JV Entity does business
or proposes to do business from time to time, and whose status as a Limited
Partner or Assignee does not or would not subject such Group Member or JV Entity
to a significant risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any of its properties or
any interest therein.
 
    "EVENT OF WITHDRAWAL" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
11.1(a).
 
    "FINAL SUBORDINATED UNITS" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
6.1(d)(x).
 
    "FIRST LIQUIDATION TARGET AMOUNT" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).
 
    "FIRST TARGET DISTRIBUTION" means $0.5275 per Unit per Quarter (or, with
respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30,
1999, it means the product of $0.5275 multiplied by a fraction of which the
numerator is the number of days in such period, and of which the denominator is
91), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 6.6 and 6.9.
 
    "GENERAL PARTNER" means TC PipeLines GP, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and
its successors and permitted assigns as general partner of the Partnership.
 
                                      A-6
<PAGE>
    "GENERAL PARTNER INTEREST" means the ownership interest of the General
Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner without
reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it), and includes any and all
benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement,
together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms
and provisions of this Agreement.
 
    "GROUP" means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or
Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of
acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or
consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made
to 10 or more Persons) or disposing of any Partnership Securities with any other
Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially
own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Securities.
 
    "GROUP MEMBER" means a member of the Partnership Group.
 
    "HOLDER" as used in Section 7.12, has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 7.12(a).
 
    "INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTION RIGHT" means a non-voting Limited Partner Interest
initially held by the General Partner, which Partnership Interest will confer
upon the holder thereof only the rights and obligations specifically provided in
this Agreement with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights (and no other
rights otherwise available to or other obligations of a holder of a Partnership
Interest). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the
holder of an Incentive Distribution Right shall not be entitled to vote such
Incentive Distribution Right on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise
be required by law.
 
    "INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTIONS" means any amount of cash distributed to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Sections 6.4(a)(iv),
(v) and (vi) and 6.4(b)(ii), (iii) and (iv).
 
    "INDEMNIFIED PERSONS" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
7.12(c).
 
    "INDEMNITEE" means (a) the General Partner, (b) any Departing Partner, (c)
any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing
Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a member, partner, officer, director,
employee, agent or trustee of any Group Member, the General Partner or any
Departing Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, the General Partner or
any Departing Partner, and (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request
of the General Partner or any Departing Partner or any Affiliate of the General
Partner or any Departing Partner as an officer, director, employee, member,
partner, agent or trustee of another Person; provided, that a Person shall not
be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee,
fiduciary or custodial services.
 
    "INITIAL COMMON UNITS" means the Common Units sold in the Initial Offering.
 
    "INITIAL LIMITED PARTNERS" means TC PipeLines GP, Inc. (with respect to the
Common Units, Subordinated Units and the Incentive Distribution Rights received
by it pursuant to Section 5.2) and the Underwriters, in each case upon being
admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.1.
 
    "INITIAL OFFERING" means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to
the public, as described in the Registration Statement.
 
                                      A-7
<PAGE>
    "INITIAL UNIT PRICE" means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the
Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which
the Underwriters offered the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on
the cover page of the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement
and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became
effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price
per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the
Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the
General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution,
subdivision or combination of Units.
 
    "INTERIM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS" means the following transactions if they
occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings
of indebtedness and sales of debt securities (other than Working Capital
Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account in the ordinary
course of business) by any Group Member or JV Entity; (b) sales of equity
interests by any Group Member or JV Entity (other than the Common Units sold to
the Underwriters pursuant to the exercise of their over-allotment option); and
(c) sales, exchanges or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any
assets of any Group Member or JV Entity other than (i) sales, exchanges or other
dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary
course of business, and (ii) sales, exchanges or other dispositions of assets as
part of normal retirements or replacements.
 
    "INTERMEDIATE PARTNERSHIP"  means TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited
Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, and any successors thereto.
 
    "INTERMEDIATE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means the Agreement of Limited
Partnership of TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited Partnership, as it may be
amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
    "ISSUE PRICE" means the price at which a Unit is purchased from the
Partnership, after taking into account any sales commission or underwriting
discount charged to the Partnership.
 
    "JV ENTITY" means a Person other than an individual in which a Group Member
holds a interest but which does not constitute a Subsidiary, including, without
limitation, Northern Border Pipeline.
 
    "LIMITED PARTNER" means, unless the context otherwise requires, (a) the
Organizational Limited Partner prior to its withdrawal from the Partnership,
each Initial Limited Partner, each Substituted Limited Partner, each Additional
Limited Partner and any Partner upon the change of its status from General
Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3 or (b) solely for purposes
of Articles V, VI, VII and IX and Sections 12.3 and 12.4, each Assignee;
provided, however, that when the term "LIMITED PARTNER" is used herein in the
context of any vote or other approval, including without limitation Articles
XIII and XIV, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder
of an Incentive Distribution Right except as may otherwise be required by law.
 
    "LIMITED PARTNER INTEREST" means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner
or Assignee in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units,
Subordinated Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership
Securities or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and
all benefits to which such Limited Partner or Assignee is entitled as provided
in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner or
Assignee to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided,
however, that when the term "LIMITED PARTNER INTEREST" is used herein in the
context of any vote or other approval, including without limitation Articles
XIII and XIV, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder
of an Incentive Distribution Right except as may otherwise be required by law.
 
    "LIQUIDATION DATE" means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the
dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of
the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period
during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the
 
                                      A-8
<PAGE>
right to elect to reconstitute the Partnership and continue its business has
expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other
event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such
event occurs.
 
    "LIQUIDATOR" means one or more Persons selected by the General Partner to
perform the functions described in Section 12.3 as liquidating trustee of the
Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.
 
    "MERGER AGREEMENT" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1.
 
    "MINIMUM QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION" means $0.45 per Unit per Quarter (or with
respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30,
1999, it means the product of $0.45 multiplied by a fraction of which the
numerator is the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is
91), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 6.6 and 6.9.
 
    "NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE" means an exchange registered with the
Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such
statute, or the Nasdaq Stock Market or any successor thereto.
 
    "NET AGREED VALUE" means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the
Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the
Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when
contributed, and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner or
Assignee by the Partnership, the Partnership's Carrying Value of such property
(as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is
distributed, reduced by any liabilities either assumed by such Partner or
Assignee upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time
of distribution, in either case, as determined under Section 752 of the Code.
 
    "NET INCOME" means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the
Partnership's items of income and gain (other than those items taken into
account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for
such taxable period over the Partnership's items of loss and deduction (other
than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain
or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the
calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b)
and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d);
provided that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated
under Section 6.1(d) shall be made as if Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this
Agreement.
 
    "NET LOSS" means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the
Partnership's items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into
account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for
such taxable period over the Partnership's items of income and gain (other than
those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net
Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation
of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not
include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided that the
determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section
6.1(d) shall be made as if Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement.
 
    "NET POSITIVE ADJUSTMENTS" means, with respect to any Partner, the excess,
if any, of the total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments
made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and
Book-Down Events.
 
    "NET TERMINATION GAIN" means, for any taxable period, the sum, if positive,
of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership
after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination of Net
Termination Gain shall be determined in accordance with
 
                                      A-9
<PAGE>
Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain, loss or
deduction specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).
 
    "NET TERMINATION LOSS" means, for any taxable period, the sum, if negative,
of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership
after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination of Net
Termination Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall
not include any items of income, gain, loss or deduction specially allocated
under Section 6.1(d).
 
    "NON-CITIZEN ASSIGNEE" means a Person whom the General Partner has
determined in its discretion does not constitute an Eligible Citizen and as to
whose Partnership Interest the General Partner has become the Substituted
Limited Partner, pursuant to Section 4.9.
 
    "NONRECOURSE BUILT-IN GAIN" means with respect to any Contributed Properties
or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage, pledge or other lien
securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be
allocated to the Partners pursuant to Sections 6.2(b)(i)(A), 6.2(b)(ii)(A) and
6.2(b)(iii) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full
satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.
 
    "NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS" means any and all items of loss, deduction or
expenditures (described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance
with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable
to a Nonrecourse Liability.
 
    "NONRECOURSE LIABILITY" has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
 
    "NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE" means Northern Border Pipeline Company, a Texas
general partnership.
 
    "NOTICE OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 15.1(b).
 
    "OPERATING EXPENDITURES" means all Partnership expenditures, including, but
not limited to, operating expenses, taxes, reimbursements of the General
Partner, debt service payments, and capital expenditures, subject to the
following:
 
    (a) Payments (including prepayments) of principal of and premium on
       indebtedness shall not be an Operating Expenditure if the payment is (i)
       required in connection with the sale or other disposition of assets or
       (ii) made in connection with the refinancing or refunding of indebtedness
       with the proceeds from new indebtedness or from the sale of equity
       interests. For purposes of the foregoing, at the election and in the
       reasonable discretion of the General Partner, any payment of principal or
       premium shall be deemed to be refunded or refinanced by any indebtedness
       incurred or to be incurred by the Partnership within 180 days before or
       after such payment to the extent of the principal amount of such
       indebtedness.
 
    (b) Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) capital expenditures made
       for Acquisitions or for Capital Improvements, (ii) payment of transaction
       expenses relating to Interim Capital Transactions or (iii) distributions
       to Partners. Where capital expenditures are made in part for Acquisitions
       or for Capital Improvements and in part for other purposes, the General
       Partner's good faith allocation between the amounts paid for each shall
       be conclusive.
 
    "OPERATING SURPLUS" means, with respect to any period ending prior to the
Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication,
 
    (a) the sum of (i) $20 million plus all cash and cash equivalents of the
       Partnership on hand as of the close of business on the Closing Date, (ii)
       all cash receipts of the Partnership for the period beginning on the
       Closing Date and ending with the last day of such period, other than cash
       receipts from Interim Capital Transactions (except to the extent
       specified in
 
                                      A-10
<PAGE>
       Section 6.5) and (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership after the end
       of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating
       Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital
       Borrowings, less
 
    (b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the
       Closing Date and ending with the last day of such period and (ii) the
       amount of cash reserves that is necessary or advisable in the reasonable
       discretion of the General Partner to provide funds for future Operating
       Expenditures; provided, however, that disbursements made (including
       contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group
       Member) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end
       of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available
       Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made,
       established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating
       Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, "OPERATING SURPLUS" with respect to the
Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall
equal zero.
 
    "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular
counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates)
acceptable to the General Partner in its reasonable discretion.
 
    "ORGANIZATIONAL LIMITED PARTNER" means TransCan Northern in its capacity as
the organizational limited partner of the Partnership pursuant to this
Agreement.
 
    "OUTSTANDING" means, with respect to Partnership Securities, all Partnership
Securities that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on
the Partnership's books and records as of the date of determination; provided,
however, that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner
or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of any Outstanding Partnership
Securities of any class then Outstanding, all Partnership Securities owned by
such Person or Group shall not be voted on any matter and shall not be
considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited
Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating
required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar
purposes under this Agreement, except that Common Units so owned shall be
considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Common
Units shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership
Securities for purposes of this Agreement); provided, further, that the
foregoing limitation shall not apply (i) to any Person or Group who acquired 20%
or more of any Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding
directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates or (ii) to any Person or
Group who acquired 20% or more of any Outstanding Partnership Securities of any
class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described
in clause (i) provided that the General Partner shall have notified such Person
or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply.
 
    "OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION" means the over-allotment option granted to the
Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
 
    "PARITY UNITS" means Common Units and all other Units having rights to
distributions or in liquidation ranking on a parity with the Common Units.
 
    "PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT" has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
 
    "PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT MINIMUM GAIN" has the meaning set forth in
Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
 
    "PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS" means any and all items of loss, deduction
or expenditure (including, without limitation, any expenditure described in
Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in
 
                                      A-11
<PAGE>
accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are
attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.
 
    "PARTNERS" means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.
 
    "PARTNERSHIP" means TC PipeLines, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and
any successors thereto.
 
    "PARTNERSHIP GROUP" means the Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership and
any Subsidiary of any such entity, treated as a single consolidated entity.
 
    "PARTNERSHIP INTEREST" means an interest in the Partnership, which shall
include the General Partner Interest and Limited Partner Interests.
 
    "PARTNERSHIP MINIMUM GAIN" means that amount determined in accordance with
the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).
 
    "PARTNERSHIP SECURITY" means any class or series of equity interest in the
Partnership (but excluding any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights
relating to an equity interest in the Partnership), including without
limitation, Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
    "PERCENTAGE INTEREST" means as of any date of determination (a) as to the
General Partner (with respect to its General Partner Interest), an aggregate 1%,
(b) as to any Unitholder or Assignee holding Units, the product obtained by
multiplying (i) 99% less the percentage applicable to paragraph (c) by (ii) the
quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of Units held by such Unitholder or
Assignee by (B) the total number of all Outstanding Units, and (c) as to the
holders of additional Partnership Securities issued by the Partnership in
accordance with Section 5.6, the percentage established as a part of such
issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution
Right shall at all times be zero.
 
    "PERSON" means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association,
government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
 
    "PER UNIT CAPITAL AMOUNT" means, as of any date of determination, the
Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any Unit held by a
Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner
who holds Units.
 
    "PRO RATA" means (a) when modifying Units or any class thereof, apportioned
equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage
Interests, (b) when modifying Partners and Assignees, apportioned among all
Partners and Assignees in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests
and (c) when modifying holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned
equally among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with
the relative number of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder.
 
    "PURCHASE DATE" means the date determined by the General Partner as the date
for purchase of all Outstanding Units of a certain class (other than Units held
by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.
 
    "QUARTER" means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of
the Partnership.
 
    "RECAPTURE INCOME" means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed
without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or Section 743 of the
Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which
gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of
deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.
 
                                      A-12
<PAGE>
    "RECORD DATE" means the date established by the General Partner for
determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to
vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give
approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to
exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the
identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to
participate in any offer.
 
    "RECORD HOLDER" means the Person in whose name a Common Unit is registered
on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the opening of business on a particular
Business Day, or with respect to other Partnership Securities, the Person in
whose name any such other Partnership Security is registered on the books which
the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the opening of business on such
Business Day.
 
    "REDEEMABLE INTERESTS" means any Partnership Interests for which a
redemption notice has been given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to
Section 4.10.
 
    "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means the Registration Statement on Form S-1
(Registration No. 333-69947) as it has been or as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission
under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units
in the Initial Offering.
 
    "REMAINING NET POSITIVE ADJUSTMENTS" means as of the end of any taxable
period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated
Units, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding
Common Units or Subordinated Units as of the end of such period over (b) the sum
of those Unitholders' Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each
prior taxable period, (ii) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the
General Partner Interest), the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the
General Partner as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the General
Partner's Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to the
General Partner Interest for each prior taxable period, and (iii) with respect
to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net
Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights as of the
end of such period over (b) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis
Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each
prior taxable period.
 
    "REQUIRED ALLOCATIONS" means (a) any limitation imposed on any allocation of
Net Losses or Net Termination Losses under Section 6.1(b) or 6.1(c)(ii) and (b)
any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section
6.1(d)(i), 6.1(d)(ii), 6.1(d)(iv), 6.1(d)(vii) or 6.1(d)(ix).
 
    "RESIDUAL GAIN" or "RESIDUAL LOSS" means any item of gain or loss, as the
case may be, of the Partnership recognized for federal income tax purposes
resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a Contributed Property
or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain or loss is not allocated
pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(i)(A) or 6.2(b)(ii)(A), respectively, to eliminate
Book-Tax Disparities.
 
    "SECOND LIQUIDATION TARGET AMOUNT" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).
 
    "SECOND TARGET DISTRIBUTION" means $0.6900 per Unit per Quarter (or, with
respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30,
1999, it means the product of $0.6900 multiplied by a fraction of which the
numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the
denominator is 91), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 6.6 and
6.9.
 
    "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented
or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.
 
    "SHARE OF ADDITIONAL BOOK BASIS DERIVATIVE ITEMS" means in connection with
any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period,
(i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units,
the amount that bears the same ratio to such
 
                                      A-13
<PAGE>
Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders' Remaining Net
Positive Adjustments as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate
Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time, (ii) with respect to the
General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Interest), the amount that
bears the same ratio to such additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the
General Partner's Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such
period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustment as of that time,
and (iii) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights,
the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative
Items as the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the
Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period bears to the
Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.
 
    "SPECIAL APPROVAL" means approval by a majority of the members of the
Conflicts Committee.
 
    "SUBORDINATED UNIT" means a Unit representing a fractional part of the
Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees (other than of
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights) and having the rights and
obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The
term "SUBORDINATED UNIT" as used herein does not include a Common Unit.
 
    "SUBORDINATION PERIOD" means the period commencing on the Closing Date and
ending on the first to occur of the following dates:
 
    (a) the first day of any Quarter beginning after June 30, 2004 in respect of
       which (i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on
       each of the Outstanding Common Units and Outstanding Subordinated Units
       with respect to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping
       four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded
       the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units and
       Subordinated Units that were Outstanding during such periods and (B) the
       Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during each of the three
       consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding
       such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly
       Distribution on all of the Common Units and Subordinated Units that were
       Outstanding during such periods on a fully diluted basis (i.e., taking
       into account for purposes of such determination all Outstanding Common
       Units, all Outstanding Subordinated Units, all Common Units and
       Subordinated Units issuable upon exercise of employee options that have,
       as of the date of determination, already vested or are scheduled to vest
       prior to the end of the Quarter immediately following the Quarter with
       respect to which such determination is made, and all Common Units and
       Subordinated Units that have as of the date of determination, been earned
       by but not yet issued to management of the Partnership in respect of
       incentive compensation), plus the related distribution on the General
       Partner Interest in the Partnership and on the general partner interest
       in the Intermediate Partnership, during such periods and (ii) there are
       no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages; and
 
    (b) the date on which the General Partner is removed as general partner of
       the Partnership upon the requisite vote by holders of Outstanding Units
       under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the
       General Partner and its Affiliates are not voted in favor of such
       removal.
 
    "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which
more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other
governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date
of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or
a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which
such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a
general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the
partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership
interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or
indirectly, at
 
                                      A-14
<PAGE>
the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such
Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a
corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of
such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of
determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power
to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other
governing body of such Person. The foregoing definition shall not include any JV
Entity, including, without limitation, Northern Border Pipeline.
 
    "SUBSTITUTED LIMITED PARTNER" means a Person who is admitted as a Limited
Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.2 in place of and with all the
rights of a Limited Partner and who is shown as a Limited Partner on the books
and records of the Partnership.
 
    "SURVIVING BUSINESS ENTITY" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
14.2(b).
 
    "TRADING DAY" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).
 
    "TRANSCANADA" means TransCanada PipeLines Limited, a Canadian corporation.
 
    "TRANSCANADA BORDER PIPELINE" means TransCanada Border Pipeline Ltd., a
Nevada corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransCanada.
 
    "TRANSCAN NORTHERN" means TransCan Northern Ltd., a Delaware corporation and
a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransCanada.
 
    "TRANSFER" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.4(a).
 
    "TRANSFER AGENT" means such bank, trust company or other Person (including
the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as shall be appointed from time to
time by the Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for the Common
Units; provided that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for any
other Partnership Securities, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.
 
    "TRANSFER APPLICATION" means an application and agreement for transfer of
Units in the form set forth on the back of a Certificate or in a form
substantially to the same effect in a separate instrument.
 
    "TREASURY REGULATIONS" means the permanent, temporary or proposed
regulations of the United States Department of the Treasury promulgated under
the Code, as such regulations may be amended and in effect from time to time.
Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Treasury
Regulations shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding
provision of successor law.
 
    "UNDERWRITER" means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the
Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.
 
    "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT" means the Underwriting Agreement dated
             , 1999 among the Underwriters, the Partnership, the Intermediate
Partnership, the General Partner, TransCanada and others, providing for the
purchase of Common Units by such Underwriters.
 
    "UNIT" means a Partnership Security that is designated as a "UNIT" and shall
include Common Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) a General
Partner Interest or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.
 
    "UNITHOLDERS" means the holders of Common Units and Subordinated Units.
 
    "UNIT MAJORITY" means, during the Subordination Period, at least a majority
of the Outstanding Common Units voting as a class and at least a majority of the
Outstanding Subordinated Units voting as a class, and thereafter, at least a
majority of the Outstanding Common Units.
 
    "UNPAID MQD" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(B).
 
    "UNREALIZED GAIN" attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as
of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value
of such property as of such date (as
 
                                      A-15
<PAGE>
determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as
of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as
of such date).
 
    "UNREALIZED LOSS" attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as
of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of
such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to
Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property
as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).
 
    "UNRECOVERED CAPITAL" means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial
Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus
theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of
cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with
the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect
of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be
appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of
such Units.
 
    "U.S. GAAP" means United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
consistently applied.
 
    "WITHDRAWAL OPINION OF COUNSEL" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 11.1(b).
 
    "WORKING CAPITAL BORROWINGS" means borrowings exclusively for working
capital purposes. Amounts drawn from a credit facility to enable the Partnership
to pay distributions to partners of the Partnership if there has been a
temporary interruption or delay in receipt of distributions from Northern Border
Pipeline shall also constitute Working Capital Borrowings.
 
Section 1.2 CONSTRUCTION.
 
    Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this
Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms,
and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and
vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and
Sections of this Agreement; and (c) the term "INCLUDE" or "INCLUDES" means
includes, without limitation, and "INCLUDING" means including, without
limitation.
 
                                   ARTICLE II
                                  ORGANIZATION
 
Section 2.1 FORMATION.
 
    The General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner have previously
formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of
the Delaware Act and hereby amend and restate the original Agreement of Limited
Partnership of TC Pipelines, LP in its entirety. This amendment and restatement
shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly
provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including
fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the
administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed
by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal
property of the owner thereof for all purposes and a Partner has no interest in
specific Partnership property.
 
                                      A-16
<PAGE>
Section 2.2 NAME.
 
    The name of the Partnership shall be "TC PipeLines, LP" The Partnership's
business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed necessary or
appropriate by the General Partner in its sole discretion, including the name of
the General Partner. The words "Limited Partnership," "L.P.," "Ltd." or similar
words or letters shall be included in the Partnership's name where necessary for
the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The
General Partner in its discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any
time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change
in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.
 
Section 2.3 REGISTERED OFFICE; REGISTERED AGENT; PRINCIPAL OFFICE; OTHER
OFFICES.
 
    Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of
the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at Corporation Trust
Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, and the registered agent for
service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such
registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust
Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801. The principal office of the
Partnership shall be located at Four Greenspoint Plaza, 16945 Northchase Drive,
Houston, TX 77060 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to
time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain
offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as
the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate. The address of the General
Partner shall be Four Greenspoint Plaza, 16945 Northchase Drive, Houston, TX
77060 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate
by notice to the Limited Partners.
 
Section 2.4 PURPOSE AND BUSINESS.
 
    The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership
shall be to (a) serve as a partner of the Intermediate Partnership and, in
connection therewith, to exercise all the rights and powers conferred upon the
Partnership as a partner of the Intermediate Partnership pursuant to the
Intermediate Partnership Agreement or otherwise, (b) engage directly in, or
enter into or form any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited
liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business
activity that the Intermediate Partnership is permitted to engage in by the
Intermediate Partnership Agreement and, in connection therewith, to exercise all
of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the
agreements relating to such business activity, (c) engage directly in, or enter
into or form any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability
company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that
is approved by the General Partner and which lawfully may be conducted by a
limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection
therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the
Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity;
provided, however, that the General Partner reasonably determines, as of the
date of the acquisition or commencement of such activity, that such activity (i)
generates "QUALIFYING INCOME" (as such term is defined pursuant to Section 7704
of the Code) or (ii) enhances the operations of an activity of the Intermediate
Partnership or a Partnership activity that generates qualifying income, and (d)
do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of
capital contributions or loans to a Group Member or JV Entity. The General
Partner has no obligation or duty to the Partnership, the Limited Partners or
the Assignees to propose or approve, and in its discretion may decline to
propose or approve, the conduct by the Partnership of any business.
 
                                      A-17
<PAGE>
Section 2.5 POWERS.
 
    The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things
necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the
furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section
2.4.
 
Section 2.6 POWER OF ATTORNEY.
 
        (a) Each Limited Partner and each Assignee hereby constitutes and
    appoints the General Partner and, if a Liquidator shall have been selected
    pursuant to Section 12.3, the Liquidator, (and any successor to the
    Liquidator by merger, transfer, assignment, election or otherwise) and each
    of their authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact, as the case may be, with
    full power of substitution, as his true and lawful agent and
    attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name, place and
    stead, to:
 
           (i) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the
       appropriate public offices (A) all certificates, documents and other
       instruments (including this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited
       Partnership and all amendments or restatements hereof or thereof) that
       the General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary or appropriate to
       form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the
       Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the
       limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in
       all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or
       own property; (B) all certificates, documents and other instruments that
       the General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary or appropriate to
       reflect, in accordance with its terms, any amendment, change,
       modification or restatement of this Agreement; (C) all certificates,
       documents and other instruments (including conveyances and a certificate
       of cancellation) that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems
       necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of
       the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (D) all
       certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the admission,
       withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other
       events described in, Article IV, X, XI or XII; (E) all certificates,
       documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the
       preferences, rights, powers, privileges and duties of any class or series
       of Partnership Securities issued pursuant to Section 5.6; and (F) all
       certificates, documents and other instruments (including agreements and a
       certificate of merger) relating to a merger or consolidation of the
       Partnership pursuant to Article XIV; and
 
           (ii) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all
       ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other
       instruments necessary or appropriate, in the discretion of the General
       Partner or the Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any
       vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given
       by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this
       Agreement or is necessary or appropriate, in the discretion of the
       General Partner or the Liquidator, to effectuate the terms or intent of
       this Agreement; provided, that when required by Section 13.3 or any other
       provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of the Limited
       Partners or of the Limited Partners of any class or series required to
       take any action, the General Partner and the Liquidator may exercise the
       power of attorney made in this Section 2.6(a)(ii) only after the
       necessary vote, consent or approval of the Limited Partners or of the
       Limited Partners of such class or series, as applicable.
 
    Nothing contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall be construed as authorizing
the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article
XIII or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.
 
                                      A-18
<PAGE>
        (b) The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable
    and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and, to the
    maximum extent permitted by law, not be affected by the subsequent death,
    incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination
    of any Limited Partner or Assignee and the transfer of all or any portion of
    such Limited Partner's or Assignee's Partnership Interest and shall extend
    to such Limited Partner's or Assignee's heirs, successors, assigns and
    personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby
    agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner or the
    Liquidator acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each
    such Limited Partner or Assignee, to the maximum extent permitted by law,
    hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate
    or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or the Liquidator taken in
    good faith under such power of attorney. Each Limited Partner or Assignee
    shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within
    15 days after receipt of the request therefor, such further designation,
    powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the
    Liquidator deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of
    the Partnership.
 
Section 2.7 TERM.
 
    The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of
Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in
existence until the close of Partnership business on December 31, 2097 or until
the earlier dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of
Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall
continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as
provided in the Delaware Act.
 
Section 2.8 TITLE TO PARTNERSHIP ASSETS.
 
    Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether
tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an
entity, and no Partner or Assignee, individually or collectively, shall have any
ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to
any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership,
the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as
the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and
warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name
of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees
shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use
and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use reasonable
efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect
of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of
conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to
be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable; provided,
further, that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as
soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts
to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such
transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to
the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of
the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which
record title to such Partnership assets is held.
 
                                      A-19
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE III
                           RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
 
Section 3.1 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
 
    The Limited Partners and the Assignees shall have no liability under this
Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act.
 
Section 3.2 MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS.
 
    No Limited Partner or Assignee, in its capacity as such, shall participate
in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act)
of the Partnership's business, transact any business in the Partnership's name
or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. Any
action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director,
employee, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or
any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, member, general
partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not
be deemed to be participation in the control of the business of the Partnership
by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a)
of the Delaware Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations
on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees under this Agreement.
 
Section 3.3 OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS.
 
    Subject to the provisions of Section 7.5, which shall continue to be
applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such
Persons shall also be Limited Partners or Assignees, any Limited Partner or
Assignee shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in
business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including
business interests and activities in direct competition with any Group Member or
JV Entity. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners or Assignees
shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of
any Limited Partner or Assignee.
 
Section 3.4 RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS.
 
        (a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by
    applicable law, and except as limited by Section 3.4(b), each Limited
    Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such
    Limited Partner's interest as a limited partner in the Partnership, upon
    reasonable written demand and at such Limited Partner's own expense:
 
           (i) to obtain true and full information regarding the status of the
       business and financial condition of the Partnership;
 
           (ii) promptly after becoming available, to obtain a copy of the
       Partnership's federal, state and local income tax returns for each year;
 
           (iii) to have furnished to him a current list of the name and last
       known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;
 
           (iv) to have furnished to him a copy of this Agreement and the
       Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together
       with a copy of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to
       which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all
       amendments thereto have been executed;
 
           (v) to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash
       and a description and statement of the Net Agreed Value of any other
       Capital Contribution by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to
       contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner;
       and
 
                                      A-20
<PAGE>
           (vi) to obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the
       Partnership as is just and reasonable.
 
        (b) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners
    and Assignees, for such period of time as the General Partner deems
    reasonable, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes
    to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the
    disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes (A) is not in
    the best interests of any Group Member or JV Entity, (B) could damage any
    Group Member or JV Entity or (C) that any Group Member or JV Entity is
    required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential
    (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary
    purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section
    3.4).
 
                                   ARTICLE IV
 CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF
                             PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 4.1 CERTIFICATES.
 
    Upon the Partnership's issuance of Common Units or Subordinated Units to any
Person, the Partnership shall issue one or more Certificates in the name of such
Person evidencing the number of such Units being so issued. In addition, (a)
upon the General Partner's request, the Partnership shall issue to it one or
more Certificates in the name of the General Partner evidencing its interests in
the Partnership and (b) upon the request of any Person holding Incentive
Distribution Rights or any other Partnership Securities other than Common Units
or Subordinated Units, the Partnership shall issue to such Person one or more
certificates evidencing such Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership
Securities other than Common Units or Subordinated Units. Certificates shall be
executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman, President or any
Executive Vice President or Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant
Secretary of the General Partner. No Common Unit Certificate shall be valid for
any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided,
however, that if the General Partner elects to issue Common Units in global
form, the Common Unit Certificates shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate
from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Common Units have been duly
registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership and the
Underwriters. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.7(b), the Partners
holding Certificates evidencing Subordinated Units may exchange such
Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units on or after the date on
which such Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the
terms of Section 5.8.
 
Section 4.2 MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES.
 
        (a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent,
    the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership
    shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in
    exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of
    Partnership Securities as the Certificate so surrendered.
 
        (b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the
    Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall
    countersign a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued
    if the Record Holder of the Certificate:
 
           (i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to
       the Partnership, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost,
       destroyed or stolen;
 
           (ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the
       Partnership has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a
       purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;
 
                                      A-21
<PAGE>
           (iii) if requested by the Partnership, delivers to the Partnership a
       bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the Partnership, with surety
       or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the Partnership may
       reasonably direct, in its sole discretion, to indemnify the Partnership,
       the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any
       claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or
       theft of the Certificate; and
 
           (iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the
       Partnership.
 
    If a Limited Partner or Assignee fails to notify the Partnership within a
reasonable time after he has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a
Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the
Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the
Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner or Assignee shall
be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner
or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.
 
        (c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this
    Section 4.2, the Partnership may require the payment of a sum sufficient to
    cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
    thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the
    Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.
 
Section 4.3 RECORD HOLDERS.
 
    The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the
Partner or Assignee with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly,
shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in
such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether
the Partnership shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise
provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of
any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed
for trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker,
dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the
foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative
capacityfor another Person in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as
between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other,
such representative Person (a) shall be the Partner or Assignee (as the case may
be) of record and beneficially, (b) must execute and deliver a Transfer
Application and (c) shall be bound by this Agreement and shall have the rights
and obligations of a Partner or Assignee (as the case may be) hereunder and as,
and to the extent, provided for herein.
 
    Section 4.4 TRANSFER GENERALLY.
 
        (a) The term "TRANSFER," when used in this Agreement with respect to a
    Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by which the
    General Partner assigns its General Partner Interest to another Person who
    becomes the General Partner, by which the holder of a Limited Partner
    Interest assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or
    becomes a Limited Partner or an Assignee, and includes a sale, assignment,
    gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other
    disposition by law or otherwise.
 
        (b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part,
    except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article
    IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in
    accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void.
 
        (c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a
    disposition by any stockholder of the General Partner of any or all of the
    issued and outstanding stock of the General Partner.
 
                                      A-22
<PAGE>
Section 4.5 REGISTRATION AND TRANSFER OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS.
 
        (a) The Partnership shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the
    Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as
    it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the
    Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited
    Partner Interests. The Transfer Agent is hereby appointed registrar and
    transfer agent for the purpose of registering Common Units and transfers of
    such Common Units as herein provided. The Partnership shall not recognize
    transfers of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests unless such
    transfers are effected in the manner described in this Section 4.5. Upon
    surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited
    Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions
    of Section 4.5(b), the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf
    of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Common
    Units, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the
    holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to
    the holder's instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same
    aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by
    the Certificate so surrendered.
 
        (b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.9, the Partnership shall
    not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests until the
    Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for
    registration of transfer and such Certificates are accompanied by a Transfer
    Application duly executed by the transferee (or the transferee's
    attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing). No charge shall be imposed by
    the Partnership for such transfer; provided, that as a condition to the
    issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5, the Partnership may
    require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
    governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto.
 
        (c) Limited Partner Interests may be transferred only in the manner
    described in this Section 4.5. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests
    and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an
    amendment to this Agreement.
 
        (d) Until admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner pursuant to Section
    10.2, the Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest shall be an Assignee
    in respect of such Limited Partner Interest. Limited Partners may include
    custodians, nominees or any other individual or entity in its own or any
    representative capacity.
 
        (e) A transferee of a Limited Partner Interest who has completed and
    delivered a Transfer Application shall be deemed to have (i) requested
    admission as a Substituted Limited Partner, (ii) agreed to comply with and
    be bound by and to have executed this Agreement, (iii) represented and
    warranted that such transferee has the right, power and authority and, if an
    individual, the capacity to enter into this Agreement, (iv) granted the
    powers of attorney set forth in this Agreement and (v) given the consents
    and approvals and made the waivers contained in this Agreement.
 
        (f) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any
    time to transfer their Subordinated Units and Common Units (whether issued
    upon conversion of the Subordinated Units or otherwise) to one or more
    Persons.
 
Section 4.6 TRANSFER OF THE GENERAL PARTNER'S GENERAL PARTNER INTEREST.
 
        (a) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to June 30, 2009, the General
    Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest
    to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written
    consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding
    Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its
    Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its General Partner
    Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the General Partner or (B) another Person in
    connection with the merger or consolidation of the
 
                                      A-23
<PAGE>
    General Partner with or into another Person or the transfer by the General
    Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to another Person.
 
        (b) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after June 30, 2009, the
    General Partner may transfer all or any of its General Partner Interest
    without Unitholder approval.
 
        (c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the
    General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to
    another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume
    the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and of the
    general partner under the Intermediate Partnership Agreement and to be bound
    by the provisions of this Agreement and the Intermediate Partnership
    Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such
    transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited
    Partner or of any limited partner of the Intermediate Partnership or cause
    the Partnership or the Intermediate Partnership to be treated as an
    association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity
    for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or
    taxed) and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the
    appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the interest of the General
    Partner as the general partner or managing member of each other Group
    Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this
    Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject
    to compliance with the terms of Section 10.3, be admitted to the Partnership
    as a General Partner immediately prior to the transfer of the Partnership
    Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without
    dissolution.
 
Section 4.7 TRANSFER OF INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS.
 
    Prior to June 30, 2009, a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may
transfer any or all of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by such holder
without any consent of the Unitholders (a) to an Affiliate or (b) to another
Person in connection with (i) the merger or consolidation of such holder of
Incentive Distribution Rights with or into such other Person or (ii) the
transfer by such holder of all or substantially all of its assets to such other
Person. Any other transfer of the Incentive Distribution Rights prior to June
30, 2009, shall require the prior approval of holders at least a majority of the
Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and
its Affiliates). On or after June 30, 2009, the General Partner or any other
holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of its Incentive
Distribution Rights without Unitholder approval. Notwithstanding anything herein
to the contrary, no transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person
shall be permitted unless the transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of
this Agreement. The General Partner shall have the authority (but shall not be
required) to adopt such reasonable restrictions on the transfer of Incentive
Distribution Rights and requirements for registering the transfer of Incentive
Distribution Rights as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, shall
determine are necessary or appropriate.
 
Section 4.8 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS.
 
        (a) Except as provided in Section 4.8(d) below, but notwithstanding the
    other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership
    Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then
    applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the
    Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental
    authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the existence
    or qualification of the Partnership or the Intermediate Partnership under
    the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, or (iii) cause the
    Partnership or the Intermediate Partnership to be treated as an association
    taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal
    income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).
 
                                      A-24
<PAGE>
        (b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of
    Partnership Interests if it determines based upon a subsequent Opinion of
    Counsel that such restrictions are necessary to avoid a significant risk of
    the Partnership or the Intermediate Partnership being treated as an
    association taxable as a corporation or otherwise being taxed as an entity
    for federal income tax purposes. The restrictions may be imposed by making
    such amendments to this Agreement as the General Partner may determine to be
    necessary or appropriate to impose such restrictions; provided, however,
    that any amendment that the General Partner believes, in the exercise of its
    reasonable discretion, could result in the delisting or suspension of
    trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National
    Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then
    traded must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the
    holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests
    of such class.
 
        (c) The transfer of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common
    Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(b).
 
        (d) Nothing contained in this Article IV or elsewhere in this Agreement,
    shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership
    Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities
    Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed for trading.
 
Section 4.9 CITIZENSHIP CERTIFICATES; NON-CITIZEN ASSIGNEES.
 
        (a) If any Group Member or JV Entity is or becomes subject to any
    federal, state or local law or regulation that, in the reasonable
    determination of the General Partner, creates a substantial risk of
    cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member or JV
    Entity has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other
    related status of a Limited Partner or Assignee, the General Partner may
    request any Limited Partner or Assignee to furnish to the General Partner,
    within 30 days after receipt of such request, an executed Citizenship
    Certification or such other information concerning his nationality,
    citizenship or other related status (or, if the Limited Partner or Assignee
    is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, the nationality,
    citizenship or other related status of such Person) as the General Partner
    may request. If a Limited Partner or Assignee fails to furnish to the
    General Partner within the aforementioned 30-day period such Citizenship
    Certification or other requested information or if upon receipt of such
    Citizenship Certification or other requested information the General Partner
    determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner or Assignee
    is not an Eligible Citizen, the Partnership Interests owned by such Limited
    Partner or Assignee shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the
    provisions of Section 4.10. In addition, the General Partner may require
    that the status of any such Partner or Assignee be changed to that of a
    Non-citizen Assignee and, thereupon, the General Partner shall be
    substituted for such Non-citizen Assignee as the Limited Partner in respect
    of his Limited Partner Interests.
 
        (b) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of
    Limited Partner Interests held by it on behalf of Non-citizen Assignees,
    distribute the votes in the same ratios as the votes of Partners (including
    without limitation the General Partner) in respect of Limited Partner
    Interests other than those of Non-citizen Assignees are cast, either for,
    against or abstaining as to the matter.
 
        (c) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, a Non-citizen Assignee shall
    have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but
    shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall
    provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Non-citizen Assignee's
    share of the distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be
    treated for Partnership purposes as a purchase by the Partnership from the
    Non-citizen
 
                                      A-25
<PAGE>
    Assignee of his Limited Partner Interest (representing his right to receive
    his share of such distribution in kind).
 
        (d) At any time after he can and does certify that he has become an
    Eligible Citizen, a Non-citizen Assignee may, upon application to the
    General Partner, request admission as a Substituted Limited Partner with
    respect to any Limited Partner Interests of such Non-citizen Assignee not
    redeemed pursuant to Section 4.10, and upon his admission pursuant to
    Section 10.2, the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the Limited
    Partner in respect of the Non-citizen Assignee's Limited Partner Interests.
 
Section 4.10 REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS OF NON-CITIZEN ASSIGNEES.
 
        (a) If at any time a Limited Partner or Assignee fails to furnish a
    Citizenship Certification or other information requested within the 30-day
    period specified in Section 4.9(a), or if upon receipt of such Citizenship
    Certification or other information the General Partner determines, with the
    advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner or Assignee is not an Eligible
    Citizen, the Partnership may, unless the Limited Partner or Assignee
    establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Limited
    Partner or Assignee is an Eligible Citizen or has transferred his
    Partnership Interests to a Person who is an Eligible Citizen and who
    furnishes a Citizenship Certification to the General Partner prior to the
    date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Partnership Interest
    of such Limited Partner or Assignee as follows:
 
           (i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the
       date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Limited
       Partner or Assignee, at his last address designated on the records of the
       Partnership or the Transfer Agent, by registered or certified mail,
       postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so
       mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed
       for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption
       price will be made upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the
       Redeemable Interests and that on and after the date fixed for redemption
       no further allocations or distributions to which the Limited Partner or
       Assignee would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable
       Interests will accrue or be made.
 
           (ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be
       an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of
       which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Limited Partner
       Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of
       Limited Partner Interests of each such class included among the
       Redeemable Interests. The redemption price shall be paid, in the
       discretion of the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory
       note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price,
       bearing interest at the rate of 10% annually and payable in three equal
       annual installments of principal together with accrued interest,
       commencing one year after the redemption date.
 
           (iii) Upon surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner or
       Assignee, at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the
       Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank
       or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank, the Limited
       Partner or Assignee or his duly authorized representative shall be
       entitled to receive the payment therefor.
 
           (iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer
       constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.
 
        (b) The provisions of this Section 4.10 shall also be applicable to
    Limited Partner Interests held by a Limited Partner or Assignee as nominee
    of a Person determined to be other than an Eligible Citizen.
 
                                      A-26
<PAGE>
        (c) Nothing in this Section 4.10 shall prevent the recipient of a notice
    of redemption from transferring his Limited Partner Interest before the
    redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this
    Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner
    shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such
    Limited Partner Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the General
    Partner in a Citizenship Certification delivered in connection with the
    Transfer Application that he is an Eligible Citizen. If the transferee fails
    to make such certification, such redemption shall be effected from the
    transferee on the original redemption date.
 
                                   ARTICLE V
          CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
 
Section 5.1 ORGANIZATIONAL CONTRIBUTIONS.
 
    In connection with the formation of the Partnership under the Delaware Act,
the General Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in
the amount of $10.00, for a certain interest in the Partnership and has been
admitted as the General Partner and as a Limited Partner of the Partnership, and
the Organizational Limited Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the
Partnership in the amount of $990.00 for an interest in the Partnership and has
been admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership. As of the Closing Date,
the interest of the Organizational Limited Partner shall be redeemed; the
initial Capital Contributions of each Partner shall thereupon be refunded; and
the Organizational Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner of the
Partnership. Ninety-nine percent of any interest or other profit that may have
resulted from the investment or other use of such initial Capital Contributions
shall be allocated and distributed to the Organizational Limited Partner, and
the balance thereof shall be allocated and distributed to the General Partner.
 
Section 5.2 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PARTNERSHIP.
 
        (a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution and Conveyance
    Agreement, (i) TransCanada Border PipeLine contributed to the Partnership,
    as a Capital Contribution, all of its limited partner interest in the
    Intermediate Partnership in exchange for (A) a 1% general partner interest,
    (B) 3,200,000 Subordinated Units, (C) 14,286 Common Units, and (D) the
    Incentive Distribution Rights, (ii) TransCan Northern contributed to the
    Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, all of its limited partner interest
    in the Intermediate Partnership in exchange for 14,285,714 Common Units,
    (iii) the Partnership redeemed all of the Common Units issued to TransCanada
    Border PipeLine and TransCan Northern for cash, and (iv) TransCanada Border
    Pipeline transferred all of its interests in the Partnership and the
    Intermediate Partnership to the General Partner.
 
        (b) Upon the issuance of any additional Limited Partner Interests by the
    Partnership (other than the issuance of the Common Units issued in the
    Initial Offering or pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option), the General
    Partner shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions equal to
    1/99th of any amount contributed to the Partnership by the Limited Partners
    in exchange for such additional Limited Partner Interests. Except as set
    forth in the immediately preceding sentence and Article XII, the General
    Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contributions
    to the Partnership.
 
Section 5.3 CONTRIBUTIONS BY INITIAL LIMITED PARTNERS AND REIMBURSEMENT OF THE
GENERAL PARTNER.
 
        (a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each
    Underwriter shall contribute to the Partnership cash in an amount equal to
    the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit, multiplied by the number of Common
    Units specified in the Underwriting Agreement to be purchased by such
    Underwriter at the Closing Date. In exchange for such Capital Contributions
    by the Underwriters, the Partnership shall issue Common Units to each
 
                                      A-27
<PAGE>
    Underwriter on whose behalf such Capital Contribution is made in an amount
    equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the cash contribution to the
    Partnership by or on behalf of such Underwriter by (ii) the Issue Price per
    Initial Common Unit.
 
        (b) Upon the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter
    shall contribute to the Partnership cash in an amount equal to the Issue
    Price per Initial Common Unit, multiplied by the number of Common Units
    specified in the Underwriting Agreement to be purchased by such Underwriter
    at the Option Closing Date. In exchange for such Capital Contributions by
    the Underwriters, the Partnership shall issue Common Units to each
    Underwriter on whose behalf such Capital Contribution is made in an amount
    equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the cash contributions to the
    Partnership by or on behalf of such Underwriter by (ii) the Issue Price per
    Initial Common Unit. Upon receipt by the Partnership of the Capital
    Contributions from the Underwriters as provided in this Section 5.3(b), the
    Partnership shall use such cash to redeem from the General Partner or its
    Affiliates that number of Subordinated Units held by the General Partner or
    its Affiliates equal to the number of Common Units issued to the
    Underwriters as provided in this Section 5.3(b).
 
        (c) No Limited Partner Interests will be issued or issuable as of or at
    the Closing Date other than (i) the Common Units issuable pursuant to
    Section 5.3(a) in an aggregate number equal to 14,300,000, (ii) the
    "OPTIONAL UNITS" as such term is used in the Underwriting Agreement in an
    aggregate number up to 2,145,000 issuable upon exercise of the
    Over-Allotment Option pursuant to Section 5.3(b), (iii) the 3,200,000
    Subordinated Units issuable pursuant to Section 5.2, and (iv) the Incentive
    Distribution Rights.
 
Section 5.4 INTEREST AND WITHDRAWAL.
 
    No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No
Partner or Assignee shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital
Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to
this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such
by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the
extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner or Assignee shall have
priority over any other Partner or Assignee either as to the return of Capital
Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall
be a compromise to which all Partners and Assignees agree within the meaning of
Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.
 
Section 5.5 CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.
 
        (a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial
    owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the
    nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in
    accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable
    to the General Partner in its sole discretion) holding a Partnership
    Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership
    Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section
    1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount
    of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such
    Partnership Interest pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) all items of
    Partnership income and gain (including, without limitation, income and gain
    exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated
    with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1, and
    decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and
    deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such
    Partnership Interest pursuant to this Agreement and (y) all items of
    Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)
    and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section
    6.1.
 
                                      A-28
<PAGE>
        (b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain,
    loss or deduction which is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is to
    be reflected in the Partners' Capital Accounts, the determination,
    recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its
    determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax
    purposes (including, without limitation, any method of depreciation, cost
    recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:
 
           (i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be
       treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the
       General Partner based upon the provisions of the Intermediate Partnership
       Agreement) of all property owned by the Intermediate Partnership or any
       other Subsidiary that is classified as a partnership for federal income
       tax purposes.
 
           (ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to
       promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither
       be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall,
       for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of
       deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall
       be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.
 
           (iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section
       1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss
       and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section
       754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership and, as to those
       items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code,
       without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross
       income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal
       income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax
       basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of
       the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section
       1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital
       Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be
       treated as an item of gain or loss.
 
           (iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition
       of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis
       of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to
       the Partnership's Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such
       date.
 
           (v) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the
       Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization
       attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the
       adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the
       Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an
       adjustment pursuant to Section 5.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any
       Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or
       amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery
       or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined (A) as
       if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value
       of such property immediately following such adjustment and (B) using a
       rate of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization derived from the same
       method and useful life (or, if applicable, the remaining useful life) as
       is applied for federal income tax purposes; provided, however, that, if
       the asset has a zero adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes,
       depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be
       determined using any reasonable method that the General Partner may
       adopt.
 
           (vi) If the Partnership's adjusted basis in a depreciable or cost
       recovery property is reduced for federal income tax purposes pursuant to
       Section 48(q)(1) or 48(q)(3) of the Code, the amount of such reduction
       shall, solely for purposes hereof, be deemed to be an
 
                                      A-29
<PAGE>
       additional depreciation or cost recovery deduction in the year such
       property is placed in service and shall be allocated among the Partners
       pursuant to Section 6.1. Any restoration of such basis pursuant to
       Section 48(q)(2) of the Code shall, to the extent possible, be allocated
       in the same manner to the Partners to whom such deemed deduction was
       allocated.
 
        (c) (i)A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro
    rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the
    Partnership Interest so transferred.
 
           (ii) Immediately prior to the transfer of a Subordinated Unit or of a
       Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to
       Section 5.8 by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate
       unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(ii)
       apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to
       its Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will (A) first, be
       allocated to the Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be
       transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such
       Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred and
       (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any
       remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the
       transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any Subordinated Units
       or converted Subordinated Units. Following any such allocation, the
       transferor's Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the
       retained Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units, if any, will
       have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B)
       hereinabove, and the transferee's Capital Account established with
       respect to the transferred Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated
       Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A)
       hereinabove.
 
        (d) (i) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section
    1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for
    cash or Contributed Property or the conversion of the General Partner's
    Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.3(b), the Capital
    Account of all Partners and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property
    immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to
    reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such
    Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been
    recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such
    issuance and had been allocated to the Partners at such time pursuant to
    Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually
    recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such
    Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair
    market value of all Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash
    or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional
    Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such
    reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt; provided, however, that the
    General Partner, in arriving at such valuation, must take fully into account
    the fair market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such
    time. The General Partner shall allocate such aggregate value among the
    assets of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines in its discretion
    to be reasonable) to arrive at a fair market value for individual
    properties.
 
           (ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section
       1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed
       distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a
       distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a
       Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the
       Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or
       downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable
       to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized
       Loss had been recognized in a sale of such property immediately prior to
       such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had
       been allocated to the Partners, at such
 
                                      A-30
<PAGE>
       time, pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or
       loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In
       determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate cash
       amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including,
       without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a
       distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution which is not
       made pursuant to Section 12.4 or in the case of a deemed distribution, be
       determined and allocated in the same manner as that provided in Section
       5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to
       Section 12.4, be determined and allocated by the Liquidator using such
       reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.
 
Section 5.6 ISSUANCES OF ADDITIONAL PARTNERSHIP SECURITIES.
 
        (a) Subject to Section 5.7, the Partnership may issue additional
    Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights
    relating to the Partnership Securities for any Partnership purpose at any
    time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on
    such terms and conditions as shall be established by the General Partner in
    its sole discretion, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.
 
        (b) Each additional Partnership Security authorized to be issued by the
    Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or more classes,
    or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations,
    preferences, rights, powers, privileges and duties (which may be senior to
    existing classes and series of Partnership Securities), as shall be fixed by
    the General Partner in the exercise of its sole discretion, including (i)
    the right to share Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the
    right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon
    dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms
    and conditions upon which, the Partnership may redeem the Partnership
    Security; (v) whether such Partnership Security is issued with the privilege
    of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such
    conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each
    Partnership Security will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned
    or transferred; and (vii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership
    Security to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the
    relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Security.
 
        (c) The General Partner is hereby authorized and directed to take all
    actions that it deems necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each
    issuance of Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and
    appreciation rights relating to Partnership Securities pursuant to this
    Section 5.6, (ii) the conversion of the General Partner Interest and
    Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this
    Agreement, (iii) the admission of Additional Limited Partners and (iv) all
    additional issuances of Partnership Securities. The General Partner is
    further authorized and directed to specify the relative preferences, rights,
    powers, privileges and duties of the holders of the Units or other
    Partnership Securities being so issued. The General Partner shall do all
    things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and
    directed to do all things it deems to be necessary or advisable in
    connection with any future issuance of Partnership Securities or in
    connection with the conversion of the General Partner Interest and Incentive
    Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,
    including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any
    federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities
    Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Securities are listed for
    trading.
 
                                      A-31
<PAGE>
Section 5.7 LIMITATIONS ON ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL PARTNERSHIP SECURITIES.
 
    The issuance of Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 5.6 shall be
subject to the following restrictions and limitations:
 
        (a) During the Subordination Period, the Partnership shall not issue
    (and shall not issue any options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights
    relating to) an aggregate of more than 8,580,000 additional Parity Units
    without the prior approval of the holders of a Unit Majority. In applying
    this limitation, there shall be excluded Common Units and other Parity Units
    issued (A) in connection with the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, (B)
    in accordance with Sections 5.7(b) and 5.7(c), (C) upon conversion of
    Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.8, (D) upon conversion of the
    General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to
    Section 11.3(b), (E) pursuant to the employee benefit plans of the General
    Partner, the Partnership or any other Group Member and (F) in the event of a
    combination or subdivision of Common Units.
 
        (b) The Partnership may also issue an unlimited number of Parity Units,
    prior to the end of the Subordination Period and without the prior approval
    of the Unitholders, if such issuance occurs (i) in connection with an
    Acquisition or a Capital Improvement or (ii) within 365 days of, and the net
    proceeds from such issuance are used to repay debt incurred in connection
    with, an Acquisition or a Capital Improvement, in each case where such
    Acquisition or Capital Improvement involves assets that, if such assets had
    been acquired by the Partnership as of the date that is one year prior to
    the first day of the Quarter in which such Acquisition is to be consummated
    or such Capital Improvement is to be completed, would have resulted, on a
    pro forma basis, in an increase in:
 
           (A) the amount of Adjusted Operating Surplus generated by the
       Partnership on a per-Unit basis (for all Outstanding Units) with respect
       to each of the four most recently completed Quarters (on a pro forma
       basis as described below) as compared to
 
           (B) the actual amount of Adjusted Operating Surplus generated by the
       Partnership on a per-Unit basis (for all Outstanding Units) (excluding
       Adjusted Operating Surplus attributable to the Acquisition or Capital
       Improvement) with respect to each of such four most recently completed
       Quarters.
 
    If the issuance of Parity Units with respect to an Acquisition or Capital
Improvement occurs within the first four full Quarters after the Closing Date,
then Adjusted Operating Surplus as used in clauses (A) (subject to the
succeeding sentence) and (B) above shall be calculated (i) for each Quarter, if
any, that commenced after the Closing Date for which actual results of
operations are available, based on the actual Adjusted Operating Surplus of the
Partnership generated with respect to such Quarter, and (ii) for each other
Quarter, on a pro forma basis consistent with the procedures, as applicable, set
forth in Appendix D to the Registration Statement. Furthermore, the amount in
clause (A) shall be determined on a pro forma basis assuming that (1) all of the
Parity Units to be issued in connection with or within 365 days of such
Acquisition or Capital Improvement had been issued and outstanding, (2) all
indebtedness for borrowed money to be incurred or assumed in connection with
such Acquisition or Capital Improvement (other than any such indebtedness that
is to be repaid with the proceeds of such issuance of Parity Units) had been
incurred or assumed, in each case as of the commencement of such four-Quarter
period, (3) the personnel expenses that would have been incurred by the
Partnership in the operation of the acquired assets are the personnel expenses
for employees to be retained by the Partnership in the operation of the acquired
assets, and (4) the non-personnel costs and expenses are computed on the same
basis as those incurred by the Partnership in the operation of the Partnership's
business at similarly situated Partnership facilities.
 
                                      A-32
<PAGE>
        (c) During the Subordination Period, the Partnership shall not issue
    (and shall not issue any options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights
    relating to) additional Partnership Securities having rights to
    distributions or in liquidation ranking prior or senior to the Common Units,
    without the prior approval of the holders of a Unit Majority.
 
        (d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.
 
Section 5.8 CONVERSION OF SUBORDINATED UNITS.
 
        (a) A total of one-third of the Subordinated Units Outstanding
    immediately after the closing of the Over-Allotment Option (or the
    expiration of the Over-Allotment Option unexercised) will convert into
    Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the first day after the Record Date
    for distribution in respect of any Quarter ending on or after June 30, 2002,
    in respect of which:
 
           (i) distributions under Section 6.4 in respect of all Outstanding
       Common Units and Outstanding Subordinated Units with respect to each of
       the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately
       preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly
       Distribution on all of the Common Units and Subordinated Units that were
       Outstanding during such periods;
 
           (ii) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during each of the
       three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately
       preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly
       Distribution on all of the Common Units and Subordinated Units that were
       Outstanding during such periods on a fully-diluted basis (i.e. taking
       into account for purposes of such determination all Outstanding Common
       Units, all Outstanding Subordinated Units, all Common Units and
       Subordinated Units issuable upon exercise of employee options that have,
       as of the date of determination, already vested or are scheduled to vest
       prior to the end of the Quarter immediately following the Quarter with
       respect to which such determination is made, and all Common Units and
       Subordinated Units that have, as of the date of determination, been
       earned by but not yet issued to management of the Partnership in respect
       of incentive compensation), plus the related distribution on the General
       Partner Interest in the Partnership and the general partner interest in
       the Intermediate Partnership, during such periods; and
 
           (iii) the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all of the Common Units
       is zero.
 
        (b) An additional one-third of the Subordinated Units Outstanding
    immediately after the closing of the Over-Allotment Option (or the
    expiration of the Over-Allotment Option unexercised) will convert into
    Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the first day after the Record Date
    for distribution in respect of any Quarter ending on or after June 30, 2003,
    in respect of which:
 
           (i) distributions under Section 6.4 in respect of all Outstanding
       Common Units and Outstanding Subordinated Units with respect to each of
       the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately
       preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly
       Distribution on all of the Common Units and Subordinated Units that were
       Outstanding during such periods;
 
           (ii) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during each of the
       three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately
       preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly
       Distribution on all of the Common Units and Subordinated Units that were
       Outstanding during such periods on a fully-diluted basis (i.e. taking
       into account for purposes of such determination all Outstanding Common
       Units, all Outstanding Subordinated Units, all Common Units and
       Subordinated Units issuable upon exercise of employee options that have,
       as of the date of determination, already vested or are scheduled to vest
       prior to the end of the Quarter immediately following the Quarter with
       respect to which such determination is made, and all Common Units and
 
                                      A-33
<PAGE>
       Subordinated Units that have, as of the date of determination, been
       earned by but not yet issued to management of the Partnership in respect
       of incentive compensation), plus the related distribution on the General
       Partner Interest in the Partnership and the general partner interest in
       the Intermediate Partnership, during such periods; and
 
           (iii) the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all of the Common Units
       is zero;
 
provided, however, that the conversion of Subordinated Units pursuant to this
Section 5.8(b) may not occur until at least one year following the conversion of
Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.8(a).
 
        (c) In the event that less than all of the Outstanding Subordinated
    Units shall convert into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.8(a) or 5.8(b)
    at a time when there shall be more than one holder of Subordinated Units,
    then, unless all of the holders of Subordinated Units shall agree to a
    different allocation, the Subordinated Units that are to be converted into
    Common Units shall be allocated among the holders of Subordinated Units pro
    rata based on the number of Subordinated Units held by each such holder.
 
        (d) Any Subordinated Units that are not converted into Common Units
    pursuant to Sections 5.8(a) and (b) shall convert into Common Units on a
    one-for-one basis on the first day following the Record Date for
    distributions in respect of the final Quarter of the Subordination Period.
 
        (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all the then
    Outstanding Subordinated Units will automatically convert into Common Units
    on a one-for-one basis as set forth in, and pursuant to the terms of,
    Section 11.4.
 
        (f) A Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be
    subject to the provisions of Section 6.7(b).
 
Section 5.9 LIMITED PREEMPTIVE RIGHT.
 
    Except as provided in this Section 5.9 and in Section 5.2(b), no Person
shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to
the issuance of any Partnership Security, whether unissued, held in the treasury
or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right (but not
obligation), which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of
its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Securities from the Partnership
whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership
Securities to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the
extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and
its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of
such Partnership Securities.
 
Section 5.10 SPLITS AND COMBINATION.
 
        (a) Subject to Sections 5.10(d), 6.6 and 6.9 (dealing with adjustments
    of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of
    Partnership Securities to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or
    combination of Partnership Securities so long as, after any such event, each
    Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before
    such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any
    Common Unit Arrearage, Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage or Unrecovered
    Capital) or stated as a number of Units (including the number of
    Subordinated Units that may convert prior to the end of the Subordination
    Period and the number of additional Parity Units that may be issued pursuant
    to Section 5.7 without a Unitholder vote) are proportionately adjusted
    retroactive to the beginning of the Partnership.
 
        (b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of
    Partnership Securities is declared, the General Partner shall select a
    Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall
    be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days
 
                                      A-34
<PAGE>
    prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than
    10 days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause
    a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the
    number of Partnership Securities to be held by each Record Holder after
    giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General
    Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm
    as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.
 
        (c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or
    combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates to the Record Holders of
    Partnership Securities as of the applicable Record Date representing the new
    number of Partnership Securities held by such Record Holders, or the General
    Partner may adopt such other procedures as it may deem appropriate to
    reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total
    number of Partnership Securities Outstanding, the Partnership shall require,
    as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate,
    the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately
    prior to such Record Date.
 
        (d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any
    distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution,
    subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of
    fractional Units but for the provisions of Section 5.7(d) and this Section
    5.10(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit
    (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the next higher Unit).
 
Section 5.11 FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE NATURE OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS.
 
    All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the
requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited
Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be
affected by Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act.
 
                                   ARTICLE VI
                         ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 6.1 ALLOCATIONS FOR CAPITAL ACCOUNT PURPOSES.
 
    For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the
rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership's items of income,
gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) shall be
allocated among the Partners in each taxable year (or portion thereof) as
provided herein below.
 
        (a) NET INCOME. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth
    in Section 6.1(d), Net Income for each taxable period and all items of
    income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income
    for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:
 
           (i) First, 100% to the General Partner in an amount equal to the
       aggregate Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section
       6.1(b)(iii) for all previous taxable periods until the aggregate Net
       Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section
       6.1(a)(i) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods
       is equal to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to the General Partner
       pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iii) for all previous taxable periods;
 
           (ii) Second, 1% to the General Partner in an amount equal to the
       aggregate Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section
       6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods and 99% to the Unitholders,
       in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until the
       aggregate Net Income allocated to such Partners pursuant to this Section
       6.1(a)(ii) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable
       periods is equal to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to such Partners
       pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods; and
 
                                      A-35
<PAGE>
           (iii) Third, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner and the
       Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
 
        (b) NET LOSSES. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth
    in Section 6.1(d), Net Losses for each taxable period and all items of
    income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Losses
    for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:
 
           (i) First, 1% to the General Partner and 99% to the Unitholders, Pro
       Rata, until the aggregate Net Losses allocated pursuant to this Section
       6.1(b)(i) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods
       is equal to the aggregate Net Income allocated to such Partners pursuant
       to Section 6.1(a)(iii) for all previous taxable periods, provided that
       the Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i)
       to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a
       deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such
       taxable period (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted
       Capital Account);
 
           (ii) Second, 1% to the General Partner and 99% to the Unitholders,
       Pro Rata; provided, that Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to
       this Section 6.1(b)(ii) to the extent that such allocation would cause
       any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account
       at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit
       balance in its Adjusted Capital Account);
 
           (iii) Third, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.
 
        (c) NET TERMINATION GAINS AND LOSSES. After giving effect to the special
    allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), all items of income, gain, loss and
    deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain or Net
    Termination Loss for each taxable period shall be allocated in the same
    manner as such Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss is allocated
    hereunder. All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after
    Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations
    provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of Available
    Cash provided under Sections 6.4 and 6.5 have been made; provided, however,
    that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not
    be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.
 
           (i) If a Net Termination Gain is recognized (or deemed recognized
       pursuant to Section 5.5(d)), such Net Termination Gain shall be allocated
       among the Partners in the following manner (and the Capital Accounts of
       the Partners shall be increased by the amount so allocated in each of the
       following subclauses, in the order listed, before an allocation is made
       pursuant to the next succeeding subclause):
 
           (A) First, to each Partner having a deficit balance in its Capital
       Account, in the proportion that such deficit balance bears to the total
       deficit balances in the Capital Accounts of all Partners, until each such
       Partner has been allocated Net Termination Gain equal to any such deficit
       balance in its Capital Account;
 
           (B) Second, 99% to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata,
       and 1% to the General Partner until the Capital Account in respect of
       each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its
       Unrecovered Capital plus (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the
       Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any
       distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) or (b)(i) with respect to such
       Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this
       clause (2) is hereinafter defined as the "UNPAID MQD") plus (3) any then
       existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;
 
           (C) Third, if such Net Termination Gain is recognized (or is deemed
       to be recognized) prior to the expiration of the Subordination Period,
       99% to all Unitholders holding
 
                                      A-36
<PAGE>
       Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, and 1% to the General Partner until the
       Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding
       equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Capital, plus (2) the Minimum
       Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date
       occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii) with
       respect to such Subordinated Unit for such Quarter;
 
           (D) Fourth, 85.8673% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, 13.1327% to the
       holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 1% to the
       General Partner until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit
       then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Capital, plus
       (2) the Unpaid MQD, plus (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit
       Arrearage, plus (4) the excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less
       the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership's
       existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions
       of Operating Surplus that was distributed pursuant to Sections 6.4(a)(iv)
       and 6.4(b)(ii) (the sum of (1) plus (2) plus (3) plus (4) is hereinafter
       defined as the "FIRST LIQUIDATION TARGET AMOUNT");
 
           (E) Fifth, 75.7653% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, 23.2347% to the
       holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 1% to the
       General Partner until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit
       then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target
       Amount, plus (2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target Distribution less
       the First Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership's
       existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions
       of Operating Surplus that was distributed pursuant to Sections 6.4(a)(v)
       and 6.4(b)(iii) (the sum of (1) plus (2) is hereinafter defined as the
       "SECOND LIQUIDATION TARGET AMOUNT");
 
           (F) Finally, any remaining amount 50.5102% to all Unitholders, Pro
       Rata, 48.4898% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro
       Rata, and 1% to the General Partner.
 
           (ii) If a Net Termination Loss is recognized (or deemed recognized
       pursuant to Section 5.5(d)), such Net Termination Loss shall be allocated
       among the Partners in the following manner (and the Capital Accounts of
       the Partners shall be decreased by the amount so allocated in each of the
       following subclauses, in the order listed, before an allocation is made
       pursuant to the next succeeding subclause):
 
           (A) First, if such Net Termination Loss is recognized (or is deemed
       to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding
       Subordinated Unit, 99% to the Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro
       Rata, and 1% to the General Partner until the Capital Account in respect
       of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
 
           (B) Second, 99% to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata,
       and 1% to the General Partner until the Capital Account in respect of
       each Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero; and
 
           (C) Third, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.
 
        (d) SPECIAL ALLOCATIONS. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
    Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such
    taxable period:
 
           (i) PARTNERSHIP MINIMUM GAIN CHARGEBACK. Notwithstanding any other
       provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership
       Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be
       allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if
       necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in
       Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and
       1.704-2(j)(2)(i). For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner's
       Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation
       of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected,
 
                                      A-37
<PAGE>
       prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this
       Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an
       allocation pursuant to Sections 6.1(d)(vi) and 6.1(d)(vii)). This Section
       6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain
       chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and
       shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
           (ii) CHARGEBACK OF PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT MINIMUM GAIN.
       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1 (other than
       Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section
       1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt
       Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a
       share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such
       taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain
       for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and
       amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and
       1.704-2(j)(2)(ii). For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner's
       Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation
       of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the
       application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d),
       other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to
       Sections 6.1(d)(vi) and 6.1(d)(vii), with respect to such taxable period.
       This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of
       items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section
       1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
           (III) PRIORITY ALLOCATIONS. (A) If the amount of cash or the Net
       Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property
       distributed pursuant to Section 12.4) to any Unitholder with respect to
       its Units for any taxable period is greater (on a per Unit basis) than
       the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed to the
       other Unitholders with respect to their Units (on a per Unit basis), then
       (1) each Unitholder receiving such greater cash or property distribution
       shall be allocated gross income in an amount equal to the product of (aa)
       the amount by which the distribution (on a per Unit basis) to such
       Unitholder exceeds the distribution (on a per Unit basis) to the
       Unitholders receiving the smallest distribution and (bb) the number of
       Units held by the Unitholder receiving the greater distribution; and (2)
       the General Partner shall be allocated gross income in an aggregate
       amount equal to 1/99th of the sum of the amounts allocated in clause (1)
       above.
 
           (B) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), all or any
       portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for
       the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated 100% to the holders of
       Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of
       such items allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights
       pursuant to this paragraph 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable period
       and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all
       Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive Distribution
       Rights from the Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the
       current taxable period.
 
           (iv) QUALIFIED INCOME OFFSET. In the event any Partner unexpectedly
       receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in
       Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),
       1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership
       income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount
       and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the
       Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the
       deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such
       adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible unless
       such deficit balance is otherwise eliminated pursuant to Section
       6.1(d)(i) or (ii).
 
                                      A-38
<PAGE>
           (v) GROSS INCOME ALLOCATIONS. In the event any Partner has a deficit
       balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Partnership taxable
       period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to
       restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount
       such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury
       Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be
       specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the
       amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an
       allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and
       to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its
       Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in
       this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(v)
       were not in this Agreement.
 
           (vi) NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable
       period shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their
       respective Percentage Interests. If the General Partner determines in its
       good faith discretion that the Partnership's Nonrecourse Deductions must
       be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements
       of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code,
       the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the other Partners, to
       revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does
       satisfy such requirements.
 
           (vii) PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions
       for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears
       the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to
       which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance
       with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner
       bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse
       Debt, such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be
       allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in
       which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.
 
           (viii) NONRECOURSE LIABILITIES. For purposes of Treasury Regulation
       Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of
       the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership
       Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall
       be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their respective
       Percentage Interests.
 
           (ix) CODE SECTION 754 ADJUSTMENTS. To the extent an adjustment to the
       adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or
       743(c) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section
       1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital
       Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be
       treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the
       asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of
       gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner
       consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required
       to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.
 
           (x) ECONOMIC UNIFORMITY. At the election of the General Partner with
       respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, the termination of
       the Subordination Period, all or a portion of the remaining items of
       Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period, after taking
       into account allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(iii), shall be
       allocated 100% to each Partner holding Subordinated Units that are
       Outstanding as of the termination of the Subordination Period ("FINAL
       SUBORDINATED UNITS") in the proportion of the number of Final
       Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the total number of Final
       Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until each such Partner has been
       allocated an amount of gross income or gain which increases the Capital
       Account maintained with respect to such Final
 
                                      A-39
<PAGE>
       Subordinated Units to an amount equal to the product of (A) the number of
       Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner and (B) the Per Unit
       Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this allocation is to
       establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying Final
       Subordinated Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units held
       by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates immediately
       prior to the conversion of such Final Subordinated Units into Common
       Units. This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity
       will only be available to the General Partner if the method for
       allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the
       Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained Subordinated
       Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(ii) does not otherwise provide such
       economic uniformity to the Final Subordinated Units.
 
           (XI) CURATIVE ALLOCATION.
 
           (A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other
       than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken
       into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent
       possible, the net amount of items of income, gain, loss and deduction
       allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the
       Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such
       items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the
       Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative
       Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1.
       Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Required Allocations relating to
       (1) Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the
       extent that there has been a decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain and (2)
       Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to
       the extent that there has been a decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt
       Minimum Gain. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall
       only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the
       General Partner reasonably determines that such allocations will
       otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners.
       Further, allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall be
       deferred with respect to allocations pursuant to Sections 6.1(d)(xi)(A)
       (1) and (2) to the extent the General Partner reasonably determines that
       such allocations are likely to be offset by subsequent Required
       Allocations.
 
           (B) The General Partner shall have reasonable discretion, with
       respect to each taxable period, to (1) apply the provisions of Section
       6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic
       distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations,
       and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among
       the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic
       distortions.
 
           (xii) CORRECTIVE ALLOCATIONS. In the event of any allocation of
       Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or any
       recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:
 
           (A) In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative
       Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss
       under Section 5.5(d)), the General Partner shall allocate additional
       items of gross income and gain away from the holders of Incentive
       Distribution Rights to the Unitholders and the General Partner, or
       additional items of deduction and loss away from the Unitholders and the
       General Partner to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, to the
       extent that the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items allocated to the
       Unitholders or the General Partner exceed their Share of Additional Book
       Basis Derivative Items. For this purpose, the Unitholders and the General
       Partner shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis
       Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative
       Items have reduced the amount of income that would
 
                                      A-40
<PAGE>
       otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders or the General Partner
       under the Partnership Agreement (e.g., Additional Book Basis Derivative
       Items taken into account in computing cost of goods sold would reduce the
       amount of book income otherwise available for allocation among the
       Partners). Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii)(A)
       shall be made after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as
       if this Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent
       necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been
       allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.
 
           (B) In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital Accounts
       of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or from the recognition
       of a Net Termination Loss, such negative adjustment (1) shall first be
       allocated, to the extent of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive
       Adjustments, in such a manner, as reasonably determined by the General
       Partner, that to the extent possible the aggregate Capital Accounts of
       the Partners will equal the amount which would have been the Capital
       Account balance of the Partners if no prior Book-Up Events had occurred,
       and (2) any negative adjustment in excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net
       Positive Adjustments shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c).
 
           (C) In making the allocations required under this Section
       6.1(d)(xii), the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may apply
       whatever conventions or other methodology it deems reasonable to satisfy
       the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii).
 
Section 6.2 ALLOCATIONS FOR TAX PURPOSES.
 
        (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income tax
    purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated
    among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of "BOOK"
    income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.
 
        (b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a
    Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss,
    depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated
    for federal income tax purposes among the Partners as follows:
 
           (i) (A) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items
       attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Partners in the manner
       provided under Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the
       variation between the Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted
       basis at the time of contribution; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or
       Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated
       among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of "BOOK"
       gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.
 
           (ii) (A) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall (1)
       first, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the
       principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the
       Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the
       allocations thereof pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or 5.5(d)(ii), and (2)
       second, in the event such property was originally a Contributed Property,
       be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with Section
       6.2(b)(i)(A); and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss
       attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among the
       Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of "BOOK" gain or
       loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.
 
           (iii) The General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury
       Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.
 
                                      A-41
<PAGE>
        (c) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the
    preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or
    classes thereof), the General Partner shall have sole discretion to (i)
    adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of
    depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special
    allocations for federal income tax purposes of income (including, without
    limitation, gross income) or deductions; and (iii) amend the provisions of
    this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of
    Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or
    (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner
    Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt
    such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this
    Agreement as provided in this Section 6.2(c) only if such conventions,
    allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the
    Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests
    issued and Outstanding or the Partnership, and if such allocations are
    consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.
 
        (d) The General Partner in its discretion may determine to depreciate or
    amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code
    attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the
    extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate
    derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied
    to the Partnership's common basis of such property, despite any
    inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section
    1.167(c)-l(a)(6), Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3), or any
    successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such
    reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt
    depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers
    acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive
    depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable
    rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership's
    property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate
    method, the General Partner may use any other reasonable depreciation and
    amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax
    characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests that would not have a
    material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any
    class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.
 
        (e) Any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable
    disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after
    taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this
    Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions
    and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest)
    have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the
    treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.
 
        (f) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by
    the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the
    Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined
    without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be
    made by the Partnership; provided, however, that such allocations, once
    made, shall be adjusted as necessary or appropriate to take into account
    those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.
 
        (g) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction
    attributable to a transferred Partnership Interest, shall for federal income
    tax purposes, be determined on an annual basis and prorated on a monthly
    basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the New
    York Stock Exchange on the first Business Day of each month; provided,
    however, that (i) such items for the period beginning on the Closing Date
    and ending on the last day of the month in which the Option Closing Date or
    the expiration of the Over-allotment Option occurs shall be allocated to the
    Partners as of the opening of the New York Stock Exchange on the
 
                                      A-42
<PAGE>
    first Business Day of the next succeeding month; and provided, further, that
    gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership
    other than in the ordinary course of business shall be allocated to the
    Partners as of the opening of the New York Stock Exchange on the first
    Business Day of the month in which such gain or loss is recognized for
    federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or
    otherwise modify such methods of allocation as it determines necessary, to
    the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the
    regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.
 
        (h) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under
    the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial
    owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee in any case in which
    the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in
    accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable
    to the General Partner in its sole discretion.
 
Section 6.3 REQUIREMENT AND CHARACTERIZATION OF DISTRIBUTIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS TO
RECORD HOLDERS.
 
        (a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the
    Quarter ending on June 30, 1999, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash
    with respect to such Quarter shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the
    Delaware Act, be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the
    Partnership to the Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General
    Partner in its reasonable discretion. All amounts of Available Cash
    distributed by the Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed
    to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash
    theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to
    Section 6.4 equals the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the
    close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of
    Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as
    otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be deemed to be "CAPITAL SURPLUS." All
    distributions required to be made under this Agreement shall be made subject
    to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act.
 
        (b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), in the event of the dissolution and
    liquidation of the Partnership, all receipts received during or after the
    Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs, other than from borrowings
    described in (a)(ii) of the definition of Available Cash, shall be applied
    and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and
    conditions of, Section 12.4.
 
        (c) The General Partner shall have the discretion to treat taxes paid by
    the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or
    less than all of the Partners, as a distribution of Available Cash to such
    Partners.
 
        (d) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid
    by the Partnership, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any
    other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership
    Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall
    constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership's liability in
    respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have
    an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.
 
                                      A-43
<PAGE>
Section 6.4 DISTRIBUTIONS OF AVAILABLE CASH FROM OPERATING SURPLUS.
 
        (a) DURING SUBORDINATION PERIOD. Available Cash with respect to any
    Quarter within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating
    Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or 6.5 shall, subject to
    Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, be distributed as follows, except as
    otherwise required by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership
    Securities issued pursuant thereto:
 
           (i) First, 99% to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, and
       1% to the General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of
       each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum
       Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
           (ii) Second, 99% to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata,
       and 1% to the General Partner until there has been distributed in respect
       of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative
       Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;
 
           (iii) Third, 99% to the Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro
       Rata, and 1% to the General Partner until there has been distributed in
       respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the
       Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
           (iv) Fourth, 85.8673% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, 13.1327% to the
       holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 1% to the
       General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit
       then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target
       Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
           (v) Fifth, 75.7653% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, 23.2347% to the
       holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 1% to the
       General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit
       then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target
       Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter; and
 
           (vi) Thereafter, 50.5102% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, 48.4898% to
       the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 1% to the
       General Partner;
 
provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target
Distribution and the Second Target Distribution have been reduced to zero
pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available
Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be
made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(vi).
 
        (b) AFTER SUBORDINATION PERIOD. Available Cash with respect to any
    Quarter after the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating
    Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or 6.5, subject to Section
    17-607 of the Delaware Act, shall be distributed as follows, except as
    otherwise required by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership
    Securities issued pursuant thereto:
 
           (i) First, 99% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, and 1% to the General
       Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then
       Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for
       such Quarter;
 
           (ii) Second, 85.8673% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, and 13.1327% to
       the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 1% to the
       General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit
       then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target
       Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
 
           (iii) Third, 75.7653% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, and 23.2347% to
       the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 1% to the
       General Partner until there has been
 
                                      A-44
<PAGE>
       distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to
       the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target
       Distribution for such Quarter; and
 
           (iv) Thereafter, 50.5102% to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, and 48.4898%
       to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 1% to
       the General Partner;
 
provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target
Distribution and the Second Target Distribution have been reduced to zero
pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available
Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be
made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(b)(iv).
 
Section 6.5 DISTRIBUTIONS OF AVAILABLE CASH FROM CAPITAL SURPLUS.
 
    Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the
provisions of Section 6.3(a) shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware
Act, be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise, 99%
to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, and 1% to the General Partner until a hypothetical
holder of a Common Unit acquired on the Closing Date has received with respect
to such Common Unit, during the period since the Closing Date through such date,
distributions of Available Cash that are deemed to be Capital Surplus in an
aggregate amount equal to the Initial Unit Price. Available Cash that is deemed
to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed 99% to all Unitholders holding
Common Units, Pro Rata, and 1% to the General Partner until there has been
distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to
the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage. Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be
distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in
accordance with Section 6.4.
 
Section 6.6 ADJUSTMENT OF MINIMUM QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION AND TARGET DISTRIBUTION
LEVELS.
 
        (a) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution,
    Second Target Distribution, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common
    Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any
    distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution
    payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Securities in
    accordance with Section 5.10. In the event of a distribution of Available
    Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum
    Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution and Second Target
    Distribution shall be adjusted proportionately downward to equal the product
    obtained by multiplying the otherwise applicable Minimum Quarterly
    Distribution, First Target Distribution and Second Target Distribution, as
    the case may be, by a fraction of which the numerator is the Unrecovered
    Capital of the Common Units immediately after giving effect to such
    distribution and of which the denominator is the Unrecovered Capital of the
    Common Units immediately prior to giving effect to such distribution. These
    adjustments will not apply to the quarter in which the distributions of
    Available Cash that are deemed to be from Capital Surplus trigger these
    adjustments.
 
        (b) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution and
    Second Target Distribution shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to
    Section 6.9.
 
                                      A-45
<PAGE>
Section 6.7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE HOLDERS OF SUBORDINATED UNITS.
 
        (a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters
    requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding
    Common Units and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain,
    loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units, the
    holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations
    of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided, however, that
    immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units
    pursuant to Section 5.8, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit shall
    possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common
    Units hereunder, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the
    right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and
    distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however, that
    such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of
    Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and 6.7(b).
 
        (b) The Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit which has converted into
    a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.8 shall not be issued a Common Unit
    Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1, and shall not be permitted to transfer
    its converted Subordinated Units to a Person which is not an Affiliate of
    the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on
    advice of counsel, that a converted Subordinated Unit should have, as a
    substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax
    characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and
    federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection
    with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(b), the General Partner may
    take whatever reasonable steps are required to provide economic uniformity
    to the converted Subordinated Units in preparation for a transfer of such
    converted Subordinated Units, including the application of Sections
    5.5(c)(ii) and 6.1(d)(x); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken
    that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common
    Units represented by Common Unit Certificates.
 
Section 6.8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE HOLDERS OF INCENTIVE DISTRIBUTION
RIGHTS.
 
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights (a) shall (i) possess the rights
and obligations provided in this Agreement with respect to a Limited Partner
pursuant to Articles III and VII and (ii) have a Capital Account as a Partner
pursuant to Section 5.5 and all other provisions related thereto and (b) shall
not (i) be entitled to vote on any matters requiring the approval or vote of the
holders of Outstanding Units, (ii) be entitled to any distributions other than
as provided in Sections 6.4(a)(iv), (v) and (vi), 6.4(b)(ii), (iii) and (iv) and
12.4 or (iii) be allocated items of income, gain, loss or deduction other than
as specified in this Article VI.
 
                                      A-46
<PAGE>
Section 6.9 ENTITY-LEVEL TAXATION.
 
    If legislation is enacted or the interpretation of existing legislation is
modified by the relevant governmental authority which causes the Partnership,
the Intermediate Partnership or Northern Border Pipeline to be treated as an
association taxable as a corporation or otherwise subjects the Partnership, the
Intermediate Partnership or Northern Border Pipeline to entity-level taxation
for federal income tax purposes, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly
Distribution, First Target Distribution and Second Target Distribution shall be
adjusted to equal the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amount thereof by
(b) one minus the sum of (i) the highest marginal federal corporate (or other
entity, as applicable) income tax rate that could apply to the Partnership, the
Intermediate Partnership or Northern Border Pipeline for the taxable year of the
Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership or Northern Border Pipeline in which
such Quarter occurs (expressed as a decimal) plus (ii) the effective overall
state and local income tax rate (expressed as a decimal) that would have been
applicable to the Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership or Northern Border
Pipeline for the calendar year next preceding the calendar year in which such
Quarter occurs (after taking into account the benefit of any deduction allowable
for federal income tax purposes with respect to the payment of state and local
income taxes), but only to the extent of the increase in such rates resulting
from such legislation or interpretation. Such effective overall state and local
income tax rate shall be determined for the taxable year next preceding the
first taxable year during which the Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership or
Northern Border Pipeline is taxable for federal income tax purposes as an
association taxable as a corporation or is otherwise subject to entity-level
taxation by determining such rate as if the Partnership, the Intermediate
Partnership or Northern Border Pipeline had been subject to such state and local
taxes during such preceding taxable year.
 
                                  ARTICLE VII
                      MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
 
Section 7.1 MANAGEMENT.
 
        (a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities
    of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
    Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the
    Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no
    Limited Partner or Assignee shall have any management power over the
    business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or
    hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under
    applicable law or which are granted to the General Partner under any other
    provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.3,
    shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as
    it, in its sole discretion, may deem necessary or appropriate to conduct the
    business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5
    and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the
    following:
 
           (i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of
       money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for,
       indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of
       indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into Partnership
       Securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;
 
           (ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of
       periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having
       jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;
 
           (iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance,
       hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership
       or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into
       another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject,
       however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.3);
 
                                      A-47
<PAGE>
           (iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on
       hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement,
       including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the
       Partnership Group or making investments in or loans to JV Entities;
       subject to Section 7.6(a), the lending of funds to other Persons
       (including the Intermediate Partnership); the repayment of obligations of
       the Partnership Group or any JV Entity and the making of capital
       contributions to any Group Member or JV Entity;
 
           (v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts,
       conveyances or other instruments (including contracts, conveyances or
       instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual
       arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the
       other party to the contract to have no recourse against the General
       Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if
       these arrangements result in the terms of the transaction being less
       favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);
 
           (vi) the distribution of Partnership cash;
 
           (vii) the selection and dismissal of employees (including employees
       having titles such as "president," "vice president," "secretary" and
       "treasurer") and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and
       contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms
       of employment or hiring;
 
           (viii) the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the
       Partnership Group and the Partners as it deems necessary or appropriate;
 
           (ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the
       contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited
       or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations or other
       relationships (including the acquisition of interests in, and the
       contributions of property to, the Intermediate Partnership from time to
       time) subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.4;
 
           (x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations
       of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at
       law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation and
       the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and
       litigation;
 
           (xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and
       contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
 
           (xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National
       Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited
       Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any
       such exchange (subject to any prior approval that may be required under
       Section 4.8);
 
           (xiii) unless restricted or prohibited by Section 5.7, the issuance,
       purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership
       Securities or options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating
       to Partnership Securities; and
 
           (xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the
       Partnership's participation in the Intermediate Partnership as a partner.
 
        (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the
    Intermediate Partnership Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable law,
    rule or regulation, each of the Partners and the Assignees and each other
    Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Securities hereby (i)
    approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by
    the parties thereto of the Intermediate Partnership Agreement, the
    Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution and Conveyance Agreement and the
    other agreements, documents and instruments described in or filed as
    exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions
    contemplated by the Registration Statement; (ii) agrees that the General
    Partner
 
                                      A-48
<PAGE>
    (on its own or through any officer or attorney-in-fact of the Partnership)
    is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in
    clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and
    matters described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf
    of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners
    or the Assignees or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in
    Partnership Securities; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or
    performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any
    of them, of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under
    this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any
    Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article
    XV), shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that
    the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any
    other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty
    stated or implied by law or equity.
 
Section 7.2 CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP.
 
    The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be
filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the
Delaware Act and shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such
other certificates or documents as may be determined by the General Partner in
its sole discretion to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the
formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership
(or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the
State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do
business or own property. To the extent that such action is determined by the
General Partner in its sole discretion to be reasonable and necessary or
appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of
the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the
Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which
the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of
Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business
or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a), the General Partner
shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the
Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment
thereto to any Limited Partner.
 
Section 7.3 RESTRICTIONS ON GENERAL PARTNER'S AUTHORITY.
 
        (a) The General Partner may not, without written approval of the
    specific act by holders of all of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests
    or by other written instrument executed and delivered by holders of all of
    the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests subsequent to the date of this
    Agreement, take any action in contravention of this Agreement, including,
    except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, (i) committing any act that
    would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the
    Partnership; (ii) possessing Partnership property, or assigning any rights
    in specific Partnership property, for other than a Partnership purpose;
    (iii) admitting a Person as a Partner; (iv) amending this Agreement in any
    manner; or (v) transferring its interest as general partner of the
    Partnership.
 
        (b) Except as provided in Articles XII and XIV, the General Partner may
    not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the
    Partnership's assets in a single transaction or a series of related
    transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation or other
    combination) or approve on behalf of the Partnership the sale, exchange or
    other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
    Intermediate Partnership, taken as a whole, without the approval of holders
    of a Unit Majority; provided however that this provision shall not preclude
    or limit the General Partner's ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or
    grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the
    Partnership or Intermediate Partnership and shall not apply to any sale of
    any or all of the assets of the Partnership or Intermediate Partnership
    pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such
    encumbrance. Without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority, the General
    Partner shall not, on behalf of the Partnership, (i) consent to any
    amendment to the Intermediate Partnership
 
                                      A-49
<PAGE>
    Agreement or, except as expressly permitted by Section 7.9(d), take any
    action permitted to be taken by a partner of the Intermediate Partnership,
    in either case, that would have a material adverse effect on the Partnership
    as a partner of the Intermediate Partnership or (ii) except as permitted
    under Sections 4.6, 11.1 or 11.2, elect or cause the Partnership to elect a
    successor general partner of the Partnership or the Intermediate
    Partnership.
 
        (c) The General Partner may not approve or consent to the conversion of
    Northern Border Pipeline or any other JV Entity that is not then taxable as
    an entity for federal income tax purposes to corporate form without first
    obtaining the approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding
    Units during the Subordination Period and at least a majority of the
    Outstanding Units thereafter.
 
Section 7.4 REIMBURSEMENT OF THE GENERAL PARTNER.
 
        (a) Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this
    Agreement or in the Intermediate Partnership Agreement, the General Partner
    shall not be compensated for its services as general partner or managing
    member of any Group Member.
 
        (b) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such
    other reasonable basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole
    discretion, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments
    it makes on behalf of the Partnership (including salary, bonus, incentive
    compensation and other amounts paid to any Person including Affiliates of
    the General Partner to perform services for the Partnership or for the
    General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership), and (ii)
    all other necessary or appropriate expenses allocable to the Partnership or
    otherwise reasonably incurred by the General Partner in connection with
    operating the Partnership's business (including expenses allocated to the
    General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the
    expenses that are allocable to the Partnership in any reasonable manner
    determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion. Reimbursements
    pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to
    the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7.
 
        (c) Subject to Section 5.7, the General Partner, in its sole discretion
    and without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to
    vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership
    employee benefit plans, employee programs and employee practices (including
    plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership
    Securities or options to purchase Partnership Securities), or cause the
    Partnership to issue Partnership Securities in connection with, or pursuant
    to, any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice
    maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in
    each case for the benefit of employees of the General Partner, any Group
    Member or any Affiliate, or any of them, in respect of services performed,
    directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The
    Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its
    Affiliates any Partnership Securities that the General Partner or such
    Affiliate is obligated to provide to any employees pursuant to any such
    employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices. Expenses
    incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs
    and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such
    Affiliate of Partnership Securities purchased by the General Partner or such
    Affiliate from the Partnership to fulfill options or awards under such
    plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with
    Section 7.4(b). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any
    employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices adopted by
    the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.4(c) shall constitute
    obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any
    successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the
    transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner's General Partner
    Interest pursuant to Section 4.6.
 
                                      A-50
<PAGE>
Section 7.5 OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES.
 
        (a) After the Closing Date, the General Partner, for so long as it is
    the General Partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business
    will be to act as the general partner (or managing member) of the
    Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership, and any other partnership or
    limited liability company of which the Partnership or the Intermediate
    Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake
    activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a limited
    partner in the Partnership) and (ii) shall not engage in any business or
    activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or
    incidental to (A) its performance as general partner (or managing member) of
    one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the
    Registration Statement or (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt or
    equity securities or interests in any Group Member.
 
        (b) Except as specifically restricted by Section 7.5(a), each Indemnitee
    (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in
    businesses of any and every type and description and other activities for
    profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures
    of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or
    anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member or JV Entity, independently
    or with others, including business interests and activities in direct
    competition with the business and activities of any Group Member or JV
    Entity, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or
    any duty express or implied by law to any Group Member or JV Entity or any
    Partner or Assignee. Neither any Group Member, any JV Entity, any Limited
    Partner nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this
    Agreement, the Intermediate Partnership Agreement or the partnership
    relationship established hereby or thereby in any business ventures of any
    Indemnitee.
 
        (c) Subject to the terms of Section 7.5(a) and Section 7.5(b), but
    otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i)
    the engaging in competitive activities by any Indemnitees (other than the
    General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 is
    hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners, (ii) it shall be deemed
    not to be a breach of the General Partner's fiduciary duty or any other
    obligation of any type whatsoever of the General Partner for the Indemnitees
    (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and
    activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership and (iii)
    the General Partner and the Indemnities shall have no obligation to present
    business opportunities to the Partnership.
 
        (d) The General Partner and any of its Affiliates may acquire Units or
    other Partnership Securities in addition to those acquired on the Closing
    Date and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled
    to exercise all rights, powers and privileges (as General Partner, Limited
    Partner or Assignee, as applicable) relating to such Units or Partnership
    Securities.
 
        (e) The term "AFFILIATES" when used in Section 7.5(a) and Section 7.5(d)
    with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member or
    any Subsidiary of a Group Member.
 
        (f) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, to the
    extent that provisions of Sections 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10 or other Sections of
    this Agreement purport or are interpreted to have the effect of restricting
    the fiduciary duties that might otherwise, as a result of Delaware or other
    applicable law, be owed by the General Partner to the Partnership and its
    Limited Partners, or to constitute a waiver or consent by the Limited
    Partners to any such restriction, such provisions shall be inapplicable and
    have no effect in determining whether the General Partner has complied with
    its fiduciary duties in connection with determinations made by it under
    Section 7.5(a).
 
                                      A-51
<PAGE>
Section 7.6  LOANS FROM THE GENERAL PARTNER; LOANS OR CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE
             PARTNERSHIP; CONTRACTS WITH AFFILIATES; CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON THE
             GENERAL PARTNER.
 
        (a) The General Partner or its Affiliates may lend to any Group Member
    or JV Entity, and any Group Member or JV Entity may borrow from the General
    Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group
    Member or JV Entity for such periods of time and in such amounts as the
    General Partner may determine; provided, however, that in any such case the
    lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater
    than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less
    favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the
    borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an
    arm's-length basis (without reference to the lending party's financial
    abilities or guarantees). The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending
    party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by
    the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For
    purposes of this Section 7.6(a) and Section 7.6(b), the term "GROUP MEMBER"
    shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the
    Group Member. No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any
    of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).
 
        (b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member or JV
    Entity, and any Group Member or JV Entity may borrow from the Partnership,
    funds on terms and conditions established in the sole discretion of the
    General Partner; provided, however, that the Partnership may not charge the
    Group Member or JV Entity interest at a rate less than the rate that would
    be charged to the Group Member or JV Entity (without reference to the
    General Partner's financial abilities or guarantees) by unrelated lenders on
    comparable loans. The foregoing authority shall be exercised by the General
    Partner in its sole discretion and shall not create any right or benefit in
    favor of any Group Member, JV Entity or any other Person.
 
        (c) The General Partner may itself, or may enter into an agreement with
    any of its Affiliates to, render services to a Group Member or JV Entity or
    to the General Partner in the discharge of its duties as general partner of
    the Partnership. Any services rendered to a Group Member or JV Entity by the
    General Partner or any of its Affiliates shall be on terms that are fair and
    reasonable to the Partnership; provided, however, that the requirements of
    this Section 7.6(c) shall be deemed satisfied as to (i) any transaction
    approved by Special Approval, (ii) any transaction, the terms of which are
    no less favorable to such Group Member or JV Entity than those generally
    being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iii) any
    transaction that, taking into account the totality of the relationships
    between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be
    particularly favorable or advantageous to such Group Member or JV Entity),
    is equitable to such Group Member or JV Entity . The provisions of Section
    7.4 shall apply to the rendering of services described in this Section
    7.6(c).
 
        (d) The Partnership Group may transfer assets to joint ventures, other
    partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies or other business
    entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and
    subject to such conditions as are consistent with this Agreement and
    applicable law.
 
        (e) Neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates shall sell,
    transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the
    Partnership, any other Group Member or any JV Entity directly or indirectly,
    except pursuant to transactions that are fair and reasonable to the
    Partnership; provided, however, that the requirements of this Section 7.6(e)
    shall be deemed to be satisfied as to (i) the transactions effected pursuant
    to Sections 5.2 and 5.3, the Contribution and Conveyance Agreement and any
    other transactions described in or contemplated by the Registration
    Statement, (ii) any transaction approved by Special Approval, (iii) any
    transaction, the terms of which are no less favorable to the Partnership
    than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third
    parties, or (iv) any transaction that,
 
                                      A-52
<PAGE>
    taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties
    involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or
    advantageous to the Partnership), is equitable to the Partnership. With
    respect to any contribution of assets to the Partnership in exchange for
    Partnership Securities, the Conflicts Committee, in determining whether the
    appropriate number of Partnership Securities are being issued, may take into
    account, among other things, the fair market value of the assets, the
    liquidated and contingent liabilities assumed, the tax basis in the assets,
    the extent to which tax-only allocations to the transferor will protect the
    existing partners of the Partnership against a low tax basis, and such other
    factors as the Conflicts Committee deems relevant under the circumstances.
 
        (f) The General Partner and its Affiliates will have no obligation to
    permit any Group Member or JV Entity to use any facilities or assets of the
    General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts
    entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use, nor shall
    there be any obligation on the part of the General Partner or its Affiliates
    to enter into such contracts.
 
        (g) Without limitation of Sections 7.6(a) through 7.6(f), and
    notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including
    Sections 7.6(a) through 7.6(f), (i) the existence of the conflicts of
    interest described in the Registration Statement and (ii) the Revolving
    Credit Facility described in the Registration Statement and any extension,
    refunding or replacement on substantially similar terms, including interest
    rate, are hereby approved by all Partners.
 
Section 7.7 INDEMNIFICATION.
 
        (a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the
    limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be
    indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and
    all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses
    (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest,
    settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands,
    actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
    investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to
    be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an
    Indemnitee; provided, that in each case the Indemnitee acted in good faith
    and in a manner that such Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or (in
    the case of a Person other than the General Partner) not opposed to, the
    best interests of the Partnership and, with respect to any criminal
    proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe its conduct was unlawful;
    provided, further, no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be
    available to the General Partner with respect to its obligations incurred
    pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or the Contribution and Conveyance
    Agreement (other than obligations incurred by the General Partner on behalf
    of the Partnership or the Intermediate Partnership). The termination of any
    action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or
    upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a
    presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified
    above. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only
    out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General
    Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall
    have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the
    Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.
 
        (b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal
    fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to
    Section 7.7(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding
    shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final
    disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt
    by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to
    repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not
    entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 7.7.
 
                                      A-53
<PAGE>
        (c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in
    addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under
    any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited
    Partner Interests, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to actions in
    the Indemnitee's capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other
    capacity(including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement), and shall
    continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and
    shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and
    administrators of the Indemnitee.
 
        (d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General
    Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the
    General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the General
    Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against
    or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the
    Partnership's activities or such Person's activities on behalf of the
    Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to
    indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this
    Agreement.
 
        (e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to
    have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit
    plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also
    imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or
    participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an
    Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable
    law shall constitute "FINES" within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and
    action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in
    the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be
    in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be
    deemed to be for a purpose which is in, or not opposed to, the best
    interests of the Partnership.
 
        (f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to
    personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in
    this Agreement.
 
        (g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in
    part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the
    transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the
    transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
 
        (h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the
    Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall
    not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
 
        (i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any
    provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right
    of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the
    Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such
    Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7
    as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal
    with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in
    whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal,
    regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
 
Section 7.8 LIABILITY OF INDEMNITEES.
 
        (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this
    Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the
    Partnership, the Limited Partners, the Assignees or any other Persons who
    have acquired interests in the Partnership Securities, for losses sustained
    or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission if such
    Indemnitee acted in good faith.
 
        (b) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth
    in Section 7.1(a), the General Partner may exercise any of the powers
    granted to it by this Agreement and perform
 
                                      A-54
<PAGE>
    any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through
    its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any
    misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the
    General Partner in good faith.
 
        (c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties
    (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the
    Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee
    acting in connection with the Partnership's business or affairs shall not be
    liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on
    the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the
    extent that they restrict or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities of
    an Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the
    Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Indemnitee.
 
        (d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any
    provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect
    the limitations on the liability to the Partnership, the Limited Partners,
    the General Partner, and the Partnership's and General Partner's directors,
    officers and employees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior
    to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising
    from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such
    amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise
    or be asserted.
 
Section 7.9 RESOLUTION OF CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.
 
        (a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or the
    Intermediate Partnership Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of
    interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its
    Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, the Intermediate
    Partnership, any Partner or any Assignee, on the other, any resolution or
    course of action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of such
    conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners,
    and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of the Intermediate
    Partnership Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or
    of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course
    of action is, or by operation of this Agreement is deemed to be, fair and
    reasonable to the Partnership. The General Partner shall be authorized but
    not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest
    to seek Special Approval of such resolution. Any conflict of interest and
    any resolution of such conflict of interest shall be conclusively deemed
    fair and reasonable to the Partnership if such conflict of interest or
    resolution is (i) approved by Special Approval (as long as the material
    facts known to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates regarding any
    proposed transaction were disclosed to the Conflicts Committee at the time
    it gave its approval), (ii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership
    than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third
    parties or (iii) fair to the Partnership, taking into account the totality
    of the relationships between the parties involved (including other
    transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the
    Partnership). The General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of
    action that has not received Special Approval. The General Partner
    (including the Conflicts Committee in connection with Special Approval)
    shall be authorized in connection with its determination of what is "fair
    and reasonable" to the Partnership and in connection with its resolution of
    any conflict of interest to consider (A) the relative interests of any party
    to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and
    burdens relating to such interest; (B) any customary or accepted industry
    practices and any customary or historical dealings with a particular Person;
    (C) any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles;
    and (D) such additional factors as the General Partner (including the
    Conflicts Committee) determines in its sole discretion to be relevant,
    reasonable or appropriate under the circumstances. Nothing contained in this
    Agreement, however, is intended to nor shall it be construed to require the
    General Partner (including the Conflicts Committee) to consider the
    interests of any Person other than the
 
                                      A-55
<PAGE>
    Partnership. In the absence of bad faith by the General Partner, the
    resolution, action or terms so made, taken or provided by the General
    Partner with respect to such matter shall not constitute a breach of this
    Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or a breach of any
    standard of care or duty imposed herein or therein or, to the extent
    permitted by law, under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or
    regulation.
 
        (b) Whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby
    provides that the General Partner or any of its Affiliates is permitted or
    required to make a decision (i) in its "sole discretion" or "discretion,"
    that it deems "necessary or appropriate" or "necessary or advisable" or
    under a grant of similar authority or latitude, except as otherwise provided
    herein, the General Partner or such Affiliate shall be entitled to consider
    only such interests and factors as it desires and shall have no duty or
    obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors
    affecting, the Partnership, any other Group Member or JV Entity, any Limited
    Partner or any Assignee, (ii) it may make such decision in its sole
    discretion (regardless of whether there is a reference to "sole discretion"
    or "discretion") unless another express standard is provided for, or (iii)
    in "good faith" or under another express standard, the General Partner or
    such Affiliate shall act under such express standard and shall not be
    subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, the
    Intermediate Partnership Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby
    or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation. In addition,
    any actions taken by the General Partner or such Affiliate consistent with
    the standards of "reasonable discretion" set forth in the definitions of
    Available Cash or Operating Surplus shall not constitute a breach of any
    duty of the General Partner to the Partnership or the Limited Partners. The
    General Partner shall have no duty, express or implied, to sell or otherwise
    dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in the ordinary
    course of business. No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof
    by the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty of
    the General Partner to the Partnership or the Limited Partners by reason of
    the fact that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or
    indirectly to (A) enable distributions to the General Partner or its
    Affiliates (including in their capacities as Limited Partners) to exceed 1%
    of the total amount distributed to all Partners or (B) hasten the expiration
    of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into
    Common Units.
 
        (c) Whenever a particular transaction, arrangement or resolution of a
    conflict of interest is required under this Agreement to be "fair and
    reasonable" to any Person, the fair and reasonable nature of such
    transaction, arrangement or resolution shall be considered in the context of
    all similar or related transactions.
 
        (d) The Unitholders hereby authorize the General Partner, on behalf of
    the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve of
    actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member
    similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner
    pursuant to this Section 7.9.
 
Section 7.10 OTHER MATTERS CONCERNING THE GENERAL PARTNER.
 
        (a) The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or
    refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
    instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond,
    debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to
    have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
 
        (b) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants,
    appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants
    and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in
    reliance upon the opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons
    as to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be
 
                                      A-56
<PAGE>
    within such Person's professional or expert competence and in accordance
    with such opinion shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or
    omitted in good faith.
 
        (c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its
    rights, powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly
    authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the
    duly authorized officers of the Partnership.
 
        (d) Any standard of care and duty imposed by this Agreement or under the
    Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation shall be modified,
    waived or limited, to the extent permitted by law, as required to permit the
    General Partner to act under this Agreement or any other agreement
    contemplated by this Agreement and to make any decision pursuant to the
    authority prescribed in this Agreement, so long as such action is reasonably
    believed by the General Partner to be in, or not inconsistent with, the best
    interests of the Partnership.
 
Section 7.11 PURCHASE OR SALE OF PARTNERSHIP SECURITIES.
 
    The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise
acquire Partnership Securities; provided that, except as permitted pursuant to
Section 4.10, the General Partner may not cause any Group Member to purchase
Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. As long as Partnership
Securities are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Securities shall not
be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein.
The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may also purchase or
otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Securities for
its own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X.
 
Section 7.12 REGISTRATION RIGHTS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER AND ITS AFFILIATES.
 
        (a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner
    (including for purposes of this Section 7.12, any Person that is an
    Affiliate of the General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it
    may later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner) holds Partnership
    Securities that it desires to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act
    (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from
    registration is not available to enable such holder of Partnership
    Securities (the "HOLDER") to dispose of the number of Partnership Securities
    it desires to sell at the time it desires to do so without registration
    under the Securities Act, then upon the request of the General Partner or
    any of its Affiliates, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as
    promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and use all reasonable
    efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of
    not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period
    as shall terminate when all Partnership Securities covered by such
    registration statement have been sold, a registration statement under the
    Securities Act registering the offering and sale of the number of
    Partnership Securities specified by the Holder; provided, however, that the
    Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three registrations
    pursuant to this Section 7.12(a); and provided further, however, that if the
    Conflicts Committee determines in its good faith judgment that a
    postponement of the requested registration for up to six months would be in
    the best interests of the Partnership and its Partners due to a pending
    transaction, investigation or other event, the filing of such registration
    statement or the effectiveness thereof may be deferred for up to six months,
    but not thereafter. In connection with any registration pursuant to the
    immediately preceding sentence, the Partnership shall promptly prepare and
    file (x) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the
    securities subject to such registration under the securities laws of such
    states as the Holder shall reasonably request; provided, however, that no
    such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result
    thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process
    or to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or
    partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as a result of such
    registration, and (y) such documents as
 
                                      A-57
<PAGE>
    may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Securities
    subject to such registration on such National Securities Exchange as the
    Holder shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things
    that may reasonably be necessary or advisable to enable the Holder to
    consummate a public sale of such Partnership Securities in such states.
    Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such
    registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and
    commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the
    Holder.
 
        (b) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a registration
    statement under the Securities Act for an offering of equity securities of
    the Partnership for cash (other than an offering relating solely to an
    employee benefit plan), the Partnership shall use all reasonable efforts to
    include such number or amount of securities held by the Holder in such
    registration statement as the Holder shall request. If the proposed offering
    pursuant to this Section 7.12(b) shall be an underwritten offering, then, in
    the event that the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such
    offering advise the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in their
    opinion the inclusion of all or some of the Holder's Partnership Securities
    would adversely and materially affect the success of the offering, the
    Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or amount, if
    any, of securities held by the Holder which, in the opinion of the managing
    underwriter or managing underwriters, will not so adversely and materially
    affect the offering. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and
    expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting
    discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without
    reimbursement by the Holder.
 
        (c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any registration
    referred to in this Section 7.12, the Partnership shall provide
    indemnification, representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to
    the underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such
    underwriters. Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the
    Partnership's obligation under Section 7.7, the Partnership shall, to the
    fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder and
    each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities
    Act) and their respective directors, officers, employees, members, partners
    or agents (collectively, "INDEMNIFIED PERSONS") against any losses, claims,
    demands, actions, causes of action, assessments, damages, liabilities (joint
    or several), costs and expenses (including interest, penalties and
    reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements), resulting to, imposed upon,
    or incurred by the Indemnified Persons, directly or indirectly, under the
    Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.12(c)
    as a "CLAIM" and in the plural as "CLAIMS") based upon, arising out of or
    resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any
    material fact contained in any registration statement under which any
    Partnership Securities were registered under the Securities Act or any state
    securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus (if used prior to
    the effective date of such registration statement), or in any summary or
    final prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto (if used during
    the period the Partnership is required to keep the registration statement
    current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or
    alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
    therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading;
    provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be liable to any
    Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based
    upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
    omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, such
    preliminary, summary or final prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in
    reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
    Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use
    in the preparation thereof.
 
        (d) The provisions of Section 7.12(a) and Section 7.12(b) shall continue
    to be applicable with respect to the General Partner (and any of the General
    Partner's Affiliates) after it ceases
 
                                      A-58
<PAGE>
    to be a Partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years subsequent
    to the effective date of such cessation and for so long thereafter as is
    required for the Holder to sell all of the Partnership Securities with
    respect to which it has requested during such two-year period inclusion in a
    registration statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be
    filed; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to file
    successive registration statements covering the same Partnership Securities
    for which registration was demanded during such two-year period. The
    provisions of Section 7.12(c) shall continue in effect thereafter.
 
        (e) Any request to register Partnership Securities pursuant to this
    Section 7.12 shall (i) specify the Partnership Securities intended to be
    offered and sold by the Person making the request, (ii) express such
    Person's present intent to offer such shares for distribution, (iii)
    describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Partnership
    Securities, and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all
    such information and materials and take all action as may be required in
    order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements
    in connection with the registration of such Partnership Securities.
 
Section 7.13 RELIANCE BY THIRD PARTIES.
 
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person
dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that (i) the General
Partner and (ii) any officer or attorney-in-fact of the General Partner
authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the
Partnership, has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in
any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any
authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be
entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer or
attorney-in-fact as if it were the Partnership's sole party in interest, both
legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all
defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest,
negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer or
attorney-in-fact in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any
Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or attorney-in-fact
be obligated to ascertain that the terms of the Agreement have been complied
with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the
General Partner or any such officer or attorney-in-fact. Each and every
certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership
by the General Partner or any such officer or attorney-in-fact shall be
conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming
thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such
certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and
effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or
instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the
Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed
and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and
is binding upon the Partnership.
 
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                     BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
 
Section 8.1 RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING.
 
    The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office
of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the
Partnership's business, including all books and records necessary to provide to
the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section
3.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in
the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders
and Assignees of Units or other Partnership Securities, books of account and
records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of,
computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape,
 
                                      A-59
<PAGE>
photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided,
that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible
written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership
shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in
accordance with U.S. GAAP.
 
Section 8.2 FISCAL YEAR.
 
    The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December
31.
 
Section 8.3 REPORTS.
 
        (a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after
    the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall
    cause to be mailed or furnished to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a
    date selected by the General Partner in its discretion, an annual report
    containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of
    the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance
    sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such
    statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants
    selected by the General Partner.
 
        (b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the
    close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the
    General Partner shall cause to be mailed or furnished to each Record Holder
    of a Unit, as of a date selected by the General Partner in its discretion, a
    report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such
    other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule
    of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed for
    trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or
    appropriate.
 
                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  TAX MATTERS
 
Section 9.1 TAX RETURNS AND INFORMATION.
 
    The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are
required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the
accrual method and a taxable year ending on December 31. The tax information
reasonably required by Record Holders for federal and state income tax reporting
purposes with respect to a taxable year shall be furnished to them within 90
days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership's taxable year
ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses
and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for
federal income tax purposes.
 
Section 9.2 TAX ELECTIONS.
 
        (a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the
    Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the
    reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the
    General Partner's determination that such revocation is in the best
    interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision
    herein contained, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under
    Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not
    required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a
    Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing
    price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange
    on which such Limited Partner Interests are traded during the calendar month
    in which such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(g) without
    regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.
 
        (b) The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses incurred in
    organizing the Partnership ratably over a sixty-month period as provided in
    Section 709 of the Code.
 
        (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall
    determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted
    by the Code.
 
                                      A-60
<PAGE>
Section 9.3 TAX CONTROVERSIES.
 
    Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the
Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code) and is authorized and required to
represent the Partnership (at the Partnership's expense) in connection with all
examinations of the Partnership's affairs by tax authorities, including
resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership
funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner
agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any
or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such
proceedings.
 
Section 9.4 WITHHOLDING.
 
    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner
is authorized to take any action that it determines in its discretion to be
necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership and the Intermediate
Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the
Code or any other federal, state or local law including, without limitation,
pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that
the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing
authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to
any Partner or Assignee (including, without limitation, by reason of Section
1446 of the Code), the amount withheld may at the discretion of the General
Partner be treated by the Partnership as a distribution of cash pursuant to
Section 6.3 in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.
 
                                   ARTICLE X
                             ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
 
Section 10.1 ADMISSION OF INITIAL LIMITED PARTNERS.
 
    Upon the transfer of Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive
Distribution Rights to the General Partner as described in Section 5.2, the
General Partner shall be deemed to have been admitted to the Partnership as a
Limited Partner in respect of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive
Distribution Rights transferred to it. Upon the issuance by the Partnership of
Common Units to the Underwriters as described in Section 5.3 in connection with
the Initial Offering and the execution by each Underwriter of a Transfer
Application, the General Partner shall admit the Underwriters to the Partnership
as Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units purchased by them.
 
Section 10.2 ADMISSION OF SUBSTITUTED LIMITED PARTNER.
 
    By transfer of a Limited Partner Interest in accordance with Article IV, the
transferor shall be deemed to have given the transferee the right to seek
admission as a Substituted Limited Partner subject to the conditions of, and in
the manner permitted under, this Agreement. A transferor of a Certificate
representing a Limited Partner Interest shall, however, only have the authority
to convey to a purchaser or other transferee who does not execute and deliver a
Transfer Application (a) the right to negotiate such Certificate to a purchaser
or other transferee and (b) the right to transfer the right to request admission
as a Substituted Limited Partner to such purchaser or other transferee in
respect of the transferred Limited Partner Interests. Each transferee of a
Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent acquiring
such Limited Partner Interest for the account of another Person) who executes
and delivers a Transfer Application shall, by virtue of such execution and
delivery, be an Assignee and be deemed to have applied to become a Substituted
Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to
such Person. Such Assignee shall become a Substituted Limited Partner (x) at
such time as the General Partner consents thereto, which consent may be given or
withheld in the General Partner's discretion, and (y) when any such admission is
shown on the books and records of the Partnership. If such consent is withheld,
such transferee shall be an Assignee. An Assignee shall have an interest in the
 
                                      A-61
<PAGE>
Partnership equivalent to that of a Limited Partner with respect to allocations
and distributions, including liquidating distributions, of the Partnership. With
respect to voting rights attributable to Limited Partner Interests that are held
by Assignees, the General Partner shall be deemed to be the Limited Partner with
respect thereto and shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such
Limited Partner Interests on any matter, vote such Limited Partner Interests at
the written direction of the Assignee who is the holder of such Limited Partner
Interests. If no such written direction is received, such Limited Partner
Interests will not be voted. An Assignee shall have no other rights of a Limited
Partner.
 
Section 10.3 ADMISSION OF SUCCESSOR GENERAL PARTNER.
 
    A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the
transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to
Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall
be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately
prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General
Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner
Interest pursuant to Section 4.6, provided, however, that no such successor
shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section
4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other
documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such
successor shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the
members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.
 
Section 10.4 ADMISSION OF ADDITIONAL LIMITED PARTNERS.
 
        (a) A Person (other than the General Partner, an Initial Limited Partner
    or a Substituted Limited Partner) who makes a Capital Contribution to the
    Partnership in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the
    Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the
    General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance in form satisfactory to the
    General Partner of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
    including the power of attorney granted in Section 2.6, and (ii) such other
    documents or instruments as may be required in the discretion of the General
    Partner to effect such Person's admission as an Additional Limited Partner.
 
        (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.4, no
    Person shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the
    consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld in
    the General Partner's discretion. The admission of any Person as an
    Additional Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the
    name of such Person is recorded as such in the books and records of the
    Partnership, following the consent of the General Partner to such admission.
 
Section 10.5 AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT AND CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP.
 
    To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General
Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Delaware Act to
amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if
necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and,
if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to
the Certificate of Limited Partnership, and the General Partner may for this
purpose, among others, exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to
Section 2.6.
 
                                   ARTICLE XI
                       WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
 
Section 11.1 WITHDRAWAL OF THE GENERAL PARTNER.
 
        (a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the
    Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each
    such event herein referred to as an "EVENT OF WITHDRAWAL");
 
                                      A-62
<PAGE>
           (i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by
       giving written notice to the other Partners (and it shall be deemed that
       the General Partner has withdrawn pursuant to this Section 11.1(a)(i) if
       the General Partner voluntarily withdraws as general partner of the
       Intermediate Partnership);
 
           (ii) The General Partner transfers all of its rights as General
       Partner pursuant to Section 4.6;
 
           (iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;
 
           (iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the
       benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for
       relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a
       petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or
       similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an
       answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material
       allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a
       proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C) of this Section
       11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment
       of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of
       the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;
 
           (v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of the
       United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate
       jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or
       against the General Partner; or
 
           (vi) (A) in the event the General Partner is a corporation, a
       certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General
       Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General
       Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its
       charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) in the event
       the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the
       dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) in
       the event the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of
       being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) in the
       event the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication
       of incompetency; and (E) otherwise in the event of the termination of the
       General Partner.
 
    If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A),
(B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the
Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree
that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result
in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.
 
        (b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the
    occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this
    Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the
    period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, Eastern
    Standard Time, on June 30, 2009, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws
    by giving at least 90 days' advance notice of its intention to withdraw to
    the Limited Partners; provided that prior to the effective date of such
    withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a
    majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the
    General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the
    Partnership an Opinion of Counsel ("WITHDRAWAL OPINION OF COUNSEL") that
    such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner)
    would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner
    or of a limited partner of the Intermediate Partnership or cause the
    Partnership or the Intermediate Partnership to be treated as an association
    taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal
    income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such); (ii) at
    any time after 12:00 midnight, Eastern Standard Time, on June 30, 2009, the
    General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days' advance
    notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date
    specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases
    to be the
 
                                      A-63
<PAGE>
    General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to
    Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at any
    time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90
    days' advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners,
    such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at
    the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the
    General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control
    at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner
    from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall
    also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or
    managing member, as the case may be, of the other Group Members. If the
    General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i),
    the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such
    withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as
    successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general
    partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the other Group Members
    of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If,
    prior to the effective date of the General Partner's withdrawal, a successor
    is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or the Partnership
    does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be
    dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1. Any successor General Partner
    elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject
    to the provisions of Section 10.3.
 
Section 11.2 REMOVAL OF THE GENERAL PARTNER.
 
    The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the
Unitholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Units (including Units
held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Any such action by such holders
for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a
successor General Partner by the Unitholders holding a Unit Majority (including
Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Such removal shall be
effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner
pursuant to Section 10.3. The removal of the General Partner shall also
automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner
or managing member, as the case may be, of the other Group Members of which the
General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is
elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this
Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.3,
automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, as the case
may be, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general
partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to
remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the
Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a
Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in
accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the
provisions of Section 10.3.
 
Section 11.3 INTEREST OF DEPARTING PARTNER AND SUCCESSOR GENERAL PARTNER.
 
        (a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under
    circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii)
    removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under
    circumstances where Cause does not exist, if a successor General Partner is
    elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or 11.2, the Departing
    Partner shall have the option exercisable prior to the effective date of the
    departure of such Departing Partner to require its successor to purchase its
    General Partner Interest and its general partner interest (or equivalent
    interest) in the other Group Members and all of its Incentive Distribution
    Rights (collectively, the "COMBINED INTEREST") in exchange for an amount in
    cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount
    to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its departure. If
    the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where
    Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where
    such withdrawal violates this Agreement or the Intermediate Partnership
    Agreement, and
 
                                      A-64
<PAGE>
    if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of
    Section 11.1 or 11.2, such successor shall have the option, exercisable
    prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing Partner, to
    purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined
    Interest. In either event, the Departing Partner shall be entitled to
    receive all reimbursements due such Departing Partner pursuant to Section
    7.4, including any employee-related liabilities (including severance
    liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees
    employed by the General Partner for the benefit of the Partnership or the
    other Group Members.
 
    For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Combined
Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing Partner and its
successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such
Departing Partner's departure, by an independent investment banking firm or
other independent expert selected by the Departing Partner and its successor,
which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall
be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one
independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days
after the effective date of such departure, then the Departing Partner shall
designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert,
the Departing Partner's successor shall designate an independent investment
banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall
mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent
expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent
expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest. In making
its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other
independent expert may consider the then current trading price of Units on any
National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed, the value of the
Partnership's assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing Partner and
other factors it may deem relevant.
 
        (b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in
    Section 11.3(a), the Departing Partner (or its transferee) shall become a
    Limited Partner and its Combined Interest shall be converted into Common
    Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other
    independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a), without reduction
    in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by
    reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner
    shall indemnify the Departing Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts
    and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the
    Departing Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For
    purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest to Common
    Units will be characterized as if the General Partner (or its transferee)
    contributed its Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the
    newly issued Common Units.
 
        (c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the
    terms of Section 11.1 or 11.2 and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is
    not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner
    shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute
    to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to 1/99th of the Net Agreed
    Value of the Partnership's assets on such date. In such event, such
    successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be
    entitled to 1% of all Partnership allocations and distributions. The
    successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to
    reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner's
    admission, the successor General Partner's interest in all Partnership
    distributions and allocations shall be 1%.
 
Section 11.4  TERMINATION OF SUBORDINATION PERIOD, CONVERSION OF SUBORDINATED
              UNITS AND EXTINGUISHMENT OF CUMULATIVE COMMON UNIT ARREARAGES.
 
    Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is
removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause
does not exist and Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are not
voted in favor of such removal, (i) the Subordination Period
 
                                      A-65
<PAGE>
will end and all Outstanding Subordinated Units will immediately and
automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis and (ii) all
Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished.
 
Section 11.5 WITHDRAWAL OF LIMITED PARTNERS.
 
    No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership;
provided, however, that when a transferee of a Limited Partner's Limited Partner
Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred,
such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with
respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.
 
                                  ARTICLE XII
                          DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
 
Section 12.1 DISSOLUTION.
 
    The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substituted
Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a
successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon
the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner
is elected pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2, the Partnership shall not be
dissolved and such successor General Partner shall continue the business of the
Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2) its
affairs shall be wound up, upon:
 
        (a) the expiration of its term as provided in Section 2.7;
 
        (b) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section
    11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and
    an Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 11.1(b) or 11.2 and
    such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.3;
 
        (c) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that
    is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;
 
        (d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership
    pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or
 
        (e) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of
    the Partnership Group.
 
Section 12.2 CONTINUATION OF THE BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP AFTER DISSOLUTION.
 
    Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal
caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in
Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a
successor to such Departing Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2, then
within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event
constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or
(vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter,
the holders of a Unit Majority may elect to reconstitute the Partnership and
continue its business on the same terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement by forming a new limited partnership on terms identical to those set
forth in this Agreement and having as the successor general partner a Person
approved by the holders of a Unit Majority (subject to the proviso in the last
sentence of this Section 12.2). Unless such an election is made within the
applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only
activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made,
then:
 
           (i) the reconstituted Partnership shall continue until the end of the
       term set forth in Section 2.7 unless earlier dissolved in accordance with
       this Article XII;
 
           (ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General
       Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated
       in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and
 
                                      A-66
<PAGE>
           (iii) all necessary steps shall be taken to cancel this Agreement and
       the Certificate of Limited Partnership and to enter into and, as
       necessary, to file a new partnership agreement and certificate of limited
       partnership, and the successor general partner may for this purpose
       exercise the powers of attorney granted the General Partner pursuant to
       Section 2.6;
 
provided, that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a
successor General Partner and to reconstitute and to continue the business of
the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership
has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not
result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner and (y) neither
the Partnership, the reconstituted limited partnership nor the Intermediate
Partnership would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the
exercise of such right to continue.
 
Section 12.3 LIQUIDATOR.
 
    Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the Partnership is continued
under an election to reconstitute and continue the Partnership pursuant to
Section 12.2, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as
Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled
to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of
at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Outstanding Subordinated
Units voting as a single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General
Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days' prior notice and
may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved
by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and
Outstanding Subordinated Units voting as a single class. Upon dissolution,
removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator
(who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original
Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a
majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Outstanding Subordinated Units
voting as a single class who shall also approve the compensation payable to such
Liquidator. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the
manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or
substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as
expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner
provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or
consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the
General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the
applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such
powers, other than the limitation on sale or other disposition set forth in
Section 7.3(b)) to the extent necessary or desirable in the good faith judgment
of the Liquidator to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator
hereunder for and during such period of time as shall be reasonably required in
the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to complete the winding up and
liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.
 
Section 12.4 LIQUIDATION.
 
    The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership,
discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and
over such period as the Liquidator determines to be in the best interest of the
Partners, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:
 
        (a) DISPOSITION OF ASSETS. The assets may be disposed of by public or
    private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such
    terms as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any
    property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be
    deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its
    fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash
    distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may, in its
    absolute discretion, defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership's
    assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or
 
                                      A-67
<PAGE>
    distribution of all or some of the Partnership's assets would be impractical
    or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may, in its
    absolute discretion, distribute the Partnership's assets, in whole or in
    part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would
    cause undue loss to the Partners.
 
        (b) DISCHARGE OF LIABILITIES. Liabilities of the Partnership include
    amounts owed to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution
    rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent,
    conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the
    Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks
    appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for
    its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be
    distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.
 
        (c) LIQUIDATION DISTRIBUTIONS. All property and all cash in excess of
    that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall
    be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the
    positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after
    taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made
    by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable
    period during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such
    date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section
    1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of
    such taxable period (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such
    occurrence).
 
Section 12.5 CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP.
 
    Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as
provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership,
the Partnership shall be terminated and the Certificate of Limited Partnership
and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in
jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other
actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.
 
Section 12.6 RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS.
 
    The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no
obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to
enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited
Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood
that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.
 
Section 12.7 WAIVER OF PARTITION.
 
    To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right
to partition of the Partnership property.
 
Section 12.8 CAPITAL ACCOUNT RESTORATION.
 
    No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance
in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner
shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon
liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable period
during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the
date of such liquidation.
 
                                      A-68
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE XIII
           AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
 
Section 13.1 AMENDMENT TO BE ADOPTED SOLELY BY THE GENERAL PARTNER.
 
    Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any
Partner or Assignee, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute,
swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be
required in connection therewith, to reflect:
 
        (a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the
    principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the
    Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;
 
        (b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in
    accordance with this Agreement;
 
        (c) a change that, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, is
    necessary or advisable to qualify or continue the qualification of the
    Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited
    Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure
    that the Partnership and the Intermediate Partnership will not be treated as
    an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for
    federal income tax purposes;
 
        (d) a change that, in the discretion of the General Partner, (i) does
    not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material respect, (ii) is
    necessary or advisable to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or
    guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation
    of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any
    federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the
    trading of the Limited Partner Interests (including the division of any
    class or classes of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests into different
    classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of
    Limited Partner Interests) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or
    requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Limited Partner
    Interests are or will be listed for trading, compliance with any of which
    the General Partner determines in its discretion to be in the best interests
    of the Partnership and the Limited Partners, (iii) is necessary or advisable
    in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section
    5.10 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration
    Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise
    contemplated by this Agreement;
 
        (e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership and
    any changes that, in the discretion of the General Partner, are necessary or
    advisable as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the
    Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change
    in the definition of "QUARTER" and the dates on which distributions are to
    be made by the Partnership;
 
        (f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to
    prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers,
    trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of
    the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act
    of 1940, as amended, or "plan asset" regulations adopted under the Employee
    Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether
    such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied
    or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;
 
        (g) subject to the terms of Section 5.7, an amendment that, in the
    discretion of the General Partner, is necessary or advisable in connection
    with the authorization or issuance of any class or series of Partnership
    Securities (or options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to
    such Partnership Securities) pursuant to Section 5.6;
 
                                      A-69
<PAGE>
        (h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by
    the General Partner acting alone;
 
        (i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger
    Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;
 
        (j) an amendment that, in the discretion of the General Partner, is
    necessary or advisable to reflect, account for and deal with appropriately
    the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in,
    any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or
    other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of
    activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4;
 
        (k) a merger or conveyance pursuant to Section 14.3(d); or
 
        (l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.
 
Section 13.2 AMENDMENT PROCEDURES.
 
    Except as provided in Sections 13.1 and 13.3, all amendments to this
Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following requirements.
Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of the
General Partner which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion. A
proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the holders of a Unit
Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required under this
Agreement or by Delaware law. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval
of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth
in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an
amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of
the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the
Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner
shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any such proposed
amendments.
 
Section 13.3 AMENDMENT REQUIREMENTS.
 
        (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 13.1 and 13.2, no
    provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding
    Units (including Units held, or deemed held, by the General Partner or its
    Affiliates) required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed,
    repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing
    such voting percentage unless such amendment is approved by the written
    consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose
    aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement
    sought to be reduced.
 
        (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 13.1 and 13.2, no
    amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited
    Partner without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as
    a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c), (ii) enlarge
    the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or
    reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise
    payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its
    consent, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion,
    (iii) change Section 12.1(a) or 12.1(c), or (iv) change the term of the
    Partnership or, except as set forth in Section 12.1(c), give any Person the
    right to dissolve the Partnership.
 
        (c) Except as provided in Section 14.3 or otherwise as may be provided
    in this Agreement and without limitation of the General Partner's authority
    to adopt amendments to this Agreement as contemplated in Section 13.1, any
    amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or
    preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other
    classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less
    than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class
    affected.
 
                                      A-70
<PAGE>
        (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for
    amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by
    Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval
    of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Common Units and
    Outstanding Subordinated Units voting as a single class unless the
    Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment
    will not (i) adversely affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner
    under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the
    Partnership is registered as a foreign limited partnership or is otherwise
    qualified to do busines or (ii) cause the Partnership or the Intermediate
    Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
    otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the
    extent not previously treated as such).
 
        (e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be
    amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding
    Units.
 
Section 13.4 SPECIAL MEETINGS.
 
    All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be
taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the
Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners
holding 20% or more of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of the class or
classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special
meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing
stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and
indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to
be called. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or
within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to
comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar
requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies
for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the
meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the
Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the
General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the
mailing of notice of the meeting. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters
that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the
management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to
jeopardize the Limited Partners' limited liability under the Delaware Act or the
law of any other state in which the Partnership is registered as a foreign
limited partnership or is otherwise qualified to do business.
 
Section 13.5 NOTICE OF A MEETING.
 
    Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the
Record Holders of the class or classes of Limited Partner Interests for which a
meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication
in accordance with Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to have been given
at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written
communication.
 
Section 13.6 RECORD DATE.
 
    For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting
as provided in Section 13.11 the General Partner may set a Record Date, which
shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the
meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline
or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Limited Partner
Interests are listed for trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline
or requirement of such exchange shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals
are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested
in writing by the General Partner to give such approvals.
 
                                      A-71
<PAGE>
Section 13.7 ADJOURNMENT.
 
    When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be
given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the
time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is
taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned
meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been
transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days
or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the
adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.
 
Section 13.8 WAIVER OF NOTICE; APPROVAL OF MEETING; APPROVAL OF MINUTES.
 
    The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and
noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting
duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person
or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, Limited Partners
representing such quorum who were present in person or by proxy and entitled to
vote, sign a written waiver of notice or an approval of the holding of the
meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All waivers and approvals shall
be filed with the Partnership records or made a part of the minutes of the
meeting. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver
of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner does not approve, at
the beginning of the meeting, of the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a
meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters
required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if
the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.
 
Section 13.9 QUORUM.
 
    The holders of a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of
the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Limited
Partner Interests held or deemed held by the General Partner or its Affiliates)
represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of
Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited
Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Limited
Partner Interests, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At
any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this
Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding
Outstanding Limited Partner Interests that in the aggregate represent a majority
of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests entitled to vote and present in
person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all
Limited Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with
respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the
act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Limited Partner Interests that
in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall
be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at
which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a
quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required
percentage of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests specified in this Agreement
(including Limited Partner Interests deemed owned by the General Partner). In
the absence of a quorum any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from
time to time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the
Outstanding Limited Partner Interests entitled to vote at such meeting
(including Limited Partner Interests held or deemed held by the General Partner
or its Affiliates) represented either in person or by proxy, but no other
business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7.
 
                                      A-72
<PAGE>
Section 13.10 CONDUCT OF A MEETING.
 
    The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the
manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of
approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote,
the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4,
the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the
determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection
with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a
Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person
to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records
of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may
make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as
it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited
Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in
regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors
of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other
evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.
 
Section 13.11 ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.
 
    If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a
meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in
writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners holding
not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Limited Partner
Interests (including Limited Partner Interests held or deemed held by the
General Partner or its Affiliates) that would be necessary to authorize or take
such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and
voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or
requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Limited Partner
Interests are listed for trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline
or requirement of such exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of
action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not
approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot
submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a
meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall
be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned
to the Partnership does not vote all of the Limited Partner Interests held by a
Limited Partner, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a
ballot for the Limited Partner Interests that were not voted. If approval of the
taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other
than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no
force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in
care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action
proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date
sufficient approvals are deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of
Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of
such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular
matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in
the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as
to jeopardize the Limited Partners' limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise
permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and
liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.
 
Section 13.12 VOTING AND OTHER RIGHTS.
 
        (a) Only those Record Holders of the Limited Partner Interests on the
    Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the
    limitations contained in the definition of "OUTSTANDING") shall be entitled
    to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with
    respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Limited
    Partner Interests have the right to vote or to act. All references in this
    Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding
    Limited Partner Interests shall be deemed to be references to the votes or
    acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.
 
                                      A-73
<PAGE>
        (b) With respect to Limited Partner Interests that are held for a
    Person's account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust
    company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in
    whose name such Limited Partner Interests are registered, such other Person
    shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Limited Partner
    Interests on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons
    provides otherwise, vote such Limited Partner Interests in favor of, and at
    the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the
    Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further
    inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other
    provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.
 
                                  ARTICLE XIV
                                     MERGER
 
Section 14.1 AUTHORITY.
 
    The Partnership may merge or consolidate with one or more corporations,
limited liability companies, business trusts or associations, real estate
investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a
general partnership or limited partnership, formed under the laws of the State
of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a
written agreement of merger or consolidation ("MERGER AGREEMENT") in accordance
with this Article XIV.
 
Section 14.2 PROCEDURE FOR MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.
 
    Merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV
requires the prior approval of the General Partner. If the General Partner shall
determine, in the exercise of its discretion, to consent to the merger or
consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which
shall set forth:
 
    (a) The names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each of the
business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;
 
    (b) The name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business
entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the "SURVIVING
BUSINESS ENTITY");
 
    (c) The terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;
 
    (d) The manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities
of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or general or
limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving
Business Entity; and (i) if any general or limited partner interests, securities
or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or
converted solely for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner
interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity,
the cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities
or obligations of any limited partnership, corporation, trust or other entity
(other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such general or
limited partner interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for,
or upon conversion of their general or limited partner interests, securities or
rights, and (ii) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the
surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or general or limited
partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business
Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust or other entity
(other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be
delivered;
 
    (e) A statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption
of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation,
articles of trust, declaration of
 
                                      A-74
<PAGE>
trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership or other similar charter
or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such
merger or consolidation;
 
    (f)  The effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing
of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified
in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, that if
the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of
the certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed no later than the
time of the filing of the certificate of merger and stated therein); and
 
    (g) Such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or
consolidation as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner.
 
    SECTION 14.3  APPROVAL BY LIMITED PARTNERS OF MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
 
    (a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the General Partner, upon its
approval of the Merger Agreement, shall direct that the Merger Agreement be
submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by
written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article
XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement shall be included in or
enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.
 
    (b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the Merger Agreement shall be
approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit
Majority unless the Merger Agreement contains any provision that, if contained
in an amendment to this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement or the
Delaware Act would require for its approval the vote or consent of a greater
percentage of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests or of any class of
Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent shall be
required for approval of the Merger Agreement.
 
    (c) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), after such approval by vote or
consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the
certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger or consolidation may
be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger
Agreement.
 
    (d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this
Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, in its discretion, without Limited
Partner approval, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey
all of the Partnership's assets to, another limited liability entity which shall
be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time
of such Merger other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group
Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the
merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the
limited liability of any Limited Partner or any limited partner in the
Intermediate Partnership or cause the Partnership or the Intermediate
Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the
extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such merger or
conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into
another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new
entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with the same rights
and obligations as are herein contained.
 
    SECTION 14.4  CERTIFICATE OF MERGER.
 
    Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a
Merger Agreement, a certificate of merger shall be executed and filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the requirements
of the Delaware Act.
 
                                      A-75
<PAGE>
    SECTION 14.5  EFFECT OF MERGER.
 
    (a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:
 
         (i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business
    entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal
    and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other
    things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities,
    shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or
    consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the
    extent they were property of each constituent business entity;
 
        (ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any
    of those constituent business entities shall not revert and shall not in any
    way be impaired because of the merger or consolidation;
 
        (iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in
    property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved
    unimpaired; and
 
        (iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business
    entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced
    against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had
    been incurred or contracted by it.
 
    (b) A merger or consolidation effected pursuant to this Article shall not be
deemed to result in a transfer or assignment of assets or liabilities from one
entity to another.
 
                                   ARTICLE XV
                   RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
 
    SECTION 15.1  RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS.
 
    (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time
not more than 20% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then
Outstanding is held by Persons other than the General Partner and its
Affiliates, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may
assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of
the General Partner, exercisable in its sole discretion, to purchase all, but
not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then
Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates,
at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three days prior
to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the
highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such
Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period
preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed. As
used in this Agreement, (i) "CURRENT MARKET PRICE" as of any date of any class
of Limited Partner Interests listed or admitted to trading on any National
Securities Exchange means the average of the daily Closing Prices (as
hereinafter defined) per limited partner interest of such class for the 20
consecutive Trading Days (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such
date; (ii) "CLOSING PRICE" for any day means the last sale price on such day,
regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, in either case as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect
to securities listed or admitted for trading on the principal National
Securities Exchange (other than the Nasdaq Stock Market) on which such Limited
Partner Interests of such class are listed or admitted to trading or, if such
Limited Partner Interests of such class are not listed or admitted to trading on
any National Securities Exchange (other than the Nasdaq Stock Market), the last
quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and
low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the
Nasdaq Stock Market or such other system then in use, or, if on any such day
such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such
organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as
furnished by a
 
                                      A-76
<PAGE>
professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of
such class selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market
maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the
fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined
reasonably and in good faith by the General Partner; and (iii) "TRADING DAY"
means a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such
Limited Partner Interests of any class are listed or admitted to trading is open
for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a class are
not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on
which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.
 
    (b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the
Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests
granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the
Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the "NOTICE OF ELECTION TO
PURCHASE") and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of
Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such
class (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not
more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to
Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days
in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English
language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of
Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined
in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which Limited Partner Interests will be
purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership,
as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon
surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in
exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the
Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities
Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to
trading. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of
Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the
Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of
whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the
General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall
deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the
aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be
purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to
Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the
Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in
the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited
Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after
the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been
surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner
Interests (including any rights pursuant to Articles IV, V, VI, and XII) shall
thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in
accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without
interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing
such Limited Partner Interests, and such Limited Partner Interests shall
thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or
the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent
and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General
Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the
holder of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date
and shall have all rights as the holder of such Limited Partner Interests
(including all rights as holder of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to
Articles IV, V, VI and XII).
 
    (c) At any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding
Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1
may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the
Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section
15.1(a), therefor, without interest thereon.
 
                                      A-77
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE XVI
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
    SECTION 16.1  ADDRESSES AND NOTICES.
 
    Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted
to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee under this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent
by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to
the Partner or Assignee at the address described below. Any notice, payment or
report to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee hereunder shall be deemed
conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice
or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been
fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record
Holder of such Partnership Securities at his address as shown on the records of
the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership,
regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such
Partnership Securities by reason of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or
certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the Transfer
Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or
making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report
addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on
the books and records of the Transfer Agent or the Partnership is returned by
the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States
Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any
subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given
or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or
another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his
address) if they are available for the Partner or Assignee at the principal
office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving
or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners and Assignees.
Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General
Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to
Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on
any notice or other document from a Partner, Assignee or other Person if
believed by it to be genuine.
 
    SECTION 16.2  FURTHER ACTION.
 
    The parties hereto shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all
information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or
appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
 
    SECTION 16.3  BINDING EFFECT.
 
    This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal
representatives and permitted assigns.
 
    SECTION 16.4  INTEGRATION.
 
    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto
pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings pertaining thereto.
 
    SECTION 16.5  CREDITORS.
 
    None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or
shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.
 
    SECTION 16.6  WAIVER.
 
    No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any
covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any
right or remedy consequent upon a breach
 
                                      A-78
<PAGE>
thereof shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or any breach of any
other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
 
    SECTION 16.7  COUNTERPARTS.
 
    This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall
constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that
all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.
Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its
signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Unit, upon accepting
the certificate evidencing such Unit or executing and delivering a Transfer
Application as herein described, independently of the signature of any other
party.
 
    SECTION 16.8  APPLICABLE LAW.
 
    This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the
laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of
law.
 
    SECTION 16.9  INVALIDITY OF PROVISIONS.
 
    If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.
 
    SECTION 16.10  CONSENT OF PARTNERS.
 
    Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this
Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote
or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon
the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound
by the results of such action.
 
                      [REST OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 
                                      A-79
<PAGE>
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first written above.
 
                                          GENERAL PARTNER:
 
                                          TC PIPELINES GP, INC.
 
                                          By:
                                          Name:
                                          Title:
 
                                          ORGANIZATIONAL LIMITED PARTNER:
 
                                          TRANSCAN NORTHERN LTD.
 
                                          By:
                                          Name:
                                          Title:
 
                                          LIMITED PARTNERS:
 
                                          All Limited Partners now and hereafter
                                             admitted as Limited Partners of the
                                             Partnership, pursuant to powers of
                                             attorney now and hereafter executed
                                             in favor of, and granted and
                                             delivered to the General Partner.
 
                                          TC PIPELINES GP, INC.
 
                                          By:
                                          Name:
                                          Title:
 
                                      A-80
<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT A
                               TO THE AMENDED AND
                  RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
                      CERTIFICATE EVIDENCING COMMON UNITS
                   REPRESENTING LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS IN
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
 
No.                                                                 Common Units
 
    In accordance with Section 4.1 of the Amended and Restated Agreement of
Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines, LP, as amended, supplemented or restated
from time to time (the "PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT"), TC PipeLines, LP, a Delaware
limited partnership (the "PARTNERSHIP"), hereby certifies that
- ------------------- (the "HOLDER") is the registered owner of
- ------------ Common Units representing limited partner interests in the
Partnership (the "COMMON UNITS") transferable on the books of the Partnership,
in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate
properly endorsed and accompanied by a properly executed application for
transfer of the Common Units represented by this Certificate. The rights,
preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this
Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all
respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement.
Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished
without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the
principal office of the Partnership located at
- -------------------. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have
the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.
 
    The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (i) requested
admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to
comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (ii)
represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority
and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership
Agreement, (iii) granted the powers of attorney provided for in the Partnership
Agreement and (iv) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals
contained in the Partnership Agreement.
 
    Except as otherwise provided in the Partnership Agreement, this Certificate
shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and
registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Dated: ------------------------                TC PIPELINES, LP
 
Countersigned and Registered by:               By: TC PipeLines GP, Inc., its General
                                               Partner
 
                                               By: ----------------------------
 
as Transfer Agent and Registrar                Name: ------------------------
 
By: ----------------------------               By: ----------------------------
  Authorized Signature                         Secretary
</TABLE>
 
                                      A-81
<PAGE>
                            [REVERSE OF CERTIFICATE]
 
                                 ABBREVIATIONS
 
    The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of
this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or
regulations:
 
<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                                         <C>
TEN COM --       as tenants in common                        UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT
TEN ENT --       as tenants by the entireties                ------------ Custodian
                                                             (Cust)         (Minor)
JT  TEN --       as joint tenants with right of              under Uniform Gifts/Transfers
                 survivorship and not as tenants in common   to
                                                             Minors Act --------------------
                                                             (State)
</TABLE>
 
Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.
 
                           ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS
                                       IN
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
              IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING INVESTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
                 DUE TO TAX SHELTER STATUS OF TC PIPELINES, LP
 
    You have acquired an interest in TC PipeLines, LP, a Delaware limited
partnership, whose taxpayer identification number is 52-2135448. The Internal
Revenue Service has issued TC PipeLines, LP the following tax shelter
registration number:
- ------------.
 
    YOU MUST REPORT THIS REGISTRATION NUMBER TO THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE IF
YOU CLAIM ANY DEDUCTION, LOSS, CREDIT OR OTHER TAX BENEFIT OR REPORT ANY INCOME
BY REASON OF YOUR INVESTMENT IN TC PIPELINES, LP
 
    You must report the registration number as well as the name and taxpayer
identification number of TC PipeLines, LP on Form 8271. FORM 8271 MUST BE
ATTACHED TO THE RETURN ON WHICH YOU CLAIM THE DEDUCTION, LOSS, CREDIT OR OTHER
TAX BENEFIT OR REPORT ANY INCOME BY REASON OF YOUR INVESTMENT IN TC PIPELINES,
LP.
 
    If you transfer your interest in TC PipeLines, LP to another person, you are
required by the Internal Revenue Service to keep a list containing (a) that
person's name, address and taxpayer identification number, (b) the date on which
you transferred the interest and (c) the name, address and tax shelter
registration number of TC PipeLines, LP. If you do not want to keep such a list,
you must (1) send the information specified above to the Partnership, which will
keep the list for this tax shelter, and (2) give a copy of this notice to the
person to whom you transfer your interest. Your failure to comply with any of
the above-described responsibilities could result in the imposition of a penalty
under Section 6707(b) or 6708(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, unless such failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause.
 
    ISSUANCE OF A REGISTRATION NUMBER DOES NOT INDICATE THAT THIS INVESTMENT OR
THE CLAIMED TAX BENEFITS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED, EXAMINED OR APPROVED BY THE
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED,
- ------------------ HEREBY ASSIGNS, CONVEYS, SELLS AND TRANSFERS UNTO
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
(Please print or typewrite name                          (Please insert Social Security or
and address of Assignee)                                 other
                                                         identifying number of Assignee)
</TABLE>
 
                                      A-82
<PAGE>
- ------------ Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by
this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint
- ------------------- as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to
transfer the same on the books of TC PipeLines, LP
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                        <C>        <C>
Date:                                      NOTE:      The signature to any endorsement hereon
                                                      must correspond with the name as written
                                                      upon the face of this Certificate in
                                                      every particular, without alteration,
                                                      enlargement or change.
SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A
MEMBER FIRM OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION               (Signature)
OF SECURITIES DEALERS, INC. OR BY A                   (Signature)
COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY
</TABLE>
 
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED
 
    No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the
books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to
be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer and an Application
for Transfer of Common Units has been executed by a transferee either (a) on the
form set forth below or (b) on a separate application that the Partnership will
furnish on request without charge. A transferor of the Common Units shall have
no duty to the transferee with respect to execution of the transfer application
in order for such transferee to obtain registration of the transfer of the
Common Units.
 
                                      A-83
<PAGE>
                    APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER OF COMMON UNITS
 
    The undersigned ("ASSIGNEE") hereby applies for transfer to the name of the
Assignee of the Common Units evidenced hereby.
 
    The Assignee (a) requests admission as a Substituted Limited Partner and
agrees to comply with and be bound by, and hereby executes, the Amended and
Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines, LP (the
"PARTNERSHIP"), as amended, supplemented or restated to the date hereof (the
"PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT"), (b) represents and warrants that the Assignee has all
right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to
enter into the Partnership Agreement, (c) appoints the General Partner of the
Partnership and, if a Liquidator shall be appointed, the Liquidator of the
Partnership as the Assignee's attorney-in-fact to execute, swear to, acknowledge
and file any document, including, without limitation, the Partnership Agreement
and any amendment thereto and the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the
Partnership and any amendment thereto, necessary or appropriate for the
Assignee's admission as a Substituted Limited Partner and as a party to the
Partnership Agreement, (d) gives the powers of attorney provided for in the
Partnership Agreement, and (e) makes the waivers and gives the consents and
approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined
herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Partnership Agreement.
 
Date:
- -------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
 Social Security or other identifying number               Signature of Assignee
                 of Assignee
 
Purchase Price including commissions, if any           Name and Address of Assignee
</TABLE>
 
Type of Entity (check one):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                          <C>
o Individual                 o Partnership                o Corporation
 
o Trust                      o Other (specify) ----------------------------
</TABLE>
 
Nationality (check one):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                          <C>
o U.S. Citizen, Resident or Domestic Entity
 
o Foreign Corporation        o Non-resident Alien
</TABLE>
 
    If the U.S. Citizen, Resident or Domestic Entity box is checked, the
following certification must be completed.
 
    Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"CODE"), the Partnership must withhold tax with respect to certain transfers of
property if a holder of an interest in the Partnership is a foreign person. To
inform the Partnership that no withholding is required with respect to the
undersigned interestholder's interest in it, the undersigned hereby certifies
the following (or, if applicable, certifies the following on behalf of the
interestholder).
 
Complete Either A or B:
 
A.  Individual Interestholder
 
    1.  I am not a non-resident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.
 
    2.  My U.S. taxpayer identification number (Social Security Number) is
    -----------------------.
 
                                      A-84
<PAGE>
    3.  My home address is
    -----------------------.
 
B.  Partnership, Corporation or Other Interestholder
 
    1.
    -------------------------- is not a foreign corporation, foreign
       partnership, foreign trust
       (Name of Interestholder)
       or foreign estate (as those terms are defined in the Code and Treasury
       Regulations).
 
    2.  The interestholder's U.S. employer identification number is
    -----------------------.
 
    3.  The interestholder's office address and place of incorporation (if
       applicable) is
       --------------------------.
 
    The interestholder agrees to notify the Partnership within sixty (60) days
of the date the interestholder becomes a foreign person.
 
    The interestholder understands that this certificate may be disclosed to the
Internal Revenue Service by the Partnership and that any false statement
contained herein could be punishable by fine, imprisonment or both.
 
    Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this
certification and to the best of my knowledge and belief it is true, correct and
complete and, if applicable, I further declare that I have authority to sign
this document on behalf of:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
                                         ------------------------
                                          Name of Interestholder
 
                                         ------------------------
Dated:                                      Signature and Date
 
                                         ------------------------
                                          Title (if applicable)
</TABLE>
    
 
    Note: If the Assignee is a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing
corporation, other nominee holder or an agent of any of the foregoing, and is
holding for the account of any other person, this application should be
completed by an officer thereof or, in the case of a broker or dealer, by a
registered representative who is a member of a registered national securities
exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,
or, in the case of any other nominee holder, a person performing a similar
function. If the Assignee is a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing
corporation, other nominee owner or an agent of any of the foregoing, the above
certification as to any person for whom the Assignee will hold the Common Units
shall be made to the best of the Assignee's knowledge.
 
                                      A-85
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX B
 
    No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the
books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to
be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer and an Application
for Transfer of Common Units has been executed by a transferee either (a) on the
form set forth below or (b) on a separate application that the Partnership will
furnish on request without charge. A transferor of the Common Units shall have
no duty to the transferee with respect to execution of the transfer application
in order for such transferee to obtain registration of the transfer of the
Common Units.
 
                    APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER OF COMMON UNITS
 
    The undersigned ("Assignee") hereby applies for transfer to the name of the
Assignee of the Common Units evidenced hereby.
 
    The Assignee (a) requests admission as an Substituted Limited Partner and
agrees to comply with and be bound by, and hereby executes, the Amended and
Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines, LP (the
"Partnership"), as amended, supplemented or restated to the date hereof (the
"Partnership Agreement"), (b) represents and warrants that the Assignee has all
right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to
enter into the Partnership Agreement, (c) appoints the General Partner and, if a
Liquidator shall be appointed, the Liquidator of the Partnership as the
Assignee's attorney-in-fact, to execute, swear to, acknowledge and file any
document, including, without limitation, the Partnership Agreement and any
amendment thereto and the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership
and any amendment thereto, necessary or appropriate for the Assignee's admission
as a Substituted Limited Partner and as a party to the Partnership Agreement,
(d) gives the power of attorney provided for in the Partnership Agreement, and
(e) makes the waivers and gives the consents and approvals contained in the
Partnership Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings
assigned to such terms in the Partnership Agreement.
 
Date:
                                        By:
Social Security or other                       Signature of Assignee
  identifying number
  of Assignee
     Purchase Price including              Name and Address of Assignee
         commissions, if any
 
    Type of Entity (check one):
 
/ / Individual                          / / Partnership         / / Corporation
/ / Trust                               / / Other (specify)
 
Nationality (check one):
 
/ / U.S. Citizen, Resident or
  Domestic Entity
/ / Foreign Corporation                 / / Non-resident Alien
 
    If the U.S. Citizen, Resident or Domestic Entity box is checked, the
following certification must be completed.
 
                                      B-1
<PAGE>
    Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), the Partnership must withhold tax with respect to certain transfers of
property if a holder of an interest in the Partnership is a foreign person. To
inform the Partnership that no withholding is required with respect to the
undersigned interestholder's interest in it, the undersigned hereby certifies
the following (or, if applicable, certifies the following on behalf of the
interestholder).
 
Complete Either A or B:
 
    A.  Individual Interestholder
 
       1.  I am not a non-resident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.
       2.  My U.S. taxpayer identification number (Social Security Number) is __
       3.  My home address is __________________________________________________
 
    B.  Partnership, Corporation or Other Interestholder
       1.  ____________________________ is not a foreign corporation, foreign
           partnership,
 
              (Name of
           Interestholder)
 
       foreign trust or foreign estate (as those terms are defined in the Code
       and Treasury Regulations).
       2.  The interestholder's U.S. employer identification number is ________.
 
       3.  The interestholder's office address and place of incorporation (if
           applicable) is _____________.
 
    The interestholder agrees to notify the Partnership within sixty (60) days
of the date the interestholder becomes a foreign person.
 
    The interestholder understands that this certificate may be disclosed to the
Internal Revenue Service by the Partnership and that any false statement
contained herein could be punishable by fine, imprisonment or both.
 
    Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this
certification and to the best of my knowledge and belief it is true, correct and
complete and, if applicable, I further declare that I have authority to sign
this document on behalf of
 
                          Name of Interestholder
 
Dated:
 
                            Signature and Date
                           Title (if applicable)
 
    Note: If the Assignee is a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing
corporation, other nominee holder or an agent of any of the foregoing, and is
holding for the account of any other person, this application should be
completed by an officer thereof or, in the case of a broker or dealer, by a
registered representative who is a member of a registered national securities
exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,
or, in the case of any other nominee holder, a person performing a similar
function. If the Assignee is a broker, dealer, bank, trust company, clearing
corporation, other nominee owner or an agent of any of the foregoing, the above
certification as to any person for whom the signee will hold the Common Units
shall be made to the best of the Assignee's knowledge.
 
                                      B-2
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX C
 
                               GLOSSARY OF TERMS
 
    ADJUSTED OPERATING SURPLUS:  For any period, Operating Surplus generated
during that period as adjusted to:
 
(a) decrease Operating Surplus by:
 
    (1) any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings during that period, and
 
    (2) any net reduction in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures during
       that period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made during that
       period, and
 
(b) increase Operating Surplus by:
 
    (1) any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings during that period, and
 
    (2) any net increase in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures during that
       period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal,
       interest or premium.
 
    Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating
Surplus included in clause (a)(1) of the definition of Operating Surplus.
 
    AVAILABLE CASH:  For any quarter before liquidation:
 
(a) the sum of:
 
    (1) all cash and cash equivalents of TC PipeLines on hand at the end of that
       quarter, and
 
    (2) all additional cash and cash equivalents of TC PipeLines on hand on the
       date of determination of Available Cash for that quarter resulting from
       Working Capital Borrowings after the end of that quarter, LESS
 
(b) the amount of cash reserves that is necessary or appropriate in the
    reasonable discretion of the general partner to:
 
    (1) provide for the proper conduct of the business of TC PipeLines,
       including reserves for future capital expenditures and future credit
       needs, after that quarter,
 
    (2) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement,
       mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which TC
       PipeLines or its subsidiaries is a party or by which it is bound or its
       assets are subject, or
 
    (3) provide funds for minimum quarterly distributions and cumulative
       arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distributions on the
       common units for any one or more of the next four quarters.
 
    PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the general partner may not establish cash reserves
for distributions under (3) above if the effect of those reserves would be that
TC PipeLines is unable to distribute the minimum quarterly distribution on all
common units, plus any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distributions on the common units, for that quarter.
 
    PROVIDED FURTHER, that disbursements made by TC PipeLines or cash reserves
established, increased or reduced after the end of that quarter but on or before
the date of determination of Available Cash for that quarter shall be deemed to
have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining
Available Cash, within that quarter if the general partner so determines.
Notwithstanding the information above, "Available Cash" for the quarter in which
the liquidation of TC PipeLines occurs and any later quarter shall be zero.
 
                                      C-1
<PAGE>
    CAPITAL ACCOUNT:  The capital account maintained for a partner under the
partnership agreement. The Capital Account of a partner for a general partner
interest, a common unit, a subordinated unit, an incentive distribution right or
any other interest in TC PipeLines shall be the amount which that Capital
Account would be if that general partner interest, common unit, subordinated
unit, incentive distribution right or other interest in TC PipeLines were the
only interest in TC PipeLines held by a partner from and after the date on which
that general partner interest, common unit, subordinated unit, incentive
distribution right or other interest in TC PipeLines was first issued.
 
    CAPITAL SURPLUS:  All Available Cash distributed by TC PipeLines from any
source will be treated as distributed from Operating Surplus until the sum of
all Available Cash distributed since the closing of the initial public offering
equals the Operating Surplus as of the end of the quarter before that
distribution. Any excess Available Cash will be treated as Capital Surplus until
a hypothetical holder of a common unit acquired in the offering has received
Available Cash equal to the initial public offering price for the unit and any
arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the unit and,
thereafter, treated as distributed from Operating Surplus.
 
    CLOSING PRICE:  The last sale price on a day, regular way, or in case no
sale takes place on that day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on
that day, regular way, in either case, as reported in the principal consolidated
transaction reporting system for securities listed or admitted to trading on the
principal national securities exchange, other than Nasdaq Stock Market, on which
the units of that class are listed or admitted to trading. If the units of that
class are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange,
the last quoted price on that day. If no quoted price exists, the average of the
high bid and low asked prices on that day in the over-the-counter market, as
reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market or any other system then in use. If on any
day the units of that class are not quoted by any organization of that type, the
average of the closing bid and asked prices on that day as furnished by a
professional market maker making a market in the units of the class selected by
the general partner. If on that day no market maker is making a market in the
units of that class, the fair value of such units on that day as determined
reasonably and in good faith by the general partner.
 
    CURRENT MARKET PRICE:  For any class of units listed or admitted to trading
on any national securities exchange as of any date, the average of the daily
Closing Prices for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately before that date.
 
    INTERIM CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS:
 
    (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness and sales of debt
       securities, other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for
       items purchased on open account in the ordinary course of business, by TC
       PipeLines, its subsidiaries or Northern Border Pipeline;
 
    (b) sales of equity interests by TC PipeLines its subsidiaries or Northern
       Border Pipeline other than the common units sold to the underwriters in
       the exercise of their over-allotment option; and
 
    (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of TC
       PipeLines other than sales or other dispositions of inventory in the
       ordinary course of business, sales or other dispositions of other current
       assets, including, without limitation, receivables and accounts, in the
       ordinary course of business and sales or other dispositions of assets as
       a part of normal retirements or replacements, in each case before the
       dissolution and liquidation of TC PipeLines.
 
                                      C-2
<PAGE>
    OPERATING EXPENDITURES:  All expenditures of TC PipeLines including, but not
limited to, operating expenses, taxes, reimbursements of the general partner,
debt service payments, and capital expenditures, subject to the following:
 
(a) payments, including prepayments, of principal and premium on indebtedness
    shall not be an Operating Expenditure if the payment is:
 
    (1) required for the sale or other disposition of assets, or
 
    (2) made for the refinancing or refunding of indebtedness with the proceeds
       from new indebtedness or from the sale of equity interests. For purposes
       of the information above, at the election and in the reasonable
       discretion of the general partner, any payment of principal or premium
       shall be deemed to be refunded or refinanced by any indebtedness incurred
       or to be incurred by TC PipeLines within 180 days before or after that
       payment to the extent of the principal amount of that indebtedness.
 
(b) Operating Expenditures shall not include:
 
    (1) capital expenditures made for acquisitions or for capital improvements,
       as opposed to capital expenditures made to maintain assets,
 
    (2) payment of transaction expenses relating to Interim Capital
       Transactions, or
 
    (3) distributions to partners.
 
    Where capital expenditures are made in part for acquisitions or capital
improvements and in part for other purposes, the general partner's good faith
allocation between the amounts paid for each shall be conclusive.
 
    OPERATING SURPLUS:  As to any period before liquidation on a cumulative
basis and without duplication:
 
(a) the sum of:
 
    (1) $20 million plus all cash of TC PipeLines on hand as of the close of
       business on the closing date of the initial public offering,
 
    (2) all the cash receipts of TC PipeLines for the period beginning on the
       closing date of the initial public offering and ending with the last day
       of that period, other than cash receipts from Interim Capital
       Transactions, and
 
    (3) all cash receipts of TC PipeLines after the end of that period but on or
       before the date of determination of Operating Surplus for the period
       resulting from Working Capital Borrowings, less
 
(b) the sum of:
 
    (1) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the date of the
       closing of the initial public offering and ending with the last day of
       that period, and
 
    (2) the amount of cash reserves that is necessary or advisable in the
       reasonable discretion of the general partner to provide funds for future
       Operating Expenditures; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that disbursements made,
       including contributions to TC PipeLines or any of its subsidiaries or
       disbursements on behalf of TC PipeLines or any of its subsidiaries, or
       cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of that
       period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash for
       that period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or
       reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within that
       period if the general partner so determines.
 
                                      C-3
<PAGE>
    Notwithstanding the information above, "Operating Surplus" for the quarter
in which the liquidation date occurs and any later quarter shall equal zero.
 
    SUBORDINATION PERIOD:  The subordination period will extend from the date of
the closing of the initial public offering until the first to occur of the
following:
 
(a) the first day of any quarter beginning after June 30, 2004 for which:
 
    (1) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the
       outstanding common units and the subordinated units for each of the three
       consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding
       that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly
       distribution on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units
       during those periods,
 
    (2) the Adjusted Operating Surplus, generated during each of the three
       consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods immediately preceding
       that date equaled or exceeded the sum of minimum quarterly distribution
       on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units during those
       periods on a fully diluted basis, plus the related distribution on the
       general partner interest in TC PipeLines and the general partner interest
       in TC PipeLines intermediate partnership, and
 
    (3) there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution
       on the common units.
 
(b) the date on which the general partner is removed as general partner of TC
    PipeLines upon the requisite vote by limited partners under circumstances
    where cause does not exist and units held by the general partner and its
    affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal.
 
    WORKING CAPITAL BORROWINGS:  Borrowings exclusively for working capital
purposes. Amounts drawn from a credit facility to enable TC PipeLines to pay
distributions if there has been a temporary interruption or delay in the receipt
of distributions from Norther Border Pipeline Company shall also constitute
Working Capital Borrowings.
 
                                      C-4
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX D
 
                PRO FORMA AVAILABLE CASH FROM OPERATING SURPLUS
 
   
    The following table shows the calculation of Pro Forma Available Cash from
Operating Surplus and should be read in conjunction with "Cash Available for
Distribution", the Northern Border Pipeline Financial Statements and the TC
PipeLines unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   THREE MONTHS       YEAR ENDED
                                                                                  ENDED MARCH 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       1999              1998
                                                                                 -----------------  --------------
<S>                                                                              <C>                <C>
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                      (thousands of dollars)
Pro forma net income of TC PipeLines...........................................          8,794            28,869
Add: Pro forma distributions from Northern Border Pipeline.....................         11,404            18,362
Less: Pro forma equity income from investment..................................         (9,094)          (30,069)
                                                                                       -------      --------------
Pro forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus(a)(b)(c)(d)....................         11,104            17,162
                                                                                       -------      --------------
                                                                                       -------      --------------
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
(a) The pro forma adjustments in the unaudited pro forma financial statements
    are based upon currently available information and various estimates and
    assumptions. The unaudited pro forma financial statements do not purport to
    present the financial position or results of operations of TC PipeLines had
    the transactions to be effected at the closing of this offering actually
    been completed as of the date indicated. Furthermore, the unaudited pro
    forma financial statements are based on accrual accounting concepts but
    Available Cash and Operating Surplus are defined in the TC PipeLines
    partnership agreement on a cash accounting basis. As a consequence, the
    amount of Pro Forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus shown above should
    only be viewed as a general indication of the amounts of Available Cash from
    Operating Surplus that may have been generated by TC PipeLines had it been
    formed in an earlier period.
 
(b) For the year ended December 31, 1998, the Chicago project was not in service
    and therefore not generating cash flow other than returns on Northern Border
    Pipeline partners' investment in the Chicago project. Pro Forma Available
    Cash from Operating Surplus for the year ended December 31, 1998 does not
    include operating cash flows associated with the Chicago project, which was
    placed in service on December 22, 1998.
 
   
(c) The amount of Available Cash from Operating Surplus needed to distribute the
    minimum quarterly distribution for four quarters on the common units and the
    subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after the offering and the
    related distribution on the combined 2% general partner interest will be
    $32.1 million (approximately $25.7 million for the common units,
    approximately $5.8 million for the subordinated units and approximately $0.6
    million for the general partner interest). The pro forma amount of Available
    Cash from Operating Surplus for 1998 would not have been sufficient to cover
    the minimum quarterly distribution during 1998 on all of the common units
    and the subordinated units and the related distribution on the general
    partner interest by approximately $14.9 million. In December 1998, Northern
    Border Pipeline changed its policy regarding the timing of cash
    distributions to its partners as discussed at "Cash Available for
    Distribution". This change in the timing of distributions to the partners of
    Northern Border Pipeline resulted in a one-time shift in the payment of
    distributable cash from the fourth quarter of 1998 to the first quarter of
    1999. If this change in the timing of distributions had not occurred, then
    TC PipeLines' pro forma Available Cash from Operating Surplus for 1998 would
    have been approximately $26.3 million rather than approximately $17.2
    million.
    
 
   
(d) The amount of Available Cash from Operating Surplus needed to distribute the
    minimum quarterly distribution for one quarter on the common units and the
    subordinated units to be outstanding immediately after the offering and the
    related distribution on the combined 2% general partner interest will be
    $8.0 million (approximately $6.4 million for the common units, approximately
    $1.4 million for the subordinated units and approximately $0.2 million for
    the general partner interest). TC PipeLines' pro forma Available Cash from
    Operating Surplus for the first quarter of 1999 corresponding to cash
    generated by Northern Border Pipeline during the three months of October,
    November and December 1998, rather than four months, is approximately $8.2
    million and would have exceeded the amount of the minimum quarterly
    distribution during the first quarter of 1999 on all of the common units and
    the subordinated units and the related distribution on the general partner
    interest by approximately $0.1 million.
    
 
                                      D-1
<PAGE>
                               Inside Back Cover
            [Map of TransCanada's North American Pipeline Interests]
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information
or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on
any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to
sell only the common units offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in
jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this
prospectus is current only as of its date.
                               ------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Page
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           1
Risk Factors...................................          17
The Transactions...............................          30
Use of Proceeds................................          32
Pro Forma Capitalization.......................          33
Dilution.......................................          34
Cash Distribution Policy.......................          35
Cash Available for Distribution................          44
Selected Pro Forma Financial Data of TC
  PipeLines....................................          47
Selected Historical Financial and Operating
  Data of Northern Border Pipeline.............          48
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................          49
Market Overview................................          60
Business of TC PipeLines.......................          62
Business of Northern Border Pipeline...........          64
TransCanada PipeLines Limited..................          73
Management.....................................          75
Security Ownership of Principal Beneficial
  Owners and Management........................          79
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary
  Responsibilities.............................          81
Description of the Common Units................          87
Description of the Subordinated Units..........          89
The Partnership Agreement......................          91
Units Eligible for Future Sale.................         103
Northern Border Pipeline Partnership
  Agreement....................................         105
Tax Considerations.............................         110
Investment in TC PipeLines by Employee Benefit
  Plans........................................         127
Validity of the Common Units...................         128
Experts........................................         128
How to Obtain Other Information about TC
  PipeLines....................................         129
Forward-Looking Statements.....................         129
Underwriting...................................         U-1
Index to Financial Statements..................         F-1
Appendix A--Amended and Restated Agreement of
  Limited Partnership..........................         A-1
Appendix B--Application for Transfer of Common
  Units........................................         B-1
Appendix C--Glossary of Terms..................         C-1
Appendix D--Pro Forma Available Cash from
  Operating Surplus............................         D-1
</TABLE>
 
                               ------------------
 
    Through and including       , 1999 (the 25th day after the date of this
prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting
as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
                            14,300,000 Common Units
 
                                TC PIPELINES, LP
 
                              Representing Limited
                               Partner Interests
 
                                 -------------
 
                                     [LOGO]
                                 -------------
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                              SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                           MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
 
                            PAINEWEBBER INCORPORATED
 
                      Representatives of the Underwriters
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and
commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and
distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the
Nasdaq listing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee............................  $  101,253
NASD filing fee................................................................      30,500
Nasdaq listing fee.............................................................      95,000
Printing and engraving expenses................................................   1,000,000
Legal fees and expenses........................................................   1,300,000
Accounting fees and expenses...................................................     200,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees..............................................      40,000
Miscellaneous..................................................................     233,247
                                                                                 ----------
        TOTAL..................................................................   3,000,000
</TABLE>
    
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    The section of the prospectus entitled "The Partnership
Agreement--Indemnification" is incorporated herein by this reference. Reference
is made to Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the
Registration Statement. Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set
forth in the Partnership Agreement, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Revised
Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to
indemnify and hold harmless any partner or other person from and against all
claims and demands whatsoever.
 
    Section 124 of the Canada Business Corporation Act ("CBCA") and Section 6 of
the TransCanada's By-law No. 1 provide for the indemnification of persons who
act at TransCanada's request as directors and officers of subsidiaries of
TransCanada. Under these provisions, TransCanada shall indemnify persons who act
at TransCanada's request as a director or officer of a subsidiary of TransCanada
(or a former director or officer) against all costs, charges and expenses,
including amounts paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably
incurred by such director or officer in respect of any civil, criminal or
administrative action or proceeding (other than in respect to an action by or on
behalf of TransCanada to procure a judgment in its favor) to which such director
or officer (or a former director or officer) is made a party by reason of his or
her position with TransCanada, if he or she fulfills the following two
conditions: (a) he or she acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the
best interests of TransCanada and (b) in the case of a criminal or
administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he
or she had reasonable grounds for believing that his or her conduct was lawful.
In respect of an action by or on behalf of TransCanada to procure a judgment in
its favor, TransCanada, with the approval of a court, may indemnify a director
or officer of TransCanada (or a former director of officer) against all costs,
charges and expenses reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such
action if he or she fulfills the conditions set out in clause (a) and (b) of the
previous sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director or officer of
TransCanada (or a former director or officer) is entitled to indemnification
from TransCanada in respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably
incurred by him or her in connection with the defense of any civil, criminal or
administrative action or proceeding to which he or she is made party by reason
of his or per position with TransCanada if he or she was substantially
successful on the merits in his or her
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
defense of the action or proceeding and if he or she fulfills the conditions in
clauses (a) and (b) of this paragraph.
 
    TransCanada maintains directors' and officers' liability insurance with
policy limits of U.S.$150 million in the aggregate, subject to a deductible in
respect of corporate reimbursement of U.S.$250,000 for each loss. Generally,
under this insurance TransCanada is reimbursed for payments made under corporate
indemnity provisions on behalf of its directors and officers, and individual
directors and officers (or their heirs and legal representatives) are reimbursed
for losses arising during the performance of their duties for which they are not
indemnified by TransCanada. Major exclusions from coverage include claims
arising from illegal acts, those acts which result in personal profit, violation
of any fiduciary duty under the United States of America Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, pollution damage (except for resultant shareholder
actions) and claims brought by a director or officer against another director or
officer of TransCanada or by TransCanada against a director or officer except
for shareholder derivative actions.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    In connection with the consummation of the offering, TC PipeLines issued to
TransCan Northern Ltd. and TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd. (the "TransCanada
Subsidiaries") 14,300,000 common units, 3,200,000 subordinated units and the
Incentive Distribution Rights as partial consideration for their combined 30%
general partner interests in Northern Border Pipeline in offerings exempt from
registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. TC
PipeLines will use a portion of the net proceeds of the offering to redeem all
of the Common Units issued to the TransCanada Subsidiaries. There have been no
other sales of unregistered securities of the Partnership within the past three
years.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a) Exhibits:
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>          <S>
      1.1--  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
      3.1--  Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines,
             LP (included as Appendix A to the prospectus).
   ***3.2--  Certificate of Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines, LP.
   ***3.3--  Certificate of Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited
             Partnership.
      5.1--  Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson as to the legality of the
             securities being registered.
      8.1--  Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson relating to tax matters.
     10.1--  Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines
             Intermediate Limited Partnership.
  ***10.2--  Form of Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement among TC PipeLines, LP
             and certain other parties.
   **10.3--  Northern Border Pipeline Company General Partnership Agreement between Northern
             Border Intermediate Limited Partnership, TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd., and
             TransCan Northern Ltd., effective March 9, 1978 as amended (Exhibit 3.2 to
             Northern Border Partners L.P. Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-66158).
  ***10.3.1  Seventh Supplement Amending Northern Border Pipeline Company General Partnership
             Agreement dated as of September 23, 1993.
     10.3.2  Form of Eighth Supplement Amending Northern Border Pipeline Company General
             Partnership Agreement by and among TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd., TransCan
             Northern Ltd., Northern Border Intermediate Limited Partnership and TC PipeLines
             Intermediate Limtied Partnership.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<C>          <S>
   **10.4--  Note Purchase Agreement between Northern Border Pipeline Company and the parties
             listed therein, dated July 15, 1992 (Exhibit 10.6 to Northern Border Partners
             L.P. Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-66158).
   **10.5--  Supplemental Agreement to the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 1, 1995
             (Exhibit 10.6.1 to Northern Border Partners L.P. Form S-1 Registration Statement
             No. 33-66158).
   **10.6--  Form of Credit Agreement among Northern Border Pipeline Company, The First
             National Bank of Chicago, as Administrative Agent, The First National Bank of
             Chicago, Royal Bank of Canada, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings
             Association, as Syndication Agents, First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc., Royal
             Bank of Canada, and BancAmerica Securities, Inc. as Joint Arrangers and Lenders
             (as defined therein) dated as of June 16, 1997 (Exhibit 10(c) to Northern Border
             Partners L.P. Form S-3 Registration Statement No. 33-40601).
   **10.7--  Operating Agreement between Northern Border Pipeline Company and Northern Plains
             Natural Gas Company, dated February 28, 1980. (Exhibit 10.3 to Northern Border
             Partners L.P. Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-66158).
   **10.8    Guaranty made by Panhandle Eastern Pipeline Company, dated October 31, 1992
             (Exhibit 10.9 to Northern Border Partners L.P. Form S-1 Registration Statement
             No. 33-66158).
   **10.9    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and Enron Gas Marketing, Inc., dated June 22,
             1990 (Exhibit 10.10 to Northern Border Partners L.P. Form S-1 Registration
             Statement No. 33-66158).
   **10.9.1  Amended Exhibit A to Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shipper Service
             Agreement effective April 1, 1998. (Exhibit 10.10.4 to Northern Border Partners
             L.P. 1997 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
   **10.10   Guaranty made by Northern Natural Gas Company, dated October 7, 1993 (Exhibit
             10.11.1 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1993 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
  **10.10.1  Guaranty made by Northern Natural Gas Company, dated October 7, 1993 (Exhibit
             10.11.2 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1993 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
   **10.11   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and Western Gas Marketing Limited, as agent for
             TransCanada PipeLines Limited, dated December 15, 1980 (Exhibit 10.13 to
             Northern Border Partners L.P. Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-66158).
    10.11.1  Amended Exhibit A to Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service
             Agreement between Northern Border Pipeline Company and Western Gas Marketing
             extending the term effective April 2, 1999.
   **10.12   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Corporation,
             dated July 14, 1983, with Amended Exhibit A effective February 11, 1994 (Exhibit
             10.17 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1995 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
   **10.13   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and Enron Capital & Trade Resources Corp. dated
             October 15, 1997 (Exhibit 10.21 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1997 Form 10-K
             SEC File No. 1-12202).
   **10.14   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and Enron Capital & Trade Resources Corp. dated
             October 15, 1997 (Exhibit 10.22 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1997 Form 10-K
             SEC File No. 1-12202).
   **10.15   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and Enron Capital & Trade Resources Corp. dated
             August 5, 1997 with Amendment dated September 25, 1997 (Exhibit 10.25 to
             Northern Border Partners L.P. 1997 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                      II-3
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<C>          <S>
    10.15.1  Amended Exhibit A to Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service
             Agreement between Northern Border Pipeline Company and Enron Capital & Trade
             Resources Corp. effective November 1, 1998.
   **10.16   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and Enron Capital & Trade Resources Corp. dated
             August 5, 1997 (Exhibit 10.26 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1997 Form 10-K
             SEC File No. 1-12202).
    10.16.1  Amended Exhibit A to Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service
             Agreement between Northern Border Pipeline Company and Enron Capital & Trade
             Resources Corp. effective April 2, 1999.
   **10.17   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc., as agent for
             TransCanada PipeLines Limited, dated August 14, 1997 (Exhibit 10.28 to Northern
             Border Partners L.P. 1997 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
   **10.18   Agreement among Northern Plains Natural Gas Company, Pan Border Gas Company,
             Northwest Border Pipeline Company, TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd., TransCan
             Northern Ltd., Northern Border Intermediate Limited Partnership, Northern Border
             Partners, L.P., and the Management Committee of Northern Border Pipeline, dated
             as of March 17, 1999 (Exhibit 10.21 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1988 Form
             10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
     10.19   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc as agent for
             TransCanada PipeLines Limited, dated October 10, 1996, with Amended Exhibit A
             effective April 2, 1999.
     10.20   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc as agent for
             TransCanada PipeLines Limited, dated October 5, 1998, with Amended Exhibit A
             effective April 2, 1999.
     10.21   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc. as agent for
             TransCanada PipeLines Limited, dated October 5, 1998, with Amended Exhibit A
             effective April 2, 1999.
     10.22   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc as agent for
             TransCanada PipeLines Limited, dated October 5, 1998, with Amended Exhibit A
             effective April 2, 1999.
     10.23   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc as agent for
             TransCanada PipeLines Limited, dated October 5, 1998, with Amended Exhibit A
             effective April 2, 1999.
     10.24   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc as agent for
             TransCanada PipeLines Limited, dated December 18, 1998.
     10.25   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and Pan-Alberta Gas (U.S.) Inc., dated October
             1, 1993, with Amended Exhibit A effective June 22, 1998.
     10.26   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and Pan-Alberta Gas (U.S.) Inc. (successor to
             Natgas U.S. Inc.), dated October 6, 1989, with Amended Exhibit A effective April
             2, 1999.
     10.27   Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between
             Northern Border Pipeline Company and Pan-Alberta Gas (U.S.) Inc., dated October
             1, 1992, with Amended Exhibit A effective June 22, 1998.
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                      II-4
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<C>          <S>
     10.28   Form of U.S. $40,000,000 Two Year Revolving Credit facility between TC
             PipeLines, LP, as borrower, and TransCanada PipeLine USA Ltd., as lender.
  ***15.1--  Letter of acknowledgment regarding unaudited interim financial information of
             Northern Border Pipeline Company by Arthur Andersen LLP
  ***23.1--  Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP (relating to audited financial statements of
             Northern Border Pipeline Company)
  ***23.2--  Consent of KPMG LLP
     23.3--  Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson (contained in Exhibits 5.1
             and 8.1)
  ***27      Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
     ** Indicates exhibits incorporated by reference.
    
 
    *** Previously filed.
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
    All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information is not
required, is not material or is otherwise included in the financial statements
or related notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide at the closing
specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and
registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each
post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to
be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
City of Calgary, Province of Alberta, Canada, on May 20, 1999.
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                TC PipeLines, LP
 
                                By:  TC PipeLines GP, Inc.
                                its general partner
 
                                By:            /s/ John W. Carruthers
                                          --------------------------------
                                Name: John W. Carruthers
                                Title:  President, Chief Executive Officer
</TABLE>
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                       TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
<C>                             <S>                         <C>
                                President, Chief Executive
    /s/ JOHN W. CARRUTHERS      Officer and Director
  --------------------------    (principal executive           May 20, 1999
      John W. Carruthers        officer)
 
                                Chief Financial Officer
              *                 and Director
  --------------------------    (principal financial and       May 20, 1999
      Russell K. Girling        accounting officer)
 
              *
  --------------------------    Director                       May 20, 1999
       Ronald J. Turner
 
              *
  --------------------------    Director                       May 20, 1999
       Bruce W. Simpson
</TABLE>
    
 
*By: /S/ JOHN W. CARRUTHERS
    ------------------------------
    John W. Carruthers,
    as Attorney-in-Fact
 
   
May 20, 1999
    
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION                                           PAGE
- ---------------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<C>              <S>                                                                                       <C>
         1.1--   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
         3.1--   Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines, LP
                   (included as Appendix A to the prospectus).
      ***3.2--   Certificate of Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines, LP.
      ***3.3--   Certificate of Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited Partnership.
         5.1--   Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson as to the legality of the securities
                   being registered.
         8.1--   Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson relating to tax matters.
        10.1--   Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines
                   Intermediate Limited Partnership.
     ***10.2--   Form of Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement among TC PipeLines, LP and
                   certain other parties.
      **10.3--   Northern Border Pipeline Company General Partnership Agreement between Northern Border
                   Intermediate Limited Partnership, TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd., and TransCan
                   Northern Ltd., effective March 9, 1978 as amended (Exhibit 3.2 to Northern Border
                   Partners L.P. Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-66158).
     ***10.3.1   Seventh Supplement Amending Northern Border Pipeline Company General Partnership
                   Agreement dated as of September 23, 1993.
        10.3.2   Form of Eighth Supplement Amending Northern Border Pipeline Company General Partnership
                   Agreement by and among TransCanada Border Pipeline Ltd., TransCanada Northern Ltd.,
                   Northern Border Intermediate Limited Partnership and TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited
                   Partnership.
      **10.4--   Note Purchase Agreement between Northern Border Pipeline Company and the parties listed
                   therein, dated July 15, 1992 (Exhibit 10.6 to Northern Border Partners L.P. Form S-1
                   Registration Statement No. 33-66158).
      **10.5--   Supplemental Agreement to the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 1, 1995 (Exhibit
                   10.6.1 to Northern Border Partners L.P. Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-66158).
      **10.6--   Form of Credit Agreement among Northern Border Pipeline Company, The First National Bank
                   of Chicago, as Administrative Agent, The First National Bank of Chicago, Royal Bank of
                   Canada, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Syndication
                   Agents, First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc., Royal Bank of Canada, and BancAmerica
                   Securities, Inc. as Joint Arrangers and Lenders (as defined therein) dated as of June
                   16, 1997 (Exhibit 10(c) to Northern Border Partners L.P. Form S-3 Registration
                   Statement No. 33-40601).
      **10.7--   Operating Agreement between Northern Border Pipeline Company and Northern Plains Natural
                   Gas Company, dated February 28, 1980. (Exhibit 10.3 to Northern Border Partners L.P.
                   Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-66158).
      **10.8     Guaranty made by Panhandle Eastern Pipeline Company, dated October 31, 1992 (Exhibit
                   10.9 to Northern Border Partners L.P. Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-66158).
      **10.9     Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and Enron Gas Marketing, Inc., dated June 22, 1990 (Exhibit 10.10 to
                   Northern Border Partners L.P. Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-66158).
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION                                           PAGE
- ---------------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<C>              <S>                                                                                       <C>
      **10.9.1   Amended Exhibit A to Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shipper Service Agreement
                   effective April 1, 1998. (Exhibit 10.10.4 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1997 Form
                   10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
      **10.10    Guaranty made by Northern Natural Gas Company, dated October 7, 1993 (Exhibit 10.11.1 to
                   Northern Border Partners L.P. 1993 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
      **10.10.1  Guaranty made by Northern Natural Gas Company, dated October 7, 1993 (Exhibit 10.11.2 to
                   Northern Border Partners L.P. 1993 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
      **10.11    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and Western Gas Marketing Limited, as agent for TransCanada PipeLines
                   Limited, dated December 15, 1980 (Exhibit 10.13 to Northern Border Partners L.P. Form
                   S-1 Registration Statement No. 33-66158).
        10.11.1  Amended Exhibit A to Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement
                   between Northern Border Pipeline Company and Western Gas Marketing Limited extending
                   the term effective April 2, 1999.
      **10.12    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Corporation, dated July 14, 1983,
                   with Amended Exhibit A effective February 11, 1994 (Exhibit 10.17 to Northern Border
                   Partners L.P. 1995 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
      **10.13    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and Enron Capital & Trade Resources Corp. dated October 15, 1997
                   (Exhibit 10.21 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1997 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
      **10.14    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and Enron Capital & Trade Resources Corp. dated October 15, 1997
                   (Exhibit 10.22 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1997 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
      **10.15    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and Enron Capital & Trade Resources Corp. dated August 5, 1997 with
                   Amendment dated September 25, 1997 (Exhibit 10.25 to Northern Border Partners L.P.
                   1997 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
        10.15.1  Amended Exhibit A to Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement
                   between Northern Border Pipeline Company and Enron Capital & Trade Resources Corp.
                   effective November 1, 1998.
      **10.16    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and Enron Capital & Trade Resources Corp. dated August 5, 1997
                   (Exhibit 10.26 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1997 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
        10.16.1  Amended Exhibit A to Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement
                   between Northern Border Pipeline Company and Enron Capital & Trade Resources Corp.
                   effective April 2, 1999.
      **10.17    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc., as agent for TransCanada PipeLines
                   Limited, dated August 14, 1997 (Exhibit 10.28 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1997
                   Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION                                           PAGE
- ---------------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<C>              <S>                                                                                       <C>
      **10.18    Agreement among Northern Plains Natural Gas Company, Pan Border Gas Company, Northwest
                   Border Pipeline Company, TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd., TransCan Northern Ltd.,
                   Northern Border Intermediate Limited Partnership, Northern Border Partners, L.P., and
                   the Management Committee of Northern Border Pipeline, dated as of March 17, 1999
                   (Exhibit 10.21 to Northern Border Partners L.P. 1988 Form 10-K SEC File No. 1-12202).
        10.19    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc as agent for TransCanada PipeLines
                   Limited, dated October 10, 1996, with Amended Exhibit A effective April 2, 1999.
        10.20    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc as agent for TransCanada PipeLines
                   Limited, dated October 5, 1998, with Amended Exhibit A effective April 2, 1999.
        10.21    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc. as agent for TransCanada PipeLines
                   Limited, dated October 5, 1998, with Amended Exhibit A effective April 2, 1999.
        10.22    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc as agent for TransCanada PipeLines
                   Limited, dated October 5, 1998, with Amended Exhibit A effective April 2, 1999.
        10.23    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc as agent for TransCanada PipeLines
                   Limited, dated October 5, 1998, with Amended Exhibit A effective April 2, 1999.
        10.24    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and TransCanada Gas Services Inc as agent for TransCanada PipeLines
                   Limited, dated December 18, 1998.
        10.25    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and Pan-Alberta Gas (U.S.) Inc., dated October 1, 1993, with Amended
                   Exhibit A effective June 22, 1998.
        10.26    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and Pan-Alberta Gas (U.S.) Inc. (successor to Natgas U.S. Inc.),
                   dated October 6, 1989, with Amended Exhibit A effective April 2, 1999.
        10.27    Northern Border Pipeline Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement between Northern Border
                   Pipeline Company and Pan-Alberta Gas (U.S.) Inc., dated October 1, 1992, with Amended
                   Exhibit A effective June 22, 1998.
        10.28    Form of U.S. $40,000,000 Two Year Revolving Credit facility between TC PipeLines, LP, as
                   borrower, and TransCanada PipeLine USA Ltd., as lender.
     ***15.1--   Letter of acknowledgment regarding unaudited interim financial information of Northern
                   Border Pipeline Company by Arthur Andersen LLP
     ***23.1--   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP (relating to audited financial statements of Northern
                   Border Pipeline Company)
     ***23.2--   Consent of KPMG LLP
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION                                           PAGE
- ---------------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<C>              <S>                                                                                       <C>
        23.3--   Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson (contained in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)
     ***27       Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
     ** Indicates exhibits incorporated by reference.
    
 
   
    *** Previously filed.
    

<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit 1.1


                                                                   DRAFT 5/18/99
                               TC PIPELINES, LP

                           16,445,000 COMMON UNITS
                    REPRESENTING LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS


                            UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                                 _________, 1999
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
PaineWebber Incorporated
  As representatives of the several Underwriters
   named in Schedule I hereto,
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      TC PipeLines, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the "Partnership"),
proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell
to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters") an aggregate
of 14,300,000 common units representing limited partner interests in the
Partnership ("Common Units") and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to
2,145,000 additional Common Units. The aggregate of 14,300,000 Common Units is
herein called the "Firm Units" and the aggregate of 2,145,000 additional Common
Units is herein called the "Optional Units." The Firm Units and the Optional
Units that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are
herein collectively called the "Units."

      It is understood and agreed to by all parties that the Partnership was
formed to acquire a 30% general partner interest in Northern Border Pipeline
Company, a Texas general partnership ("Northern Border Pipeline"). At the First
Time of Delivery (as defined herein), the Partnership will own its interest in
Northern Border Pipeline through its subsidiary, TC PipeLines Intermediate
Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership (the "Intermediate
Partnership"). TC PipeLines GP, Inc., a Delaware corporation, serves as the
general partner of the Partnership and the Intermediate Partnership (the
"General Partner"). The General Partner is a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of
TransCanada PipeLines Limited, a Canadian corporation ("TransCanada"). The
Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership, the General Partner, TransCan
Northern Ltd., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of TransCanada
("TransCan Northern") and TransCanada Border PipeLine Ltd., a Nevada corporation
and wholly-owned subsidiary of TransCanada ("TransCanada Border PipeLine") are
hereinafter referred to collectively as the "TC Entities." The Partnership, the
Intermediate Partnership and the General Partner are hereinafter referred to
collectively as the "Partnership Entities."

      1.    (a) The TC Entities, jointly and severally, represent and warrant
to, and agree with, each of the Underwriters that:

<PAGE>

                  (i)          A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No.
      333-69947) (the "Initial Registration Statement") in respect of the Units
      has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
      "Commission"); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective
      amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, and,
      excluding exhibits thereto, to you for each of the other Underwriters,
      have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a
      registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a
      "Rule 462(b) Registration Statement"), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under
      the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), which became effective
      upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration
      Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order
      suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any
      post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration
      Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has
      been initiated or threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus
      included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the
      Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the
      Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a "Preliminary
      Prospectus"); the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and
      the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits
      thereto and including the information contained in the form of final
      prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act
      in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A
      under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time
      it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the
      Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule
      462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes
      effective, are hereinafter collectively called the "Registration
      Statement"; and such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to
      Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the "Prospectus;"

                  (ii)         No order preventing or suspending the use of any
      Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each
      Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all
      material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and
      regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue
      statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
      be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the
      light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
      PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this representation and warranty shall not apply
      to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity
      with information furnished in writing to the Partnership by an Underwriter
      through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;

                  (iii)        The Registration Statement conforms, and the
      Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration
      Statement or the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the
      requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
      thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as
      to the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, and as of the
      applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or
      supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
      to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
      make the statements therein not misleading; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this
      representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions
      made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
      writing to the Partnership by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co.
      expressly for use therein;

                  (iv)         None of the Partnership Entities has sustained
      since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the
      Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire,
      explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance,
      or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or
      decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus;
      and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
      Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been any change
      in the capitalization or long-term debt of any of the Partnership Entities
      or any material adverse change, or any


                                       2
<PAGE>

      development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or
      affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, partners'
      capital, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Partnership
      Entities, taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in
      the Prospectus;

                  (v)          None of the Partnership Entities owns in fee
      simple or under lease any real property or buildings; at such Time of
      Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof), the Partnership Entities will
      have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in
      each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except
      such as are described in the Prospectus or such as do not materially
      affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made
      and proposed to be made of such property by the Partnership Entities;

                  (vi)         Each of the Partnership and the Intermediate
      Partnership has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited
      partnership in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with
      power and authority (partnership and other) to own its properties and
      conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and has been duly
      qualified as a foreign limited partnership for the transaction of business
      and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which
      it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require
      such qualification except where the failure to be so qualified (A) would
      not subject the Partnership or the Intermediate Partnership to material
      liability or disability or (B) would not subject the limited partners of
      the Partnership to any liability or disability;

                  (vii)        The General Partner has been duly incorporated
      and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws
      of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other)
      to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the
      Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the
      transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each
      other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any
      business so as to require such qualification except where the failure to
      be so qualified (A) would not subject the General Partner to material
      liability or disability or (B) would not subject the limited partners of
      the Partnership to any liability or disability; and, other than its
      partnership interests in the Partnership and the Intermediate Partnership,
      the General Partner does not own, and at such Time of Delivery, will not
      own, directly or indirectly, any equity or long-term debt securities of
      any corporation or have an equity interest in any firm, partnership, joint
      venture, association or other entity;

                  (viii)       TransCan Northern has been duly incorporated and
      is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of
      the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to
      own its properties and conduct its business as described in the
      Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the
      transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each
      other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any
      business so as to require such qualification or is subject to no liability
      or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such
      jurisdiction;

                  (ix)         TransCanada Border PipeLine has been duly
      incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing
      under the laws of the State of Nevada, with power and authority (corporate
      and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in
      the Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for
      the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each
      other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any
      business so as to require such qualification or is subject to no liability
      or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such
      jurisdiction;

                  (x)          At the First Time of Delivery, after giving
      effect to the issuance of the Firm Units, the Partnership will have an
      authorized capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus, and the


                                       3
<PAGE>

      Units to be issued and sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters
      hereunder will be duly authorized by the Amended and Restated Agreement of
      Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines, LP (the "Partnership Agreement"), and
      when issued against payment therefor as provided herein, will be validly
      issued, fully paid and non-assessable (except as nonassessability may be
      affected by certain provisions of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited
      Partnership Act, as amended (the "Delaware Act")) and conform to the
      description of the Common Units contained in the Prospectus;

                  (xi)         At such Time of Delivery, after giving effect to
      the transactions contemplated in the Prospectus, the General Partner will
      be the sole general partner of the Partnership with a 1% general partner
      interest in the Partnership; such general partner interest will be duly
      authorized by the Partnership Agreement and validly issued to the General
      Partner; at such Time of Delivery, the General Partner will own all of the
      issued and outstanding Subordinated Units (as defined in the Prospectus);
      such Subordinated Units will be duly authorized by the Partnership
      Agreement, validly issued to the General Partner, fully paid (to the
      extent required under the Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except
      as such nonassessability may be affected by certain provisions of the
      Delaware Act); at such Time of Delivery, the General Partner will own all
      of the Incentive Distribution Rights (as defined in the Prospectus); such
      Incentive Distribution Rights will be duly authorized by the Partnership
      Agreement, validly issued to the General Partner, fully paid (to the
      extent required under the Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except
      as such nonassessability may be affected by certain provisions of the
      Delaware Act); and at such Time of Delivery, the General Partner will own
      such general partner interest, Subordinated Units and Incentive
      Distribution Rights free and clear of all liens, encumbrances (except
      restrictions on transferability as described in the Prospectus), security
      interests or adverse claims;

                  (xii)        At such Time of Delivery, after giving effect to
      the transactions contemplated in the Prospectus, the General Partner will
      be the sole general partner of the Intermediate Partnership with a 1.0101%
      general partner interest in the Intermediate Partnership; such general
      partner interest will be duly authorized by the Amended and Restated
      Agreement of Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited
      Partnership (the "Intermediate Partnership Agreement") and validly issued
      to the General Partner; and at such Time of Delivery, the General Partner
      will own such general partner interests free and clear of all liens,
      encumbrances (except restrictions on transferability as described in the
      Prospectus), security interests or adverse claims;

                  (xiii)       At such Time of Delivery, after giving effect to
      the transactions contemplated in the Prospectus, the Partnership will be
      the sole limited partner of the Intermediate Partnership with a 98.9899%
      limited partner interest in the Intermediate Partnership; such limited
      partner interest will be duly authorized by the Intermediate Partnership
      Agreement, validly issued to the Partnership, fully paid (to the extent
      required by the Intermediate Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable
      (except as nonassessability may be affected by certain provisions of the
      Delaware Act); and at such Time of Delivery, the Partnership will own such
      limited partner interest free and clear of all liens, encumbrances (except
      restrictions on transferability as described in the Prospectus), security
      interests or adverse claims;

                  (xiv)        As of the date of this Agreement, TransCan
      Northern and TransCanada Border PipeLine collectively own a 30% general
      partner interest in Northern Border Pipeline free and clear of all liens,
      encumbrances (except restrictions on transferability as described in the
      Prospectus), security interests or adverse claims; and at such Time of
      Delivery, the Intermediate Partnership will own a 30% general partner
      interest in Northern Border Pipeline free and clear of all liens,
      encumbrances (except restrictions on transferability as described in the
      Prospectus), security interests or adverse claims;


                                       4
<PAGE>

                  (xv)         Except for the Partnership's limited partner
      interest in the Intermediate Partnership and the Intermediate
      Partnership's general partner interest in Northern Border Pipeline,
      neither the Partnership nor the Intermediate Partnership own, and at such
      Time of Delivery neither will own, directly or indirectly, any equity or
      long-term debt securities of any corporation or have an equity interest in
      any firm, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity;

                  (xvi)        The issue and sale of the Units by the
      Partnership and the compliance by the TC Entities with all of the
      provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
      contemplated herein and in the Prospectus (including, without limitation,
      the transfer of the 30% general partner interest in Northern Border
      Pipeline to the Intermediate Partnership) (A) will not conflict with or
      result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or
      constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan
      agreement or other agreement or instrument to which any of the TC Entities
      or Northern Border Pipeline is a party or by which any of the TC Entities
      or Northern Border Pipeline is bound or to which any of the property or
      assets of any of the TC Entities or Northern Border Pipeline is subject,
      (B) will not result in any violation of or conflict with the provisions of
      the articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of
      limited partnership, agreement of limited partnership, general partnership
      agreement or other governing documents of any of the TC Entities or
      Northern Border Pipeline or violate or conflict with any statute, (C) will
      not violate or conflict with any order, rule or regulation of any court or
      governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the TC Entities or
      Northern Border Pipeline or any of their properties and (D) will not
      result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance
      upon any property or assets of any of the Partnership Entities, except, in
      the case of clauses (A), (C) or (D) which, individually or in the
      aggregate, would not be reasonably expected to have a material adverse
      effect on the condition (financial or otherwise) or on the business,
      properties or results of operations of the Partnership Entities, taken as
      a whole (a "Material Adverse Effect"); and no consent, approval,
      authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such
      court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of
      the Units or the consummation by the TC Entities of the transactions
      contemplated by this Agreement, except the registration under the Act of
      the Units and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or
      qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws
      in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Units by the
      Underwriters;

                  (xvii)       None of the TC Entities or Northern Border
      Pipeline is in violation of its articles or certificate of incorporation,
      bylaws, certificate of limited partnership, agreement of limited
      partnership or other governing documents;

                  (xviii)      None of the TC Entities or Northern Border
      Pipeline is in default in the performance or observance of any obligation,
      agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage,
      deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to
      which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound
      which default, individually or in the aggregate, would be reasonably
      expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of any of
      the TC Entities to enter into or perform its obligations set forth in this
      Agreement;

                  (xix)        The statements set forth in the Prospectus under
      the caption "Description of Common Units," insofar as they purport to
      constitute a summary of the terms of the Units and under the caption "Tax
      Considerations," insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the
      laws and documents referred to therein, are fair summaries in all material
      respects;

                  (xx)         Other than as set forth in the Prospectus, there
      are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which any of the TC
      Entities or Northern Border Pipeline is a party or of which any property
      of any of the TC Entities or Northern Border Pipeline is the subject
      which, if determined adversely to any of the TC Entities or Northern
      Border Pipeline could reasonably be expected to,


                                       5
<PAGE>

      individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect;
      and, to the best of each of the TC Entities' knowledge, no such
      proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or
      threatened by others;

                  (xxi)        None of the TC Entities are, nor, after giving
      effect to the offering and sale of the Units and the application of the
      proceeds thereof, will be an "investment company", as such term is defined
      in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company
      Act");

                  (xxii)       None of the Partnership Entities or TransCanada
      Border PipeLine is nor, after giving effect to the offering and sale of
      the Units, will be a "holding company" or "affiliate" of a holding company
      or public utility, as defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of
      1935;

                  (xxiii)      KPMG LLP, who have certified certain financial
      statements of the Partnership and the General Partner, and Arthur Andersen
      LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of Northern Border
      Pipeline, are each independent public accountants as required by the Act
      and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

                  (xxiv)       Each of the TC Entities has reviewed its
      operations and that of any third parties with which the TC Entities have a
      material relationship to evaluate the extent to which the business or
      operations of the TC Entities will be affected by the Year 2000 Problem.
      As a result of such review, the TC Entities have no reason to believe, and
      do not believe, that (other than as described in the Prospectus) the Year
      2000 Problem will have a material adverse effect on the general affairs,
      management, the current or future consolidated financial position,
      partners' capital or results of operations of the TC Entities or result in
      any material loss or interference with any of the TC Entities' business or
      operations. The "Year 2000 Problem" as used herein means any significant
      risk that computer hardware or software used in the receipt, transmission,
      processing, manipulation, storage, retrieval, retransmission or other
      utilization of data or in the operation of mechanical or electrical
      systems of any kind will not, in the case of dates or time periods
      occurring after December 31, 1999, function at least as effectively as in
      the case of dates or time periods occurring prior to January 1, 2000;

                  (xxv)        Each of the Partnership Entities carries, or is
      covered by, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as is
      customarily obtained by businesses similarly situated, taking into account
      self-insurance;

                  (xxvi)       Except as described in the Prospectus, the TC
      Entities possess, and are operating in compliance in all material respects
      with, all certificates, authorities or permits issued by the appropriate
      local, state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary
      to conduct the business currently (or, as described or contemplated in the
      Prospectus, to be) operated by them, except for such certificates,
      authorizations or permits which, if not obtained, would not reasonably be
      expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse
      effect upon the ability of the TC Entities to conduct their businesses in
      all material respects as currently conducted and as contemplated by the
      Prospectus to be conducted; and, except as described in the Prospectus,
      none of the TC Entities has received any notice of proceedings relating to
      the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or
      permit which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an
      unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would be expected to have a
      material adverse effect upon the ability of the TC Entities to conduct
      their businesses in all material respects as currently conducted and as
      contemplated by the Prospectus to be conducted;

                  (xxvii)      The Partnership Entities maintain a system of
      internal accounting control sufficient to provide reasonable assurance
      that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with


                                       6
<PAGE>

      management's general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are
      recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
      conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United
      States ("U.S. GAAP") and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii)
      access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general
      or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets
      is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate
      action is taken with respect to any differences;

                  (xxviii)     The TC Entities (i) are in compliance with any
      and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations
      relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or
      imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any Hazardous
      Material (as hereinafter defined) ("Environmental Laws"), (ii) have
      received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under
      applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and
      (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit,
      license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental
      Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or
      failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses
      or approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a
      material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective
      material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management,
      financial position, partners' capital, stockholders' equity or results of
      operations of the TC Entities taken as a whole. The term "Hazardous
      Material" means (A) any "hazardous substance" as defined by the
      Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of
      1980, as amended, (B) any "hazardous waste" as defined by the Resource
      Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, (C) any petroleum or petroleum
      product, (D) any polychlorinated biphenyl and (E) any pollutant or
      contaminant or hazardous, dangerous, or toxic chemical, material, waste or
      substance regulated under or within the meaning of any other Environmental
      Law;

                  (xxix)       In the ordinary course of business, the TC
      Entities conduct a periodic review of the effect of Environmental Laws on
      the business, operations and properties of the TC Entities, in the course
      of which they identify and evaluate associated costs and liabilities
      (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures
      required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with
      Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related
      constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third
      parties). Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the
      Prospectus there are no costs and liabilities associated with or arising
      in connection with Environmental Laws as currently in effect (including,
      without limitation, costs of compliance therewith) which would,
      individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect;

                  (xxx)        The TC Entities are in compliance with all
      federal, state and local employment and labor laws, including, but not
      limited to, laws relating to non-discrimination in hiring, promotion and
      pay of employees; no labor dispute with the employees of the TC Entities
      exists or, to the knowledge of the TC Entities, is imminent or threatened;
      and none of the TC Entities is aware of any existing, imminent or
      threatened labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal
      suppliers, manufacturers or contractors; in any case that would result in
      a Material Adverse Effect;

                  (xxxi)       There are no preemptive rights or other rights to
      subscribe for or to purchase, nor any restriction upon the transfer of,
      any limited partner interests in the Partnership or the Intermediate
      Partnership pursuant to either the Partnership Agreement or the
      Intermediate Partnership Agreement (except as described in the Prospectus)
      or other governing documents or any agreement or other instrument to which
      the Partnership or the Intermediate Partnership is a party or by which
      either of them may be bound; there are no outstanding options or warrants
      to purchase any Common Units or Subordinated Units (except pursuant to
      this Agreement);


                                       7
<PAGE>

                  (xxxii)      The offering and sale of Units as contemplated by
      this Agreement does not give rise to any rights for or relating to the
      registration of any partnership interests or other securities of the
      Partnership;

                  (xxxiii)     This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
      and delivered by each of the TC Entities, constitutes a valid and binding
      agreement with respect to each of such entities and is enforceable against
      each of them in accordance with the terms hereof;

                  (xxxiv)      On or before the First Date of Delivery, each of
      the Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement (the "Contribution
      Agreement"), the $40 million unsecured revolving credit facility between
      the Partnership and TransCanada PipeLine USA Ltd. ("TransCanada PipeLine
      USA") (the "Revolving Credit Facility"), and the Eighth Supplement to the
      General Partnership Agreement of Northern Border Pipeline Company
      (collectively, the "Operative Documents") to which any of the TC Entities
      is a party, has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
      respective TC Entities and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of
      the respective TC Entities and is enforceable against the respective TC
      Entities in accordance with its respective terms;

                  (xxxv)       On or before the First Time of Delivery, the
      Partnership Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and
      delivered by the General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner
      and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of the General Partner
      and the Organizational Limited Partner, enforceable against the General
      Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner in accordance with its
      terms; on or before the First Time of Delivery, the Intermediate
      Partnership Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and
      delivered by each of the General Partner and the Partnership and will be a
      valid and legally binding agreement of the General Partner and the
      Partnership, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its
      terms;

                  (xxxvi)      The historical financial statements (including
      the related notes and supporting schedules) included in the Registration
      Statement and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the
      financial position, results of operations and cash flow of the entities
      purported to be shown thereby on the basis stated therein at the
      respective dates or for the respective periods which have been prepared in
      accordance with U.S. GAAP consistently applied through the periods
      involved, except to the extent disclosed therein. The selected pro forma
      information set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
      under the caption "Selected Pro Forma Financial Data of the Partnership"
      is accurately presented in all material respects and prepared on a basis
      consistent with the audited and unaudited historical consolidated
      financial statements and pro forma financial statements from which it has
      been derived. The pro forma financial statements of the Partnership
      included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus have been
      prepared in all material respects in accordance with the applicable
      accounting requirements of Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Commission;
      the assumptions used in the preparation of such pro forma financial
      statements are, in the opinion of the management of the TC Entities,
      reasonable; and the pro forma adjustments reflected in such pro forma
      financial statements have been properly applied to the historical amounts
      in compilation of such pro forma financial statements;

                  (xxxvii)     On or before the First Time of Delivery, the
      Units will be approved for quotation, subject to official notice of
      issuance, on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated
      Quotations National Market System ("NASDAQ");

                  (xxxviii)    None of the TC Entities has or, to their
      knowledge, has any employee or agent thereof made any payment of funds to
      any of the TC Entities or received or retained any funds therefrom in
      violation of any law, rule or regulation of a character required to be
      disclosed in the Prospectus;


                                       8
<PAGE>

                  (xxxix)      Each of the TC Entities has filed all material
      federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns and has paid
      all taxes shown as due thereon, other than taxes which are being contested
      in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established in
      accordance with U.S. GAAP or Canadian GAAP, as the case may be, there are
      no tax returns of any of the TC Entities that are currently being audited
      by state, local or federal taxing authorities or agencies (and with
      respect to which any of the TC Entities has received notice), where the
      findings of such audit, if adversely determined, would result in a
      material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective
      material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management,
      financial position, partners' capital, stockholders' equity or results of
      operations of the TC Entities, taken as a whole, or subject the
      Partnership or the limited partners of the Partnership to any material
      liability or disability;

                  (xl)         With respect to each employee benefit plan,
      program and arrangement (governed by the laws of Canada or the United
      States, including, without limitation, any "employee benefit plan" as
      defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
      1974, as amended ("ERISA")) maintained or contributed to by the TC
      Entities, or with respect to which the Partnership could incur any
      liability under ERISA (collectively, the "Benefit Plans"), no event has
      occurred, in connection with which the Partnership could be subject to any
      liability under the terms of such Benefit Plan, applicable law (including,
      without limitation, ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
      amended) or any applicable agreement that could materially adversely
      affect the financial condition, results of operations or business of the
      TC Entities, taken as a whole, or subject the Partnership or the limited
      partners of the Partnership to any material liability or disability;

                  (xli)        Northern Border Pipeline has not sustained since
      the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the
      Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire,
      explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance,
      or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or
      decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus;
      and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
      Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been any change
      in the capitalization or long-term debt of Northern Border Pipeline or any
      material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective
      material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management,
      financial position, partners' capital or results of Northern Border
      Pipeline otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus;

                  (xlii)       Northern Border Pipeline has good and
      indefeasible title to all real and personal property necessary to own and
      operate the Northern Border pipeline system (as such term is used in the
      Prospectus) as described in the Prospectus, free and clear of all liens,
      claims, encumbrances and defects except (1) as described in the Prospectus
      and (2) such as do not materially interfere with the ownership, operation
      or benefits of ownership of the Northern Border pipeline system or
      materially increase the cost of operation or ownership of the Northern
      Border pipeline system, provided that, (a) with respect to the gas
      transmission pipelines and right-of-way interests related thereto (the
      "Pipeline Properties") the foregoing shall only constitute a
      representation that, except as described in the Prospectus, (i) Northern
      Border Pipeline has sufficient title to enable it to use such Pipeline
      Properties in its business as they have been used in the past and as are
      proposed to be used in the future as described in the Prospectus and (ii)
      any lack of title has not had and will not have any material adverse
      effect on the ability of Northern Border Pipeline to use such Pipeline
      Properties as they have been used in the past and are proposed to be used
      in the future as described in the Prospectus and will not materially
      increase the cost of such use, and (b) with respect to any real property,
      buildings and equipment held under lease by Northern Border Pipeline, such
      real property, buildings and equipment are held by Northern Border
      Pipeline under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such
      exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and
      proposed to be made of such real property, buildings and equipment by such
      person;


                                       9
<PAGE>

                  (xliii)      Northern Border Pipeline has been duly formed and
      is validly existing as a Texas general partnership, with all necessary
      power and authority (partnership and other) to own or lease its properties
      and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and has been duly
      qualified for the transaction of business and is in good standing under
      the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties
      or conducts any business so as to require such qualification or is subject
      to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so
      qualified in any such jurisdiction;

                  (xliv)       Northern Border Pipeline carries, or is covered
      by, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as is customarily
      obtained by businesses similarly situated, taking into account
      self-insurance;

                  (xlv)        Except as described in the Prospectus, Northern
      Border Pipeline possesses, and is operating in compliance in all material
      respects with, all certificates, authorities or permits issued by the
      appropriate local, state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies
      necessary to conduct the business currently (or, as described or
      contemplated in the Prospectus, to be) operated by it, except for such
      certificates, authorizations or permits which, if not obtained, would not
      reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a
      material adverse effect upon the ability of Northern Border Pipeline to
      conduct its businesses in all material respects as currently conducted;
      and, except as described in the Prospectus, Northern Border Pipeline has
      not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or
      modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which,
      individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable
      decision, ruling or finding, would be expected to have a material adverse
      effect upon the ability of Northern Border Pipeline to conduct its
      businesses in all material respects as currently conducted;

                  (xlvi)       Northern Border Pipeline maintains a system of
      internal accounting control sufficient to provide reasonable assurance
      that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general
      or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to
      permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP
      and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is
      permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific
      authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared
      with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is
      taken with respect to any differences;

                  (xlvii)      Except as described in the Prospectus, Northern
      Border Pipeline (A) is in compliance with any and all applicable
      Environmental Laws, (B) has received all permits, licenses or other
      approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct
      their respective businesses and (C) is in compliance with all terms and
      conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such
      noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required
      permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms
      and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not,
      individually or in the aggregate result in a material adverse change, or
      any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or
      affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, partners'
      capital, stockholders' equity or results of operations of Northern Border
      Pipeline;

                  (xlviii)     In the ordinary course of its business, Northern
      Border Pipeline conducts a periodic review of the effect of Environmental
      Laws on the business, operations and properties of Northern Border
      Pipeline, in the course of which it identifies and evaluates associated
      costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or
      operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or
      compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any
      related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities
      to third parties). Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and
      the Prospectus there are no costs and liabilities associated with or
      arising in connection with Environmental Laws as currently in effect
      (including, without


                                       10
<PAGE>

      limitation, costs of compliance therewith) which would, individually or in
      the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial
      or otherwise) or on the business, properties or results of operations of
      Northern Border Pipeline;

                  (xlix)       The selected historical information set forth in
      the Registration Statement and the Prospectus under the caption "Selected
      Historical Financial and Operating Data of Northern Border Pipeline" is
      accurately presented in all material respects and prepared on a basis
      consistent with the audited historical consolidated financial statements
      from which it has been derived; and

                  (l)          Northern Border Pipeline has filed all material
      federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns and has paid
      all taxes shown as due thereon, other than taxes which are being contested
      in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established in
      accordance with U.S. GAAP, there are no tax returns of Northern Border
      Pipeline that are currently being audited by state, local or federal
      taxing authorities or agencies (with respect to which Northern Border
      Pipeline has received notice), where the findings of such audit, if
      adversely determined, would result in a material adverse change, or any
      development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or
      affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, partners'
      capital, stockholders' equity or results of operations of Northern Border
      Pipeline.

            (b)   TransCanada represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each
of the Underwriters that:

                  (i)          The Registration Statement, the Prospectus and
      each Preliminary Prospectus do not and will not, as of the applicable
      effective date as to the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto,
      and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and each
      Preliminary Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an
      untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
      required to be stated therein with respect to TransCanada or necessary to
      make the statements therein with respect to TransCanada not misleading;
      PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this representation and warranty shall not apply
      to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity
      with information furnished in writing to the Partnership by an Underwriter
      through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;

                  (ii)         TransCanada has been duly organized, and is
      validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of
      Canada, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its
      properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and
      has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of
      business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction
      in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to
      require such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or
      disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such
      jurisdiction, except where the failure to so qualify would not reasonably
      be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of
      TransCanada or any of the TC Entities to enter into or perform its
      obligations set forth in this Agreement or to consummate any of the
      transactions contemplated herein or in the Prospectus (a "TC Material
      Adverse Effect");

                  (iii)        TransCanada owns, directly or indirectly, all of
      the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each of TransCan
      Northern, the General Partner and TransCanada Border PipeLine, free and
      clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests or adverse claims;
      such shares of capital stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully
      paid and nonassessable;

                  (iv)         The compliance by TransCanada with all of the
      provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
      contemplated herein and in the Prospectus (A) will not conflict with or
      result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or
      constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan
      agreement or other agreement or 


                                       11
<PAGE>

      instrument to which TransCanada is a party or by which TransCanada is
      bound or to which any of the property or assets of TransCanada is subject,
      (B) will not result in any violation of or conflict with the provisions of
      the articles or certificate of incorporation, or other governing documents
      of TransCanada or violate or conflict with any statute, (C) will not
      violate or conflict with any order, rule or regulation of any court or
      governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over TransCanada or any of
      their properties and (D) will not result in the creation or imposition of
      any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Partnership
      Entities, except, in the case of clauses (A), (C) or (D) which,
      individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have
      a TC Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization,
      order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or
      governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the
      Units or the consummation by TransCanada of the transactions contemplated
      by this Agreement, except the registration under the Act of the Units and
      such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications
      as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection
      with the purchase and distribution of the Units by the Underwriters;

                  (v)          TransCanada is not in violation of its articles
      or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, or other governing documents;

                  (vi)         TransCanada is not in default in the performance
      or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition
      contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease
      or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or
      any of its properties may be bound which, individually or in the
      aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a TC Material Adverse
      Effect;

                  (vii)        Other than as set forth in the Prospectus, there
      are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which TransCanada is a
      party or of which any property of TransCanada is the subject which, if
      determined adversely to TransCanada would reasonably be expected to,
      individually or in the aggregate, result in a TC Material Adverse Effect;
      and, to the best of TransCanada's knowledge, no such proceedings are
      threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by
      others;

                  (viii)       TransCanada is not and, after giving effect to
      the offering and sale of the Units, will not be an "investment company",
      as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act;

                  (ix)         TransCanada is not and, after giving effect to
      the offering and sale of the Units, will not be subject to regulation as a
      "holding company" or "affiliate" of a holding company or a public utility,
      as defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935;

                  (x)          KPMG LLP, who have certified certain financial
      statements of the Partnership and the General Partner are independent
      public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of
      the Commission thereunder;

                  (xi)         This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
      and delivered by TransCanada and constitutes a valid and binding agreement
      and is enforceable against TransCanada in accordance with the terms
      hereof;

                  (xii)        On or before the First Date of Delivery, each of
      the Operative Documents to which TransCanada is a party, has been duly
      authorized, executed and delivered by TransCanada and constitutes a valid
      and binding agreement and is enforceable against TransCanada in accordance
      with its respective terms;


                                       12
<PAGE>

            (c)   TransCanada shall have the same responsibility and liability
for any misrepresentation in or breach of Section 1(a) to the same extent as if
TransCanada had made such representations and warranties jointly and severally
with the TC Entities.

      2.    Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the
Partnership agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the
Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the
Partnership, at a purchase price per unit of $.............., the number of Firm
Units set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and
(b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the
election to purchase Optional Units as provided below, the Partnership agrees to
sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally
and not jointly, to purchase from the Partnership, at the purchase price per
unit set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of
Optional Units as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be
adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying
such number of Optional Units by a fraction the numerator of which is the
maximum number of Optional Units which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase
as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the
denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Units that all of the
Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

      The Partnership hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at
their election up to 2,145,000 Optional Units, at the purchase price per unit
set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering
overallotments in the sale of the Firm Units. Any such election to purchase
Optional Units may be exercised only by written notice from you to the
Partnership, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this
Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Units to be
purchased and the date on which such Optional Units are to be delivered, as
determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as
defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Partnership otherwise agree
in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of
such notice.

      3.    Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Units, the
several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Units for sale upon the terms and
conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

      4.    (a) The Units to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in book
entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as
Goldman, Sachs & Co. may request upon at least forty-eight hours' prior notice
to the Partnership shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Partnership to
Goldman, Sachs & Co., through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company
("DTC") for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of
such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal
(same-day) funds to the account specified by the Partnership to Goldman, Sachs &
Co. at least forty-eight hours in advance. The Partnership will cause the
certificates representing the Units to be made available for checking and
packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined
below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian
(the "Designated Office"). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall
be, with respect to the Firm Units, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on .............,
1999 or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Partnership may
agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Units, 9:30 a.m., New
York time, on the date specified by Goldman, Sachs & Co. in the written notice
given by Goldman, Sachs & Co. of the Underwriters' election to purchase such
Optional Units, or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the
Partnership may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the
Firm Units is herein called the "First Time of Delivery", such time and date for
delivery of the Optional Units, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein
called the "Second Time of Delivery", and each such time and date for delivery
is herein called a "Time of Delivery."

            (b)   The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or
on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 7 hereof, including the
cross receipt for the Units and any additional documents requested by the
Underwriters pursuant to Section 7(l) hereof, will be delivered at the offices
of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, One New York Plaza, New York, New
York 10004 (the "Closing Location"), and the Units will be delivered at the
Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the


                                       13
<PAGE>

Closing Location at 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day
next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the
documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available
for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, "New York
Business Day" shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday
which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

      5.    Each of the Partnership Entities agrees (and solely with respect to
(e) and (l) of this Section 5, each of the TC Entities and TransCanada agrees)
with each of the Underwriters:

            (a)   To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to
file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the
Commission's close of business on the second business day following the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time
as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further
amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus prior to
the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by you promptly after
reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice
thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been
filed or becomes effective or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended
Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to advise you,
promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of
any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any
Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of
the Units for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or
threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the
Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or
Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of
any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any
Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus or suspending any such qualification,
promptly to use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

            (b)   Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may
reasonably request to qualify the Units for offering and sale under the
securities laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as you may request
and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and
dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to
complete the distribution of the Units, provided that in connection therewith
the Partnership shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to
file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction, provided
further that the Units will only be offered in the United States and to
residents thereof. The Units have not been and will not be registered under
Canadian provincial securities laws and may not be offered, sold or delivered
within Canada or to Canadian persons;

            (c)   Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the New York
Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time,
to furnish the Underwriters with copies of the Prospectus in New York City in
such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a
prospectus is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after
the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of
the Units and if at such time any events shall have occurred as a result of
which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made when such Prospectus is delivered, not misleading, or, if
for any other reason it shall be necessary during such period to amend or
supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and
upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and
to any dealer in securities as many copies as you may from time to time
reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus
which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance, and in
case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus in connection with
sales of any of the Units at any time nine months or more after the time of
issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such
Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such 

                                       14
<PAGE>

Underwriter as many copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented
Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

            (d)   To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as
practicable, but in any event not later than eighteen months after the effective
date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an
earnings statement of the Partnership and its subsidiaries (which need not be
audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations
of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Partnership, Rule
158);

            (e)   During the period beginning from the date hereof and
continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus,
not to offer, sell, hedge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as
provided hereunder any Common Units or Subordinated Units, including but not
limited to any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that
represent the right to receive, Common Units or Subordinated Units or any
securities that are senior or on a parity with the Common Units (other than the
redemption of Subordinated Units in the event the Underwriters elect to purchase
any or all of the Optional Units), without your prior written consent;

            (f)   During a period of five years from the effective date of the
Registration Statement, to furnish to its Unitholders as soon as practicable
after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet
and statements of income, partners' capital and cash flows of the Partnership
and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants)
and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of
each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective
date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its Unitholders
consolidated summary financial information of the Partnership for such quarter
in reasonable detail;

            (g)   During a period of five years from the effective date of the
Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other
communications (financial or other) furnished to Unitholders, and to deliver to
you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial
statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities
exchange on which any class of securities of the Partnership is listed; and (ii)
such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of
the Partnership as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial
statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the
Partnership and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its
unitholders generally or to the Commission);

            (h)   To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the
Units pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Prospectus under
the caption "Use of Proceeds";

            (i)   To use its best efforts to list for quotation the Units on
NASDAQ;

            (j)   To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or
Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

            (k)   If the Partnership elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the
Partnership shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission
in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date
of this Agreement, and the Partnership shall at the time of filing either pay to
the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give
irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b)
under the Act; and

            (l)   TransCanada shall beneficially own, directly or indirectly,
all of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the General
Partner until the later of (i) the date that TransCanada or any of its
affiliates is no longer providing the Revolving Credit Facility and (ii) six
months after such time 


                                       15
<PAGE>

that none of the officers of the General Partner are directors, officers or
employees of TransCanada or any of its affiliates.

      6.    Each of the TC Entities and TransCanada covenants and agrees with
one another and with the several Underwriters that the Partnership will pay or
cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the
Partnership's counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the
Units under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation,
printing and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus
and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and
delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of
printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue
Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any
other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of
the Units; (iii) all reasonable expenses in connection with the qualification of
the Units for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in
Section 5(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Underwriters (of not more than $5,000) in connection with such qualification and
in connection with the Blue Sky survey; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection
with listing the Units on NASDAQ; and the filing fees incident to, and the fees
and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters (of not more than $5,000) in
connection with, securing any required review by the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. of the terms of the sale of the Units; (v) the cost of
preparing certificates for the Units; (vi) the cost and charges of any transfer
agent or registrar; and (vii) all other costs and expenses incident to the
performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically
provided for in this Section. It is understood, however, that the Partnership
shall bear the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and
purchase of the Units pursuant to this Agreement, and that except as provided in
this Section, and Sections 8 and 11 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of
their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock
transfer taxes on resale of any of the Units by them, and any advertising
expenses connected with any offers they may make.

      7.    The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Units to be
delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to
the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of
the TC Entities and TransCanada herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery,
true and correct, the condition that the TC Entities and TransCanada shall have
performed all of their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and
the following additional conditions:

            (a)   The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission
pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the applicable time period prescribed for such
filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section
5(a) hereof; if the Partnership has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Rule
462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M.,
Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have
been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or
threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the
part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable
satisfaction;

            (b)   Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, shall
have furnished to you such written opinion or opinions, dated such Time of
Delivery, with respect to the matters covered in paragraphs (i), (ii), (iv),
(xiv), (xxv) and certain matters contained in (xix) of subsection (c) below as
well as such other related matters as you may reasonably request, and such
counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably
request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

            (c)   Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, counsel for the
Partnership, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time
of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:


                                       16
<PAGE>

                  (i)          Each of the Partnership and the Intermediate
      Partnership has been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited
      partnership in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with
      partnership power and authority to own its properties and conduct its
      business as described in the Prospectus;

                  (ii)         The General Partner has been duly incorporated
      and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws
      of the State of Delaware, with corporate power and authority to own its
      properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus;

                  (iii)        TransCan Northern is validly existing as a
      corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with
      corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its
      business as described in the Prospectus;

                  (iv)         The Units to be issued and sold to the
      Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement on
      the First Time of Delivery and the limited partner interests represented
      thereby have been duly authorized by the Partnership Agreement and, when
      issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided in the
      Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid (to the extent
      required under the Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except as
      such nonassessability may be affected by the Delaware Act); other than the
      3,200,000 Subordinated Units and the Incentive Distribution Rights that
      will be owned by the General Partner, the Units will be the only limited
      partner interests of the Partnership issued and outstanding at such Time
      of Delivery;

                  (v)          Each of the Partnership and the Intermediate
      Partnership has been duly qualified as a foreign limited partnership for
      the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each
      other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any
      business so as to require such qualification except where the failure to
      be so qualified (A) would not subject the Partnership or the Intermediate
      Partnership to material liability or disability or (B) would not subject
      the limited partners of the Partnership to any liability or disability;

                  (vi)         The General Partner has been duly qualified as a
      foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good
      standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or
      leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such
      qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified (A) would not
      subject the General Partner to material liability or disability or (B)
      would not subject the limited partners of the Partnership to any liability
      or disability;

                  (vii)        At such Time of Delivery, after giving effect to
      the transactions contemplated in the Prospectus, the General Partner will
      be the sole general partner of each of the Partnership and the
      Intermediate Partnership with a general partner interest in the
      Partnership of 1.0% and a general partner interest in the Intermediate
      Partnership of 1.0101%; such general partner interests are duly authorized
      by the Partnership Agreement and the Intermediate Partnership Agreement,
      respectively, validly issued and are owned of record by the General
      Partner free and clear of all liens, security interests, or "adverse
      claims" (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(1) of the Uniform Commercial Code
      of the State of New York (A) in respect of which a financing statement
      under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware naming the
      General Partner as debtor is on file in the offices of the Secretary of
      State of the State of Delaware as of ___________, 1999 or (B) otherwise
      known to such counsel;

                  (viii)       At such Time of Delivery, after giving effect to
      the transactions contemplated in the Prospectus, the General Partner will
      own of record all of the Incentive Distribution Rights; such Incentive
      Distribution Rights are duly authorized by the Partnership Agreement,
      validly issued, fully paid (to the extent required under the Partnership
      Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such


                                       17
<PAGE>

      nonassessability may be affected by the Delaware Act); and such Incentive
      Distribution Rights are owned of record by the General Partner free and
      clear of all liens, security interests, adverse claims (as defined above)
      (A) in respect of which a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial
      Code of the State of Delaware naming the General Partner as debtor is on
      file in the offices of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as
      of ___________, 1999 or (B) otherwise known to such counsel;

                  (ix)         At such Time of Delivery, after giving effect to
      the transactions contemplated in the Prospectus, the General Partner will
      own of record 3,200,000 Subordinated Units and such Subordinated Units and
      the limited partner interests represented thereby are duly authorized by
      the Partnership Agreement, validly issued, fully paid (to the extent
      required under the Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except as
      such nonassessability may be affected by the Delaware Act); such
      Subordinated Units are owned of record by the General Partner free and
      clear of all liens, security interests, adverse claims (as defined above)
      (A) in respect of which a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial
      Code of the State of Delaware, naming the General Partner as debtor is on
      file in the offices of the Secretary of State of Delaware as of
      __________, 1999 or (B) otherwise known to such counsel;

                  (x)          The offer, sale and issuance of 14,285,714 Common
      Units to (and the redemption by the Partnership of such Common Units from)
      TransCan Northern pursuant to the Partnership Agreement and the
      Contribution Agreement is exempt from the registration requirements of the
      Act and the securities laws of the State of New York;

                  (xi)         The offer, sale and issuance of 14,286 Common 
      Units, 3,200,000 Subordinated Units, and the Incentive Distribution Rights
      to TransCanada Border PipeLine, the redemption by the Partnership of
      14,286 Common Units from TransCanada Border PipeLine and the transfer by
      TransCanada Border PipeLine of 3,200,000 Subordinated Units and the
      Incentive Distribution Rights to the General Partner, in each case
      pursuant to the Partnership Agreement and the Contribution Agreement, are
      exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and the securities
      laws of the State of New York;

                  (xii)        The Partnership is the sole limited partner of
      the Intermediate Partnership, with a limited partner interest in the
      Intermediate Partnership of 98.9899%; such limited partner interest is
      duly authorized by the Intermediate Partnership Agreement and is validly
      issued, fully paid (to the extent required under the Intermediate
      Partnership Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability
      may be affected by the Delaware Act); and such limited partner interest in
      the Intermediate Partnership is owned of record by the Partnership free
      and clear of all liens, security interests, or adverse claims (as defined
      above) (A) in respect of which a financing statement under the Uniform
      Commercial Code of the State of Delaware naming the Partnership as debtor
      is on file in the offices of the Secretary of State of the State of
      Delaware as of _________, 1999 or (B) otherwise known to such counsel;

                  (xiii)       All of the issued and outstanding shares of
      capital stock of the General Partner are duly authorized, validly issued,
      fully paid and nonassessable; and TransCanada Border PipeLine owns such
      shares of record, free and clear of all liens, security interests or
      adverse claims (as defined above) (A) in respect of which a financing
      statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware
      naming TransCanada Border PipeLine as debtor is on file in the offices of
      the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of _________, 1999 or
      (B) otherwise known to such counsel;

                  (xiv)        This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
      and delivered by the Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership, the
      General Partner and TransCan Northern, and has been duly executed and
      delivered by TransCanada Border PipeLine;


                                       18
<PAGE>

                  (xv)         Each of the Partnership Agreement, the
      Intermediate Partnership Agreement and the Revolving Credit Agreement to
      which the Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership, the General Partner,
      TransCan Northern or TransCanada Border PipeLine is a party has been duly
      authorized and validly executed and delivered by the respective party
      (except that we assume and express no opinion regarding and assume the due
      authorization of any agreement by TransCanada Border PipeLine). Each of
      the Partnership Agreement, the Intermediate Partnership Agreement and the
      Revolving Credit Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of
      the Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership, the General Partner,
      TransCanada, TransCan Northern or TransCanada Border PipeLine, as the case
      may be, enforceable against each such party in accordance with its
      respective terms, subject to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
      fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws from time
      to time in effect affecting creditors' rights and remedies generally, (B)
      general principles of equity (regardless of whether such principles are
      considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and (C) public policy,
      applicable law relating to fiduciary duties and indemnification and an
      implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

                  (xvi)        The Partnership has all requisite partnership
      power and authority to issue, sell and deliver (A) the Units, in
      accordance with and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the
      Underwriting Agreement and the Partnership Agreement and (B) the
      Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights, in accordance with
      and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Partnership Agreement
      and the Contribution Agreement;

                  (xvii)       The issue and sale of the Units being delivered
      at such Time of Delivery by the Partnership and the performance by the TC
      Entities and TransCanada with their respective obligations under this
      Agreement and their consummation of the transactions contemplated herein
      (A) will not breach or violate any of the terms or provisions of, or
      constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument to which any of
      the Partnership Entities is a party or by which any of the Partnership
      Entities is bound (the opinion in this clause (A) being limited (x) to our
      review of only the agreements, or instruments that are listed on Annex
      ____ hereto and (y) in that we express no opinion with respect to any
      violation or default not readily ascertainable from the face of any such
      agreement or instrument or arising under or based upon any cross-default
      provision insofar as it relates to a default under an agreement or
      instrument not so listed, or arising under or based upon any covenant of a
      financial or numerical nature or requiring computation), (B) will not
      violate any of the provisions of the Certificate of Limited Partnership or
      Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership or Intermediate
      Partnership, the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the General
      Partner, (C) will not violate any present law, or present regulation of
      any governmental agency or authority, of the State of New York or the
      State of Delaware pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law or the
      Delaware Act or the United States of America [exclude FERC and state
      analogues] known by us to be applicable to any of the Partnership
      Entities, order, rule or regulation known to such counsel of any court or
      governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Partnership
      Entities or any of their respective properties and (D) will not result in
      the creation or imposition of any lien, security interest or other
      encumbrance upon any property or assets of any of the Partnership Entities
      under any agreement or instrument to which any of the Partnership Entities
      is a party or by which any of the Partnership Entities is bound (the
      opinion in this clause (D) being limited to our review of only those
      agreements or instruments that are listed in Annex ____ hereto), except,
      in the case of clauses (A), (C) or (D) which, individually or in the
      aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
      Effect;

                  (xviii)      The issue and sale of the Units by the
      Partnership and the consummation by the TC Entities of the transactions
      contemplated by this Agreement do not require under present law any filing
      or registration by any TC Entity with, or approval or consent to any TC
      Entity of, any governmental agency or authority of the State of New York
      or the State of Delaware pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law
      or the Delaware Act or of the United States of America that has


                                       19
<PAGE>

      not been made or obtained, except the registration under the Act and the
      Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of the Units, and such
      filings, consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or
      qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws
      in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Units by the
      Underwriters;

                  (xix)        The statements in the Registration Statement and
      Prospectus under the captions "The Transactions," "Cash Distribution
      Policy," "Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Responsibilities,"
      "Description of the Common Units", "Description of the Subordinated
      Units", "The Partnership Agreement", "Northern Border Pipeline Partnership
      Agreement" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
      Condition and Results of Operations--Description of Indebtedness of
      Northern Border Pipeline" insofar as they purport to describe the
      provisions of the (A) the Partnership Agreement, (B) the Intermediate
      Partnership Agreement, (C) the Contribution Agreement, (D) the [Revolving
      Credit Agreement ], (E) the partnership agreement of Northern Border
      Pipeline, as amended to ______________, (F) the [Note Agreement] of
      Northern Border Pipeline and (G) the [Credit Agreement] of Northern Border
      Pipeline, or of the Delaware Act, as referred to therein, are fair
      summaries of the matters covered thereby in all material respects, and the
      Units, the Common Units, the Subordinated Units and the Incentive
      Distribution Rights conform as to legal matters in all material respects
      to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and
      Prospectus under the captions "Prospectus Summary--The Offering," "Cash
      Distribution Policy," "Description of the Common Units," "Description of
      the Subordinated Units" and "The Partnership Agreement;"

                  (xx)         The opinion of such counsel that is filed as 
      Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement is confirmed and the
      Underwriters may rely upon such opinion as if it were addressed to them;

                  (xxi)        The Registration Statement was declared effective
      under the Act on _________, 1999; to our knowledge, no stop order
      suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued
      and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or threatened by
      the Commission; and any required filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule
      424(b) has been made in the manner and within the time period required by
      such Rule;

                  (xxii)       None of the Partnership, the Intermediate
      Partnership, the General Partner, TransCan Northern, TransCanada Border
      PipeLine and TransCanada is, and after giving effect to the offering and
      sale of the Units and the application of the proceeds thereof as described
      in the Prospectus, none of the Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership,
      the General Partner, TransCanada Border PipeLine and TransCanada will be
      an "investment company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company
      Act of 1940;

                  (xxiii)      Assuming that the Underwriters do not have notice
      of any adverse claim (as defined in 8-102(a) and 8-105 of the New York
      Uniform Commercial Code) to the Units, upon the delivery to the
      Underwriters of certificates evidencing the Units registered in the name
      of the Underwriters (or their nominee) and payment by the Underwriters of
      the purchase price for the Units, the Underwriters (or such nominee) will
      be "protected purchasers" (as such term is used in Section 8-303 of the
      New York Uniform Commercial Code).

                  (xxiv)       There are no preemptive or other rights to
      subscribe for or to purchase, nor any restriction upon the voting or
      transfer of, any limited partner interests of the Partnership or the
      Intermediate Partnership pursuant to the Partnership Agreement or the
      Intermediate Partnership Agreement (except as described or referred to in
      the Prospectus), or to our knowledge, pursuant to any other agreement or
      instrument to which the Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership or the
      General Partner are a party; neither the filing of the Registration
      Statement nor the offering or sale of the Units as contemplated by this
      Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the


                                       20
<PAGE>

      registration of any Units or other securities of the Partnership pursuant
      to the Partnership Agreement or the Intermediate Partnership Agreement, or
      to our knowledge, pursuant to any other agreement or instrument to which
      the Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership or the General Partner are a
      party; to our knowledge there are no outstanding options or warrants to
      purchase any Common Units or Subordinated Units or other partnership
      interests in the Partnership or Intermediate Partnership issued or granted
      by the Partnership or the Intermediate Partnership pursuant to any
      agreement or other instrument to which the Partnership or the Intermediate
      Partnership is a party;

                  (xxv)        The Registration Statement and the Prospectus and
      any further amendments and supplements thereto made by the Partnership
      prior to such Time of Delivery as of their respective effective or issue
      dates (other than the financial statements, notes or schedules included or
      omitted from the Registration Statement or Prospectus or other financial
      data included in or omitted from the Registration Statement or Prospectus,
      as to which such counsel need express no opinion) appeared on their face
      to be responsive as to form in all material respects with the requirements
      of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;

                  Such counsel shall also state that In the course of its
      engagement to represent or advise the TC Entities and TransCanada
      professionally, they have not become aware of any pending legal proceeding
      before, or pending investigation by, any court or administrative agency or
      authority of the United States of America or the State of New York, or any
      arbitration tribunal, against any of the TC Entities, TransCanada or
      Northern Border Pipeline Company in each case that is required to be
      described in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement which has not
      been so described. In making the foregoing statement, such counsel shall
      have endeavored, to the extent they believe necessary, to determine from
      lawyers currently in their firm who have performed substantive legal
      services for any of the TC Entities or TransCanada, whether such services
      involved substantive attention in the form of legal representation
      concerning pending legal proceedings or pending investigations or overtly
      threatened litigation of the nature referred to above, and such counsel
      may rely upon certificates of officers of the TC Entities and TransCanada.
      Beyond that, such counsel shall not make made any review, search or
      investigation of public files or records or files or records of any of the
      TC Entities, TransCanada or Northern Border Pipeline Company, or of their
      respective transactions, or any other investigation or inquiry with
      respect to the foregoing statement.

                  In addition, such counsel shall state that, in the course of
      the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus they
      participated in conferences with certain of the officers and
      representatives of, and the independent public accountants for, the TC
      Entities, TransCanada and Northern Border Pipeline at which the contents
      of the Registration Statement and Prospectus were discussed. Such counsel
      shall also state that, between the date of the Registration Statement and
      the time of delivery of this opinion, they participated in additional
      conferences with certain officers and representatives of the TC Entities,
      TransCanada and Northern Border Pipeline at which the contents of the
      Registration Statement and the Prospectus were discussed to a limited
      extent. Given the limitations inherent in the independent verification of
      factual matters and the character of determinations involved in the
      registration process, such counsel shall state that they are not passing
      upon and do not assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness
      or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement or
      the Prospectus, except as stated in paragraph 19 above. Such counsel shall
      then state that, subject to the foregoing and on the basis of the
      information they gained in the course of the performance of the services
      referred to above, including information obtained from officers and
      representatives of the TC Entities, TransCanada and Northern Border
      PipeLine (i) no facts have come to their attention that cause them to
      believe that the Registration Statement, at the time it became effective,
      contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
      material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
      statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus, as of its date,
      contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
      material fact necessary in order to make the 


                                       21
<PAGE>

      statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
      were made, not misleading, and (ii) they do not know of any contract or
      other document of a character required to be filed as an exhibit to the
      Registration Statement which are not filed as required. Also, subject to
      the foregoing, such counsel shall state that no facts have come to their
      attention in the course of the proceedings described in the second
      sentence of this paragraph that cause them to believe that the Prospectus,
      as of the date and time of delivery hereof, contains any untrue statement
      of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to
      make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
      they were made, not misleading. In each case, however, such counsel may
      state that they do not express any view or belief with respect to (i)
      financial statements, notes or schedules included or omitted in the
      Registration Statement or the Prospectus, (ii) other financial data
      included in or omitted from the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or
      (iii) discussions of the regulation of TransCanada's, Northern Border
      Pipeline's or the TC Entities' businesses by the Federal Energy Regulatory
      Commission or similar federal or state laws. In connection with the
      foregoing, such counsel may state, that it is the understanding of the
      Underwriters that such counsel does not act as United States regulatory
      counsel to TransCanada, Northern Border Pipeline or the TC Entities and
      that they do not hold themselves out as expert in the regulation of the
      generation, transportation, distribution or delivery of natural gas, oil,
      electricity or other specially regulated commodities or services,
      including pipelines, transmission lines, storage facilities and related
      facilities and equipment, or the import or export of such commodities or
      services;

            (d)   Kristine Delkus, counsel for the Partnership, shall have
furnished to you her written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and
substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

                  (i)          the statements in the Registration Statement and
      the Prospectus under the captions "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
      Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Settlement of 1995 FERC
      Rate Case and Project Cost Containment Mechanism" and "Business of
      Northern Border Pipeline--FERC Regulation," insofar as they purport to
      describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are
      accurate and fair in all material respects;

                  (ii)         The issue and sale of the Units by the
      Partnership and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
      Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Partnership Agreement and the
      Intermediate Partnership Agreement do not require under present law any
      filing or registration by TransCanada or any of the TC Entities with, or
      approval or consent to any TC Entity or TransCanada of, the Federal Energy
      Regulatory Commission that has not been made or obtained, except
      _________;

                  (iii)        None of the TC Entities or TransCanada is nor,
      after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Units and the
      application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will
      be subject to regulation as a "holding company" or "affiliate" of a
      holding company or public utility, as defined in the Public Utility
      Holding Company Act of 1935;

                  (iv)         To the best of such counsel's knowledge and other
      than as set forth in the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental
      proceedings pending to which TransCanada, TransCan Northern, TransCanada
      Border PipeLine or Northern Border PipeLine Company is a party or of which
      any property of such entities is the subject which, if determined
      adversely to any such party would, individually or in the aggregate,
      result in a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the best of such counsel's
      knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by
      governmental authorities or threatened by others; and

                  (v)          The Revolving Credit Agreement has been validly
      executed and delivered by TransCanada PipeLine USA, constitutes a valid
      and binding obligation of and is enforceable against TransCanada PipeLine
      USA in accordance with its terms, subject to (A) applicable


                                       22
<PAGE>

      bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or
      similar laws from time to time in effect affecting creditors' rights and
      remedies generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether
      such principles are considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and
      (B) public policy, applicable law relating to fiduciary duties and
      indemnification and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

            (e)   Robert Pitt, Canadian counsel for TransCanada, shall have
furnished to you his written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and
substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

                  (i)          TransCanada is validly existing as a corporation
      in good standing under the laws of Canada, with corporate power and
      authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in
      the Prospectus;

                  (ii)         TransCanada has been duly qualified as a foreign
      corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under
      the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties
      or conducts any business so as to require such qualification or is subject
      to no material liability or disability by reason of failure to be so
      qualified in any such jurisdiction which would reasonably be expected to
      have a TC Material Adverse Effect;

                  (iii)        Each of this Agreement and the Contribution
      Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by TransCanada;

                  (iv)         All of the issued and outstanding shares of
      capital stock of each of TransCan Northern and TransCanada Border PipeLine
      are owned of record by TransCanada (or a wholly-owned subsidiary of
      TransCanada) free and clear of all liens, security interests or adverse
      claims (as defined above);

                  (v)          The issue and sale of the Units being delivered
      at such Time of Delivery by the Partnership and the performance by
      TransCanada, TransCan Northern and TransCanada Border PipeLine of their
      respective obligations under this Agreement and the consummation of the
      transactions herein contemplated (A) will not result in a breach or
      violate any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under,
      any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement
      or instrument known to such counsel to which any of such entities is a
      party or by which any of such entities is bound or to which any of the
      property or assets of any of such entities is subject, (B) will not result
      in any violation of or conflict with the provisions of the articles of
      incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of TransCanada or
      violate or conflict with any Canadian (federal or provincial) statute
      applicable to TransCanada, (C) will not violate or conflict with any
      order, rule or regulation known to such counsel of any court or
      governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over TransCanada or any of
      its properties and (D) will not result in the creation or imposition of
      any lien, security interest or other encumbrance upon any property or
      assets of any of the Partnership Entities pursuant to any agreement or
      other instrument to which any of the TC Entities or TransCanada is a
      party, except, in the case of clauses (A), (C) or (D) which, individually
      or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
      Adverse Effect; and

                  (vi)         No consent, approval, authorization, order, 
      registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental
      agency or body is required for the consummation by TransCanada of the
      transactions contemplated by this Agreement or as described in the
      Prospectus.

            (f)   Baker & Hostetler LLP, Texas counsel to the Partnership, shall
have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in
form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:


                                       23
<PAGE>

                  (i)          Northern Border Pipeline is validly existing as a
      general partnership under the laws of the State of Texas, with full
      partnership power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties
      and conduct its business in all material respects as described in the
      Prospectus;

                  (ii)         The issue and sale of the Units being delivered
      at such Time of Delivery by the Partnership and the compliance by the TC
      Entities and TransCanada with all of the provisions of this Agreement and
      the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the
      Prospectus (including, without limitation, the transfer by TransCan
      Northern and TransCanada Border PipeLine of the 30% general partner
      interest in Northern Border Pipeline to the Intermediate Partnership) will
      not violate or conflict with the provisions of the General Partnership
      Agreement or other governing documents of Northern Border Pipeline;

                  (iii)        At such Time of Delivery, the Intermediate
      Partnership owns a 30% general partnership interest in Northern Border
      Pipeline; such general partner interest is owned of record by the
      Intermediate Partnership free and clear of all liens, security interests
      and other adverse claims (as defined herein);

                  (iv)         The General Partnership Agreement (including the
      Eighth Supplement thereto) governing Northern Border Pipeline, as amended
      and in effect on such Time of Delivery, constitutes a valid and legally
      binding agreement of the Intermediate Partnership and is enforceable
      against the Intermediate Partnership in accordance with its terms, subject
      to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer,
      reorganization, moratorium or similar laws from time to time in effect
      affecting creditors' rights and remedies generally and general principles
      of equity (regardless of whether such principles are considered in a
      proceeding at law or in equity) and (B) public policy, applicable law
      relating to fiduciary duties and indemnification and an implied covenant
      of good faith and fair dealing;

                  (v)          The Contribution Agreement constitutes a valid
      and legally binding agreement of TransCanada Border PipeLine, TransCan
      Northern, TransCanada, the Partnership, the Intermediate Partnership and
      the General Partner and is enforceable against such parties in accordance
      with its terms, subject to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
      fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws from time
      to time in effect affecting creditors' rights and remedies generally and
      general principles of equity (regardless of whether such principles are
      considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and (B) public policy,
      applicable law relating to fiduciary duties and indemnification and an
      implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing;

            (g)   _________, Nevada counsel to the TC Entities, shall have
furnished to you their written opinion, dated such time of Delivery, in form and
substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

                  (i)          TransCanada Border PipeLine in validly existing
      as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada
      with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its
      business as described in the Prospectus; and

                  (ii)         Each of the Underwriting Agreement, the
      Contribution Agreement and the Eighth Supplement to the General
      Partnership Agreement of Northern Border Pipeline has been duly authorized
      by TransCanada Border PipeLine.

            (h)   On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution
of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of
any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to
the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, KPMG LLP and
Arthur Andersen LLP shall each have furnished to you a letter, dated the
respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you,
to the effect set forth in Annex I hereto (the executed copy of the 


                                       24
<PAGE>

letter delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement is attached as Annex
I(a) hereto and a draft of the form of letter to be delivered on the effective
date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and as of
each Time of Delivery is attached as Annex I(b) hereto);

            (i)   (i) None of the TC Entities or Northern Border Pipeline shall
have sustained since the latest audited financial statements included in the
Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion,
flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor
dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set
forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as
of which information is given in the Prospectus there shall not have been any
change in the capitalization or long-term debt of any of the TC Entities or
Northern Border Pipeline or any change, or any development involving a
prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial
position, partners' capital or results of operations of any of the TC Entities,
taken as a whole, or Northern Border Pipeline, otherwise than as set forth or
contemplated in the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described
in Clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the Representatives so material and
adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public
offering or the delivery of the Units being delivered at such Time of Delivery
on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

            (j)   On or after the date hereof (i) no downgrading shall have
occurred in the rating accorded Northern Border Pipeline's debt securities by
any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization", as that term is
defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii)
no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under
surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any
of Northern Border Pipeline's debt securities;

            (k)   On or after the date hereof there shall not have occurred any
of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in
securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ; (ii) a suspension
or material limitation in trading in the Partnership's securities; (iii) a
suspension or material limitation in the trading of the securities of
_________________________; (iv) a general moratorium on commercial banking
activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities; or (v) the
outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the
declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, if the effect
of any such event specified in this Clause (v) in the judgment of the
Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public
offering or the delivery of the Units being delivered at such Time of Delivery
on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

            (l)   The Units at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed
for quotation on NASDAQ;

            (m)   The Partnership shall have complied with the provisions of
Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New
York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement;

            (n)   At the First Time of Delivery, (i) each of the Operative
Documents shall have been executed and delivered and become effective and (ii)
the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents to occur at the First
Time of Delivery shall have been consummated;

            (o)   The Partnership has obtained and delivered to the Underwriters
executed copies of an agreement from each officer and director of the General
Partner substantially to the effect set forth in Section 5(e) hereof in form and
substance satisfactory to you; and

            (p)   The Partnership shall have furnished or caused to be furnished
to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Partnership
satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the 


                                       25
<PAGE>

representations and warranties of the Partnership herein at and as of such Time
of Delivery, as to the performance by the Partnership of all of their respective
obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, and
as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Partnership
shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters
set forth in subsections (a) and (i) of this Section.

      8.    (a) Each of the TC Entities and TransCanada, jointly and severally,
will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become
subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will
reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such
action or claim as such expenses are incurred; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each of
the TC Entities and TransCanada shall not be liable in any such case to the
extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based
upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by any
Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein.

            (b)   Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the TC
Entities and TransCanada against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to
which any of the TC Entities or TransCanada may become subject, under the Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to
the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by such
Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein; and will
reimburse the TC Entities and TransCanada for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by the TC Entities and TransCanada in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are
incurred.

            (c)   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under
subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such
indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in
writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the
indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to
any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such
action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the
indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be
entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly
with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense
thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who
shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), be counsel to the indemnifying party),
and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its
election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be
liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of
other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such
indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable
costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent
of the indemnified party, effect the 


                                       26
<PAGE>

settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with
respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which
indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the
indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim)
unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional
release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action
or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault,
culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

            (d)   If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is
unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under
subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each
indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
relative benefits received by the TC Entities and TransCanada on the one hand
and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Units. If, however,
the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted
by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required
under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to
such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative
fault of the TC Entities and TransCanada on the one hand and the Underwriters on
the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well
as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received
by the TC Entities and TransCanada on the one hand and the Underwriters on the
other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds
from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Partnership bear
to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the
Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the
Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information
supplied by the TC Entities or TransCanada on the one hand or the Underwriters
on the other and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information
and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. Each of the TC
Entities, TransCanada and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by
PRO RATA allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for
such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account
of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The
amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above
in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating
or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in
excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Units underwritten by
it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount
of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by
reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning
of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person
who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters'
obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to
their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

            (e)   The obligations of the TC Entities and TransCanada under this
Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which they may otherwise have
and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any,
who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations
of the Underwriters under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability
which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the
same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the General Partner
(including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration
Statement as about to become a director of the General Partner) and to each
person, if any, who controls the General Partner within the meaning of the Act.


                                       27
<PAGE>

      9.    (a)   If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase
the Units which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you
may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to
purchase such Units on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours
after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of
such Units, then the Partnership shall be entitled to a further period of
thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties
satisfactory to you to purchase such Units on such terms. In the event that,
within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Partnership that you
have so arranged for the purchase of such Units, or the Partnership notifies you
that they have so arranged for the purchase of such Units, you or the
Partnership shall have the right to postpone a Time of Delivery for a period of
not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be
made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other
documents or arrangements, and the Partnership agrees to file promptly any
amendments to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion
may thereby be made necessary. The term "Underwriter" as used in this Agreement
shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if
such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such
Units.

            (b)   If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase
of the Units of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the
Partnership as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such
Units which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate
number of all the Units to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the
Partnership shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to
purchase the number of Units which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder
at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting
Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Units which
such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Units of such defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but
nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its
default.

            (c)   If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase
of the Units of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the
Partnership as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such
Units which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of
all of the Units to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Partnership
shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require
non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Units of a defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of
Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and to sell the
Optional Units) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any
non-defaulting Underwriter or the Partnership, except for the expenses to be
borne by the Partnership and the Underwriters as provided in Section 6 hereof
and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 8 hereof; but nothing
herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

      10.   The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties
and other statements of the Partnership and the several Underwriters, as set
forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant
to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf
of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the
Partnership, or any officer or director or controlling person of the General
Partner, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Units.

      11.   If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 9 hereof,
the Partnership shall not be under any liability to any Underwriter except as
provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Units are
not delivered by or on behalf of the Partnership as provided herein, the
Partnership will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket
expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of
counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the
purchase, sale and delivery of the Units not so delivered, but the Partnership
shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter in respect of the
Units not so delivered except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof.


                                       28
<PAGE>

      12.   In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the
Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any
statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or
given by you jointly or by Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of you as the
representatives of the several Underwriters.

      All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in
writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or
facsimile transmission to you as the representatives of the several Underwriters
in care of Goldman, Sachs & Co., 32 Old Slip, 21st Floor, New York, New York
10005, (facsimile number 212-357-1557) Attention: Registration Department; and
if to the Partnership shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile
transmission to the address of the Partnership set forth in the Registration
Statement, Attention: Secretary with a copy to the Agent for Service of Process
as set forth in the Registration Statement; provided, however, that any notice
to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by
mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set
forth in its Underwriters' Questionnaire or telex constituting such
Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Partnership by you on
request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect
upon receipt thereof.

      13.   This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the
benefit of, the Underwriters, the TC Entities and TransCanada, to the extent
provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof, the officers and directors of the General
Partner and each person who controls the General Partner or any Underwriter, and
their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and
no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this
Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Units from any Underwriter shall be deemed
a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

      14.   Each of the parties hereto irrevocably (i) agrees that any legal
suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in any court within the
Borough of Manhattan of New York City, (ii) waives, to the fullest extent it may
effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the
laying of venue of any such proceeding and (iii) submits to the exclusive
jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. TransCanada
has appointed the General Partner, Four Greenspoint Plaza, 16945 Northchase
Drive, Houston, Texas 77060 as its authorized agent (the "Authorized Agent")
upon whom process may be served in any such action arising out of or based on
this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby which may be instituted
in any such court by any Underwriter or by any person who controls any
Underwriter, expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect
of any such action, and waives any other requirements of or objections to
personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Such appointment shall be
irrevocable. TransCanada represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has
agreed to act as such agent for service at process and agrees to take any and
all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that
may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as
aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of
such service to TransCanada shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service
of process upon such party.

      15.   In respect of any judgment or order given or made for any amount due
hereunder that is expressed and paid in a currency (the "judgment currency")
other than United States dollars, TransCanada will indemnify each Underwriter
against any loss incurred by such Underwriter as a result of any variation as
between (i) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar amount is
converted into the judgment currency for the purpose of such judgment or order
and (ii) the rate of exchange at which an Underwriter is able to purchase United
States dollars with the amount of the judgment currency actually received by
such Underwriter. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and
independent obligation of TransCanada and shall continue in full force and
effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term "rate
of exchange" shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in
connection with the purchase of or conversion into United States dollars.


                                       29
<PAGE>

      16.   Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the
term "business day" shall mean any day when the Commission's office in
Washington, D.C. is open for business.

      17.   THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

      18.   This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties
hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
instrument.

      If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and
return to us one for the Partnership and each of the Representatives plus one
for each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on
behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall
constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, each of the TC
Entities and TransCanada. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter
on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in
a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to
the Partnership for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part
as to the authority of the signers thereof.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             TC PIPELINES, LP

                                             By: TC PipeLines GP, Inc.,
                                                 its General Partner


                                                 By:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                     Name:
                                                          ----------------------
                                                     Title:
                                                           ---------------------

                                             TC PIPELINES INTERMEDIATE LIMITED
                                                PARTNERSHIP

                                             By: TC PipeLines GP, Inc.,
                                                 its General Partner


                                                 By:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                     Name:
                                                          ----------------------
                                                     Title:
                                                           ---------------------

                                             TC PIPELINES GP, INC.


                                                 By:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                     Name:
                                                          ----------------------
                                                     Title:
                                                           ---------------------

                                             TRANSCAN NORTHERN LTD.


                                       30
<PAGE>

                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Name:
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                Title:
                                                      --------------------------

                                             TRANSCANADA BORDER PIPELINE LTD.


                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Name:
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                Title:
                                                      --------------------------

                                             TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED


                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Name:
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                Title:
                                                      --------------------------



Accepted as of the date hereof:



Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
PaineWebber Incorporated



BY:
   -----------------------------------------------
   (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)
   On behalf of each of the Underwriters


                                       31
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           NUMBER OF OPTIONAL UNITS
                                                        TOTAL NUMBER OF      TO BE PURCHASED IF
                                                        FIRM UNITS TO BE       MAXIMUM-OPTION
                  UNDERWRITER                              PURCHASED             EXERCISED
                  -----------                           ----------------   ------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>                <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
PaineWebber Incorporated



                                                        ----------------   ------------------------
  Total.......................................
                                                        ================   ========================

</TABLE>


                                       32
<PAGE>

                                                                         ANNEX I

                          DESCRIPTION OF COMFORT LETTER
                     FOR REGISTRATION STATEMENTS ON FORM S-1

      Pursuant to Section 7(d) of the Underwriting Agreement, the accountants
shall furnish letters to the Underwriters to the effect that:

                  (i)          They are independent certified public accountants
      with respect to the Partnership and ____________ within the meaning of the
      Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder;

                  (ii)         In their opinion, the financial statements and
      any supplementary financial information and schedules (and, if applicable,
      financial forecasts and/or pro forma financial information) examined by
      them and included in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement comply
      as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting
      requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations
      thereunder; and, if applicable, they have made a review in accordance with
      standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public
      Accountants of the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements,
      selected financial data, pro forma financial information, financial
      forecasts and/or condensed financial statements derived from audited
      financial statements of the Partnership for the periods specified in such
      letter, as indicated in their reports thereon, copies of which have been
      [SEPARATELY] furnished to the representatives of the Underwriters (the
      "Representatives")[AND ARE ATTACHED HERETO];

                  (iii)        They have made a review in accordance with
      standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public
      Accountants of the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income,
      consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows
      included in the Prospectus as indicated in their reports thereon copies of
      which [HAVE BEEN SEPARATELY FURNISHED TO THE REPRESENTATIVES] [AND ARE
      ATTACHED HERETO] and on the basis of specified procedures including
      inquiries of officials of the Partnership who have responsibility for
      financial and accounting matters regarding whether the unaudited condensed
      consolidated financial statements referred to in paragraph (vi)(A)(i)
      below comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable
      accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and
      regulations, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe
      that the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not
      comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting
      requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations;

                  (iv)         The unaudited selected financial information with
      respect to the consolidated results of operations and financial position
      of the Partnership for the five most recent fiscal years included in the
      Prospectus agrees with the corresponding amounts (after restatements where
      applicable) in the audited consolidated financial statements for such five
      fiscal years which were included or incorporated by reference in the
      Partnership's Annual Reports on Form 10-K for such fiscal years;

                  (v)          They have compared the information in the
      Prospectus under selected captions with the disclosure requirements of
      Regulation S-K and on the basis of limited procedures specified in such
      letter nothing came to their attention as a result of the foregoing
      procedures that caused them to believe that this information does not
      conform in all material respects with the disclosure requirements of Items
      301, 302, 402 and 503(d), respectively, of Regulation S-K;


                                       33
<PAGE>

                  (vi)         On the basis of limited procedures, not
      constituting an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing
      standards, consisting of a reading of the unaudited financial statements
      and other information referred to below, a reading of the latest available
      interim financial statements of _____________, inspection of the minute
      books of _____________ since the date of the latest audited financial
      statements included in the Prospectus, inquiries of officials of
      _____________ responsible for financial and accounting matters and such
      other inquiries and procedures as may be specified in such letter, nothing
      came to their attention that caused them to believe that:

                               (A)  (i)   the unaudited consolidated statements
            of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements
            of cash flows included in the Prospectus do not comply as to form in
            all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of
            the Act and the related published rules and regulations, or (ii) any
            material modifications should be made to the unaudited condensed
            consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and
            consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus for
            them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting
            principles;

                               (B)  any other unaudited income statement data
            and balance sheet items included in the Prospectus do not agree with
            the corresponding items in the unaudited consolidated financial
            statements from which such data and items were derived, and any such
            unaudited data and items were not determined on a basis
            substantially consistent with the basis for the corresponding
            amounts in the audited consolidated financial statements included in
            the Prospectus;

                               (C)  the unaudited financial statements which
            were not included in the Prospectus but from which were derived any
            unaudited condensed financial statements referred to in Clause (A)
            and any unaudited income statement data and balance sheet items
            included in the Prospectus and referred to in Clause (B) were not
            determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis for
            the audited consolidated financial statements included in the
            Prospectus;

                               (D)  any unaudited pro forma consolidated
            condensed financial statements included in the Prospectus do not
            comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable
            accounting requirements of the Act and the published rules and
            regulations thereunder or the pro forma adjustments have not been
            properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of
            those statements;

                               (E)  as of a specified date not more than five
            days prior to the date of such letter, there have been any changes
            in the consolidated capital stock (other than issuances of capital
            stock upon exercise of options and stock appreciation rights, upon
            earn-outs of performance shares and upon conversions of convertible
            securities, in each case which were outstanding on the date of the
            latest financial statements included in the Prospectus) or any
            increase in the consolidated long-term debt of the Partnership and
            _____________, or any decreases in consolidated net current assets
            or stockholders' equity or other items specified by the
            Representatives, or any increases in any items specified by the
            Representatives, in each case as compared with amounts shown in the
            latest balance sheet included in the Prospectus, except in each case
            for changes, increases or decreases which the Prospectus discloses
            have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter;
            and

                               (F)  for the period from the date of the latest
            financial statements included in the Prospectus to the specified
            date referred to in Clause (E) there were any 


                                       34
<PAGE>

            decreases in consolidated net revenues or operating profit or the
            total or per share amounts of consolidated net income or other items
            specified by the Representatives, or any increases in any items
            specified by the Representatives, in each case as compared with the
            comparable period of the preceding year and with any other period of
            corresponding length specified by the Representatives, except in
            each case for decreases or increases which the Prospectus discloses
            have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter;
            and

                  (vii)        In addition to the examination referred to in
      their report(s) included in the Prospectus and the limited procedures,
      inspection of minute books, inquiries and other procedures referred to in
      paragraphs (iii) and (vi) above, they have carried out certain specified
      procedures, not constituting an examination in accordance with generally
      accepted auditing standards, with respect to certain amounts, percentages
      and financial information specified by the Representatives, which are
      derived from the general accounting records of the Partnership and
      _____________, which appear in the Prospectus, or in Part II of, or in
      exhibits and schedules to, the Registration Statement specified by the
      Representatives, and have compared certain of such amounts, percentages
      and financial information with the accounting records of the Partnership
      and _____________ and have found them to be in agreement.


                                       35

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1


            [LETTERHEAD OF FRIED, FRANK, HARRIS, SHRIVER & JACOBSON]


May 20, 1999


TC PipeLines, LP
Four Greenspoint Plaza
16945 Northchase Drive
Houston, Texas  77060

            RE:  Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-69947)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

       We have acted as special counsel for TC PipeLines, LP, a Delaware limited
partnership (the "Partnership"), and TC PipeLines GP, Inc., a Delaware
corporation and the general partner of the Partnership, in connection with the
underwritten initial public offering (the "Offering") by the Partnership of up
to 16,445,000 common units representing limited partner interests in the
Partnership (the "Common Units"), including Common Units which may be offered
and sold upon the exercise of an over-allotment option granted to the
underwriters. The Common Units are to be offered to the public pursuant to an
underwriting agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") to be entered into among
the Partnership, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, and
PaineWebber Incorporated, as representatives of the underwriters. The opinion
set forth below is based on the assumption that, prior to the sale of the Common
Units pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Partnership's Amended and
Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership will have become effective in
substantially the form filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement, as
amended, of the Partnership on Form S-1 (No. 333-69947) (the "Registration
Statement").

       With your permission, all assumptions and statements of reliance herein
have been made without any independent investigation or verification on our part
except to the extent otherwise expressly stated, and we express no opinion with
respect to the subject matter or accuracy of such assumptions or items relied
upon.


<PAGE>

TC PipeLines, LP                      - 2 -                         May 20, 1999

       In connection with this opinion, we have (i) investigated such questions
of law, (ii) examined originals or certified, conformed or reproduction copies
of such agreements, instruments, documents and records of the Partnership, such
certificates of public officials and such other documents, and (iii) received
such information from officers and representatives of the Partnership as we have
deemed necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion. In all
examinations, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons
executing documents, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of
original and certified documents and the conformity to original or certified
copies of all copies submitted to us as conformed or reproduction copies. As to
various questions of fact relevant to the opinions expressed herein, we have
relied upon, and assume the accuracy of, representations and warranties
contained in the documents and certificates and oral or written statements and
other information of or from representatives of the Partnership and others and
assume compliance on the part of all parties to the documents with their
covenants and agreements contained therein.

       Based upon the foregoing and subject to the limitations, qualifications
and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that the Common Units
registered pursuant to the Registration Statement (when issued, delivered and
paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement) will be
duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, except as such
non-assessability may be affected by the matters described in the prospectus
included in the Registration Statement under the caption "The Partnership
Agreement -- Limited Liability. "

       The opinion expressed herein is limited to the Delaware Revised Uniform
Limited Partnership Act, as currently in effect.

       We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the caption
"Validity of the Common Units" in the prospectus forming part of the
Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we
are in the category of such persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                                     Very truly yours,

                       /s/ Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson



                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 8.1


            [LETTERHEAD OF FRIED, FRANK, HARRIS, SHRIVER & JACOBSON]



May 20, 1999

TC PipeLines, LP
Four Greenspoint Plaza
16945 North Chase Drive
Houston, TX  77060

           Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-69947)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

             We have acted as special counsel for TC PipeLines, LP, a Delaware
limited partnership (the "Partnership"), and TC PipeLines GP, Inc., a Delaware
corporation and the general partner of the Partnership, in connection with the
offering (the "Offering") of up to 16,445,000 common units representing limited
partner interests in the Partnership ("Common Units") pursuant to the
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Partnership (Registration No.
333-69947) relating to the Common Units (the "Registration Statement"). In
connection therewith, we have participated in the preparation of the discussion
set forth under the caption "Tax Considerations" (the "Discussion") in the
prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

             The Discussion, to the extent it contains matters of United 
Stateds federal income tax law and legal conclusions with respect thereto, 
and subject to the assumptions and qualifications stated therein, constitutes
our opinion as to the material United States federal income tax consequences 
for purchasers of Common Units pursuant to the Offering.

             We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Discussion. In
giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of such
persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended.

                                     Very truly yours,

                       /s/ Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson


<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.1

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                       OF

                  TC PIPELINES INTERMEDIATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Page
                                                                                              ----

<S>                                                                                            <C>
                                              ARTICLE I
                                             DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Definitions.........................................................................1
SECTION 1.2 Construction.......................................................................11

                                             ARTICLE II
                                            ORGANIZATION

SECTION 2.1 Formation..........................................................................12
SECTION 2.2 Name...............................................................................12
SECTION 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices...............12
SECTION 2.4 Purpose and Business...............................................................12
SECTION 2.5 Powers.............................................................................13
SECTION 2.6 Power of Attorney..................................................................13
SECTION 2.7 Term...............................................................................15
SECTION 2.8 Title to Partnership Assets........................................................15

                                             ARTICLE III
                                     RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

SECTION 3.1 Limitation of Liability............................................................15
SECTION 3.2 Management of Business.............................................................15
SECTION 3.3 Outside Activities of the Limited Partners.........................................16
SECTION 3.4 Rights of Limited Partners.........................................................16

                                             ARTICLE IV
                                 TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

SECTION 4.1 Transfer Generally.................................................................17
SECTION 4.2 Transfer of General Partner's Partnership Interest.................................17
SECTION 4.3 Transfer of a Limited Partner's Partnership Interest...............................17
SECTION 4.4 Restrictions on Transfers..........................................................18

                                              ARTICLE V
                     CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

SECTION 5.1 Initial Contributions..............................................................18
SECTION 5.2 Contributions Pursuant to the Contribution and Conveyance Agreement................18
SECTION 5.3 Additional Capital Contributions...................................................19
SECTION 5.4 Interest and Withdrawal............................................................19
SECTION 5.5 Capital Accounts...................................................................20
SECTION 5.6 Loans from Partners................................................................22
SECTION 5.7 Limited Preemptive Rights..........................................................22
SECTION 5.8 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Partnership Interests......................23
</TABLE>


                                      - i -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                            <C>
                                             ARTICLE VI
                                    ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 6.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes...........................................23
SECTION 6.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes.......................................................27
SECTION 6.3 Distributions......................................................................29

                                             ARTICLE VII
                                MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

SECTION 7.1 Management.........................................................................30
SECTION 7.2 Certificate of Limited Partnership.................................................32
SECTION 7.3 Restrictions on General Partner's Authority........................................32
SECTION 7.4 Reimbursement of the General Partner...............................................33
SECTION 7.5 Outside Activities.................................................................33
SECTION 7.6 Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership; 
Contracts with Affiliates; Certain Restrictions on the General Partner.........................35
SECTION 7.7 Indemnification....................................................................36
SECTION 7.8 Liability of Indemnitees...........................................................38
SECTION 7.9 Resolution of Conflicts of Interest................................................39
SECTION 7.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner......................................40
SECTION 7.11 Reliance by Third Parties.........................................................41

                                            ARTICLE VIII
                               BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

SECTION 8.1 Records and Accounting.............................................................41
SECTION 8.2 Fiscal Year........................................................................42

                                             ARTICLE IX
                                             TAX MATTERS

SECTION 9.1 Tax Returns and Information........................................................42
SECTION 9.2 Tax Elections......................................................................42
SECTION 9.3 Tax Controversies..................................................................42
SECTION 9.4 Withholding........................................................................42

                                              ARTICLE X
                                        ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

SECTION 10.1 Admission of Partners.............................................................43
SECTION 10.2 Admission of Substituted Limited Partner..........................................43
SECTION 10.3 Admission of Additional Limited Partners..........................................43
SECTION 10.4 Admission of Successor or Transferee General Partner..............................44
SECTION 10.5 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership.....................44

                                             ARTICLE XI
                                  WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

SECTION 11.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner.................................................44
SECTION 11.2 Removal of the General Partner....................................................46
SECTION 11.3 Interest of Departing Partner.....................................................46
</TABLE>


                                     - ii -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                            <C>
SECTION 11.4 Withdrawal of a Limited Partner...................................................47

                                             ARTICLE XII
                                     DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

SECTION 12.1 Dissolution.......................................................................47
SECTION 12.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution.................47
SECTION 12.3 Liquidator........................................................................48
SECTION 12.4 Liquidation.......................................................................49
SECTION 12.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership................................50
SECTION 12.6 Return of Contributions...........................................................50
SECTION 12.7 Waiver of Partition...............................................................50
SECTION 12.8 Capital Account Restoration.......................................................50

                                            ARTICLE XIII
                                 AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

SECTION 13.1 Amendment to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner.............................50
SECTION 13.2 Amendment Procedures..............................................................52

                                             ARTICLE XIV
                                               MERGER

SECTION 14.1 Authority.........................................................................52
SECTION 14.2 Procedure for Merger or Consolidation.............................................52
SECTION 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners of Merger or Consolidation...........................53
SECTION 14.4 Certificate of Merger.............................................................54
SECTION 14.5 Effect of Merger..................................................................54

                                             ARTICLE XV
                                         GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 15.1 Addresses and Notices.............................................................54
SECTION 15.2 Further Action....................................................................55
SECTION 15.3 Binding Effect....................................................................55
SECTION 15.4 Integration.......................................................................55
SECTION 15.5 Creditors.........................................................................55
SECTION 15.6 Waiver............................................................................55
SECTION 15.7 Counterparts......................................................................55
SECTION 15.8 Applicable Law....................................................................55
SECTION 15.9 Invalidity of Provisions..........................................................56
SECTION 15.10 Consent of Partners..............................................................56
</TABLE>


                                     - iii -
<PAGE>


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                       OF
                  TC PIPELINES INTERMEDIATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

      THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP of TC PIPELINES
INTERMEDIATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, dated as of __________, 1999 is entered into
by and between TC PipeLines GP, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the General
Partner, and TC PipeLines, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as the Limited
Partner, together with any other Persons who hereafter become Partners in the
Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein.

                                R E C I T A L S:

      WHEREAS, TC PipeLines GP, Inc. and TC PipeLines, LP formed the Partnership
pursuant to the Agreement of Limited Partnership of TC PipeLines Intermediate
Limited Partnership dated as of December 16, 1998 (the "Prior Agreement") and a
Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the
State of Delaware on such date; and

      WHEREAS, the Partners of the Partnership now desire to amend the Prior
Agreement to reflect additional contributions by the Partners and certain other
matters.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, conditions and
agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby amend the Prior Agreement
and, as so amended, restate it in its entirety as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1   Definitions.

      The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise
clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.
Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning
assigned to such term in the MLP Agreement.

            "Additional Limited Partner" means a Person admitted to the
      Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.4 and who is shown
      as such on the books and records of the Partnership.

            "Adjusted Capital Account" means the Capital Account maintained for
      each Partner as of the end of each taxable period of the Partnership, (a)
      increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under
      the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or
      is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections
      1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all
      losses and deductions that, as of the end of such period, are reasonably
      expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent years under
      Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section
      1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all 


                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>

      distributions that, as of the end of such period, are reasonably expected
      to be made to such Partner in subsequent years in accordance with the
      terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting
      increases to such Partner's Capital Account that are reasonably expected
      to occur during (or prior to) the year in which such distributions are
      reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a
      minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or 6.1(d)(ii)). The
      foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply
      with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)
      and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The "Adjusted Capital
      Account" of a Partner in respect of a General Partner Interest or any
      other specified interest in the Partnership shall be the amount which such
      Adjusted Capital Account would be if such General Partner Interest,
      Limited Partner Interest or other interest in the Partnership were the
      only interest in the Partnership held by a Partner from and after the date
      on which such interest was first issued.

            "Adjusted Property" means any property the Carrying Value of which
      has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or 5.5(d)(ii).

            "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that
      directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is
      controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As
      used herein, the term "control" means the possession, direct or indirect,
      of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
      policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by
      contract or otherwise.

            "Agreed Allocation" means any allocation, other than a Required
      Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the
      provisions of Section 6.1, including, without limitation, a Curative
      Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term "Agreed
      Allocation" is used).

            "Agreed Value" of any Contributed Property means the fair market
      value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution
      as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of
      valuation as it may adopt. The General Partner shall, in its discretion,
      use such method as it deems reasonable and appropriate to allocate the
      aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed to the
      Partnership in a single or integrated transaction among each separate
      property on a basis proportional to the fair market value of each
      Contributed Property.

            "Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
      Partnership of TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited Partnership, as it may be
      amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

            "Assets" means the assets being conveyed to the Partnership on the
      Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.2 and the Contribution and Conveyance
      Agreement.


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

            "Assignee" means a Person to whom one or more Partnership Interests
      have been transferred in a manner permitted under this Agreement, but who
      has not been admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner.

            "Associate" means, when used to indicate a relationship with any
      Person, (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a
      director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of
      20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest; (b) any
      trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial
      interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar
      fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any
      relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such
      Person.

            "Available Cash" means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to
      the Liquidation Date,

                  (a) the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the
      Partnership on hand at the end of such Quarter, and (ii) all additional
      cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership on hand on the date of
      determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting
      from Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such
      Quarter, less

                  (b) the amount of any cash reserves that is necessary or
      appropriate in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner to (i)
      provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership
      (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated
      future credit needs of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter,
      (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement,
      mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any
      Group Member or any JV Entity is a party or by which it is bound or its
      assets are subject or (iii) provide funds for distributions under Section
      6.4 or 6.5 of the MLP Agreement in respect of any one or more of the next
      four Quarters; provided, however, that the General Partner may not
      establish cash reserves pursuant to (iii) above if the effect of such
      reserves would be that the MLP is unable to distribute the Minimum
      Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units, plus any Cumulative Common
      Unit Arrearage on all Common Units, with respect to such Quarter; and
      provided further that disbursements made by the Partnership or cash
      reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter
      but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect
      to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased
      or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such
      Quarter if the General Partner so determines.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Available Cash" with respect
      to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent
      Quarter shall equal zero.

            "Book-Tax Disparity" means with respect to any item of Contributed
      Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the
      difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or
      Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis 


                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>

      thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner's share
      of the Partnership's Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed
      Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between
      such Partner's Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section
      5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner's Capital Account
      computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal
      income tax accounting principles.

            "Business Day" means Monday through Friday of each week, except that
      a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States
      of America, the State of New York, Canada or the Province of Alberta shall
      not be regarded as a Business Day.

            "Capital Account" means the capital account maintained for a Partner
      pursuant to Section 5.5. The "Capital Account" of a Partner in respect of
      a General Partner Interest, Limited Partner Interest or any other
      specified interest in the Partnership shall be the amount which such
      Capital Account would be if such General Partner Interest, Limited Partner
      Interest or other specified interest in the Partnership were the only
      interest in the Partnership held by a Partner from and after the date on
      which such interest in the Partnership was first issued.

            "Capital Contribution" means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net
      Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the
      Partnership pursuant to this Agreement or the Contribution and Conveyance
      Agreement.

            "Carrying Value" means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property,
      the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all
      depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the
      Partners' Capital Accounts in respect of such Contributed Property, and
      (b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of
      such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of
      determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from
      time to time in accordance with Sections 5.5(d)(i) and 5.5(d)(ii) and to
      reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for
      dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed
      appropriate by the General Partner.

            "Certificate of Limited Partnership" means the Certificate of
      Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State
      of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 2.1, as such Certificate
      of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time
      to time.

            "Closing Date" means the first date on which Common Units are sold
      by the MLP to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the
      Underwriting Agreement.

            "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in
      effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or
      sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any
      corresponding provision of successor law.

            "Commission" means the United States Securities and Exchange
      Commission.


                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>

            "Common Unit" has the meaning assigned to such term in the MLP
      Agreement.

            "Contributed Property" means each property or other asset, in such
      form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash,
      contributed to the Partnership (or deemed contributed to a new partnership
      on termination of the Partnership pursuant to Section 708 of the Code).
      Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to
      Section 5.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed
      Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.

            "Contribution and Conveyance Agreement" means that certain
      Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the Closing
      Date, among the General Partner, the MLP, the Partnership, TransCanada
      Border Pipeline, TransCan Northern and certain other parties, together
      with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or
      referenced thereunder.

            "Curative Allocation" means any allocation of an item of income,
      gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section
      6.1(d)(ix).

            "Delaware Act" means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited
      Partnership Act, 6 Del. C. ss.17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented
      or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

            "Departing Partner" means a former General Partner from and after
      the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General
      Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2.

            "Economic Risk of Loss" has the meaning set forth in Treasury
      Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

            "Event of Withdrawal" has the meaning assigned to such term in
      Section 11.1(a).

            "General Partner" means TC PipeLines GP, Inc. and its successors and
      permitted assigns as general partner of the Partnership.

            "General Partner Interest" means the ownership interest of the
      General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner)
      and includes any and all benefits to which the General Partner is entitled
      as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the
      General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

            "Group" means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or
      Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose
      of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy
      or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent
      solicitation made to 10 or more Persons) or disposing of any MLP
      Securities with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose
      Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, MLP
      Securities.


                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>

            "Group Member" means a member of the Partnership Group.

            "ILP Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Partnership.

            "Incentive  Distribution  Right" has the meaning  assigned to such
      term in the MLP Agreement.

            "Indemnitee" means (a) the General Partner, (b) any Departing
      Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner
      or any Departing Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a member, partner,
      officer, director, employee, agent or trustee of any Group Member, the
      General Partner or any Departing Partner or any Affiliate of any Group
      Member, the General Partner or any Departing Partner, and (e) any Person
      who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any
      Departing Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing
      Partner as an officer, director, employee, member, partner, agent or
      trustee of another Person; provided, that a Person shall not be an
      Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee,
      fiduciary or custodial services.

            "Initial Offering" means the initial offering and sale of Common
      Units to the public, as described in the Registration Statement.

            "JV Entity" means a Person other than an individual in which a Group
      Member holds an interest but which does not constitute a Subsidiary,
      including, without limitation, Northern Border Pipeline.

            "Limited Partner" means any Person that is admitted to the
      Partnership as a limited partner pursuant to the terms and conditions of
      this Agreement; but the term Limited Partner shall not include any Person
      from and after the time such Person withdraws as a Limited Partner from
      the Partnership.

            "Limited Partner Interest" means the ownership interest of a Limited
      Partner or Assignee in the Partnership and includes any and all benefits
      to which such Limited Partner or Assignee is entitled as provided in this
      Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner or
      Assignee to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

            "Liquidation Date" means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to
      the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a)
      and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the
      applicable time period during which the Partners have the right to elect
      to reconstitute the Partnership and continue its business has expired
      without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other
      event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which
      such event occurs.

            "Liquidator" means one or more Persons selected by the General
      Partner to perform the functions described in Section 12.3 as liquidating
      trustee of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

            "Merger Agreement" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
      14.1.


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>

            "Minimum Quarterly Distribution" has the meaning assigned to such
      term in the MLP Agreement.

            "MLP" means TC PipeLines, LP.

            "MLP Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
      Partnership of TC PipeLines, LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or
      restated from time to time.

            "MLP Security" has the meaning assigned to the term "Partnership
      Security" in the MLP Agreement.

            "Net Agreed Value" means, (a) in the case of any Contributed
      Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities
      either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such
      property is subject when contributed, and (b) in the case of any property
      distributed to a Partner or Assignee by the Partnership, the Partnership's
      Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section
      5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any
      liabilities either assumed by such Partner or Assignee upon such
      distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of
      distribution, in either case, as determined under Section 752 of the Code.

            "Net Income" means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of
      the Partnership's items of income and gain (other than those items taken
      into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination
      Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership's items of loss and
      deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of
      Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The
      items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in
      accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially
      allocated under Section 6.1(d).

            "Net Loss" means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the
      Partnership's items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken
      into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination
      Loss) for such taxable period, over the Partnership's items of income and
      gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net
      Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The
      items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in
      accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially
      allocated under Section 6. 1 (d).

            "Net Termination Gain" means, for any taxable period, the sum, if
      positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by
      the Partnership after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the
      determination of Net Termination Gain shall be determined in accordance
      with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain, loss
      or deduction specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

            "Net Termination Loss" means, for any taxable period, the sum, if
      negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by
      the Partnership after the 


                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

      Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination of Net
      Termination Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and
      shall not include any items of income, gain, loss or deduction specially
      allocated under Section 6.1(d).

            "Nonrecourse Built-in Gain" means with respect to any Contributed
      Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage, pledge
      or other lien securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable
      gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Sections
      6.2(b)(i)(A), 6.2(b)(ii)(A) and 6.2(b)(iii) if such properties were
      disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such
      liabilities and for no other consideration.

            "Nonrecourse Deductions" means any and all items of loss, deduction
      or expenditures (described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in
      accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b),
      are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

            "Nonrecourse Liability" has the meaning set forth in Treasury
      Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

            "Northern Border Pipeline" means Northern Border Pipeline Company, a
      Texas general partnership.

            "Organizational Limited Partner" means TC PipeLines, LP in its
      capacity as the organizational limited partner of the Partnership pursuant
      to this Agreement.

            "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel (who may be
      regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its
      Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner in its reasonable
      discretion.

            "Partner Nonrecourse Debt" has the meaning set forth in Treasury
      Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

            "Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain" has the meaning set forth in
      Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

            "Partner Nonrecourse Deductions" means any and all items of loss,
      deduction or expenditure (including, without limitation, any expenditure
      described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with
      the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable
      to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.

            "Partnership" means TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited Partnership, a
      Delaware limited partnership, and any successors thereto.

            "Partners" means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

            "Partnership Group" means the Partnership, the MLP and any
      Subsidiary of any such entity, treated as a single consolidated entity.


                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

            "Partnership Interest" means an ownership interest of a Partner in
      the Partnership, which shall include the General Partner Interest and the
      Limited Partner Interest(s).

            "Partnership Minimum Gain" means that amount determined in
      accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

            "Percentage Interest" means the percentage interest in the
      Partnership held by each Partner upon completion of the transactions in
      Section 5.2 and shall mean, (a) as to the General Partner, an aggregate
      1.0101% and (b) as to the MLP, 98.9899%.

            "Person" means an individual or a corporation, limited liability
      company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization,
      association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other
      entity.

            "Prior Agreement" is defined in the Recitals.

            "Pro Rata" means, when modifying Partners and Assignees, apportioned
      among all Partners and Assignees in accordance with their relative
      Percentage Interests.

            "Quarter" means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal
      quarter of the Partnership.

            "Recapture Income" means any gain recognized by the Partnership
      (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or
      Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of
      the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it
      represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to
      such property or asset.

            "Registration Statement" means the Registration Statement on Form
      S-1 (Registration No. 333-69947) as it has been or as it may be amended or
      supplemented from time to time, filed by the MLP with the Commission under
      the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units
      in the Initial Offering.

            "Required Allocations" means (a) any limitation imposed on any
      allocation of Net Losses or Net Termination Losses under Section 6.1(b) or
      6.1(c)(ii) and (b) any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or
      deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), 6.1(d)(ii), 6.1(d)(iv),
      6.1(d)(vii) or 6.1(d)(ix).

            "Residual Gain" or "Residual Loss" means any item of gain or loss,
      as the case may be, of the Partnership recognized for federal income tax
      purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a
      Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain
      or loss is not allocated pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(i)(A) or
      6.2(b)(ii)(A), respectively, to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

            "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
      supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such
      statute.


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>

            "Special Approval" has the meaning assigned to such term in the MLP
      Agreement.

            "Subordinated Unit" has the meaning assigned to such term in the MLP
      Agreement.

            "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of
      which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard
      to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors
      or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or
      indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more
      Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership
      (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such
      Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of
      such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests
      of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the
      partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the
      date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such
      Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a
      corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more
      Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or
      indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority
      ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a
      majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person. The
      foregoing definition shall not include any JV Entity, including, without
      limitation, Northern Border Pipeline.

            "Substituted Limited Partner" means a Person who is admitted as a
      Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.2 in place of
      and with all the rights of a Limited Partner and who is shown as a Limited
      Partner on the books and records of the Partnership.

            "Surviving Business Entity" has the meaning assigned to such term in
      Section 14.2(b).

            "TransCanada" means TransCanada PipeLines Limited, a Canadian
      corporation.

            "TransCanada Border Pipeline" means TransCanada Border Pipeline
      Ltd., a Nevada corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransCanada.

            "TransCan Northern" means TransCan Northern Ltd., a Delaware
      corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransCanada.

            "Treasury Regulations" means the permanent, temporary or proposed
      regulations of the United States Department of the Treasury promulgated
      under the Code, as such regulations may be amended and in effect from time
      to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the
      Treasury Regulations shall be deemed to include a reference to any
      corresponding provision of successor law.

            "Transfer" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.4(a).


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

            "Underwriter" means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule
      I to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant
      thereto.

            "Underwriting Agreement" means the Underwriting Agreement dated
      _______, 1999 among the Underwriters, the MLP, the Partnership, the
      General Partner, TransCanada and certain other parties, providing for the
      purchase of Common Units by such Underwriters.

            "Unit" has the meaning assigned to such term in the MLP Agreement.

            "Unit Majority" has the meaning  assigned to such term in the MLP
      Agreement.

            "Unrealized Gain" attributable to any item of Partnership property
      means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the
      fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under
      Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such
      date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of
      such date).

            "Unrealized Loss" attributable to any item of Partnership property
      means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the
      Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment
      to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair
      market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section
      5.5(d)).

            "U.S. GAAP" means United States Generally Accepted Accounting
      Principles consistently applied.

            "Working Capital Borrowings" means borrowings exclusively for
      working capital purposes. Amounts drawn from a credit facility to enable
      the Partnership to pay distributions to partners of the Partnership or
      partners of the MLP if there has been a temporary interruption or delay in
      receipt of distributions from Northern Border Pipeline shall also
      constitute Working Capital Borrowings.

SECTION 1.2   Construction.

      Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this
Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms,
and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and
vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and
Sections of this Agreement; and (c) the term "include" or "includes" means
includes, without limitation, and "including" means including, without
limitation.


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                                  ORGANIZATION

SECTION 2.1   Formation.

      The Partnership was previously formed as a limited partnership pursuant to
the provisions of the Delaware Act. The Partners hereby amend and restate the
Prior Agreement in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall become
effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the
contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties),
liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution
and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All
Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof
for all purposes and a Partner has no interest in specific Partnership property.

SECTION 2.2   Name.

      The name of the Partnership shall be "TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited
Partnership." The Partnership's business may be conducted under any other name
or names deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner in its sole
discretion, including the name of the General Partner. The words "Limited
Partnership," "L.P." or "Ltd." or similar words or letters shall be included in
the Partnership's name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the
laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner in its discretion
may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and
shall notify the other Partner(s) of such change in the next regular
communication to the Partners.

SECTION 2.3   Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other
Offices.

      Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of
the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at Corporation Trust
Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent
for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such
registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office
of the Partnership shall be located at Four Greenspoint Plaza, 16945 Northchase
Drive, Houston, Texas 77060 or such other place as the General Partner may from
time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may
maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of
Delaware as the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate. The address of
the General Partner shall be Four Greenspoint Plaza, 16945 Northchase Drive,
Houston, Texas 77060 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to
time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

SECTION 2.4   Purpose and Business.

      The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership
shall be to (a) acquire, manage, operate and sell the Assets, (b) serve as a
general partner of Northern Border Pipeline and, in connection therewith,
exercise all the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership as a partner
of Northern Border Pipeline pursuant to the partnership agreement of Northern
Border Pipeline or otherwise, (c) (i) acquire, manage, operate and sell any
assets or 


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

properties similar to the Assets now or hereafter acquired by the Partnership,
(ii) engage directly in, or enter into or form any corporation, partnership,
joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage
indirectly in, any business activity that the Partnership is permitted to engage
in, or any type of business or activity engaged in by the General Partner prior
to the Closing Date and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights
and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to
such business activity, and (iii) engage directly in, or enter into or form any
corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other
arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by
the General Partner and which lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership
organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise
all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the
agreements relating to such business activity; provided, however, that in the
case of any activity described in this subsection (c), the General Partner
reasonably determines, as of the date of the acquisition or commencement of such
activity, that such activity (A) generates "qualifying income" (as such term is
defined pursuant to Section 7704 of the Code) or (B) enhances the operations of
an activity of the Partnership that generates qualifying income, and (d) do
anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of
capital contributions or loans to a Group Member, a JV Entity, the MLP or any
Subsidiary of the MLP. The General Partner has no obligation or duty to the
Partnership, the Limited Partners or the Assignees to propose or approve, and in
its discretion may decline to propose or approve, the conduct by the Partnership
of any business.

SECTION 2.5   Powers.

      The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things
necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the
furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section
2.4.

SECTION 2.6   Power of Attorney.

            (a) Each Limited Partner and each Assignee hereby constitutes and
appoints the General Partner and, if a Liquidator shall have been selected
pursuant to Section 12.3, the Liquidator (and any successor to the Liquidator by
merger, transfer, assignment, election or otherwise) and each of their
authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact, as the case may be, with full power
of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full
power and authority in his name, place and stead, to:

            (i) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the
      appropriate public offices (A) all certificates, documents and other
      instruments (including this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited
      Partnership and all amendments or restatements hereof or thereof) that the
      General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary or appropriate to form,
      qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a
      limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have
      limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions
      in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (B) all
      certificates, documents and other instruments that the General Partner or
      the Liquidator deems necessary or appropriate to reflect, in accordance
      with its terms, any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this
      Agreement; 


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

      (C) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including
      conveyances and a certificate of cancellation) that the General Partner or
      the Liquidator deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution
      and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this
      Agreement; (D) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating
      to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner
      pursuant to, or other events described in, Article IV, X, XI or XII; (E)
      all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the
      determination of the preferences, rights, powers, privileges and duties of
      any class or series of Partnership Interests issued pursuant hereto; and
      (F) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including
      agreements and a certificate of merger) relating to a merger or
      consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to Article XIV; and

            (ii) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all
      ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other
      instruments necessary or appropriate, in the discretion of the General
      Partner or the Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any
      vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given
      by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this
      Agreement or is necessary or appropriate, in the discretion of the General
      Partner or the Liquidator, to effectuate the terms or intent of this
      Agreement; provided, that when required by any provision of this Agreement
      that establishes a percentage of the Limited Partners or of the Limited
      Partners of any class or series required to take any action, the General
      Partner and the Liquidator may exercise the power of attorney made in this
      Section 2.6(a)(ii) only after the necessary vote, consent or approval of
      the Limited Partners or of the Limited Partners of such class or series,
      as applicable.

      Nothing contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall be construed as authorizing
the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article
XIII or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

            (b) The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be
irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and, to
the maximum extent permitted by law, not be affected by the subsequent death,
incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination of
any Limited Partner or Assignee and the transfer of all or any portion of such
Limited Partner's or Assignee's Partnership Interest and shall extend to such
Limited Partner's or Assignee's heirs, successors, assigns and personal
representatives. Each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby agrees to be bound
by any representation made by the General Partner or the Liquidator acting in
good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Limited Partner or
Assignee, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby waives any and all
defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the
General Partner or the Liquidator taken in good faith under such power of
attorney. Each Limited Partner or Assignee shall execute and deliver to the
General Partner or the Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the request
therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as
the General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary to effectuate this
Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 2.7   Term.

      The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate
of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in
existence until the close of Partnership business on December 31, 2097 or until
the earlier dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of
Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall
continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as
provided in the Delaware Act.

SECTION 2.8   Title to Partnership Assets.

      Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether
tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an
entity, and no Partner or Assignee, individually or collectively, shall have any
ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to
any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership,
the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as
the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and
warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name
of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees
shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use
and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use reasonable
efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect
of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of
conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to
be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable; provided,
further, that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as
soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts
to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such
transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to
the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of
the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which
record title to such Partnership assets is held.

                                   ARTICLE III
                           RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

SECTION 3.1   Limitation of Liability.

      The Limited Partners and the Assignees shall have no liability under this
Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or in the Delaware Act.

SECTION 3.2   Management of Business.

      No Limited Partner or Assignee, in its capacity as such, shall participate
in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act)
of the Partnership's business, transact any business in the Partnership's name
or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. Any
action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director,
employee, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or


                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>

any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, member, general
partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not
be deemed to be participation in the control of the business of the Partnership
by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a)
of the Delaware Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations
on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees under this Agreement.

SECTION 3.3   Outside Activities of the Limited Partners.

      Subject to the provisions of Section 7.5, which shall continue to be
applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such
Persons shall also be Limited Partners or Assignees, any Limited Partner or
Assignee shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in
business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including
business interests and activities in direct competition with any Group Member or
JV Entity. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners or Assignees
shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of
any Limited Partner or Assignee.

SECTION 3.4   Rights of Limited Partners.

            (a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by
applicable law, and except as limited by Section 3.4(b), each Limited Partner
shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner's
interest as a limited partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand
and at such Limited Partner's own expense:

            (i) to obtain true and full information regarding the status of the
      business and financial condition of the Partnership;

            (ii) promptly after becoming available, to obtain a copy of the
      Partnership's federal, state and local income tax returns for each year;

            (iii) to have furnished to him a current list of the name and last
      known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

            (iv) to have furnished to him a copy of this Agreement and the
      Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together
      with a copy of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to
      which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all
      amendments thereto have been executed;

            (v) to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash
      and a description and statement of the Net Agreed Value of any other
      Capital Contribution by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to
      contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner; and

            (vi) to obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the
      Partnership as is just and reasonable.

            (b) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited
Partners and Assignees, for such period of time as the General Partner deems
reasonable, (i) any information 


                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>

that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade
secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in
good faith believes (A) is not in the best interests of any Group Member or JV
Entity, (B) could damage any Group Member or JV Entity or (C) that any Group
Member or JV Entity is required by law or by agreement with any third party to
keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the
primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this
Section 3.4).

                                   ARTICLE IV
                       TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

SECTION 4.1   Transfer Generally.

            (a) The term "transfer," when used in this Agreement with respect to
a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by which the
General Partner assigns its General Partner Interest to another Person who
becomes the General Partner (or an Assignee) or by which the holder of a Limited
Partner Interest assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is
or becomes a Limited Partner (or an Assignee), and includes a sale, assignment,
gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other
disposition by law or otherwise.

            (b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in
part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this
Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not
made in accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void.

            (c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to
prevent a disposition by any stockholder of the General Partner of any or all of
the issued and outstanding capital stock of the General Partner.

SECTION 4.2   Transfer of General Partner's Partnership Interest.

      If the General Partner transfers its interest as the general partner of
the MLP to any Person in accordance with the provisions of the MLP Agreement,
the General Partner shall contemporaneously therewith transfer all, but not less
than all, of its General Partner Interest herein to such Person, and the Limited
Partners and Assignees, if any, hereby expressly consent to such transfer.
Except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence and in Section 5.2, a
General Partner may not transfer all or any part of its Partnership Interest as
the General Partner.

SECTION 4.3   Transfer of a Limited Partner's Partnership Interest.

      A Limited Partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of its
Partnership Interest as a Limited Partner in connection with the merger,
consolidation or other combination of such Limited Partner with or into any
other Person or the transfer by such Limited Partner of all or substantially all
of its assets to another Person, and following any such transfer such Person may
become a Substituted Limited Partner pursuant to Article X. Except as set forth
in the immediately preceding sentence and in Section 5.2, or in connection with
any pledge of (or any related foreclosure on) a Partnership Interest as a
Limited Partner solely for the purpose of 


                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>

securing, directly or indirectly, indebtedness of the Partnership or the MLP,
and except for the transfers contemplated by Sections 5.2 and 10.1, a Limited
Partner may not transfer all or any part of its Partnership Interest or withdraw
from the Partnership.

SECTION 4.4   Restrictions on Transfers.

            (a) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no
transfer of any Partnership Interest shall be made if such transfer would (i)
violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and
regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other
governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the
existence or qualification of the Partnership or the MLP under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its formation or (iii) cause the Partnership or the MLP to be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as
an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated
or taxed).

            (b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of
Partnership Interests if it determines based upon a subsequent Opinion of
Counsel that such restrictions are necessary to avoid a significant risk of the
Partnership or the MLP being treated as an association taxable as a corporation
or otherwise being taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes. The
restrictions may be imposed by making such amendments to this Agreement as the
General Partner may determine to be necessary or appropriate to impose such
restrictions.

                                    ARTICLE V
           CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

SECTION 5.1   Initial Contributions.

      In connection with the formation of the Partnership under the Delaware
Act, the General Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership
in the amount of $ 10.10 in exchange for an interest in the Partnership and was
admitted as General Partner, and the Organizational Limited Partner made an
initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $ 989.90 in
exchange for an interest in the Partnership and was admitted as a Limited
Partner. As of the Closing Date, the interest of the Organizational Limited
Partner shall be redeemed; the initial Capital Contributions of each Partner
shall thereupon be refunded; and the Organizational Limited Partner shall cease
to be a Limited Partner of the Partnership. 98.9899% of any interest or other
profit that may have resulted from the investment or other use of such initial
Capital Contributions shall be allocated and distributed to the Organizational
Limited Partner, and the balance thereof shall be allocated and distributed to
the General Partner.

SECTION 5.2   Contributions Pursuant to the Contribution and Conveyance
Agreement.

            (a) Pursuant to the Contribution and Conveyance Agreement, (i)
TransCanada Border Pipeline contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital
Contribution, a general partner interest in Northern Border Pipeline,
representing a 6% "Partner's Percentage" (which term shall, for the purposes of
this Section 5.2, have the meaning assigned to it in the Northern Border
Pipeline Partnership Agreement) in Northern Border Pipeline, in exchange for (A)
a 1.0101% 


                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>

General Partner Interest in the Partnership and (B) an 18.9899% Limited Partner
Interest in the Partnership, representing a combined 20% partner interest in the
Partnership, and (ii) TransCan Northern transferred to the Partnership, as a
Capital Contribution, a general partner interest in Northern Border Pipeline
representing a 24% Partner's Percentage in Northern Border Pipeline in exchange
for an 80% Limited Partner Interest in the Partnership.

            (b) Pursuant to the Contribution and Conveyance Agreement, (i)
TransCanada Border PipeLine contributed to the MLP all of its Limited Partner
interest in the Partnership, in exchange for (1) a 1% general partner interest
in the MLP, (2) 3,200,000 Subordinated Units, (3) 14,286 Common Units, and (4)
the Incentive Distribution Rights, all as more fully described in the MLP
Agreement, and (ii) TransCan Northern contributed all of its interest in the
Partnership, in exchange for 14,285,714 Common Units.

            (c) Pursuant to the Contribution and Conveyance Agreement,
TransCanada Border Pipeline transferred to the General Partner, as a
contribution to capital, (i) its 1% general partner interest in the MLP, (ii)
its 1.0101% General Partner Interest in the Partnership, (iii) its limited
partner interest in the MLP consisting of 3,200,000 Subordinated Units, and (iv)
the Incentive Distribution Rights.

            (d) Following the foregoing transactions, the General Partner holds
a 1.0101% Partnership Interest as the General Partner and the MLP holds a
98.9899% Partnership Interest as the Limited Partner.

SECTION 5.3   Additional Capital Contributions.

      With the consent of the General Partner, any Limited Partner may, but
shall not be obligated to, make additional Capital Contributions to the
Partnership. Contemporaneously with the making of any Capital Contributions by a
Limited Partner, in addition to those provided in Sections 5.1 and 5.2, the
General Partner shall be required to make an additional Capital Contribution to
the Partnership in an amount equal to 1.0101 divided by 98.9899 times the amount
of the additional Capital Contribution then made by such Limited Partner. Except
as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence and in Article XII, the
General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital
Contributions to the Partnership.

SECTION 5.4   Interest and Withdrawal.

      No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No
Partner or Assignee shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital
Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to
this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such
by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the
extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner or Assignee shall have
priority over any other Partner or Assignee either as to the return of Capital
Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall
be a compromise to which all Partners and Assignees agree within the meaning of
Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.


                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 5.5   Capital Accounts.

            (a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial
owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the
nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in
accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to
the General Partner in its sole discretion) holding a Partnership Interest a
separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance
with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital
Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made
to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to this
Agreement and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including, without
limitation, income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section
5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to
Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all
actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such
Partnership Interest pursuant to this Agreement and (y) all items of Partnership
deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with
respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1.

            (b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income,
gain, loss or deduction which is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is
to be reflected in the Partners' Capital Accounts, the determination,
recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its
determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes
(including, without limitation, any method of depreciation, cost recovery or
amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:

            (i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall
      be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by
      the General Partner) of all property owned by any ILP Subsidiary or JV
      Entity that is classified as a partnership for federal income tax
      purposes.

            (ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to
      promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither
      be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall,
      for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of
      deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall
      be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.

            (iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section
      1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), computation of all items of income, gain, loss and
      deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754
      of the Code which may be made by the Partnership and, as to those items
      described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without
      regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or
      are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax
      purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any
      Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is
      required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to
      be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such
      adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or
      loss.


                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>

            (iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable
      disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the
      adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal
      in amount to the Partnership's Carrying Value with respect to such
      property as of such date.

            (v) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the
      Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization
      attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the
      adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the
      Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an
      adjustment pursuant to Section 5.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any
      Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or
      amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery
      or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined (A) as
      if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of
      such property immediately following such adjustment and (B) using a rate
      of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization derived from the same
      method and useful life (or, if applicable, the remaining useful life) as
      is applied for federal income tax purposes; provided, however, that, if
      the asset has a zero adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes,
      depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be determined
      using any reasonable method that the General Partner may adopt.

            (vi) If the Partnership's adjusted basis in a depreciable or cost
      recovery property is reduced for federal income tax purposes pursuant to
      Section 48(q)(1) or 48(q)(3) of the Code, the amount of such reduction
      shall, solely for purposes hereof, be deemed to be an additional
      depreciation or cost recovery deduction in the year such property is
      placed in service and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to
      Section 6.1. Any restoration of such basis pursuant to Section 48(q)(2) of
      the Code shall, to the extent possible, be allocated in the same manner to
      the Partners to whom such deemed deduction was allocated.

            (c) A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro
rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the
Partnership Interest so transferred.

            (d) (i) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section
      1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests
      for cash or Contributed Property or the conversion of the General
      Partner's Partnership Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section
      11.3(a), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of
      each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be
      adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized
      Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain
      or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such
      property immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated to the
      Partners at such time pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any
      item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have
      been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss,
      the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets
      (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately
      prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be
      determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of
      valuation as it may 


                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>

      adopt; provided, however, that the General Partner, in arriving at such
      valuation, must take fully into account the fair market value of the
      Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time. The General Partner
      shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the Partnership
      (in such manner as it determines in its discretion to be reasonable) to
      arrive at a fair market value for individual properties.

                  (ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section
      1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed
      distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a
      distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a
      Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the
      Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or
      downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to
      such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss
      had been recognized in a sale of such property immediately prior to such
      distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been
      allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1 in the
      same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized during such
      period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or
      Unrealized Loss the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all
      Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash
      equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of
      an actual distribution which is not made pursuant to Section 12.4 or in
      the case of a deemed contribution and/or distribution occurring as a
      result of a termination of the Partnership pursuant to Section 708 of the
      Code, be determined and allocated in the same manner as that provided in
      Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution
      pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined and allocated by the Liquidator
      using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

SECTION 5.6   Loans from Partners.

      Loans by a Partner to the Partnership shall not constitute Capital
Contributions. If any Partner shall advance funds to the Partnership in excess
of the amounts required hereunder to be contributed by it to the capital of the
Partnership, the making of such excess advances shall not result in any increase
in the amount of the Capital Account of such Partner. The amount of any such
excess advances shall be a debt obligation of the Partnership to such Partner
and shall be payable or collectible only out of the Partnership assets in
accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such advances are made.

SECTION 5.7 Limited Preemptive Rights.

      Except as provided in Section 5.3, no Person shall have preemptive,
preferential or other similar rights with respect to (a) additional Capital
Contributions; (b) issuance or sale of any class or series of Partnership
Interests, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created; (c)
issuance of any obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of
the Partnership convertible into or exchangeable for, or carrying or accompanied
by any rights to receive, purchase or subscribe to, any such Partnership
Interests; (d) issuance of any right of subscription to or right to receive, or
any warrant or option for the purchase of, any such Partnership Interests; or
(e) issuance or sale of any other securities that may be issued or sold by the
Partnership.


                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 5.8   Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Partnership Interests.

      All Partnership Interests issued to Limited Partners pursuant to, and in
accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and
non-assessable Partnership Interests, except as such non-assessability may be
affected by Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                          ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 6.1   Allocations for Capital Account Purposes.

      For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the
rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership's items of income,
gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) shall be
allocated among the Partners in each taxable period (or portion thereof) as
provided herein below.

            (a) Net Income. After giving effect to the special allocations set
forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Income for each taxable period and all items of
income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for
such taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners as follows:

            (i) First, 100% to the General Partner, until the aggregate Net
      Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i)
      for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal
      to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to
      Section 6.1(b)(ii)(B) for all previous taxable periods; and

            (ii) Second, 1.0101% to the General Partner and 98.9899% to the
      Limited Partners.

            (b) Net Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set
forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Losses for each taxable period and all items of
income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Losses for
such taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners as follows:

            (i) For taxable years 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002, 100% to the General
      Partner; and

            (ii) For taxable years after 2002:

            (A) First, 1.0101% to the General Partner and 98.9899% to the
      Limited Partners; provided, however, that Net Losses shall not be
      allocated to a Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the
      extent that such allocation would cause a Limited Partner to have a
      deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable
      period (or increase any existing deficit balance in such Limited Partner's
      Adjusted Capital Account); and

            (B) Second, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.


                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>

            (c) Net Termination Gains and Losses. After giving effect to the
special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), all items of income, gain, loss
and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain or Net
Termination Loss for each taxable period shall be allocated in the same manner
as such Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss is allocated hereunder. All
allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account
balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section
6.1 and after all distributions of Available Cash provided under Section 6.4
have been made with respect to the taxable period ending on or before the
Liquidation Date; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this Section
6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant
to Section 12.4.

            (i) If a Net Termination Gain is recognized (or deemed recognized
      pursuant to Section 5.5(d)), such Net Termination Gain shall be allocated
      among the Partners in the following manner (and the Capital Accounts of
      the Partners shall be increased by the amount so allocated in each of the
      following subclauses, in the order listed, before an allocation is made
      pursuant to the next succeeding subclause):

                  (A) First, 100% to the General Partner until the General
            Partner has been allocated Net Termination Gain under this Section
            6.1(c)(i)(A) equal to the aggregate amount of Net Losses previously
            allocated to the General Partner under Section 6.1(b)(i); provided,
            however, that no amount of Net Termination Gain shall be allocated
            to the General Partner under this Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) to the extent
            that such allocation would cause the General Partner's Capital
            Account balance as a percentage of the total Capital Account
            balances of the Partners to exceed the Percentage Interest of the
            General Partner;

                  (B) Second, to each Partner having a deficit balance in its
            Capital Account, in the proportion that such deficit balance bears
            to the total deficit balances in the Capital Accounts of all
            Partners, until each such Partner has been allocated Net Termination
            Gain equal to any such deficit balance in its Capital Account; and

                  (C) Third, 1.0101% to the General Partner and 98.9899% to the
            Limited Partners.

            (ii) If a Net Termination Loss is recognized (or deemed recognized
      pursuant to Section 5.5(d)), such Net Termination Loss shall be allocated
      among the Partners in the following manner (and the Capital Accounts of
      the Partners shall be decreased by the amount so allocated in each of the
      following subclauses, in the order listed, before an allocation is made
      pursuant to the next succeeding subclause):

                  (A) First, to the General Partner and the Limited Partners in
            proportion to, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their
            respective Capital Accounts; and

                  (B) Second, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.


                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>

            (d) Special Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable
period:

            (i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other
      provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership
      Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be
      allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if
      necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in
      Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and
      1.704-2(j)(2)(i). For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner's
      Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation
      of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the
      application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with
      respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to
      Sections 6.1(d)(v) and 6.1(d)(vi)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to
      comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in
      Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted
      consistently therewith.

            (ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain.
      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1 (other than
      Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section
      1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt
      Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a
      share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such
      taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for
      such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and
      amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and
      1.704-2(j)(2)(ii). For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner's
      Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation
      of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the
      application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d),
      other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to
      Sections 6.1(d)(v) and 6.1(d)(vi), with respect to such taxable period.
      This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items
      of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section
      1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

            (iii) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Partner unexpectedly
      receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in
      Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),
      1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership
      income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount
      and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury
      Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit
      balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such
      adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible unless
      such deficit balance is otherwise eliminated pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i)
      or (ii).

            (iv) Gross Income Allocations. In the event any Partner has a
      deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Partnership
      taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is
      required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B)
      the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to

                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>

      Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner
      shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in
      the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an
      allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and
      to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its
      Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in
      this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(iv)
      were not in this Agreement.

            (v) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable
      period shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their
      respective Percentage Interests. If the General Partner determines in its
      good faith discretion that the Partnership's Nonrecourse Deductions must
      be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements
      of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code,
      the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the other Partners, to
      revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does
      satisfy such requirements.

            (vi) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions
      for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears
      the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to
      which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance
      with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner
      bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse
      Debt, such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be
      allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in
      which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

            (vii) Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury Regulation
      Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of
      the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership
      Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall
      be allocated among the Partners in accordance with
      their respective Percentage Interests.

            (viii) Code Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to
      the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b)
      or 743(c) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section
      1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital
      Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be
      treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the
      asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of
      gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner
      consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to
      be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

            (ix) Curative Allocation.

                  (A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1,
            other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall
            be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to
            the extent possible, the net amount of items of income, gain, loss
            and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the 


                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>

            Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be
            equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated
            to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required
            Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been
            provided in this Section 6.1. Notwithstanding the preceding
            sentence, Required Allocations relating to (1) Nonrecourse
            Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that
            there has been a decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain and (2)
            Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account
            except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partner
            Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Allocations pursuant to this Section
            6.1(d)(ix)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required
            Allocations to the extent the General Partner reasonably determines
            that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the
            economic agreement among the Partners. Further, allocations pursuant
            to this Section 6.1(d)(ix)(A) shall be deferred with respect to
            allocations pursuant to Sections 6.1(d)(ix)(A)(1) and (2) to the
            extent the General Partner reasonably determines that such
            allocations are likely to be offset by subsequent Required
            Allocations.

                  (B) The General Partner shall have reasonable discretion, with
            respect to each taxable period, to (1) apply the provisions of
            Section 6.1(d)(ix)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize
            the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the
            Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to
            Section 6.1(d)(ix)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely
            to minimize such economic distortions.

SECTION 6.2   Allocations for Tax Purposes.

            (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income tax
purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among
the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of "book" income, gain,
loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

            (b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to
a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss,
depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for
federal income tax purposes among the Partners as follows:

            (i) (A) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items
      attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Partners in the manner
      provided under Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the
      variation between the Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted basis
      at the time of contribution; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual
      Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the
      Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of "book" gain or loss
      is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

            (ii) (A) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall (1)
      first, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the
      principles of Section 704(c) 


                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>

      of the Code to take into account the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss
      attributable to such property and the allocations thereof pursuant to
      Section 5.5(d)(i) or 5.5(d)(ii), and (2) second, in the event such
      property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the
      Partners in a manner consistent with Section 6.2(b)(i)(A); and (B) any
      item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted
      Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its
      correlative item of "book" gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section
      6.1.

            (iii) The General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury
      Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

            (c) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the
preservation of uniformity of the Units or other limited partner interests of
the MLP (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall have sole
discretion to (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining
the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make
special allocations for federal income tax purposes of income (including,
without limitation, gross income) or deductions; and (iii) amend the provisions
of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of
Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y)
otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Units or other limited
partner interests of the MLP (or any class or classes thereof). The General
Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such
amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.2(c) only if such
conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect
on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Units or other limited
partner interests of the MLP issued and outstanding or the Partnership and if
such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.

            (d) The General Partner in its discretion may determine to
depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the
Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the
extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived
from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the
Partnership's common basis of such property, despite any inconsistency of such
approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), Proposed Treasury
Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3), or any successor regulations thereto. If the
General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be
taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions
under which all purchasers acquiring limited partner interests of the MLP in the
same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon
the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the
Partnership's property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such
aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other reasonable depreciation
and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax
characteristics of any limited partner interests of the MLP that would not have
a material adverse effect on the Partners or the holders of any class or classes
of limited partner interests of the MLP.

            (e) Any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other
taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible,
after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this
Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in 


                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>

the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their
predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or
indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.

            (f) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized
by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners
in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to
any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership;
provided, however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted as
necessary or appropriate to take into account those adjustments permitted or
required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

            (g) The General Partner may adopt such methods of allocation of
income, gain, loss or deduction between a transferor and a transferee of a
Partnership Interest as it determines necessary, to the extent permitted or
required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated
thereunder.

            (h) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Partner under the
provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of
Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has
furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with
Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General
Partner in its sole discretion.

SECTION 6.3   Distributions.

            (a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with
the Quarter ending on June 30, 1999, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash
with respect to such Quarter shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware
Act, be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the
Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. The
immediately preceding sentence shall not require any distribution of cash if and
to the extent such distribution would be prohibited by applicable law or by any
loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement
or obligation to which the Partnership is a party or by which it is bound or its
assets are subject. All distributions required to be made under this Agreement
shall be made subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act.

            (b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), in the event of the dissolution
and liquidation of the Partnership, all receipts received during or after the
Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs, other than from borrowings
described in (a)(ii) of the definition of Available Cash, shall be applied and
distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions
of, Section 12.4.

            (c) The General Partner shall have the discretion to treat taxes
paid by the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all
or less than all of the Partners, as a distribution of Available Cash to such
Partners.


                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII
                      MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

SECTION 7.1   Management.

            (a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all
activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the
Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited
Partner or Assignee shall have any management power over the business and
affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a
general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which are
granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the
General Partner, subject to Section 7.3, shall have full power and authority to
do all things and on such terms as it, in its sole discretion, may deem
necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise
all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in
Section 2.4, including the following:

            (i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of
      money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for,
      indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of
      indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into a
      Partnership Interest, and the incurring of any other obligations;

            (ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering
      of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having
      jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

            (iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance,
      hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership
      or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another
      Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however,
      to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.3);

            (iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on
      hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement,
      including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the
      Partnership Group, including investments in and any contributions to JV
      Entities, subject to Section 7.6, the lending of funds to other Persons
      (including the MLP and any member of the Partnership Group), the repayment
      of obligations of the MLP or any member of the Partnership Group or any JV
      Entity and the making of capital contributions to any Group Member or JV
      Entity;

            (v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts,
      conveyances or other instruments (including contracts, conveyances or
      instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual
      arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the
      other party to the contract to have no recourse against the General
      Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if
      these arrangements 


                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>

      result in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the
      Partnership than would otherwise be the case);

            (vi) the distribution of Partnership cash;

            (vii) the selection and dismissal of employees (including employees
      having titles such as "president," "vice president," "secretary" and
      "treasurer") and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and
      contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of
      employment or hiring;

            (viii) the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the
      Partnership Group and the Partners as it deems necessary or appropriate;

            (ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the
      contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited
      or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations or other
      relationships subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.4;

            (x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations
      of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at law
      or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation and the
      incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;
      and

            (xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and
      contingencies to the extent permitted by law.

            (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the MLP
Agreement the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of
the Partners and Assignees and each other Person who may acquire an interest in
the Partnership hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution,
delivery and performance by the parties thereto of the Partnership Agreement,
the MLP Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution and Conveyance
Agreement and the other agreements, documents and instruments described in or
filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the
transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement; (ii) agrees that the
General Partner (on its own or through any officer or attorney-in-fact of the
Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements
referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts,
transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Registration
Statement on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote
of the Partners or the Assignees or the other Persons who may acquire an
interest in the Partnership; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or
performance by the General Partner, the MLP, any Group Member or any Affiliate
of any of them, of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under
this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate
of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV), shall not
constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner
may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this
Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty stated or implied by law or
equity.


                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 7.2   Certificate of Limited Partnership.

      The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to
be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the
Delaware Act and shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such
other certificates or documents as may be determined by the General Partner in
its sole discretion to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the
formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership
(or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the
State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do
business or own property. To the extent that such action is determined by the
General Partner in its sole discretion to be reasonable and necessary or
appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of
the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the
Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which
the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of
Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business
or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a), the General Partner
shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the
Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment
thereto to any Limited Partner or Assignee.

SECTION 7.3   Restrictions on General Partner's Authority.

            (a) The General Partner may not, without written approval of the
specific act by the Limited Partners or by other written instrument executed and
delivered by the Limited Partners subsequent to the date of this Agreement, take
any action in contravention of this Agreement, including, except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement, (i) committing any act that would make it impossible
to carry on the ordinary business of the Partnership; (ii) possessing
Partnership property, or assigning any rights in specific Partnership property,
for other than a Partnership purpose; (iii) admitting a Person as a Partner;
(iv) amending this Agreement in any manner or (v) transferring its General
Partner Interest.

            (b) Except as provided in Articles XII and XIV, the General Partner
may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the
Partnership's assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions
(including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination) or approve on
behalf of the Partnership the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, without the approval of the
Limited Partners; provided, however, that this provision shall not preclude or
limit the General Partner's ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a
security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership
and shall not apply to any sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership
pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance.
Without the approval of at least a Unit Majority, the General Partner shall not,
on behalf of the MLP, (i) consent to any amendment to this Agreement or, except
as expressly permitted by Section 7.9(d) of the MLP Agreement, take any action
permitted to be taken by a Partner, in either case, that would have a material
adverse effect on the MLP as a Partner or (ii) except as permitted under Section
4.6, 11.1 or 11.2 of the ML P Agreement, elect or cause the MLP to elect a
successor general partner of the Partnership.


                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>

            (c) The General Partner may not approve or consent to the conversion
of Northern Border Pipeline or any other JV Entity that is not then taxable as
an entity for federal income tax purposes to corporate form without first
obtaining the approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding
Units during the Subordination Period and at least a majority of the Outstanding
Units thereafter.

SECTION 7.4   Reimbursement of the General Partner.

            (a) Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this
Agreement or in the MLP Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated
for its services as General Partner, general partner of the MLP or as general
partner or managing member of any Group Member.

            (b) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or
such other reasonable basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole
discretion, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it
makes on behalf of the Partnership (including salary, bonus, incentive
compensation and other amounts paid to any Person including Affiliates of the
General Partner to perform services for the Partnership or for the General
Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership), and (ii) all other
necessary or appropriate expenses allocable to the Partnership or otherwise
reasonably incurred by the General Partner in connection with operating the
Partnership's business (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by
its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are
allocable to the Partnership in any reasonable manner determined by the General
Partner in its sole discretion. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.4
shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of
indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7.

            (c) Subject to Section 5.7, the General Partner, in its sole
discretion and without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no
right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the
Partnership employee benefit plans, employee programs and employee practices, or
cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests, in connection with or
pursuant to any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice
maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in each
case for the benefit of employees of the General Partner, any Group Member or
any Affiliate, or any of them, in respect of services performed, directly or
indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. Expenses incurred by the
General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices shall
be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.4(b). Any and all obligations of the
General Partner under any employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee
practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.4(c)
shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be
assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or
11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner's General
Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.2.

SECTION 7.5   Outside Activities.

            (a) After the Closing Date, the General Partner, for so long as it
is the General Partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will
be to act as the General Partner of 


                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>

the Partnership, the general partner of the MLP, and a general partner or
managing member of any other partnership or limited liability company of which
the Partnership or the MLP is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and
to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a
limited partner in the MLP) and (ii) shall not engage in any business or
activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or
incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member of the
Partnership, the MLP or one or more Group Members or as described in or
contemplated by the Registration Statement or (B) the acquiring, owning or
disposing of debt or equity securities or interests in any Group Member.

            (b) Except as specifically restricted by Section 7.5(a), each
Indemnitee (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in
businesses of any and every type and description and other activities for profit
and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and
every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be
engaged in by any Group Member or JV Entity, independently or with others,
including business interests and activities in direct competition with the
business and activities of any Group Member or JV Entity, and none of the same
shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty express or implied by
law to the MLP or any Group Member or any Partner or Assignee. Neither any Group
Member, any JV Entity, any Limited Partner, nor any other Person shall have any
rights by virtue of this Agreement, the MLP Agreement or the partnership
relationship established hereby or thereby in any business ventures of any
Indemnitee.

            (c) Subject to the terms of Section 7.5(a) and Section 7.5(b), but
otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the
engaging in competitive activities by any Indemnitees (other than the General
Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 is hereby
approved by the Partnership and all Partners, (ii) it shall be deemed not to be
a breach of the General Partner's fiduciary duty or any other obligation of any
type whatsoever of the General Partner for the Indemnitees (other than the
General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in
preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership and (iii) the General
Partner and the Indemnities shall have no obligation to present business
opportunities to the Partnership.

            (d) The General Partner and any of its Affiliates may acquire Units
or other MLP Securities in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and,
except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise
all rights, powers and privileges (as General Partner, Limited Partner or
Assignee, as applicable) relating to such Units or MLP Securities.

            (e) The term "Affiliates" when used in Section 7.5(a) and Section
7.5(d) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member or
any Subsidiary of a Group Member.

            (f) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, to
the extent that provisions of Sections 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10 or other Sections of
this Agreement purport or are interpreted to have the effect of restricting the
fiduciary duties that might otherwise, as a result of Delaware or other
applicable law, be owed by the General Partner to the Partnership and its
Limited Partners, or to constitute a waiver or consent by the Limited Partners
to any such 


                                     - 34 -
<PAGE>

restriction, such provisions shall be inapplicable and have no effect in
determining whether the General Partner has complied with its fiduciary duties
in connection with determinations made by it under Section 7.5(a).

SECTION 7.6   Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the
Partnership; Contracts with Affiliates; Certain Restrictions on the General
Partner.

            (a) The General Partner or its Affiliates may lend to any Group
Member or JV Entity, and any Group Member or JV Entity may borrow from the
General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group
Member or the JV Entity for such periods of time and in such amounts as the
General Partner may determine; provided, however, that in any such case the
lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than
the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less
favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the
borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arm's-length
basis (without reference to the lending party's financial abilities or
guarantees). The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs
(other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in
connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.6(a)
and Section 7.6(b), the term "Group Member" shall include any Affiliate of a
Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member. No Group Member may lend
funds to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than the MLP, a
Subsidiary of the MLP or a Subsidiary of another Group Member).

            (b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member or JV
Entity, and any Group Member or JV Entity may borrow from the Partnership, funds
on terms and conditions established in the sole discretion of the General
Partner; provided, however, that the Partnership may not charge the Group Member
or JV Entity interest at a rate less than the rate that would be charged to the
Group Member or JV Entity (without reference to the General Partner's financial
abilities or guarantees) by unrelated lenders on comparable loans. The foregoing
authority shall be exercised by the General Partner in its sole discretion and
shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Group Member, JV Entity or
any other Person.

            (c) The General Partner may itself, or may enter into an agreement
with any of its Affiliates to, render services to a Group Member, JV Entity or
to the General Partner in the discharge of its duties as general partner of the
Partnership. Any services rendered to a Group Member or JV Entity by the General
Partner or any of its Affiliates shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable
to the Partnership; provided, however, that the requirements of this Section
7.6(c) shall be deemed satisfied as to (i) any transaction approved by Special
Approval, (ii) any transaction, the terms of which are no less favorable to such
Group Member or JV Entity than those generally being provided to or available
from unrelated third parties or (iii) any transaction that, taking into account
the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other
transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to such Group
Member or JV Entity), is equitable to such Group Member or JV Entity. The
provisions of Section 7.4 shall apply to the rendering of services described in
this Section 7.6(c).

            (d) The Partnership Group may transfer assets to joint ventures,
other partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies or other business
entities in which it is or 


                                     - 35 -
<PAGE>

thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions as
are consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.

            (e) Neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates shall
sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the
Partnership, any other Group Member or any JV Entity, directly or indirectly,
except pursuant to transactions that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership;
provided, however, that the requirements of this Section 7.6(e) shall be deemed
to be satisfied as to (i) the transactions effected pursuant to Sections 5.2 and
5.3, the Contribution and Conveyance Agreement and any other transactions
described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, (ii) any transaction
approved by Special Approval, (iii) any transaction, the terms of which are no
less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or
available from unrelated third parties, or (iv) any transaction that, taking
into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved
(including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous
to the Partnership), is equitable to the Partnership.

            (f) The General Partner and its Affiliates will have no obligation
to permit any Group Member or JV Entity to use any facilities or assets of the
General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts
entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use, nor shall
there be any obligation on the part of the General Partner or its Affiliates to
enter into such contracts.

            (g) Without limitation of Sections 7.6(a) through 7.6(f), and
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including Sections
7.6(a) through 7.6(f)), (i) the existence of the conflicts of interest described
in the Registration Statement and (ii) the Revolving Credit Facility described
in the Registration Statement and any extension, refunding or replacement on
substantially similar terms, including interest rate, are hereby approved by all
Partners.

SECTION 7.7   Indemnification.

            (a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the
limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all
losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including
legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or
other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or
proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which
any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or
otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee; provided, that in each case
the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnitee
reasonably believed to be in, or (in the case of a Person other than the General
Partner) not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership and, with respect
to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe its conduct was
unlawful; provided, further, no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7
shall be available to the General Partner with respect to its obligations
incurred pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or the Contribution and
Conveyance Agreement (other than obligations incurred by the General Partner on
behalf of the MLP or the Partnership). The termination of any action, suit or
proceeding by judgment, order, 


                                     - 36 -
<PAGE>

settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent,
shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to
that specified above. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be
made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General
Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have
no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to
enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

            (b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including
legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant
to Section 7.7(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding
shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final
disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by
the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay
such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be
indemnified as authorized in this Section 7.7.

            (c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in
addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any
agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or
otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee's capacity as an Indemnitee and
as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the
Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased
to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

            (d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the
General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the
General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the General Partner
shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense
that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership's
activities or such Person's activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless
of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against
such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

            (e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be
deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee
benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership
also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or
participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an
Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law
shall constitute "fines" within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken
or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of
its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the
participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose
which is in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership.

            (f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to
personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this
Agreement.

            (g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in
part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the
transaction with respect to which 


                                     - 37 -
<PAGE>

the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the
terms of this Agreement.

            (h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the
Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not
be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

            (i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any
provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of
any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor
the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately
prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising
from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such
amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or
be asserted.

SECTION 7.8   Liability of Indemnitees.

            (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this
Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the
Partnership, the Limited Partners, the Assignees or any other Persons who have
acquired interests in the Units or other MLP Securities, for losses sustained or
liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission if such Indemnitee acted
in good faith.

            (b) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set
forth in Section 7.1(a), the General Partner may exercise any of the powers
granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it
hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner
shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any
such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

            (c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has
duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the
Partnership or to the Limited Partners, the General Partner and any other
Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership's business or affairs shall
not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance
on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the
extent that they restrict or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities of an
Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to
replace such other duties and liabilities of such Indemnitee.

            (d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any
provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the
limitations on the liability to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, the
General Partner, and the Partnership's and General Partner's directors, officers
and employees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such
amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or
relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment,
modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.


                                     - 38 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 7.9   Resolution of Conflicts of Interest.

            (a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or the MLP
Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between
the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the
Partnership, the MLP, any Partner or any Assignee, on the other, any resolution
or course of action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of such
conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and
shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or the MLP Agreement, of any
agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by
law or equity, if the resolution or course of action is, or by operation of this
Agreement is deemed to be, fair and reasonable to the Partnership. The General
Partner shall be authorized but not required in connection with its resolution
of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval of such resolution. Any
conflict of interest and any resolution of such conflict of interest shall be
conclusively deemed fair and reasonable to the Partnership if such conflict of
interest or resolution is (i) approved by Special Approval (as long as the
material facts known to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates regarding
any proposed transaction were disclosed to the Conflicts Committee at the time
it gave its approval), (ii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than
those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or
(iii) fair to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the
relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that
may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General
Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received
Special Approval. The General Partner (including the Conflicts Committee in
connection with Special Approval) shall be authorized in connection with its
determination of what is "fair and reasonable" to the Partnership and in
connection with its resolution of any conflict of interest to consider (A) the
relative interests of any party to such conflict, agreement, transaction or
situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interest; (B) any
customary or accepted industry practices and any customary or historical
dealings with a particular Person; (C) any applicable generally accepted
accounting practices or principles; and (D) such additional factors as the
General Partner (including the Conflicts Committee) determines in its sole
discretion to be relevant, reasonable or appropriate under the circumstances.
Nothing contained in this Agreement, however, is intended to nor shall it be
construed to require the General Partner (including the Conflicts Committee) to
consider the interests of any Person other than the Partnership. In the absence
of bad faith by the General Partner, the resolution, action or terms so made,
taken or provided by the General Partner with respect to such matter shall not
constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein
or a breach of any standard of care or duty imposed herein or therein or, to the
extent permitted by law, under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or
regulation.

            (b) Whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated
hereby provides that the General Partner or any of its Affiliates is permitted
or required to make a decision (i) in its "sole discretion" or "discretion,"
that it deems "necessary or appropriate" or "necessary or advisable" or under a
grant of similar authority or latitude, except as otherwise provided herein, the
General Partner or such Affiliate shall be entitled to consider only such
interests and factors as it desires and shall have no duty or obligation to give
any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, the Partnership, any
other Group Member or JV Entity, any Limited Partner or any Assignee, (ii) it
may make such decision in its sole discretion (regardless of whether there is a
reference to "sole discretion" or "discretion") unless another express standard


                                     - 39 -
<PAGE>

is provided for, or (iii) in "good faith" or under another express standard, the
General Partner or such Affiliate shall act under such express standard and
shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this
Agreement, the MLP Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under
the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation. In addition, any actions
taken by the General Partner or such Affiliate consistent with the standards of
"reasonable discretion" set forth in the definition of Available Cash shall not
constitute a breach of any duty of the General Partner to the Partnership or the
Limited Partners. The General Partner shall have no duty, express or implied, to
sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in
the ordinary course of business. No borrowing by any Group Member or the
approval thereof by the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a breach
of any duty of the General Partner to the Partnership or the Limited Partners by
reason of the fact that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or
indirectly to (A) enable distributions to the General Partner or its Affiliates
to exceed 1.0101% of the total amount distributed to all Partners or (B) hasten
the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated
Units into Common Units.

            (c) Whenever a particular transaction, arrangement or resolution of
a conflict of interest is required under this Agreement to be "fair and
reasonable" to any Person, the fair and reasonable nature of such transaction,
arrangement or resolution shall be considered in the context of all similar or
related transactions.

            (d) The Limited Partner hereby authorizes the General Partner, on
behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve
of actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member
similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant
to this Section 7.9.

SECTION 7.10  Other Matters Concerning the General Partner.

            (a) The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or
refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper
or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by
the proper party or parties.

            (b) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants,
appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and
advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance
upon the opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters
that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person's
professional or expert competence and in accordance with such opinion shall be
conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith.

            (c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of
its rights, powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly
authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly
authorized officers of the Partnership.

            (d) Any standard of care and duty imposed by this Agreement or under
the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation shall be modified,
waived or limited, to the 


                                     - 40 -
<PAGE>

extent permitted by law, as required to permit the General Partner to act under
this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated by this Agreement and to make
any decision pursuant to the authority prescribed in this Agreement, so long as
such action is reasonably believed by the General Partner to be in, or not
inconsistent with, the best interests of the Partnership.

SECTION 7.11  Reliance by Third Parties.

      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person
dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that (i) the General
Partner and (ii) any officer or attorney-in-fact of the General Partner
authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the
Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in
any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any
authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be
entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer or
attorney-in-fact as if it were the Partnership's sole party in interest, both
legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all
defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest,
negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer or
attorney-in-fact in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any
Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or attorney-in-fact
be obligated to ascertain that the terms of the Agreement have been complied
with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the
General Partner or any such officer or attorney-in-fact. Each and every
certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership
by the General Partner or any such officer or attorney-in-fact shall be
conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming
thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such
certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and
effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or
instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the
Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed
and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and
is binding upon the Partnership.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                     BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

SECTION 8.1   Records and Accounting.

      The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office
of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the
Partnership's business, including all books and records necessary to provide to
the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section
3.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in
the regular course of its business, including books of account and records of
Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks,
hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other
information storage device; provided, that the books and records so maintained
are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of
time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting
purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP.


                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 8.2   Fiscal Year.

      The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December
31.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   TAX MATTERS

SECTION 9.1   Tax Returns and Information.

      The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are
required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the
accrual method and a taxable year ending on December 31. The tax information
reasonably required by the Partners for federal and state income tax reporting
purposes with respect to a taxable year shall be furnished to them within 90
days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership's taxable year
ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses
and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for
federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 9.2   Tax Elections.

            (a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the
Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the
reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General
Partner's determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the
Limited Partners.

            (b) The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses incurred in
organizing the Partnership ratably over a sixty-month period as provided in
Section 709 of the Code.

            (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall
determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by
the Code.

SECTION 9.3   Tax Controversies.

      Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the
Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code) and is authorized and required to
represent the Partnership (at the Partnership's expense) in connection with all
examinations of the Partnership's affairs by tax authorities, including
resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership
funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner
agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any
or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such
proceedings.

SECTION 9.4   Withholding.

      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner
is authorized to take any action that it determines in its discretion to be
necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding
requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law
including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of
the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold
and pay 


                                     - 42 -
<PAGE>

over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or
distribution of income to any Partner or Assignee (including, without
limitation, by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the amount withheld may at
the discretion of the General Partner be treated by the Partnership as a
distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 in the amount of such withholding
from such Partner.

                                    ARTICLE X
                              ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

SECTION 10.1  Admission of Partners.

      Upon the consummation of the transfers and conveyances described in
Section 5.2, the General Partner shall be the sole general partner of the
Partnership and the MLP shall be the sole limited partner of the Partnership.

SECTION 10.2  Admission of Substituted Limited Partner.

      By transfer of a Limited Partner Interest in accordance with Article IV,
the transferor shall be deemed to have given the transferee the right to seek
admission as a Substituted Limited Partner subject to the conditions of, and in
the manner permitted under, this Agreement. A transferor of a Limited Partner
Interest shall, however, only have the authority to convey to a purchaser or
other transferee (a) the right to negotiate such Limited Partner Interest to a
purchaser or other transferee and (b) the right to request admission as a
Substituted Limited Partner to such purchaser or other transferee in respect of
the transferred Limited Partner Interests. Each transferee of a Limited Partner
Interest shall be an Assignee and be deemed to have applied to become a
Substituted Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so
transferred to such Person. Such Assignee shall become a Substituted Limited
Partner (x) at such time as the General Partner consents thereto, which consent
may be given or withheld in the General Partner's discretion, and (y) when any
such admission is shown on the books and records of the Partnership. If such
consent is withheld, such transferee shall remain an Assignee. An Assignee shall
have an interest in the Partnership equivalent to that of a Limited Partner with
respect to allocations and distributions, including liquidating distributions,
of the Partnership. With respect to voting rights attributable to Limited
Partner Interests that are held by Assignees, the General Partner shall be
deemed to be the Limited Partner with respect thereto and shall, in exercising
the voting rights in respect of such Limited Partner Interests on any matter,
vote such Limited Partner Interests at the written direction of the Assignee who
is the holder of such Limited Partner Interests. If no such written direction is
received, such Partnership Interests will not be voted. An Assignee shall have
no other rights of a Limited Partner.

SECTION 10.3  Admission of Additional Limited Partners.

            (a) A Person (other than the General Partner, the MLP or a
Substituted Limited Partner) who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership
in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as an
Additional Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the General Partner (i)
evidence of acceptance in form satisfactory to the General Partner of all of the
terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the power of attorney 


                                     - 43 -
<PAGE>

granted in Section 2.6, and (ii) such other documents or instruments as may be
required in the discretion of the General Partner to effect such Person's
admission as an Additional Limited Partner.

            (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.3,
no Person shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the consent
of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld in the General
Partner's discretion. The admission of any Person as an Additional Limited
Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is
recorded as such in the books and records of the Partnership, following the
consent of the General Partner to such admission.

SECTION 10.4  Admission of Successor or Transferee General Partner.

      A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or
the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner's Partnership
Interest pursuant to Section 4.2 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor
General Partner shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 11.3, if
applicable, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective
immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or
transferring General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer of
the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.2, provided, however, that no
such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the
terms of Section 4.2 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered
such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission.
Any such successor shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of
the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.

SECTION 10.5  Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership.

      To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General
Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Delaware Act to
amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if
necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and,
if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to
the Certificate of Limited Partnership, and the General Partner may for this
purpose, among others, exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to
Section 2.6.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                        WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

SECTION 11.1  Withdrawal of the General Partner.

            (a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the
Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such
event herein referred to as an "Event of Withdrawal");

            (i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership
      by giving written notice to the other Partners;


                                     - 44 -
<PAGE>

            (ii) The General Partner transfers all of its rights as General
      Partner pursuant to Section 4.2;

            (iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;

            (iv) The General Partner withdraws from, or is removed as the
      General Partner of, the MLP;

            (v) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the
      benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief
      under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition
      or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief
      (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other
      pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a
      petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type
      described in clauses (A)-(C) of this Section 11.1(a)(v); or (E) seeks,
      consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a
      debtor in possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of
      all or any substantial part of its properties;

            (vi) A final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of
      the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate
      jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against
      the General Partner; or

            (vii) (A) in the event the General Partner is a corporation, a
      certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General
      Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner
      of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under
      the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) in the event the General
      Partner is a partnership or limited liability company, the dissolution and
      commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) in the event the
      General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of
      a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) in the event the General
      Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency;
      and (E) otherwise in the event of the termination of the General Partner.

      If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv) (with respect
to withdrawal), (v), (vi) or (vii)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing
General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after
such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal
described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General
Partner from the Partnership.

            (b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the
occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this
Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period
beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, Eastern Standard
Time, on June 30, 2009, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at
least 90 days' advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited
Partners; provided that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the
withdrawal is approved by the Limited Partners and the General Partner delivers
to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel ("Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel") that
such withdrawal (following the selection of 


                                     - 45 -
<PAGE>

the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited
liability of any Limited Partner or of the limited partners of the MLP or cause
the Partnership or the MLP to be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax
purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such); (ii) at any time after
12:00 midnight, Eastern Standard Time, on June 30, 2009, the General Partner
voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days' advance notice to the Limited
Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice;
(iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner
pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii), (iii) or (iv). If the General Partner gives a
notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i) hereof or Section 11.1(a)(i)
of the MLP Agreement, the Limited Partners may, prior to the effective date of
such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner; provided, however, that such
successor shall be the same person, if any, that is elected by the limited
partners of the MLP pursuant to Section 11.1 of the MLP Agreement as the
successor to the general partner of the MLP. If, prior to the effective date of
the General Partner's withdrawal, a successor is not selected by the Limited
Partners as provided herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal
Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with
Section 12.1. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms
of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.

SECTION 11.2  Removal of the General Partner.

      The General Partner shall be removed if the General Partner is removed as
the general partner of the MLP pursuant to Section 11.2 of the MLP Agreement.
Such removal shall be effective concurrently with the effectiveness of the
removal of the General Partner as the general partner of the MLP pursuant to the
terms of the MLP Agreement. If a successor general partner for the MLP is
elected in connection with the removal of the General Partner, such successor
general partner for the MLP shall, upon admission pursuant to Article X of the
MLP Agreement, automatically become the successor General Partner of the
Partnership. The admission of any such successor General Partner to the
Partnership shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.

SECTION 11.3  Interest of Departing Partner.

            (a) The Partnership Interest of the Departing Partner departing as a
result of withdrawal or removal pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 shall (unless
it is otherwise required to be converted into Common Units pursuant to Section
11.3(b) of the MLP Agreement) be purchased by the successor to the Departing
Partner for cash in the manner specified in the MLP Agreement. Such purchase (or
conversion into Common Units, as applicable) shall be a condition to the
admission to the Partnership of the successor as the General Partner. Any
successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing Partner as to all debts
and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the effective date of the
withdrawal or removal of the Departing Partner.

            (b) The Departing Partner shall be entitled to receive all
reimbursements due such Departing Partner pursuant to Section 7.4, including any
employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in
connection with the termination of any employees employed by such Departing
Partner for the benefit of the Partnership.


                                     - 46 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 11.4  Withdrawal of a Limited Partner.

      Without the prior written consent of the General Partner, which may be
granted or withheld in its sole discretion, and except as provided in Section
10.1, no Limited Partner shall have the right to withdraw from the Partnership.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                           DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

SECTION 12.1  Dissolution.

      The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substituted
Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a
successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon
the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner
is elected pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2, the Partnership shall not be
dissolved and such successor General Partner shall continue the business of the
Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2) its
affairs shall be wound up, upon:

            (a) the expiration of its term as provided in Section 2.7;

            (b) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in
Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected
and an Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 11.1(b) or 11.2 and
such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.3;

            (c) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner
that is approved by all of the Limited Partners;

            (d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership
pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act;

            (e) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets and
properties of the Partnership Group; or

            (f) the dissolution of the MLP.

SECTION 12.2  Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After
Dissolution.

      Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal
caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in
Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a
successor to such Departing Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2, then
within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event
constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or
(vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter,
all of the Limited Partners may elect to reconstitute the Partnership and
continue its business on the same terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement by forming a new limited partnership on terms identical to those set
forth in this Agreement and having as a general partner a Person approved by a
majority in 


                                     - 47 -
<PAGE>

interest of the Limited Partners (subject to the proviso in the last sentence of
this Section 12.2). In addition, upon dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to
Section 12.1(f), if the MLP is reconstituted pursuant to Section 12.2 of the MLP
Agreement, the reconstituted MLP may, within 180 days after such event of
dissolution, acting alone, regardless of whether there are any other Limited
Partners, elect to reconstitute the Partnership in accordance with the
immediately preceding sentence. Upon any such election by the Limited Partners
or the MLP, as the case may be, all Partners shall be bound thereby and shall be
deemed to have approved same. Unless such an election is made within the
applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only
activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made,
then:

            (a) the reconstituted Partnership shall continue until the end of
the term set forth in Section 2.7 unless earlier dissolved in accordance with
this Article XII;

            (b) if the successor General Partner is not the former General
Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be purchased by
the successor General Partner or converted into Common Units as provided in the
MLP Agreement; and

            (c) all necessary steps shall be taken to cancel this Agreement and
the Certificate of Limited Partnership and to enter into and, as necessary, to
file a new partnership agreement and certificate of limited partnership, and the
successor General Partner may for this purpose exercise the power of attorney
granted the General Partner pursuant to Section 2.6;

provided, that the right of the Limited Partners to approve a successor General
Partner and to reconstitute and to continue the business of the Partnership
shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an
Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the
loss of limited liability of the Limited Partners or any limited partner of the
MLP and (y) neither the Partnership, the reconstituted limited partnership, the
MLP nor any Group Member would be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes
upon the exercise of such right to continue.

SECTION 12.3  Liquidator.

      Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the Partnership is continued
under an election to reconstitute and continue the Partnership pursuant to
Section 12.2, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as
Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled
to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by a majority
in interest of the Limited Partners. The Liquidator (if other than the General
Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days' prior notice and
may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved
by a majority in interest of the Limited Partners. Upon dissolution, removal or
resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall
have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator)
shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by at least a majority in interest
of the Limited Partners, who shall also approve the compensation payable to such
Liquidator. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the
manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or
substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as
expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner
provided 


                                     - 48 -
<PAGE>

herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or
consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the
General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the
applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such
powers, other than the limitation on sale or other disposition set forth in
Section 7.3 (b)) to the extent necessary or desirable in the good faith judgment
of the Liquidator to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator
hereunder for and during such period of time as shall be reasonably required in
the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to complete the winding up and
liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

SECTION 12.4  Liquidation.

      The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership,
discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and
over such period as the Liquidator determines to be in the best interest of the
Partners, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:

            (a) Disposition of Assets. The assets may be disposed of by public
or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms
as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is
distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for
purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market
value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be
made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may, in its absolute discretion,
defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership's assets for a reasonable
time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of
the Partnership's assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the
Partners. The Liquidator may, in its absolute discretion, distribute the
Partnership's assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale
would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

            (b) Discharge of Liabilities. Liabilities of the Partnership include
amounts owed to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights
under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional
or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall
either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a
reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any
unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation
proceeds.

            (c) Liquidation Distributions. All property and all cash in excess
of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall
be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the
positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after
taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by
reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable period
during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of
occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such
taxable period (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such
occurrence).


                                     - 49 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 12.5  Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership.

      Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property
as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the
Partnership, the Partnership shall be terminated and the Certificate of Limited
Partnership, and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited
partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware, shall be canceled
and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be
taken.

SECTION 12.6  Return of Contributions.

      The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no
obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to
enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited
Partners, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such
return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

SECTION 12.7  Waiver of Partition.

      To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any
right to partition of the Partnership property.

SECTION 12.8  Capital Account Restoration.

      No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative
balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General
Partner shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital
Account upon liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the
taxable period during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90
days after the date of such liquidation.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                       AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

SECTION 13.1  Amendment to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner.

      Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any
Partner or Assignee, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute,
swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be
required in connection therewith, to reflect:

            (a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the
principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the
Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

            (b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in
accordance with this Agreement;

            (c) a change that, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, is
necessary or advisable to qualify or continue the qualification of the
Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited
Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to 


                                     - 50 -
<PAGE>

ensure that no Group Member will be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes;

            (d) a change that, in the discretion of the General Partner, (i)
does not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material respect, (ii) is
necessary or advisable to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines
contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal
or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state
statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of limited
partner interests of the MLP (including the division of any class or classes of
outstanding limited partner interests of the MLP into different classes to
facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of limited partner
interests of the MLP) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or
requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such limited partner
interests are or will be listed for trading, compliance with any of which the
General Partner determines in its discretion to be in the best interests of the
MLP and the limited partners of the MLP, (iii) is required to effect the intent
expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this
Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or (iv) is required to
conform the provisions of this Agreement with the provisions of the MLP
Agreement as the provisions of the MLP Agreement may be amended, supplemented or
restated from time to time;

            (e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership
and any changes that, in the discretion of the General Partner, are necessary or
advisable as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the
Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in
the definition of "Quarter" and the dates on which distributions are to be made
by the Partnership;

            (f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to
prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers,
trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940,
as amended, or "plan asset" regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are
substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by
the United States Department of Labor;

            (g) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made
by the General Partner acting alone;

            (h) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger
Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;

            (i) an amendment that, in the discretion of the General Partner, is
necessary or advisable to reflect, account for and deal with appropriately the
formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any
corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other
entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities
permitted by the terms of Section 2.4;

            (j) a merger or conveyance pursuant to Section 14.3(d); or


                                     - 51 -
<PAGE>

            (k) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

SECTION 13.2  Amendment Procedures.

      Except with respect to amendments of the type described in Section 13.1,
all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following
requirements. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by or with the
consent of the General Partner which consent may be given or withheld in its
sole discretion. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by
the Limited Partners.

                                   ARTICLE XIV
                                     MERGER

SECTION 14.1  Authority.

      The Partnership may merge or consolidate with one or more corporations,
limited liability companies, business trusts or associations, real estate
investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a
general partnership or limited partnership, formed under the laws of the State
of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a
written agreement of merger or consolidation (a "Merger Agreement") in
accordance with this Article XIV.

SECTION 14.2  Procedure for Merger or Consolidation.

      Merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV
requires the prior approval of the General Partner. If the General Partner shall
determine, in the exercise of its discretion, to consent to the merger or
consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which
shall set forth:

            (a) The names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each
of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

            (b) The name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the
business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the
"Surviving Business Entity");

            (c) The terms and conditions of the proposed merger or
consolidation;

            (d) The manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity
securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or
general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the
Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any general or limited partner interests,
securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged
or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner
interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity,
the cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities
or obligations of any limited partnership, corporation, trust or other entity
(other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such general or
limited partner interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for,
or upon conversion of their general or limited partner interests, securities or
rights, and (ii) in the case of securities 


                                     - 52 -
<PAGE>

represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which
cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or
obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited
partnership, corporation, trust or other entity (other than the Surviving
Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

            (e) A statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the
adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of
incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement
of limited partnership or other similar charter or governing document) of the
Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

            (f) The effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the
filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date
specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided,
that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the
filing of the certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed no later
than the time of the filing of the certificate of merger and stated therein);
and

            (g) Such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or
consolidation as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner.

SECTION 14.3  Approval by Limited Partners of Merger or Consolidation.

            (a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the General Partner, upon
its approval of the Merger Agreement, shall direct that the Merger Agreement be
submitted to a vote of the Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by
written consent. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement shall be included
in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.

            (b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the Merger Agreement
shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the Limited
Partners.

            (c) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), after such approval by
vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of
the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger or consolidation
may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the
Merger Agreement.

            (d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or
in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, in its discretion, without
Limited Partner approval, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or
convey all of the Partnership's assets to, another limited liability entity
which shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations
at the time of such Merger other than those it receives from the Partnership or
other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel
that the merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss
of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or any limited partner in the
MLP or cause the Partnership or the MLP to be treated as an association taxable
as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax
purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose
of such merger or 


                                     - 53 -
<PAGE>

conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into
another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new
entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with the same rights
and obligations as are herein contained.

SECTION 14.4  Certificate of Merger.

      Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Limited Partners
of a Merger Agreement, a certificate of merger shall be executed and filed with
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the
requirements of the Delaware Act.

SECTION 14.5  Effect of Merger.

            (a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:

            (i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business
      entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal
      and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all
      other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business
      entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the
      merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business
      Entity to the extent they were property of each constituent business
      entity;

            (ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in
      any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and shall not
      in any way be impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

            (iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests
      in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be
      preserved unimpaired; and

            (iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business
      entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced
      against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had
      been incurred or contracted by it.

            (b) A merger or consolidation effected pursuant to this Article
shall not be deemed to result in a transfer or assignment of assets or
liabilities from one entity to another.

                                   ARTICLE XV
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 15.1  Addresses and Notices.

      Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or
permitted to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee under this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person
or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written
communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice to the
Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the
principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The
General Partner may rely and shall be 


                                     - 54 -
<PAGE>

protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner, Assignee or
other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

SECTION 15.2  Further Action.

      The parties hereto shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all
information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or
appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 15.3  Binding Effect.

      This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal
representatives and permitted assigns.

SECTION 15.4  Integration.

      This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto
pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings pertaining thereto.

SECTION 15.5  Creditors.

      None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or
shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

SECTION 15.6  Waiver.

      No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any
covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any
right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of
any subsequent breach or any breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or
condition.

SECTION 15.7  Counterparts.

      This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together
shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding
that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same
counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon
affixing its signature hereto, independently of the signature of any other
party.

SECTION 15.8  Applicable Law.

      This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the
laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of
law.


                                     - 55 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 15.9  Invalidity of Provisions.

      If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

SECTION 15.10 Consent of Partners.

      Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this
Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote
or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon
the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound
by the results of such action.

                     [Rest of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


                                     - 56 -
<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
as of the date first written above.

                                    GENERAL PARTNER

                                    TC PIPELINES GP, INC.

                                    By:
                                       -------------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                    Its:

                                    LIMITED PARTNER:

                                    TC PIPELINES, LP

                                    By:   TC PipeLines GP, Inc.
                                    Its:  General Partner

                                    By:
                                       -------------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                    Its:


                                     - 57 -


<PAGE>
                                                                  Exhibit 10.3.2

                                EIGHTH SUPPLEMENT
                    AMENDING NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                          GENERAL PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
                             DATED May _____, 1999

         This Agreement is dated as of May __, 1999 (the "Eighth Supplement") 
by and among (i) the "Divesting Partners," consisting of TransCanada Border 
PipeLine Ltd., a Nevada corporation and TransCan Northern Ltd., a Delaware 
corporation; (ii) Northern Border Intermediate Limited Partnership, a 
Delaware limited partnership ("NBILP"); and (iii) TC PipeLines Intermediate 
Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership ("TCILP").

                                WITNESSETH THAT:

         WHEREAS, the Divesting Partners and NBILP are parties to that certain
General Partnership Agreement for Northern Border Pipeline Company, a Texas
general partnership (the "Partnership"), effective as of March 9, 1978, as
amended by (i) the "First Supplement," dated as of October 25, 1979 (as amended
by Agreement dated April 20, 1990), (ii) the Phase I Partnership Commitment
Agreement dated December 12, 1980, (iii) the "Second Supplement," dated as of
December 15, 1980 (as amended by Agreement dated April 20, 1990), (iv) the
"Third Supplement," dated October 1, 1981, (v) the "Fourth Supplement," dated
February 17, 1984, (vi) the "Fifth Supplement," dated April 20, 1990, (vii) the
"Sixth Supplement," dated April 19, 1991, and (viii) the "Seventh Supplement,"
dated September 23, 1993, such General Partnership Agreement, as amended or
supplemented, being herein referred to as the "Partnership Agreement"; and

         WHEREAS, the Divesting Partners intend to transfer, pursuant to Section
10.1 of the Partnership Agreement, each of their respective partnership
interests in the Partnership to TCILP;

         WHEREAS, to facilitate the admission of TCILP as a general partner in
the Partnership, the Divesting Partners, NBILP and TCILP desire to evidence
herein (i) the consent of NBILP to the transfer by the Divesting Partners of
their respective partnership interest in the Partnership to TCILP, (ii) the
admission of TCILP as a general partner in the Partnership, and (iii) certain
amendments to the Partnership Agreement; and

         WHEREAS, NBILP and the members of the Management Committee of the
Partnership have unanimously consented to and approved the transfer, admission
and amendments referred to herein pursuant to an Agreement dated March 17, 1999,
by and among the general partners of NBILP, the Divesting Partners, the
Partnership, NBILP, Northern Border Partners, L.P., the members of the
Management Committee of the Partnership and the Operator.

         NOW, THEREFORE, the Divesting Partners, NBILP and TCILP for good and


<PAGE>

valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, hereby agree as follows:

         1. DEFINITIONS. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms
shall have the meanings set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

         2. CONSENT OF NBILP. NBILP hereby consents to the transfer by each of
the Divesting Partners to TCILP of its interest in and to the Partnership and
agrees that each such transfer shall be permitted notwithstanding the terms of
Section 10.5 of the Partnership Agreement or any other terms thereof that might
prohibit such transfer.

         3. ADMISSION OF TCILP. The Divesting Partners and NBILP hereby consent
to the admission of TCILP as a partner in the Partnership (notwithstanding the
terms of Section 11 of the Partnership Agreement or any other terms thereof that
might restrict such admission of TCILP) and TCILP shall become a Partner in the
Partnership effective as of the closing date of the transactions contemplated by
that certain Registration Statement on Form S-I (File No. 333-69947), as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission by TC PipeLines, L.P. and as amended
from time to time (hereinafter called the "Approval Date"). From and after the
Approval Date, TCILP agrees to be bound by all of the terms, obligations and
conditions of the Partnership Agreement. The Partnership shall pay the
distribution to its partners for the quarter ending June 30, 1999 (that would,
but for this sentence, be payable to TCILP) proportionately as between the 
Divesting Partners, on the one hand, and TCILP, on the other hand, based on 
the number of days these entities are actually partners of the Partnership 
during the quarter ending June 30, 1999.

         4. AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT. Effective the Approval Date, the
Divesting Partners, NBILP and TCILP hereby agree that the Partnership Agreement
shall be amended, effective as of the Approval Date, as follows:

        (a) Section 1 of the Partnership Agreement is amended and is restated in
its entirety as follows:

         1.       PARTIES. The following are the parties to this Agreement:

                  1.1      Northern Border Intermediate Limited Partnership
                           (hereinafter referred to as "NBILP"), a limited
                           partnership organized under the laws of the State of
                           Delaware with its principal place of business located
                           at 1400 Smith Street, Houston, Texas 77002.

                  1.2      TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited Partnership
                           (hereinafter called "TCILP") a limited partnership
                           organized under the laws of the State of Delaware
                           with its principal place of business located at Four
                           Greenspoint Plaza, 16945 Northchase Drive, Houston,
                           Texas 77060.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         (b) Section 2.45 of the Partnership Agreement is amended to delete the
reference to Sections 1.1 through 1.3 and replace it with ". . . Sections 1.1
and 1.2."

         (c) Section 2 of the Partnership Agreement is amended to add the
following:

                2.61    EIGHTH SUPPLEMENT. The Agreement dated as of
                        May __, 1999 among the Partners.

         (d) Section 3.6.1 of the Partnership Agreement is amended and restated
to read as follows (and TCILP and NBILP shall each be deemed, as of the 
Approval Date, to have made the representations set forth in Section 3.6.1).

                3.6.1   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING 1999 CHANGE 
                        IN COMPOSITION OF PARTNERSHIP. Each Partner 
                        represents and warrants that the execution and 
                        delivery by such Partner of the Seventh Supplement, 
                        the change in the composition of the Partnership to 
                        admit NBILP in lieu of the Divesting Partners, and 
                        the performance by such Partner of its obligation 
                        under the Partnership Agreement, as amended, will not 
                        contravene any provision of, or constitute a default 
                        under, an indenture, mortgage or other agreement of 
                        such Partner or any order of any court, commission or 
                        government agency having jurisdiction. Each Partner 
                        represents and warrants that the execution and 
                        delivery by such partner of the Eighth Supplement, 
                        the change in the composition of the Partnership to 
                        admit TCILP in lieu of the Divesting Partners, and 
                        the performance by such Partner of its obligation 
                        under the Partnership Agreement, as amended, will not 
                        contravene any provision of, or constitute a default 
                        under, an indenture, mortgage or other agreement of 
                        such Partner or any order of any court, commission or 
                        government agency having jurisdiction. Each Partner 
                        further (i) represents and warrants that it is a 
                        limited partnership duly organized and existing under 
                        the laws of its state of incorporation or 
                        organization, and (ii) covenants that it will do or 
                        cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and 
                        keep in full force and effect its limited partnership 
                        existence for so long as it shall remain a Partner.

         (e) Section 7.6 of the Partnership Agreement is amended by amending 
the last paragraph to read in its entirety as follows:

                  The Parties intend that all tax items arising from or
                  attributable to any change in the tax basis of Partnership
                  properties occasioned by the admission of NBILP in 1993, or
                  TCILP in 1999, as a Partner and related transaction shall be
                  allocated solely to NBILP or TCILP, respectively. Accordingly,
                  to the extent deemed necessary by the Management Committee,
                  income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated for
                  federal (and any applicable state) income tax purposes among
                  the Partners in such manner (using any reasonable method,
                  including curative allocations, consistent with Section 704(c)
                  of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the regulations
                  promulgated or proposed thereunder) as will achieve such
                  intent.

         (f) Sections 8.2.1 and 8.2.5(ii) of the Partnership Agreement are
amended and


                                       3
<PAGE>

restated in their entirety to read as follows:

                8.2.1   The Management Committee shall consist of four members
                        (the "Representatives"), one of whom shall be designated
                        by TCILP and three of whom shall be designated by NBILP
                        with one Representative being selected by each general
                        partner of NBILP. Each Partner shall designate, by
                        notice to each other Partner and the Partnership, its
                        Representative(s) to serve on the Management Committee.
                        By like notice, each Partner may designate an alternate
                        Representative for each Representative appointed by it,
                        who shall have authority to act on behalf of such
                        appointed Representative in the event of such appointed
                        Representative's absence or inability to serve. Any
                        Partner may at any time, by written notice to all other
                        Partners and to the Partnership, remove its appointed
                        Representative(s) on the Management Committee and
                        designate a new Representative(s).

                8.2.5   (ii) the Partner's Percentages on all matters determined
                        on or after the Commitment Date. For this purpose, the
                        Representative(s) designated by NBILP shall have, in the
                        aggregate, a number of votes equal to the Partner's
                        Percentage of NBILP. Until NBILP provides written
                        notification to the other Partner(s) of a change in
                        allocation of its number of votes, the Representative of
                        NBILP selected by Northern Plains shall have a number of
                        votes equal to 35%; the Representative of NBILP selected
                        by Pan Border Gas Company shall have a number of votes
                        equal to 22.75%; and the Representative of NBILP
                        selected by Northwest Border Pipeline Company shall have
                        a number of votes equal to 12.25%. The representative
                        appointed by TCILP shall have a number of votes equal to
                        30%. The majority of such votes cast by the
                        Representatives of the Partners shall constitute a
                        majority of the Partner's Percentages. Each
                        Representative agrees not to enter into a voting
                        agreement with another Representative pursuant to which
                        such Representatives would vote as a block, but this
                        sentence shall not be construed to prohibit two or more
                        Representatives from agreeing with each other concerning
                        particular projects, issues or subjects.

                (g)     Section 8.2.6 is hereby amended to replace the word
                        "Section 8.5.10" with "Section 8.4.10."

                (h)     Section 8.4.1 is hereby amended to replace the words
                        "Section 8.5.2 and Section 8.5.10," with "Section 8.4.2
                        and Section 8.4.10."


                                       4
<PAGE>

                (i)     Section 8.4.5 is hereby amended to replace the words
                        "Section 8.5" with "Section 8.4."

                (j)     Section 8.4.9 is hereby amended to replace the word
                        "Section 8.5" with "Section 8.4."

                (k)     Section 8.4.10 is hereby amended to replace the words
                        "Section 8.5" with "Section 8.4."

                (1)     Section 10.6 of the Partnership Agreement is amended to
                        add the following as a second paragraph:

                        "If the general partner of TCILP desires to transfer its
                        general partnership interest in TCILP to a party other
                        than an Affiliate of such general partner, such selling
                        general partner of TCILP must first provide NBILP and
                        the general partners of NBILP with notice of such intent
                        to transfer and for a period of 30 days following the
                        receipt by NBILP and the general partners of NBILP,
                        NBILP and/or any general partner of NBILP shall have the
                        right to submit an offer for the general partner
                        interest of such selling general partner of TCILP (and
                        any other interests in TCILP proposed to be sold by such
                        selling general partner of TCILP). Such selling general
                        partner of TCILP shall have no obligation to consider or
                        accept any offers received from NBILP and/or any general
                        partner of NBILP, and from and after such 30 day period,
                        such selling general partner of TCILP shall be free to
                        consummate the proposed transaction referred to in its
                        notices to NBILP and the general partners of NBILP."

        5. AMENDMENT OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT EFFECTIVE MARCH 17, 1999. The
parties affirm that effective March 17, 1999, Section 9 of the Partnership
Agreement was amended to add the following:

                9.3     BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES. The Partners and their
                        Affiliates are free to pursue any business opportunity
                        without first offering such business opportunity to the
                        Partnership (and such pursuit shall not be a breach of
                        any duty to the Partnership or to any other Partner),
                        except that no Partner and no Affiliate of a Partner may
                        pursue the project known as Project 2000 filed with the
                        Federal Energy Regulatory in Docket No. CP99-21 or any
                        business opportunity that consists of an expansion,
                        addition, betterment, improvement, renewal or
                        replacement of the Line as it existed on January 15,
                        1999 (the "Effective Date") unless the party desiring to
                        pursue such opportunity first offers to the Partnership
                        the opportunity to pursue such business opportunity and
                        the Partnership declines to do so. The


                                       5
<PAGE>

                        terms "expansion, addition, betterment, improvement,
                        renewal or replacement" shall not include any extension
                        of the Line beyond its terminus as it existed on the
                        Effective Date or the construction or acquisition of any
                        pipeline (including any lateral or any other extension)
                        that connects with the Line as it existed on the
                        Effective Date. The parties hereto agree that the
                        waivers and agreements in this Section 9.3 constitute an
                        agreement among the partners of the Partnership that
                        governs the management of the business and affairs of
                        the Partnership and the relationship among the Partners
                        and the Partnership, as contemplated by Article
                        6132b-l.03 of the Texas Revised Partnership Act. The
                        parties hereto further agree that the waivers and
                        agreements in this Section 9.3 identify certain types
                        and categories of activities which do not violate the
                        duty of loyalty to the Partnership, and that such types
                        and categories and the waivers and agreements in this
                        Section 9.3 are not manifestly unreasonable.

        6. MISCELLANEOUS.

        (a) Except as amended hereby, the terms and provisions of the
Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

        (b) The Eighth Supplement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

        (c) Each party hereto represents and warrants to every other party
hereto that (i) it has the full corporate or partnership power and authority to
execute and deliver this Eighth Supplement and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereunder, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by such
party of this Eighth Supplement has been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate or partnership action on the part of such party, and (iii) this Eighth
Supplement has been duly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes
the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such
party in accordance with its terms.



                                       6
<PAGE>

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Eighth
Supplement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers.


                                  TRANSCANADA BORDER PIPELINE LTD.
                                         (Divesting Partner)

                                  By:
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                  Title:
                                        ---------------------------------------

                                  TRANSCAN NORTHERN LTD.
                                          (Divesting Partner)

                                  By:
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                  Title:
                                        ---------------------------------------

                                  NORTHERN BORDER INTERMEDIATE LIMITED
                                  PARTNERSHIP
                                           (NBILP)

                                  By:
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                  Title:
                                        ---------------------------------------

                                  TC PIPELINES INTERMEDIATE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                           (TCILP)

                                  By: TC PipeLines GP, Inc., its General Partner

                                      By:
                                         --------------------------------------
                                      Name:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                      Title:
                                            -----------------------------------


                                       7

<PAGE>
                                                                 Exhibit 10.11.1
                                                              Contract #: T1012F
                                                                   Amendment #11


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                      AMENDED TRANSCANADA SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Amendment is made and entered into at Omaha, Nebraska as of April 2, 1999
by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as
"Company" and TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. AS AGENT FOR TRANSCANADA PIPELINES
LIMITED, a(n) Canadian Corporation, hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Shipper and Company agree to amend the TransCanada Service Agreement
previously entered into between them dated December 15, 1980, as amended
(hereafter referred to as "Service Agreement"); and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

AMENDED EXHIBIT A
Exhibit A to the Service Agreement is hereby superseded by the attached Amended
Exhibit A reflecting the extension of the term of the Service Agreement from
October 31, 2005 to December 21, 2008 for deliveries of gas received at Ventura
and delivered at Harper.

CHANGE IN TERM
The first paragraph of Article 7 of the Agreement shall hereafter be and read as
follows:

         This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution, and
         shall under all circumstances continue in effect in accordance with the
         Tariff until the expiration date of December 21, 2008. If the primary
         term of this Service Agreement shall be one year or more, than this
         Service Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter until extended or
         terminated in accordance with Section 5 of Rate Schedule T-1. Shipper
         shall give Company not less than six (6) months prior written notice of
         Shipper's intent to terminate this Service Agreement. Service rendered
         pursuant to this Service Agreement shall be abandoned upon termination
         of this Service Agreement.


                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1012F
                                                                   Amendment #11


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                      AMENDED TRANSCANADA SERVICE AGREEMENT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.

ATTEST:                         NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                    Operator


/s/ Eva Neufeld                 By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
- ---------------------------         ------------------------------------
Assistant Secretary             Title: Vice President


ATTEST:                         TRANSCANDA GAS SERVICES INC., AS AGENT FOR 
                                TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED


/s/ Nola Ruzycki                By:  /s/ Mark Smith
- ---------------------------         ------------------------------------
                                Title: Senior Vice President
                                       ---------------------------------
                                       Business Development,
                                       Trading and Transportation



                                By: /s/ Rob Pirt
                                    ------------------------------------
                                Title: Vice President
                                       ---------------------------------
                                       Transportation


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                      AMENDED TRANSCANADA SERVICE AGREEMENT

               AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO TRANSCANADA SERVICE AGREEMENT

COMPANY:                            NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

COMPANY'S ADDRESS:                  1111 South 103rd Street
                                    Omaha, Nebraska 68124-1000

SHIPPER:                            TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent for
                                    TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED
                                    Attn: Robert Pirt

SHIPPER'S ADDRESS:                  3400, 237 - 4th Avenue S.W.
                                    Calgary, AB Canada T2P 5A4

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Maximum        Minimum       Maximum
                             Role           Maximum        Receipt        Delivery      Receipt           Minimum
                           (Notes 1        Quantity        Pressure       Pressure     Temperature      Temperature
Points                      and 3)         (Mcf/day)        (PSIG)         (PSIG)      ((degree)F)      ((degree)F)
- --------------------------  ------         ---------       --------       --------     -----------      -----------
<S>                           <C>           <C>             <C>                           <C>               <C>
Port of Morgan, MT            PR             20,000          1435             -            120               32
                              RD             20,000             -             -              -                -
                              TP             20,000             -             -              -                -
                              DD             20,000             -             -              -                -

Saskana, MT                   PR             20,000          1435             -            120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)            RD             20,000             -             -              -                -
                              TP             20,000             -             -              -                -
                              DD             20,000             -             -              -                -

Buford, ND                    PR             20,000          1435             -            120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)            RD             20,000             -             -              -                -
                              TP             20,000             -             -              -                -
                              DD             20,000             -             -              -                -

Watford City, ND              PR             20,000          1435             -            120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)            RD             20,000             -             -              -                -
                              TP             20,000             -             -              -                -
                              DD             20,000             -             -              -                -

Hebron, ND                    PR             20,000          1435             -            120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)            RD             20,000             -             -              -                -
                              TP             20,000             -             -              -                -
                              PD             20,000             -           725              -                -
                              DD             20,000             -             -              -                -

Glen Ullin, ND                PR             20,000          1435             -            120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)            RD             20,000             -             -              -                -
                              TP             20,000             -              -             -                -


                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                      AMENDED TRANSCANADA SERVICE AGREEMENT

         AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO TRANSCANADA SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)


<CAPTION>
                                                           Maximum        Minimum       Maximum
                             Role           Maximum        Receipt        Delivery      Receipt           Minimum
                           (Notes 1        Quantity        Pressure       Pressure     Temperature      Temperature
Points                      and 3)         (Mcf/day)        (PSIG)         (PSIG)      ((degree)F)      ((degree)F)
- --------------------------  ------         ---------       --------       --------     -----------      -----------
<S>                           <C>           <C>             <C>                           <C>               <C>

                              PD             20,000             -            725             -               32
                              DD             20,000             -              -             -                -

Linton, SD                    RD                770             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD                770             -            700             -               32
                              DD                770             -              -             -                -

Mina, SD                      RD             16,000             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD             16,000             -            750             -               32
                              DD             16,000             -              -             -                -

Warner, SD                    RD             20,000             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD             20,000             -          1,000             -               32
                              DD             20,000             -              -             -                -

Aberdeen, SD                  RD             20,000             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD             20,000             -            800             -               32
                              DD             20,000             -              -             -                -

Webster, SD                   RD              5,000             -              -             -                -
(Secondard-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD              5,000             -            700             -               32
                              DD              5,000             -              -             -                -

Milbank, SD                   RD              8,073             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD              8,073             -            800             -               32
                              DD              8,073             -              -             -                -

Ivanhoe, MN                   RD              1,791             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD              1,791             -            700             -               32
                              DD              1,791             -              -             -                -

Tyler, MN                     RD                700             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD                700             -          1,100             -               32
                              DD                700             -              -             -                -

Balaton, MN                   RD             20,000             -              -             -                -


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                      AMENDED TRANSCANADA SERVICE AGREEMENT

         AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO TRANSCANADA SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)


<CAPTION>
                                                           Maximum        Minimum       Maximum
                             Role           Maximum        Receipt        Delivery      Receipt           Minimum
                           (Notes 1        Quantity        Pressure       Pressure     Temperature      Temperature
Points                      and 3)         (Mcf/day)        (PSIG)         (PSIG)      ((degree)F)      ((degree)F)
- --------------------------  ------         ---------       --------       --------     -----------      -----------
<S>                           <C>           <C>             <C>                           <C>               <C>

(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD             20,000             -            720             -               32
                              DD             20,000             -              -             -                -

Marshall, MN                  RD             20,000             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD             20,000             -              -             -               32
                              DD             20,000             -            800             -                -

Westbrook, MN                 RD              2,500             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD              2,500             -              -             -               32
                              DD              2,500             -            800             -                -

Windom, MN                    RD             10,000             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD             10,000             -              -             -               32
                              DD             10,000             -            800             -                -

Welcome, MN                   RD             20,000             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD             20,000             -              -             -               32
                              DD             20,000             -            796             -                -

Ledyard, IA                   RD              4,000             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD              4,000             -              -             -               32
                              DD              4,000             -            800             -                -

Ventura, IA                   RD             20,000             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD             20,000             -              -             -               32
                              DD             20,000             -            820             -                -

Ventura, IA                   RD             20,000             -              -             -                -
(Note 4)                                                                       -             -                -

Grundy Center, IA             RD             20,000             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD             20,000             -              -             -               32
                              DD             20,000             -            800             -                -

Beaman, IA                    RD              5,100             -              -             -                -

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                      AMENDED TRANSCANADA SERVICE AGREEMENT

         AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO TRANSCANADA SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)


<CAPTION>
                                                           Maximum        Minimum       Maximum
                             Role           Maximum        Receipt        Delivery      Receipt           Minimum
                           (Notes 1        Quantity        Pressure       Pressure     Temperature      Temperature
Points                      and 3)         (Mcf/day)        (PSIG)         (PSIG)      ((degree)F)      ((degree)F)
- --------------------------  ------         ---------       --------       --------     -----------      -----------
<S>                           <C>           <C>             <C>                           <C>               <C>
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -                              -
                              PD              5,100             -              -                             32
                              DD              5,100             -            839             -                -

Tama, IA                      RD                880             -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -             -              -                -
                              PD                880             -            816             -               32
                              DD                880             -              -             -                -

Amana, IA                     RD             16,350             -              -             -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)            TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD             16,350             -            783             -                -
                              DD             16,350             -              -             -                -

Harper, IA                    RD             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              TP             20,000             -              -             -                -
                              PD             20,000             -            712             -               32
                              DD             20,000             -              -             -                -
Total Maximum
Receipt Quantity           20,000 Mcf/day        Monchy to Harper through 10/31/2005
                           20,000 Mcf/day        Ventura to Harper - 11/01/2005 through 12/21/2008
</TABLE>

                               - - - - - - - - - -

NOTE 1:           The point role will be either PR for physical receipts, RD
                  for receipt by displacement, TP for transfer points, PD for
                  physical deliveries, and DD for delivery by displacement.

NOTE 2:           Should nominations at secondary receipt and delivery points
                  be received which exceed available capacity, volumes will be
                  scheduled in accordance with Northern Border's nomination and
                  scheduling procedures.

NOTE 3:           For receipt or delivery of gas by displacement, Company
                  cannot and does not have an obligation to physically deliver
                  or receive gas at these points. Volumes will be delivered or
                  received at these point(s) only to the extent that
                  corresponding equal or greater volumes are received or
                  delivered by other parties at these points on the same day.
                  These corresponding volumes will be used to displace volumes
                  nominated for delivery or receipt by Shipper.

NOTE 4:           This point becomes effective 11/01/2005 and shall continue
                  through 12/21/2008.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                      AMENDED TRANSCANADA SERVICE AGREEMENT

         AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO TRANSCANADA SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)


This Exhibit A is made and entered into as of April 2, 1999. On the effective
date, it shall supersede the Exhibit A dated as of December 21, 1998.

The effective date of this Exhibit A is April 2, 1999.

ATTEST:                         NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                    Operator


/s/ Eva Neufeld                 By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
- ---------------------------         ------------------------------------
Assistant Secretary             Title: Vice President


ATTEST:                         TRANSCANDA GAS SERVICES INC., AS AGENT FOR 
                                TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED


/s/ Nola Ruzycki                By:  /s/ Mark Smith
- ---------------------------         ------------------------------------
                                Title: Senior Vice President
                                       ---------------------------------
                                       Business Development,
                                       Trading and Transportation



                                By: /s/ Rob Pirt
                                    ------------------------------------
                                Title: Vice President
                                       ---------------------------------
                                       Transportation

                                      -5-

<PAGE>
                                                                 Exhibit 10.15.1
                                                              Contract #: T1061F
                                                                      Amend: # 2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

               AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This amended Exhibit A is entered into at Omaha, Nebraska as of this 16th day of
October, 1997, by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter
referred to as "Company" and ENRON CAPITAL & TRADE RESOURCES CORP., a DELAWARE
corporation, hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Shipper and Company have entered into a Northern Border Company U. S.
Shippers Service Agreement #TI061F dated August 5, 1997, as amended (hereafter
referred to as "Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, Shipper desires to permanently release to its Designated Replacement
Shipper, Industrial Energy Applications, Inc., 15,000 Mcf/Day of its capacity
from Ventura, Iowa to Manhattan, Illinois under this U.S. Shippers Service
Agreement #T106IF as amended; and

WHEREAS, Shipper and Company intend that the Amended Exhibit A of U.S. Shippers
Service Agreement #TI061F will become effective upon the Billing Commencement
Date of U.S. Shippers Service Agreement #T1061F.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

AMENDED EXHIBIT A

Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby superseded by the attached Exhibit A.


                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

               AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year set forth above.

ATTEST:                            NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                   By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                        Operator

/s/ Eva Neufeld                    By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
- -------------------------              --------------------------
Assistant Secretary
                                   Title: Vice President
                                          -----------------------

WITNESS:                           ENRON CAPITAL & TRADE RESOURCES CORP.


/s/ Mike Lynch                     By: /s/ Julia Gomez
- -------------------------              --------------------------

                                   Title: Vice President
                                          -----------------------

<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

               AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


   Company:                          NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

   Company's Address:                1111 South 103rd Street
                                     Omaha, Nebraska 68124-1000

   Shipper:                          ENRON CAPITAL & TRADE RESOURCES CORP.
                                     Attn: Mr. Mike Legler

   Shipper's Address:                1400 Smith
                                     EB 3109A
                                     Houston, TX 77002-7361

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Maximum       Minimum         Maximum
                                  Role         Maximum        Receipt       Delivery        Receipt        Minimum
                                 (Notes        Quantity      Pressure       Pressure      Temperature    Temperature
Points                          1 and 3)      (MCF/Day)       (PSIG)         (PSIG)          ((degree)F)            ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- -------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                                <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>
Ventura, IA                        RD            45,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            45,000          -             -               -              -
                                   DD            45,000          -             -               -              -

Grundy Center, IA                  RD            45,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            45,000          -            800              -              32
                                   DD            45,000          -             -               -              -

Beaman, IA                         RD             5,100          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -               -              -
                                   PD             5,100          -            839              -              32
                                   DD             5,100          -             -               -              -

Tama, IA                           RD               880          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -               -              -
                                   PD               880          -            816              -              32
                                   DD               880          -             -               -              -

Amana, IA                          RD            16,350          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -
                                   PD            16,350          -            783              -              -
                                   DD            16,350          -             -               -              -

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

               AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

<CAPTION>
                                                              Maximum       Minimum         Maximum
                                  Role         Maximum        Receipt       Delivery        Receipt        Minimum
                                 (Notes        Quantity      Pressure       Pressure      Temperature    Temperature
Points                          1 and 3)      (MCF/Day)       (PSIG)         (PSIG)          ((degree)F)            ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- -------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                                <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>
Harper, IA                         RD            45,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            45,000          -            712              -              32
                                   DD            45,000          -             -               -              -

Iowa City, IA                      RD            45,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            45,000          -            600              -              32
                                   DD            45,000          -             -               -              -

Davenport, IA                      RD            45,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            45,000          -            650              -              32
                                   DD            45,000          -             -               -              -

Prophetstown, IL                   RD            45,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            45,000          -            600              -              32
                                   DD            45,000          -             -               -              -

Troy Grove                         RD            45,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            45,000          -            750              -              32
                                   DD            45,000          -             -               -              -

Minooka, IL                        RD            45,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            45,000          -            550              -              32
                                   DD            45,000          -             -               -              -

Channahon, IL                      RD            45,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            45,000          -            850              -              32
                                   DD            45,000          -             -               -              -

Joliet, IL                         RD            45,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -
                                   PD            45,000          -            850              -              32
                                   DD            45,000          -             -               -              -

Manhattan, IL                      RD            45,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            45,000          -             -               -              -


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

               AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

<CAPTION>
                                                              Maximum       Minimum         Maximum
                                  Role         Maximum        Receipt       Delivery        Receipt        Minimum
                                 (Notes        Quantity      Pressure       Pressure      Temperature    Temperature
Points                          1 and 3)      (MCF/Day)       (PSIG)         (PSIG)          ((degree)F)            ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- -------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                                <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>

                                   PD            45,000          -            858              -              32
                                   DD            45,000          -             -               -              -

Total Maximum
Receipt Quality:   45,000 MCF

</TABLE>


 NOTE 1:       The point role will be either PR for physical receipts, RD for
               receipt by displacement, TP for transfer points, PD for physical
               deliveries, and DD for delivery by displacement.

 NOTE 2:       Should nominations at secondary receipt and delivery points be
               received which exceed available capacity, volumes will be
               scheduled in accordance with Northern Border's nomination and
               scheduling procedures.

 NOTE 3:       For receipt or delivery of gas by displacement, Company cannot
               and does not have an obligation to physically deliver or receive
               gas at these points. Volumes will be delivered or received at
               these point(s) only to the extent that corresponding equal or
               greater volumes are received or delivered by other parties at
               these points on the same day. These corresponding volumes will be
               used to displace volumes nominated for delivery or receipt by
               Shipper.

 NOTE 4:       Gas volumes which are nominated/scheduled at a sub primary
               receipt or delivery point(s) have priority over gas volumes of
               shipper utilizing such point on a corresponding basis as a
               secondary receipt or delivery point. Shipper's rights and
               obligations regarding the use of sub primary points are governed
               by Subsection 17.1 of the General Terms and Conditions of the
               Tariff.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

               AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Exhibit A is made and entered into as of October 16, 1997. On the effective
date designated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, it shall supersede
the Exhibit A dated as Of September 25, 1997.

The effective date of this Exhibit A is November 1, 1998.

ATTEST:                            NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                   By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                        Operator

/s/ Eva Neufeld                    By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
- -------------------------              --------------------------
Assistant Secretary
                                   Title: Vice President
                                          -----------------------


WITNESS:                           ENRON CAPITAL & TRADE RESOURCES CORP.


/s/ Mike Lynch                     By: /s/ Julia Gomez
- -------------------------              --------------------------

                                   Title: Vice President
                                          -----------------------


                                      -6-

<PAGE>
                                                                 Exhibit 10.16.1
                                                              Contract #: T1060F
                                                                    Amendment #2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                     AMENDED U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

This Amendment is entered into as of this 3rd day of March, 1999 by and between
NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as "Company" and ENRON
CAPITAL & TRADE RESOURCES CORP., hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Shipper and Company have entered into a Northern Border Pipeline
Company U.S. Shippers Service Agreement dated as of August 5, 1997, and any such
Amendments thereto (hereinafter "Service Agreement"); and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

AMENDED EXHIBIT A
Exhibit A to the Service Agreement is hereby superseded by the attached Amended
Exhibit A further defining term of service and the Maximum Receipt Quantity for
receipt, delivery and transfer points.

AMENDED TERM
The first paragraph of Article 7 of the Agreement shall hereafter be and read as
follows:

This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution and shall under
all circumstances continue in effect in accordance with the Tariff through May
22, 2009, and shall continue in effect thereafter until extended or terminated
in accordance with Section 5 of the Rate Schedule T-1. Shipper shall give
Company not less than six (6) months prior written notice of Shipper's intent to
terminate this Service Agreement. Service rendered pursuant to this Service
Agreement shall be abandoned upon termination of this Service Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly
executed as of the day and year set forth above.

ATTEST:                       NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                              By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company, Operator

/s/ Eva Neufeld               By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
- -------------------------         ----------------------------------
Assistant Secretary
                              Title: Vice President
                                     -------------------------------


WITNESS:                      ENRON CAPITAL & TRADE RESOURCE CORP.

/s/ Mike Lynch                By: /s/ Julia Gomez
- -------------------------         ----------------------------------

                              Title: Vice President
                                     -------------------------------

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY


              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


   COMPANY:                           NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

   COMPANY'S ADDRESS:                 1111 South 103rd Street
                                      Omaha, Nebraska  68124-1000

   SHIPPER:                           ENRON CAPITAL & TRADE RESOURCES CORP.
                                      Attn: Julie Gomez

   SHIPPER'S ADDRESS:                 1400 Smith
                                      EB 3110A
                                      Houston, TX  77002-7361

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Maximum        Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                  Role         Quantity        Receipt      Delivery        Receipt         Minimum
                                 (Notes        (MCF/day)      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature     Temperature
Points                          1 and 3)       (Note 4)        (PSIG)        (PSIG)           ((degree)F)           ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- --------------- ------------ -------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                                <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>
Port of Morgan, MT                 PR             57,500        1435            -             120             32
                                   RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Saskana, MT                        PR             57,500        1435            -             120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)                 RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Buford, ND                         PR             48,000        1435            -             120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)                 RD             48,000          -             -              -               -
                                   TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   DD             48,000          -             -              -               -

Watford City, ND                   PR             57,500        1435            -             120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)                 RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Hebron, ND                         PR             57,500        1435            -             120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)                 RD             57,500          -             -
                                   TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             30,000          -            725             -               -
                                   DD             30,000          -             -              -               -

<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

        AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)

<CAPTION>
                                                Maximum        Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                  Role         Quantity        Receipt      Delivery        Receipt         Minimum
                                 (Notes        (MCF/day)      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature     Temperature
Points                          1 and 3)       (Note 4)        (PSIG)        (PSIG)           ((degree)F)           ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- --------------- ------------ -------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                                <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>
Glen Ullin, ND                     PR             57,500        1435            -             120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)                 RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            725             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Linton, SD                         RD                770          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD                770          -            700             -              32
                                   DD                770          -             -              -               -

Mina, SD                           RD             16,000          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             16,000          -            750             -              32
                                   DD             16,000          -             -              -               -

Warner, SD                         RD             24,000          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             24,000          -           1,000            -              32
                                   DD             24,000          -             -              -               -

Aberdeen, SD                       RD             35,000          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             35,000          -            800             -              32
                                   DD             35,000          -             -              -               -

Webster, SD                        RD              5,000          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD              5,000          -            700             -              32
                                   DD              5,000          -             -              -               -

Milbank, SD                        RD              8,073          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD              8,073          -            800             -              32
                                   DD              8,073          -             -              -               -

Ivanhoe, MN                        RD              1,791          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD              1,791          -            700             -              32
                                   DD              1,791          -             -              -               -

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY


        AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)

<CAPTION>
                                                Maximum        Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                  Role         Quantity        Receipt      Delivery        Receipt         Minimum
                                 (Notes        (MCF/day)      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature     Temperature
Points                          1 and 3)       (Note 4)        (PSIG)        (PSIG)           ((degree)F)           ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- --------------- ------------ -------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                                <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>
Tyler, MN                          RD                700          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -                            -               -
                                   PD                700          -           1,100            -              32
                                   DD                700          -             -              -               -


Balaton, MN                        RD             20,000          -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             20,000          -            720             -              32
                                   DD             20,000          -             -              -               -

Marshall, MN                       RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            800             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Westbrook, MN                      RD              2,500          -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD              2,500          -            800             -              32
                                   DD              2,500          -             -              -               -

Windom, MN                         RD             10,000          -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             10,000          -            800             -              32
                                   DD             10,000          -             -              -               -

Welcome, MN                        RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            796             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Ledyard, IA                        RD              4,000          -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD              4,000          -            800             -              32
                                   DD              4,000          -             -              -               -

Ventura, IA                        RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            820             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY


        AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)


<CAPTION>
                                                Maximum        Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                  Role         Quantity        Receipt      Delivery        Receipt         Minimum
                                 (Notes        (MCF/day)      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature     Temperature
Points                          1 and 3)       (Note 4)        (PSIG)        (PSIG)           ((degree)F)           ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- --------------- ------------ -------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                                <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>
Grundy Center, IA                  RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            800             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Beaman, IA                         RD              5,100          -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD              5,100          -            839             -              32
                                   DD              5,100          -             -              -               -

Tama, IA                           RD                880          -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD                880          -            816             -              32
                                   DD                880          -             -              -               -

Amana, IA                          RD             16,350          -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             16,350          -            783             -               -
                                   DD             16,350          -             -              -               -

Harper, IA                         RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note2)                  TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            712             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Iowa City, IA                      RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            600             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Davenport, IA                      RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            650             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Prophetstown, IL                   RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            600             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

        AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)


<CAPTION>
                                                Maximum        Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                  Role         Quantity        Receipt      Delivery        Receipt         Minimum
                                 (Notes        (MCF/day)      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature     Temperature
Points                          1 and 3)       (Note 4)        (PSIG)        (PSIG)           ((degree)F)           ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- --------------- ------------ -------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                                <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>
Troy Grove, IL                     RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            600             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Minooka, IL                        RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            550             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Channahon, IL                      RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            850             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Will County, IL                    RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            850             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -

Manhattan, IL                      RD             57,500          -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP             57,500          -             -              -               -
                                   PD             57,500          -            858             -              32
                                   DD             57,500          -             -              -               -


Total Maximum
Receipt Quantity:           2,500 Mcf/d - 12/22/1998 through 12/21/2008
                           55,000 Mcf/d - 12/22/1998 through 05/22/2009
</TABLE>



                                      -6-
<PAGE>



NOTE 1:    The point role will be either PR for physical receipts, RD for
           receipt by displacement, TP for transfer points, PD for physical
           deliveries, and DD for delivery by displacement.

NOTE 2:    Should nominations at secondary receipt and delivery points be
           received which exceed available capacity, volumes will be scheduled
           in accordance with Northern Border's nomination and scheduling
           procedures.

NOTE 3:    For receipt or delivery of gas by displacement, Company cannot and
           does not have an obligation to physically deliver or receive gas at
           these points. Volumes will be delivered or received at these point(s)
           only to the extent that corresponding equal or greater volumes are
           received or delivered by other parties at these points on the same
           day. These corresponding volumes will be used to displace volumes
           nominated for delivery or receipt by Shipper.

NOTE 4:    Where the maximum quantity for receipt, delivery and transfer
           points is shown as 57,500 Mcf/day, the maximum quantity shall be
           55,000 Mcf/day for the period December 22, 2008 through May 22, 2009.


This Exhibit A is made and entered into as of March 3, 1999. On the effective
date, it shall supersede the Exhibit A dated as of November 17, 1998.

The effective date of this Exhibit A is April 2, 1999.


ATTEST:                       NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                              By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company, Operator

/s/ Eva Neufeld               By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
- -------------------------         ----------------------------------
Assistant Secretary
                              Title: Vice President
                                     -------------------------------


WITNESS:                      ENRON CAPITAL & TRADE RESOURCE CORP.

/s/ Mike Lynch                By: /s/ Julia Gomez
- -------------------------         ----------------------------------

                              Title: Vice President
                                     -------------------------------

                                      -7-

<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.19
                                                                 CONTRACT T1056F

                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY


This Agreement ("the Service Agreement") is made and entered into at Omaha,
Nebraska as of October 10, 1996, by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as "Company" and TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC.
AS AGENT FOR TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED, a Canadian corporation, hereinafter
referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Company's investors and lenders rely on Certificates of Public
Convenience and Necessity granted by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
and on the Tariff for the return of and the return on all funds invested in or
loaned to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the transportation of natural gas shall be effectuated pursuant to Part
157 or Part 284 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's Regulations; and

WHEREAS, Company recognizes that it will be a condition to the initial
effectiveness of this Service Agreement that, notwithstanding any other
provision of the Tariff or this Service Agreement, the FERC and all other
appropriate federal governmental authorities and/or agencies in the United
States shall have issued, under terms and conditions acceptable to Shipper, all
final nonappealable authorizations and certificates;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:



ARTICLE 1 - BASIC RECEIPTS

Shipper shall on each day beginning with Shipper's Billing Commencement Date, as
defined in Section 1 of the General Terms and Conditions of Company's FERC Gas
Tariff, be entitled to tender and, following tender, deliver to Company, at each
of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of gas not in excess of the Daily
Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for such day, as defined in such
Section 1, and Company shall, on such day, take receipt of the quantity of gas
so tendered and delivered by Shipper at such Point of Receipt.


                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY


ARTICLE 2 - EXCESS RECEIPTS

If Shipper shall desire to tender to Company on any day beginning with Shipper's
Billing Commencement Date, at any of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of
gas in excess of Shipper's Daily Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for
such day, it shall notify Company of such desire. If Company in its sole
judgment, determines that it has available the necessary capacity to receive and
transport all or any part of such excess quantity and make deliveries in respect
thereof, and that the performance of Company's obligations to other Shippers
under their Service Agreements will not be adversely affected thereby, Company
may elect to receive from Shipper said excess quantity or part thereof, and
shall so notify Shipper. Scheduling of Excess Receipts will be in accordance
with Section 10 of the General Terms and Conditions.



ARTICLE 3 - DELIVERIES

Company shall deliver gas to Shipper at the Point(s) of Delivery and under the
conditions specified in Exhibit A hereto and in accordance with Section 13 of
the General Terms and Conditions.



ARTICLE 4 - PAYMENTS

Shipper shall make payments to Company in accordance with Rate Schedules T-1 and
OT-1 and the other applicable terms and provisions of this Service Agreement.



ARTICLE 5 - CHANGE IN TARIFF PROVISIONS

Upon notice to Shipper, Company shall have the right to file with the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission any changes in the terms of any of its Rate
Schedules, General Terms and Conditions or Form of Service Agreement as Company
may deem necessary, and to make such changes effective at such times as Company
desires and is possible under applicable law. Shipper may protest any filed
changes before the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and exercise any other
rights it may have with respect thereto.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY


ARTICLE 6 - CANCELLATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS

When this Service Agreement becomes effective, it shall supersede, cancel and
terminate the following Agreements:


ARTICLE 7 - TERM

This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution and shall under
all circumstances, continue in effect in accordance with the Tariff until the
expiration date of October 31, 2005. If the primary term of this Service
Agreement shall be one year or more, then this Service Agreement shall continue
in effect thereafter until extended or terminated in accordance with Section 5
of Rate Schedule T-1. Shipper shall give Company not less than six (6) months
prior written notice of Shipper's intent to terminate this Service Agreement.
Service rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement shall be abandoned upon
termination of this Service Agreement.

This Service Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force
and effect unless Shipper shall furnish a proper security arrangement, in
accordance with Subsection 9.1 of Rate Schedule T-1, to the Company within
thirty (30) days after notice from the Company subsequent to the occurrence of
any of the following events:

         The filing by Shipper or its parent of a voluntary petition in
         bankruptcy or the entry of a decree or order by a court having
         jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Shipper as bankrupt or
         insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking
         reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect
         of the Shipper under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable
         federal or state law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
         trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Shipper or any
         substantial part of its property, or the ordering of the winding-up or
         liquidation of its affairs, with said order or decree continuing
         unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days.

         A failure by Shipper to pay in full the amount of any invoice rendered
         by Company shall continue for ten (10) days from the date payment is
         due.

Termination of this U.S. Shippers Service Agreement shall not relieve Company
and Shipper of the obligation to correct any Receipt or Delivery Imbalances
hereunder, or

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY


Shipper to pay money due hereunder to Company and shall be in addition to any
other remedies that Company may have.


ARTICLE 8 - APPLICABLE LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

This Service Agreement and Company's Tariff, and the rights and obligations of
Company and Shipper thereunder are subject to all relevant United States lawful
statutes, rules, regulations and orders of duly constituted authorities having
jurisdiction. Subject to the foregoing, this Service Agreement shall be governed
by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska. For
purposes of legal proceedings, this Service Agreement shall be deemed to have
been made in the State of Nebraska and to be performed there, and the Courts of
that State shall have jurisdiction over all disputes which may arise under this
Service Agreement, provided always that nothing herein contained shall prevent
the Company from proceeding at its election against the Shipper in the Courts of
any other state, Province or country.

At the Company's request, the Shipper shall irrevocably appoint an agent in
Nebraska to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in connection
with any judicial proceeding in Nebraska relating to this Service Agreement.
Such service shall be deemed completed on delivery to such process agent (even
if not forwarded to and received by the Shipper). If said agent ceases to act as
a process agent within Nebraska on behalf of Shipper, the Shipper shall appoint
a substitute process agent within Nebraska and deliver to the Company a copy of
the new agent's acceptance of that appointment within (30) days.


ARTICLE 9 - SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

Any person which shall succeed by purchase, amalgamation, merger or
consolidation to the properties, substantially as an entirety, of Shipper or of
Company, as the case may be, and which shall assume all obligations under
Shipper's Service Agreement of Shipper or Company, as the case may be, shall be
entitled to the rights, and shall be subject to the obligations, of its
predecessor under Shipper's Service Agreement. Either party to a Shipper's
Service Agreement may pledge or charge the same under the provisions of any
mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, security agreement or similar instrument
which it has executed, or assign such Service Agreement to any affiliated Person
(which for such


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY


purpose shall mean any person which controls, is under common control with or is
controlled by such party). Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall, however,
operate to release predecessor Shipper from its obligation under its Service
Agreement unless Company shall, in its sole discretion, consent in writing to
such release, which it shall not do unless it concludes that, on the basis of
the facts available to it, such release is not likely to have a substantial
adverse effect upon other Shippers or other Persons who may become liable to
provide funds to Company to enable it to meet any of its obligations. Company
shall not release any Shipper from its obligations under its Service Agreement
without the written consent of the other Shippers unless: (a) such release is
effected pursuant to an assignment of obligations by such Shipper, and the
assumption thereof by the assignee, and the terms of such assignment and
assumption render the obligations being assigned and assumed no more conditional
and no less absolute than those at the time provided therein; and (b) such
release is not likely to have a substantial adverse effect upon Company or the
other Shippers. For the purposes hereof, and without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, any release of any Shipper from its obligations under its Service
Agreement shall be deemed likely to have a substantial adverse effect upon
Company or the other Shippers if the assignee of such obligations has a credit
standing which is not at least equal to the credit standing of the assignor of
such obligations (credit standings in each case as reflected by the ratings on
outstanding debt securities by Moody's Investors Service, Standard and Poor's
Corporation or another rating service acceptable to all Shippers to the extent
available or by other appropriate objective measures). Shipper shall, at
Company's request, execute such instruments and take such other action as may be
desirable to give effect to any such assignment of Company's rights under such
Shipper's Service Agreement or to give effect to the right of a Person whom the
Company has specified pursuant to Section 6 of the General Terms and Conditions
of Company's FERC Gas Tariff as the Person to whom payment of amounts invoiced
by Company shall be made; provided, however, that: (a) Shipper shall not be
required to execute any such instruments or take any such other action the
effect of which is to modify the respective rights and obligations of either
Shipper or Company under this Agreement; and (b) Shipper shall be under no
obligation at any time to determine the status or amount of any payments which
may be due from Company to any Person whom the Company has specified pursuant to
said Section 6 as the Person to whom payment of amounts invoiced by Company
shall be made.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY


ARTICLE 10 - LOSS OF GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY, GAS SUPPLY, TRANSPORTATION OR
MARKET

Without limiting its other responsibilities and obligations under this Service
Agreement, the Shipper acknowledges that it is responsible for obtaining and
assumes the risk of loss of the following: (1) gas removal permits, (2) export
and import licenses, (3) gas supply, (4) markets and (5) transportation upstream
and downstream of the Company's pipeline system. Notwithstanding the loss of one
of the items enumerated above, Shipper shall continue to be liable for payment
to the Company of the transportation charges as provided for in this Service
Agreement.


ARTICLE 11 - OTHER OPERATING PROVISIONS

(This Article to be utilized when necessary to specify other operating
provisions.)


ARTICLE 12 - EXHIBIT A OF SERVICE AGREEMENT, RATE SCHEDULES AND GENERAL TERMS
AND CONDITIONS

Company's Rate Schedules and General Terms and Conditions, which are on file
with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and in effect, and Exhibit A
hereto are all applicable to this Service Agreement and are hereby incorporated
in, and made a part of, this Service Agreement. In the event that the terms and
conditions herein are in conflict with the General Terms and Conditions in
Company's FERC Gas Tariff, the terms and conditions of this Service Agreement
are controlling.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.


ATTEST:                            NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                   By: Northern Plans Natural Gas Company,
                                       Operator

/s/Eva Neufeld                     By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
- -----------------------------          --------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                Title: Vice President


ATTEST:                            TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. 
PIPELINES                          as Agent for TRANSCANADA LIMITED

/s/ Nola Ruzycki                   By: /s/ Douglas I.D. McLean
- -----------------------------          --------------------------------
                                   Title: General Counsel & Corporate Secretary



                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                                                               CONTRACT #: T1056
                                                                    AMENDMENT #2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                AMENDED EXHIBIT A U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Amendment is made and entered into at Omaha, Nebraska as of April 2, 1999,
by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as
"Company" and TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. AS AGENT FOR TRANSCANADA PIPELINES
LIMITED, a(n) Canadian corporation, hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Shipper and Company agree to amend the U.S. Service Agreement
previously entered into between them dated October 10, 1996, as amended
(hereafter referred to as "Agreement"); and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

AMENDED EXHIBIT A
Exhibit A to the Service Agreement is hereby superseded by the attached Amended
Exhibit A reflecting the extension of the term of the Service Agreement from
October 31, 2005 to December 21, 2008 for deliveries of gas received at Ventura
and delivered at Harper.

CHANGE IN TERM
The first Paragraph of Article 7 of the Agreement shall hereafter be and read as
follows:

         This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution, and
         shall under all circumstances, continue in effect in accordance with
         the Tariff until the expiration date of December 21, 2008. If the
         primary term of this Service Agreement shall be one year or more, then
         this Service Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter until
         extended or terminated in accordance with Section 5 of Rate Schedule
         T-1. Shipper shall give Company not less than six (6) months prior
         written notice of Shipper's intent to terminate this Service Agreement.
         Service rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement shall be abandoned
         upon termination of this Service Agreement.


                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                                                               CONTRACT #: T1056
                                                                    AMENDMENT #2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                AMENDED EXHIBIT A U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.

ATTEST:                         NORTHEN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

                                By:      Northern Plans Natural Gas Company,
                                         Operator

/s/ Eva Neufeld                 By:      /s/ Robert A. Hill
- ------------------------                 -----------------------------------
                                Title:   Vice President
                                         -----------------------------------

ATTEST:                         TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent
                                for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED

/s/ Nola Ruzycki                By:      /s/ Mark Smith
- ------------------------                 -----------------------------------
                                Title:   Senior Vice President Business
                                         Development, Trading and
                                         Transportation

                                By:      /s/ Robert Pirt
                                         -----------------------------------
                                         Vice President Transportation


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                                                               CONTRACT #: T1056
                                                                    AMENDMENT #2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                AMENDED EXHIBIT A U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


COMPANY:                  NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

COMPANY'S ADDRESS:        1111 South 103rd Street
                          Omaha, Nebraska 68124-1000

SHIPPER:                  TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent for
                          TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LMITED
                          Attn:  Robert Pirt

SHIPPER'S ADDRESS:        3400, 237 - 4th Avenue S.W.
                          Calgary, AB Canada  T2P 5A4

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Maximum        Minimum         Maximum
                                Role        Maximum        Receipt       Delivery         Receipt         Minimum
                              (Notes 1      Quantity       Pressure       Pressure       Temperature     Temperature
Points                         and 3)      (Mcf/day)       (PSIG)         (PSIG)        ((Degree)F)     ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ----------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------- ---------------
<S>                              <C>         <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>
Port of Morgan, MT               PR          20,000           1435             -            120               32
                                 RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Saskana, MT                      PR          20,000           1435             -            120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Buford, ND                       PR          20,000           1435             -            120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Watford City, ND                 PR          20,000           1435             -            120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Hebron, ND                       PR          20,000           1435             -            120               32


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                                               CONTRACT #: T1056
                                                                    AMENDMENT #2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
          AMENDED EXHIBIT A U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)

<CAPTION>
                                                           Maximum        Minimum         Maximum
                                Role        Maximum        Receipt       Delivery         Receipt         Minimum
                              (Notes 1      Quantity       Pressure       Pressure       Temperature     Temperature
Points                         and 3)      (Mcf/day)       (PSIG)         (PSIG)        ((Degree)F)     ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ----------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------- ---------------
<S>                              <C>         <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000              -           725              -                -
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Glen Ullin, ND                   PR          20,000           1435             -            120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000              -           725              -               32
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Linton, SD                       RD             770              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD             770              -           700              -               32
                                 DD             770              -             -              -                -

Mina, SD                         RD          16,000              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          16,000              -           750              -               32
                                 DD          16,000              -             -              -                -

Warner, SD                       RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000              -         1,000              -               32
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Aberdeen, SD                     RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000              -           800              -               32
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Webster, SD                      RD           5,000              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD           5,000              -           700              -               32
                                 DD           5,000              -             -              -                -

Milbank, SD                      RD           8,073              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                                                               CONTRACT #: T1056
                                                                    AMENDMENT #2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
          AMENDED EXHIBIT A U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)

<CAPTION>
                                                           Maximum        Minimum         Maximum
                                Role        Maximum        Receipt       Delivery         Receipt         Minimum
                              (Notes 1      Quantity       Pressure       Pressure       Temperature     Temperature
Points                         and 3)      (Mcf/day)       (PSIG)         (PSIG)        ((Degree)F)     ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ----------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------- ---------------
<S>                              <C>         <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>
                                 PD           8,073              -           800              -               32
                                 DD           8,073              -             -              -                -

Ivanhoe, MN                      RD           1,791              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD           1,791              -           700              -               32
                                 DD           1,791              -             -              -                -

Tyler, MN                        RD             700              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD             700              -         1,100              -               32
                                 DD             700              -             -              -                -

Balaton, MN                      RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000              -           720              -               32
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Marshall, MN                     RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000              -           800              -               32
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Westbrook, MN                    RD           2,500              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD           2,500              -           800              -               32
                                 DD           2,500              -             -              -                -

Windom, MN                       RD          10,000              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          10,000              -           800              -               32
                                 DD          10,000              -             -              -                -

Welcome, MN                      RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000              -           796              -               32
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Ledyard, IA                      RD           4,000              -             -              -                -

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                                                               CONTRACT #: T1056
                                                                    AMENDMENT #2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
          AMENDED EXHIBIT A U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)

<CAPTION>
                                                           Maximum        Minimum         Maximum
                                Role        Maximum        Receipt       Delivery         Receipt         Minimum
                              (Notes 1      Quantity       Pressure       Pressure       Temperature     Temperature
Points                         and 3)      (Mcf/day)       (PSIG)         (PSIG)        ((Degree)F)     ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ----------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------- ---------------
<S>                              <C>         <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD           4,000              -           800              -               32
                                 DD           4,000              -             -              -                -

Ventura, IA                      RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000              -           820              -               32
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Ventura, IA                      RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
(Note 4)

Grundy Center, IA                RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000              -           800              -               32
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -

Beaman, IA                       RD           5,100              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD           5,100              -           839              -               32
                                 DD           5,100              -             -              -                -

Tama, IA                         RD             880              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD             880              -           816              -               32
                                 DD             880              -             -              -                -

Amana, IA                        RD          16,350              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          16,350              -           783              -                -
                                 DD          16,350              -             -              -                -

Harper, IA                       RD          20,000              -             -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000              -             -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000              -           712              -               32
                                 DD          20,000              -             -              -                -


                                     -6-
<PAGE>

                                                               CONTRACT #: T1056
                                                                    AMENDMENT #2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
          AMENDED EXHIBIT A U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)

<CAPTION>
                                                           Maximum        Minimum         Maximum
                                Role        Maximum        Receipt       Delivery         Receipt         Minimum
                              (Notes 1      Quantity       Pressure       Pressure       Temperature     Temperature
Points                         and 3)      (Mcf/day)       (PSIG)         (PSIG)        ((Degree)F)     ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ----------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------- ---------------
<S>                              <C>         <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>
Total Maximum
Receipt Quantity             20,000 Mcf/day                              Monchy to Harper through 10/31/2005
                             20,000 Mcf/day                              Venture to Harper 11/0/2005 through
                                                                         12/21/2008
</TABLE>

                               ------------------

NOTE 1:   The point role will be either PR for physical receipts, RD for
          receipt by displacement, TP for transfer points, PD for physical
          deliveries, and DD for delivery by displacement.

NOTE 2:   Should nominations at secondary receipt and delivery points be
          received which exceed available capacity, volumes will be scheduled in
          accordance with Northern Border's nomination and scheduling
          procedures.

NOTE 3:   For receipt or delivery of gas by displacement, Company cannot and
          does not have an obligation to physically deliver or receive gas at
          these points. Volumes will be delivered or received at these point(s)
          only to the extent that corresponding equal or greater volumes are
          received or delivered by other parties at these points on the same
          day. These corresponding volumes will be used to displace volumes
          nominated for delivery or receipt by Shipper.

NOTE 4:   This point becomes effective 11/01/2005 and shall continue through
          12/21/2008.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>
                                                               CONTRACT #: T1056
                                                                    AMENDMENT #2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
          AMENDED EXHIBIT A U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)


This Exhibit A is made and entered into as of April 2, 1999. On the effective
date, it shall supersede the Exhibit A dated as of December 21, 1998.

The effective date of this Exhibit A is April 2, 1999.


ATTEST:                         NORTHEN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

                                By:      Northern Plans Natural Gas Company,
                                         Operator

/s/ Eva Neufeld                 By:      /s/ Robert A. Hill
- ------------------------                 -----------------------------------
                                Title:   Vice President
                                         -----------------------------------

ATTEST:                         TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent
                                for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED

/s/                             By:      /s/ Mark Smith
- ------------------------                 -----------------------------------
                                Title:   Senior Vice President Business
                                         Development, Trading and
                                         Transportation

                                By:      /s/ Robert Pirt
                                         -----------------------------------
                                         Vice President Transportation


                                      -8-

<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1115F


                                                                   Exhibit 10.20


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                       TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Agreement (the "Service Agreement") is made and entered into at Omaha,
Nebraska as of OCTOBER 5, 1998, by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY,
hereinafter referred to as "Company" and TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. AS AGENT
FOR TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED, a Canadian corporation, hereinafter referred
to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Company's investors and lenders rely on Certificates of Public
Convenience and Necessity granted by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
and on the Tariff for the return of and the return on all funds invested in or
loaned to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the transportation of natural gas shall be effectuated pursuant to Part
157 or Part 284 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's Regulations; and

WHEREAS, Company recognizes that it will be a condition to the initial
effectiveness of this Service Agreement that, notwithstanding any other
provision of the Tariff or this Service Agreement, the FERC and all other
appropriate federal governmental authorities and/or agencies in the United
States shall have issued, under terms and conditions acceptable to Shipper, all
final nonappealable authorizations and certificates;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 - BASIC RECEIPTS

Shipper shall on each day beginning with Shipper's Billing Commencement Date, as
defined in Section 1 of the General Terms and Conditions of Company's FERC Gas
Tariff, be entitled to tender and, following tender, deliver to Company, at each
of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of gas not in excess of the Daily
Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for such day, as defined in such
Section 1, and Company shall, on such day, take receipt of the quantity of gas
so tendered and delivered by Shipper at such Point of Receipt.

ARTICLE 2 - EXCESS RECEIPTS

If Shipper shall desire to tender to Company on any day beginning with Shipper's
Billing Commencement Date, at any of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of
gas in excess of Shipper's Daily Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for
such day, it shall notify Company of such desire. If Company in its sole
judgment, determines that it has available the necessary capacity to receive and
transport all or any part of such excess quantity and make deliveries in respect
thereof, and that the performance of Company's obligations to other Shippers
under their Agreements will not be adversely affected thereby, Company may elect
to receive from Shipper said excess quantity or part thereof, and shall so
notify Shipper. Scheduling of Excess Receipts will be in accordance with Section
10 of the General Terms and Conditions.


<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1115F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                       TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


ARTICLE 3 - DELIVERIES

Company shall deliver gas to Shipper at the Point(s) of Delivery and under the
conditions specified in Exhibit A hereto and in accordance with Section 13 of
the General Terms and Conditions.

ARTICLE 4 - PAYMENTS

Shipper shall make payments to Company in accordance with Rate Schedules T-1 and
OT-1 and the other applicable terms and provisions of this Service Agreement.

ARTICLE 5 - CHANGE IN TARIFF PROVISIONS

Upon notice to Shipper, Company shall have the right to file with the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission any changes in the terms of any of its Rate
Schedules, General Terms and Conditions or Form of Service Agreement as Company
may deem necessary, and to make such changes effective at such times as Company
desires and is possible under applicable law. Shipper may protest any filed
changes before the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and exercise any other
rights it may have with respect thereto.

ARTICLE 6 - CANCELLATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS

When this Service Agreement becomes effective, it shall supersede, cancel and
terminate the following Agreements:      -none-

ARTICLE 7 - TERM

This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution and shall under
all circumstances continue in effect in accordance with the Tariff until the
expiration date of October 31, 2005. If the primary term of this Service
Agreement shall be one year or more, then this Service Agreement shall continue
in effect thereafter until extended or terminated in accordance with Section 5
of the Rate Schedule T-1. Shipper shall give Company not less than six (6)
months prior written notice of Shipper's intent to terminate this Service
Agreement. Service rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement shall be
abandoned upon termination of this Service Agreement.

This Service Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force
and effect unless Shipper shall furnish a proper security arrangement, in
accordance with Subsection 9.1 of Rate Schedule T-1, to the Company within
thirty (30) days after notice from the Company subsequent to the occurrence of
any of the following events:

         The filing by Shipper or its parent of a voluntary petition in
         bankruptcy or the entry of a decree or order by a court having
         jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Shipper as bankrupt or
         insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking
         reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect
         of the Shipper under the Federal 


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1115F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                       TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


         Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable federal or state law, or
         appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or
         other similar official) of the Shipper or any substantial part of its
         property, or the ordering of the winding-up or liquidation of its
         affairs, with said order or decree continuing unstayed and in effect
         for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days.

         A failure by Shipper to pay in full the amount of any invoice rendered
         by Company shall continue for ten (10) days from the date payment is
         due.

Termination of this U.S. Shippers Service Agreement shall not relieve Company
and Shipper of the obligation to correct any Receipt or Delivery Imbalances
hereunder, or Shipper to pay money due hereunder to Company and shall be in
addition to any other remedies that Company may have.

ARTICLE 8 - APPLICABLE LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

This Service Agreement and Company's Tariff, and the rights and obligations of
Company and Shipper thereunder are subject to all relevant United States lawful
statutes, rules, regulations and orders of duly constituted authorities having
jurisdiction. Subject to the foregoing, this Service Agreement shall be governed
by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska. For
purposes of legal proceedings, this Service Agreement shall be deemed to have
been made in the State of Nebraska and to be performed there, and the Courts of
that State shall have jurisdiction over all disputes which may arise under this
Service Agreement, provided always that nothing herein contained shall prevent
the Company from proceeding at its election against the Shipper in the Courts of
any other state, Province or country.

At the Company's request, the Shipper shall irrevocably appoint an agent in
Nebraska to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in connection
with any judicial proceeding in Nebraska relating to this Service Agreement.
Such service shall be deemed completed on delivery to such process agent (even
if not forwarded to and received by the Shipper). If said agent ceases to act as
a process agent within Nebraska on behalf of Shipper, the Shipper shall appoint
a substitute process agent within Nebraska and deliver to the Company a copy of
the new agent's acceptance of that appointment within 30 days.

ARTICLE 9 - SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

Any person which shall succeed by purchase, amalgamation, merger or
consolidation to the properties, substantially as an entirety, of Shipper or of
Company, as the case may be, and which shall assume all obligations under
Shipper's Service Agreement of Shipper or Company, as the case may be, shall be
entitled to the rights, and shall be subject to the obligations, of its
predecessor under Shipper's Service Agreement. Either party to a shipper's
Service Agreement may pledge or charge the same under the provisions of any
mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, security agreement or similar instrument
which it has executed, or assign such Service Agreement to any affiliated Person
(which for such purpose shall mean any person which controls, is under 


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1115F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                       TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


common control with or is controlled by such party). Nothing contained in this
Article 9 shall, however, operate to release predecessor Shipper from its
obligation under its Service Agreement unless Company shall, in its sole
discretion, consent in writing to such release, which it shall not do unless it
concludes that, on the basis of the facts available to it, such release is not
likely to have a substantial adverse effect upon other Shippers or other Persons
who may become liable to provide funds to Company to enable it to meet any of
its obligations. Company shall not release any Shipper from its obligations
under its Service Agreement without the written consent of the other Shippers
unless: (a) such release is effected pursuant to an assignment of obligations by
such Shipper, and the assumption thereof by the assignee, and the terms of such
assignment and assumption render the obligations being assigned and assumed no
more conditional and no less absolute than those at the time provided therein;
and (b) such release is not likely to have a substantial adverse effect upon
Company or the other Shippers. For the purposes hereof, and without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, any release of any Shipper from its obligations
under its Service Agreement shall be deemed likely to have a substantial adverse
effect upon Company or the other Shippers if the assignee of such obligations
has a credit standing which is not at least equal to the credit standing of the
assignor of such obligations (credit standings in each case as reflected by the
ratings on outstanding debt securities by Moody's Investors Service, Standard
and Poor's Corporation or another rating service acceptable to all Shippers to
the extent available or by other appropriate objective measures). Shipper shall,
at Company's request, execute such instruments and take such other action as may
be desirable to give effect to any such assignment of Company's rights under
such Shipper's Service Agreement or to give effect to the right of a Person whom
the Company has specified pursuant to Section 6 of the General Terms and
Conditions of Company's FERC Gas Tariff as the Person to whom payment of amounts
invoiced by Company shall be made; provided, however, that: (a) Shipper shall
not be required to execute any such instruments or take any such other action
the effect of which is to modify the respective rights and obligations of either
Shipper or Company under this Agreement; and (b) Shipper shall be under no
obligation at any time to determine the status or amount of any payments which
may be due from Company to any Person whom the Company has specified pursuant to
said Section 6 as the Person to whom payment of amounts invoiced by Company
shall be made.

ARTICLE 10 - LOSS OF GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY, GAS SUPPLY, TRANSPORTATION OR
             MARKET

Without limiting, its other responsibilities and obligations under this Service
Agreement, the Shipper acknowledges that it is responsible for obtaining and
assumes the risk of loss of the following: (1) gas removal permits, (2) export
and import licenses, (3) gas supply, (4) markets and (5) transportation upstream
and downstream of the Company's pipeline system. Notwithstanding the loss of one
of the items enumerated above, Shipper shall continue to be liable for payment
to the Company of the transportation charges as provided for in this Service
Agreement.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1115F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                       TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


ARTICLE 11 - OTHER OPERATING PROVISIONS

(This Article to be utilized when necessary to specify other operating
provisions.)

ARTICLE 12 - EXHIBIT A OF SERVICE AGREEMENT, RATE SCHEDULES AND GENERAL TERMS
             AND CONDITIONS

Company's Rate Schedules and General Terms and Conditions, which are on file
with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and in effect, and Exhibit A
hereto are all applicable to this Service Agreement and are hereby incorporated
in, and made a part of, this Service Agreement. In the event that the terms and
conditions herein are in conflict with the General Terms and Conditions in
Company's FERC Gas Tariff, the terms and conditions of this Service Agreement
are controlling.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.

ATTEST:                                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                        By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                            Operator
/s/ Eva Neufeld
- ------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                     By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:        Vice President
                                              ----------------------------------


ATTEST:                                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent
                                        for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED
/s/ Nola Ruzycki             
- ------------------------------          By: /s/ Mark Smith
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President Business
                                               Development, Trading and
                                               Transportation

                                        By: /s/ Robert Pirt
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Vice President Transportation


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1115F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                       TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Amendment is made and entered into at Omaha, Nebraska as of APRIL 2, 1999,
by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as
"Company" and TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. AS AGENT FOR TRANSCANADA PIPELINES
LIMITED, a(n) CANADIAN corporation, hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Shipper and Company agree to amend the U.S. Service Agreement
previously entered into between them dated October 5, 1998, as amended
(hereafter referred to as "Agreement"); and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

AMENDED EXHIBIT A
Exhibit A to the Service Agreement is hereby superseded by the attached Amended
Exhibit A reflecting the extension of the term of the Service Agreement from
October 31, 2005 to December 21, 2008 for deliveries of gas received at Ventura
and delivered at Harper.

CHANGE IN TERM
The first Paragraph of Article 7 of the Agreement shall hereafter be and read as
follows:

         This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution, and
         shall under all circumstances, continue in effect in accordance with
         the Tariff until the expiration date of December 21, 2008. If the
         primary term of this Service Agreement shall be one year or more, then
         this Service Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter until
         extended or terminated accordance with Section 5 of Rate Schedule T-1.
         Shipper shall give Company not less than six (6) months prior written
         notice of Shipper's intent to terminate this Service Agreement. Service
         rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement shall be abandoned upon
         termination of this Service Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.

ATTEST:                                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                        By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                            Operator
/s/ Eva Neufeld
- ------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                     By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:        Vice President
                                              ----------------------------------


                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1115F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                       TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


ATTEST:                                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent
                                        for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED

/s/ Nola Ruzycki                        By: /s/ Mark Smith
- ------------------------------              ------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President Business
                                               Development, Trading and
                                               Transportation

                                        By: /s/ Robert Pirt
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Vice President Transportation


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1115F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


COMPANY:            NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

COMPANY'S ADDRESS:  1111 South 103rd Street
                    Omaha, Nebraska  68124-1000

SHIPPER:            TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent for
                    TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED
                    Attn: Robert Pirt

SHIPPER'S ADDRESS:  3400, 237 - 4th Avenue S.W.
                    Calgary, AB Canada T2P 5A4

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                         Role           Maximum    Receipt       Delivery       Receipt         Minimum
                         (Notes        Quantity    Pressure      Pressure     Temperature     Temperature
Points                   1 and 3)     (Mcf/day)     (PSIG)        (PSIG)      ((degree)F)     ((degree)F)
- ------------------------ ---------- ------------ ------------- ------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                     <C>             <C>         <C>                          <C>             <C>
Port of Morgan, MT       PR              20,000      1435           -             120             32
                         RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -

Saskana, MT              PR              20,000      1435                         120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)       RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -

Buford, ND               PR              20,000      1435                         120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)       RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -

Watford City, ND         PR              20,000      1435                         120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)       RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -

Hebron, ND               PR              20,000      1435                         120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)       RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              20,000       -            725             -               -
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -

Glen Ullin, ND           PR              20,000      1435                         120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)       RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              20,000       -            725             -              32
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -

</TABLE>


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1115F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                         Role           Maximum    Receipt       Delivery       Receipt         Minimum
                         (Notes        Quantity    Pressure      Pressure     Temperature     Temperature
Points                   1 and 3)     (Mcf/day)     (PSIG)        (PSIG)      ((degree)F)     ((degree)F)
- ------------------------ ---------- ------------ ------------- ------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                     <C>             <C>         <C>                          <C>             <C>
Linton SD                RD                 770       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD                 770       -            700             -              32
                         DD                 770       -             -              -               -

Mina, SD                 RD              16,000       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              16,000       -            750             -              32
                         DD              16,000       -             -              -               -

Warner, SD               RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              20,000       -           1,000            -              32
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -

Aberdeen, SD             RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              20,000       -            800             -              32
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -


Webster, SD              RD               5,000       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD               5,000       -            700             -              32
                         DD               5,000       -             -              -               -


Milbank, SD              RD               8,073       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD               8,073       -            800             -              32
                         DD               8,073       -             -              -               -


Ivanhoe, MN              RD               1,791       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD               1,791       -            700             -              32
                         DD               1,791       -             -              -               -


Tyler, MN                RD                 700       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD                 700       -           1,100            -              32
                         DD                 700       -             -              -               -

</TABLE>


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1115F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                         Role           Maximum    Receipt       Delivery       Receipt         Minimum
                         (Notes        Quantity    Pressure      Pressure     Temperature     Temperature
Points                   1 and 3)     (Mcf/day)     (PSIG)        (PSIG)      ((degree)F)     ((degree)F)
- ------------------------ ---------- ------------ ------------- ------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                     <C>             <C>         <C>                          <C>             <C>
Balaton, MN              RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              20,000       -            720             -              32
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -


Marshall, MN             RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              20,000       -            800             -              32
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -


Westbrook, MN            RD               2,500       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD               2,500       -            800             -              32
                         DD               2,500       -             -              -               -


Windom, MN               RD              10,000       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              10,000       -            800             -              32
                         DD              10,000       -             -              -               -


Welcome, MN              RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              20,000       -            796             -              32
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -


Ledyard, IA              RD               4,000       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD               4,000       -            800             -              32
                         DD               4,000       -             -              -               -


Ventura, IA              RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              20,000       -            820             -              32
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -

Ventura, IA              RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
(Note 4)

Grundy Center, IA        RD              20,000       -             -              -               -

</TABLE>


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1115F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                         Role           Maximum    Receipt       Delivery       Receipt         Minimum
                         (Notes        Quantity    Pressure      Pressure     Temperature     Temperature
Points                   1 and 3)     (Mcf/day)     (PSIG)        (PSIG)      ((degree)F)     ((degree)F)
- ------------------------ ---------- ------------ ------------- ------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                     <C>             <C>         <C>                          <C>             <C>
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              20,000       -            800             -              32
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -

Beaman, IA               RD               5,100       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD               5,100       -            839             -              32
                         DD               5,100       -             -              -               -

Tama, IA                 RD                 880       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD                 880       -            816             -              32
                         DD                 880       -             -              -               -


Amana, IA                RD              16,350       -             -              -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)       TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              16,350       -            783             -               -
                         DD              16,350       -             -              -               -

Harper, IA               RD              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         TP              20,000       -             -              -               -
                         PD              20,000       -            712             -              32
                         DD              20,000       -             -              -               -



Total Maximum
Receipt Quantity                    20,000 Mcf/day            Monchy to Harper through 10/31/2005
                                    20,000 Mcf/day            Ventura to Harper - 11/0 1/2005 through 12/21/2008

</TABLE>

                                                  ------------

NOTE 1:  The point role will be either PR for physical receipts, RD for
         receipt by displacement, TP for transfer points, PD for physical
         deliveries, and DD for delivery by displacement.

NOTE 2:  Should nominations at secondary receipt and delivery points be
         received which exceed available capacity, volumes will be scheduled in
         accordance with Northern Border's nomination and scheduling procedures.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1115F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
        AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (CONTINUED)


NOTE 3:  For receipt or delivery of gas by displacement, Company cannot and
         does not have an obligation to physically deliver or receive gas at
         these points. Volumes will be delivered or received at these point(s)
         only to the extent that corresponding equal or greater volumes are
         received or delivered by other parties at these points on the same day.
         These corresponding volumes will be used to displace volumes nominated
         for delivery or receipt by Shipper.

NOTE 4:  This point becomes effective 11/01/2005 and shall continue through
         12/21/2008.



This Exhibit A is made and entered into as of April 2, 1999 . On the effective
date, it shall supersede the Exhibit A dated as of December 21, 1998 .

The effective date of this Exhibit A is     April 2, 1999              .
                                       --------------------------------

ATTEST:                                NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                       By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                            Operator
/s/ Eva Neufeld
- ------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                     By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:        Vice President
                                              ----------------------------------


ATTEST:                                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent
                                        for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED

/s/ Nola Ruzycki                        By: /s/ Mark Smith
- ------------------------------             -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President Business
                                               Development, Trading and
                                               Transportation

                                        By: /s/ Robert Pirt
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Vice President Transportation


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.21


                                                             Contract #:  T1116F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Agreement (the "Service Agreement") is made and entered into at Omaha,
Nebraska as of October 5, 1998, by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY,
hereinafter referred to as "Company" and TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. AS AGENT
FOR TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LEWITED, a Canadian corporation, hereinafter referred
to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Company's investors and lenders rely on Certificates of Public
Convenience and Necessity granted by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
and on the Tariff for the return of and the return on all funds invested in or
loaned to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the transportation of natural gas shall be effectuated pursuant to Part
157 or Part 284 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's Regulations; and

WHEREAS, Company recognizes that it will be a condition to the initial
effectiveness of this Service Agreement that, notwithstanding any other
provision of the Tariff or this Service Agreement, the FERC and all other
appropriate federal governmental authorities and/or agencies in the United
States shall have issued, under terms and conditions acceptable to Shipper, all
final nonappealable authorizations and certificates;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 - BASIC RECEIPTS

Shipper shall on each day beginning with Shipper's Billing Commencement Date, as
defined in Section 1 of the General Terms and Conditions of Company's FERC Gas
Tariff, be entitled to tender and, following tender, deliver to Company, at each
of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of gas not in excess of the Daily
Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for such day, as defined in such
Section 1, and Company shall, on such day, take receipt of the quantity of gas
so tendered and delivered by Shipper at such Point of Receipt.

ARTICLE 2 - EXCESS RECEIPTS

If Shipper shall desire to tender to Company on any day beginning with Shipper's
Billing Commencement Date, at any of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of
gas in excess of Shipper's Daily Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for
such day, it shall notify Company of such desire. If Company in its sole
judgment, determines that it has available the necessary capacity to receive and
transport all or any part of such excess quantity and make deliveries in respect
thereof, and that the performance of Company's obligations to other Shippers
under their Agreements will not be adversely affected thereby, Company may elect
to receive from Shipper said excess quantity or part thereof, and shall so
notify Shipper. Scheduling of Excess Receipts will be in accordance with Section
10 of the General Terms and Conditions.


<PAGE>

                                                             Contract #:  T1116F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


ARTICLE 3 - DELIVERIES

Company shall deliver gas to Shipper at the Point(s) of Delivery and under the
conditions specified in Exhibit A hereto and in accordance with Section 13 of
the General Terms and Conditions.

ARTICLE 4 - PAYMENTS

Shipper shall make payments to Company in accordance with Rate Schedules T-1 and
OT-1 and the other applicable terms and provisions of this Service Agreement.

ARTICLE 5 - CHANGE IN TARIFF PROVISIONS

Upon notice to Shipper, Company shall have the right to file with the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission any changes in the terms of any of its Rate
Schedules, General Terms and Conditions or Form of Service Agreement as Company
may deem necessary, and to make such changes effective at such times as Company
desires and is possible under applicable law. Shipper may protest any filed
changes before the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and exercise any other
rights it may have with respect thereto.

ARTICLE 6 - CANCELLATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS

When this Service Agreement becomes effective, it shall supersede, cancel and
terminate the following Agreements: -none-

ARTICLE 7 - TERM

This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution and shall under
all circumstances continue in effect in accordance with the Tariff until the
expiration date of October 31, 2005. If the primary term of this Service
Agreement shall be one year or more, then this Service Agreement shall continue
in effect thereafter until extended or terminated in accordance with Section 5
of the Rate Schedule T-1. Shipper shall give Company not less than six (6)
months prior written notice of Shipper's intent to terminate this Service
Agreement. Service rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement shall be
abandoned upon termination of this Service Agreement.

This Service Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force
and effect unless Shipper shall furnish a proper security arrangement, in
accordance with Subsection 9.1 of Rate Schedule T-1, to the Company within
thirty (30) days after notice from the Company subsequent to the occurrence of
any of the following events:


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                                                             Contract #:  T1116F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


         The filing by Shipper or its parent of a voluntary petition in
         bankruptcy or the entry of a decree or order by a court having
         jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Shipper as bankrupt or
         insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking
         reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect
         of the Shipper under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable
         federal or state law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
         trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Shipper or any
         substantial part of its property, or the ordering of the winding-up or
         liquidation of its affairs, with said order or decree continuing
         unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days.

         A failure by Shipper to pay in full the amount of any invoice rendered
         by Company shall continue for ten (10) days from the date payment is
         due.

Termination of this U.S. Shippers Service Agreement shall not relieve Company
and Shipper of the obligation to correct any Receipt or Delivery Imbalances
hereunder, or Shipper to pay money due hereunder to Company and shall be in
addition to any other remedies that Company may have.

ARTICLE 8 - APPLICABLE LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

This Service Agreement and Company's Tariff, and the rights and obligations of
Company and Shipper thereunder are subject to all relevant United States lawful
statutes, rules, regulations and orders of duly constituted authorities having
jurisdiction. Subject to the foregoing, this Service Agreement shall be governed
by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska. For
purposes of legal proceedings, this Service Agreement shall be deemed to have
been made in the State of Nebraska and to be performed there, and the Courts of
that State shall have jurisdiction over all disputes which may arise under this
Service Agreement, provided always that nothing herein contained shall prevent
the Company from proceeding at its election against the Shipper in the Courts of
any other state, Province or country.

At the Company's request, the Shipper shall irrevocably appoint an agent in
Nebraska to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in connection
with any judicial proceeding in Nebraska relating to this Service Agreement.
Such service shall be deemed completed on delivery to such process agent (even
if not forwarded to and received by the Shipper). If said agent ceases to act as
a process agent within Nebraska on behalf of Shipper, the Shipper shall appoint
a substitute process agent within Nebraska and deliver to the Company a copy of
the new agent's acceptance of that appointment within 30 days.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                                             Contract #:  T1116F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


ARTICLE 9 - SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

Any person which shall succeed by purchase, amalgamation, merger or
consolidation to the properties, substantially as an entirety, of Shipper or of
Company, as the case may be, and which shall assume all obligations under
Shipper's Service Agreement of Shipper or Company, as the case may be, shall be
entitled to the rights, and shall be subject to the obligations, of its
predecessor under Shipper's Service Agreement. Either party to a Shipper's
Service Agreement may pledge or charge the same under the provisions of any
mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, security agreement or similar instrument
which it has executed, or assign such Service Agreement to any affiliated Person
(which for such purpose shall mean any person which controls, is under common
control with or is controlled by such party). Nothing contained in this Article
9 shall, however, operate to release predecessor Shipper from its obligation
under its Service Agreement unless Company shall, in its sole discretion,
consent in writing to such release, which it shall not do unless it concludes
that, on the basis of the facts available to it, such release is not likely to
have a substantial adverse effect upon other Shippers or other Persons who may
become liable to provide funds to Company to enable it to meet any of its
obligations. Company shall not release any Shipper from its obligations under
its Service Agreement without the written consent of the other Shippers unless:
(a) such release is effected pursuant to an assignment of obligations by such
Shipper, and the assumption thereof by the assignee, and the terms of such
assignment and assumption render the obligations being assigned and assumed no
more conditional and no less absolute than those at the time provided therein;
and (b) such release is not likely to have a substantial adverse effect upon
Company or the other Shippers. For the purposes hereof, and without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, any release of any Shipper from its obligations
under its Service Agreement shall be deemed likely to have a substantial adverse
effect upon Company or the other Shippers if the assignee of such obligations
has a credit standing which is not at least equal to the credit standing of the
assignor of such obligations (credit standings in each case as reflected by the
ratings on outstanding debt securities by Moody's Investors Service, Standard
and Poor's Corporation or another rating service acceptable to all Shippers to
the extent available or by other appropriate objective measures). Shipper shall,
at Company's request, execute such instruments and take such other action as may
be desirable to give effect to any such assignment of Company's rights under
such Shipper's Service Agreement or to give effect to the right of a Person whom
the Company has specified pursuant to Section 6 of the General Terms and
Conditions of Company's FERC Gas Tariff as the Person to whom payment of amounts
invoiced by Company shall be made; provided, however, that: (a) Shipper shall
not be required to execute any such instruments or take any such other action
the effect of which is to modify the respective rights and obligations of either
Shipper or Company under this Agreement; and (b) Shipper shall be under no
obligation at any time to determine the status or amount of any payments which
may be due from Company to any Person whom the Company has specified pursuant to
said Section 6 as the Person to whom payment of amounts invoiced by Company
shall be made.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                                                             Contract #:  T1116F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


ARTICLE 10 - LOSS OF GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY, GAS SUPPLY, TRANSPORTATION OR
             MARKET

Without limiting, its other responsibilities and obligations under this Service
Agreement, the Shipper acknowledges that it is responsible for obtaining and
assumes the risk of loss of the following: (1) gas removal permits, (2) export
and import licenses, (3) gas supply, (4) markets and (5) transportation upstream
and downstream of the Company's pipeline system. Notwithstanding the loss of one
of the items enumerated above, Shipper shall continue to be liable for payment
to the Company of the transportation charges as provided for in this Service
Agreement.

ARTICLE 11 - OTHER OPERATING PROVISIONS

(This Article to be utilized when necessary to specify other operating
provisions.)

ARTICLE 12 - EXHIBIT A OF SERVICE AGREEMENT, RATE SCHEDULES AND GENERAL TERMS
             AND CONDITIONS

Company's Rate Schedules and General Terms and Conditions, which are on file
with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and in effect, and Exhibit A
hereto are all applicable to this Service Agreement and are hereby incorporated
in, and made a part of, this Service Agreement. In the event that the terms and
conditions herein are in conflict with the General Terms and Conditions in
Company's FERC Gas Tariff, the terms and conditions of this Service Agreement
are controlling.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.

ATTEST:                                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                        By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                            Operator
/s/ Eva Neufeld
- ------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                     By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:        Vice President
                                              ----------------------------------


ATTEST:                                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent
                                        for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED

/s/ Nola Ruzycki                        By: /s/ Mark Smith
- ------------------------------              ------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President Business
                                               Development, Trading and
                                               Transportation


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1116F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                     AMENDED U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Amendment is made and entered into at Omaha, Nebraska as of April 2, 1999
by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as
"Company" and TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. AS AGENT FOR TRANSCANADA PIPELINES
LIMITED, a(n) Canadian Corporation, hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Shipper and Company agree to amend the U.S. Service Agreement
previously entered into between them dated October 5, 1998, as amended
(hereafter referred to as "Agreement"); and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

AMENDED EXHIBIT A
Exhibit A to the Service Agreement is hereby superseded by the attached Amended
Exhibit A reflecting the extension of the term of the Service Agreement from
October 31, 2005 to December 21, 2008 for deliveries of gas received at Ventura
and delivered at Harper.

CHANGE IN TERM
The first Paragraph of Article 7 of the Agreement shall hereafter be and read as
follows:

                  This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its
                  execution, and shall under all circumstances, continue in
                  effect in accordance with the Tariff until the expiration date
                  of December 21, 2008. If the primary term of this Service
                  Agreement shall be one year or more, then this Service
                  Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter until extended
                  or terminated accordance with Section 5 of Rate Schedule T-1.
                  Shipper shall give Company not less than six (6) months prior
                  written notice of Shipper's intent to terminate this Service
                  Agreement. Service rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement
                  shall be abandoned upon termination of this Service Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.

ATTEST:                                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                        By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                            Operator
/s/ Eva Neufeld
- ------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                     By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:        Vice President
                                              ----------------------------------


ATTEST:                                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent
                                        for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED

/s/ Nola Ruzycki                        By: /s/ Mark Smith
- ------------------------------              ------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President Business
                                               Development, Trading and
                                               Transportation

                                        By: /s/ Robert Pirt
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Vice President Transportation


                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1116F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


COMPANY:                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

COMPANY'S ADDRESS:       1111 South 103rd Street
                         Omaha, Nebraska  68124-1000

SHIPPER:                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent for
                         TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED
                         Attn: Robert Pirt

SHIPPER'S ADDRESS:       3400, 237 - 4th Avenue S.W.
                         Calgary, AB Canada T2P 5A4

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Maximum        Maximum        Maximum
                                Role         Maximum         Receipt       Delivery        Receipt           Minimum
                               (Notes        Quantity       Pressure       Pressure      Temperature       Temperature
Points                        1 and 3)      (Mcf/day)        (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((Degree)F)       ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------------
<S>                             <C>         <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>
Port of Morgan, MT               PR          20,000           1435             -             120               32
                                 RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -

Saskana, MT                      PR          20,000           1435             -             120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -

Buford, ND                       PR          20,000           1435             -             120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                   
Watford City, ND                 PR          20,000           1435             -             120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                   
Hebron, ND                       PR          20,000           1435             -             120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000             -             725             -                -
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                   
Glen Ullin, ND                   PR          20,000           1435             -             120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000             -             725             -                32
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -

Linton, SD                       RD             770             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD             770             -             700             -                32

</TABLE>


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1116F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Maximum        Maximum        Maximum
                                Role         Maximum         Receipt       Delivery        Receipt           Minimum
                               (Notes        Quantity       Pressure       Pressure      Temperature       Temperature
Points                        1 and 3)      (Mcf/day)        (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((Degree)F)       ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------------
<S>                             <C>         <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>
                                 DD             770             -              -              -                -
Mina, SD                         RD          16,000             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          16,000             -             750             -                32
                                 DD          16,000             -              -              -                -
                                    
Warner, SD                       RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000             -            1,000            -                32
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                    
Aberdeen, SD                     RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000             -             800             -                32
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                    
Webster, SD                      RD           5,000             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD           5,000             -             700             -                32
                                 DD           5,000             -              -              -                -
                                   
Milbank, SD                      RD           8,073             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD           8,073             -             800             -                32
                                 DD           8,073             -              -              -                -
                                   
Ivanhoe, MN                      RD           1,791             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD           1,791             -             700             -                32
                                 DD           1,791             -              -              -                -
                                   
Tyler, MN                        RD             700             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD             700             -            1,100            -                32
                                 DD             700             -              -              -                -
                                   
Balaton, MN                      RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000             -             720             -                32
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                   
Marshall, MN                     RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000             -             800             -                32
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                   
Westbrook, MN                    RD           2,500             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD           2,500             -             800             -                32

</TABLE>


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1116F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Maximum        Maximum        Maximum
                                Role         Maximum         Receipt       Delivery        Receipt           Minimum
                               (Notes        Quantity       Pressure       Pressure      Temperature       Temperature
Points                        1 and 3)      (Mcf/day)        (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((Degree)F)       ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------------
<S>                             <C>         <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>
                                 DD           2,500             -              -              -                -
                                   
Windom, MN                       RD          10,000             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          10,000             -             800             -                32
                                 DD          10,000             -              -              -                -
                                   
Welcome, MN                      RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000             -             796             -                32
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                   
Ledyard, IA                      RD           4,000             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD           4,000             -             800             -                32
                                 DD           4,000             -              -              -                -
                                   
Ventura, IA                      RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000             -             820             -                32
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                   
Ventura, IA                      RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
(Note 4)                           
                                   
Grundy Center, IA                RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000             -             800             -                32
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                   
Beaman, IA                       RD           5,100             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD           5,100             -             839             -                32
                                 DD           5,100             -              -              -                -
                                   
Tama, IA                         RD             880             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD             880             -             816             -                32
                                 DD             880             -              -              -                -
                                   
Amana, IA                        RD          16,350             -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          16,350             -             783             -                -
                                 DD          16,350             -              -              -                -

</TABLE>


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1116F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Maximum        Maximum        Maximum
                                Role         Maximum         Receipt       Delivery        Receipt           Minimum
                               (Notes        Quantity       Pressure       Pressure      Temperature       Temperature
Points                        1 and 3)      (Mcf/day)        (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((Degree)F)       ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------------
<S>                             <C>         <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>
Harper, IA                       RD          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 TP          20,000             -              -              -                -
                                 PD          20,000             -             712             -                32
                                 DD          20,000             -              -              -                -

Total Maximum
Receipt Quantity    20,000 Mcf/day      Monchy to Harper through 10/31/2005
                    20,000 Mcf/day      Ventura to Harper - 11/01/2005 through 12/21/2008

</TABLE>

                               ------------------

NOTE 1:    The point role will be either PR for physical receipts, RD for
           receipt by displacement, TP for transfer points, PD for physical
           deliveries, and DD for delivery by displacement.

NOTE 2:    Should nominations at secondary receipt and delivery points be
           received which exceed available capacity, volumes will be scheduled
           in accordance with Northern Border's nomination and scheduling
           procedures.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1116F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
        AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (CONTINUED)

NOTE 3:    For receipt or delivery of gas by displacement, Company cannot and
           does not have an obligation to physically deliver or receive gas at
           these points. Volumes will be delivered or received at these point(s)
           only to the extent that corresponding equal or greater volumes are
           received or delivered by other parties at these points on the same
           day. These corresponding volumes will be used to displace volumes
           nominated for delivery or receipt by Shipper.

NOTE 4:    This point becomes effective 11/01/2005 and shall continue through
           12/21/2008.



This Exhibit A is made and entered into as of April 2, 1998. On the effective
date, it shall supersede the Exhibit A dated as of December 2l, 1998.

The effective date of this Exhibit A is April 2, 1999.

ATTEST:                                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                        By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                            Operator
/s/ Eva Neufeld
- ------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                     By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:        Vice President
                                              ----------------------------------


ATTEST:                                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent
                                        for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED
/s/ Nola Ruzycki
- ------------------------------
                                        By: /s/ Mark Smith
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President Business
                                               Development, Trading and
                                               Transportation


                                      -6-

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.22


                                                               Contract #:T1117F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Agreement (the "Service Agreement") is made and entered into at Omaha,
Nebraska as of October 5, 1998, by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY,
hereinafter referred to as "Company" and TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. AS AGENT
FOR TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED, a Canadian corporation, hereinafter referred
to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Company's investors and lenders rely on Certificates of Public
Convenience and Necessity granted by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
and on the Tariff for the return of and the return on all funds invested in or
loaned to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the transportation of natural gas shall be effectuated pursuant to Part
157 or Part 284 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's Regulations; and

WHEREAS, Company recognizes that it will be a condition to the initial
effectiveness of this Service Agreement that, notwithstanding any other
provision of the Tariff or this Service Agreement, the FERC and all other
appropriate federal governmental authorities and/or agencies in the United
States shall have issued, under terms and conditions acceptable to Shipper, all
final nonappealable authorizations and certificates;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I - BASIC RECEIPTS
Shipper shall on each day beginning with Shipper's Billing Commencement Date, as
defined in Section 1 of the General Terms and Conditions of Company's FERC Gas
Tariff, be entitled to tender and, following tender, deliver to Company, at each
of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of gas not in excess of the Daily
Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for such day, as defined in such
Section 1, and Company shall, on such day, take receipt of the quantity of gas
so tendered and delivered by Shipper at such Point of Receipt.

ARTICLE 2 - EXCESS RECEIPTS
If Shipper shall desire to tender to Company on any day beginning with Shipper's
Billing Commencement Date, at any of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of
gas in excess of Shipper's Daily Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for
such day, it shall notify Company of such desire. If Company in its sole
judgment, determines that it has available the necessary capacity to receive and
transport all or any part of such excess quantity and make deliveries in respect
thereof, and that the performance of Company's obligations to other Shippers
under their Agreements will not be adversely affected thereby, Company may elect
to receive from Shipper said excess quantity or part thereof, and shall so
notify Shipper. Scheduling of Excess Receipts will be in accordance with Section
10 of the General Terms and Conditions.


                                       1
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #:T1117F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


ARTICLE 3 - DELIVERIES
Company shall deliver gas to Shipper at the Point(s) of Delivery and under the
conditions specified in Exhibit A hereto and in accordance with Section 13 of
the General Terms and Conditions.

ARTICLE 4 - PAYMENTS
Shipper shall make payments to Company in accordance with Rate Schedules T-1 and
OT-1 and the other applicable terms and provisions of this Service Agreement.

ARTICLE 5 - CHANGE IN TARIFF PROVISIONS
Upon notice to Shipper, Company shall have the right to file with the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission any changes in the terms of any of its Rate
Schedules, General Terms and Conditions or Form of Service Agreement as Company
may deem necessary, and to make such changes effective at such times as Company
desires and is possible under applicable law. Shipper may protest any filed
changes before the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and exercise any other
rights it may have with respect thereto.

ARTICLE 6 - CANCELLATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS
When this Service Agreement becomes effective, it shall supersede, cancel and
terminate the following Agreements: -none-

ARTICLE 7 - TERM
This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution and shall under
all circumstances continue in effect in accordance with the Tariff until the
expiration date of October 31, 2005. If the primary term of this Service
Agreement shall be one year or more, then this Service Agreement shall continue
in effect thereafter until extended or terminated in accordance with Section 5
of the Rate Schedule T-1. Shipper shall give Company not less than six (6)
months prior written notice of Shipper's intent to terminate this Service
Agreement. Service rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement shall be
abandoned upon termination of this Service Agreement.

This Service Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force
and effect unless Shipper shall furnish a proper security arrangement, in
accordance with Subsection 9.1 of Rate Schedule T-1, to the Company within
thirty (30) days after notice from the Company subsequent to the occurrence of
any of the following events:

         The filing by Shipper or its parent of a voluntary petition in
         bankruptcy or the entry of a decree or order by a court having
         jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Shipper as bankrupt or
         insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking
         reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect
         of 


                                       2
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #:T1117F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


         the Shipper under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable
         federal or state law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
         trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Shipper or any
         substantial part of its property, or the ordering of the winding-up or
         liquidation of its affairs, with said order or decree continuing
         unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days.

         A failure by Shipper to pay in full the amount of any invoice rendered
         by Company shall continue for ten (10) days from the date payment is
         due.

Termination of this U.S. Shippers Service Agreement shall not relieve Company
and Shipper of the obligation to correct any Receipt or Delivery Imbalances
hereunder, or Shipper to pay money due hereunder to Company and shall be in
addition to any other remedies that Company may have.

ARTICLE 8 - APPLICABLE LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION
This Service Agreement and Company's Tariff, and the rights and obligations of
Company and Shipper thereunder are subject to all relevant United States lawful
statutes, rules, regulations and orders of duly constituted authorities having
jurisdiction. Subject to the foregoing, this Service Agreement shall be governed
by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska. For
purposes of legal proceedings, this Service Agreement shall be deemed to have
been made in the State of Nebraska and to be performed there, and the Courts of
that State shall have jurisdiction over all disputes which may arise under this
Service Agreement, provided always that nothing herein contained shall prevent
the Company from proceeding at its election against the Shipper in the Courts of
any other state, Province or country.

At the Company's request, the Shipper shall irrevocably appoint an agent in
Nebraska to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in connection
with any judicial proceeding in Nebraska relating to this Service Agreement.
Such service shall be deemed completed on delivery to such process agent (even
if not forwarded to and received by the Shipper). If said agent ceases to act as
a process agent within Nebraska on behalf of Shipper, the Shipper shall appoint
a substitute process agent within Nebraska and deliver to the Company a copy of
the new agent's acceptance of that appointment within 30 days.

ARTICLE 9 - SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
Any person which shall succeed by purchase, amalgamation, merger or
consolidation to the properties, substantially as an entirety, of Shipper or of
Company, as the case may be, and which shall assume all obligations under
Shipper's Service Agreement of Shipper or Company, as the case may be, shall be
entitled to the rights, and shall be subject to the obligations, of its
predecessor under Shipper's Service Agreement. Either party to a Shipper's
Service Agreement may pledge or charge the same under the provisions of any


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #:T1117F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, security agreement or similar instrument
which it has executed, or assign such Service Agreement to any affiliated Person
(which for such purpose shall mean any person which controls, is under common
control with or is controlled by such party). Nothing contained in this Article
9 shall, however, operate to release predecessor Shipper from its obligation
under its Service Agreement unless Company shall, in its sole discretion,
consent in writing, to such release, which it shall not do unless it concludes
that, on the basis of the facts available to it, such release is not likely to
have a substantial adverse effect upon other Shippers or other Persons who may
become liable to provide funds to Company to enable it to meet any of its
obligations. Company shall not release any Shipper from its obligations under
its Service Agreement without the written consent of the other Shippers unless:
(a) such release is effected pursuant to an assignment of obligations by such
Shipper, and the assumption thereof by the assignee, and the terms of such
assignment and assumption render the obligations being assigned and assumed no
more conditional and no less absolute than those at the time provided therein;
and (b) such release is not likely to have a substantial adverse effect upon
Company or the other Shippers. For the purposes hereof, and without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, any release of any Shipper from its obligations
under its Service Agreement shall be deemed likely to have a substantial adverse
effect upon Company or the other Shippers if the assignee of such obligations
has a credit standing which is not at least equal to the credit standing of the
assignor of such obligations (credit standings in each case as reflected by the
ratings on outstanding debt securities by Moody's Investors Service, Standard
and Poor's Corporation or another rating service acceptable to all Shippers to
the extent available or by other appropriate objective measures). Shipper shall,
at Company's request, execute such instruments and take such other action as may
be desirable to give effect to any such assignment of Company's rights under
such Shipper's Service Agreement or to give effect to the right of a Person whom
the Company has specified pursuant to Section 6 of the General Terms and
Conditions of Company's FERC Gas Tariff as the Person to whom payment of amounts
invoiced by Company shall be made; provided, however, that: (a) Shipper shall
not be required to execute any such instruments or take any such other action
the effect of which is to modify the respective rights and obligations of either
Shipper or Company under this Agreement; and (b) Shipper shall be under no
obligation at any time to determine the status or amount of any payments which
may be due from Company to any Person whom the Company has specified pursuant to
said Section 6 as the Person to whom payment of amounts invoiced by Company
shall be made.

ARTICLE 10 - LOSS OF GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY, GAS SUPPLY, TRANSPORTATION OR
             MARKET

Without limiting its other responsibilities and obligations under this Service
Agreement, the Shipper acknowledges that it is responsible for obtaining and
assumes the risk of loss of the following: (1) gas removal permits, (2) export
and import licenses, (3) gas supply, (4) markets and (5) transportation upstream


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #:T1117F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


and downstream of the Company's pipeline system. Notwithstanding the loss of 
one of the items enumerated above, Shipper shall continue to be liable for 
payment to the Company of the transportation charges as provided for in this 
Service Agreement.

ARTICLE 11 - OTHER OPERATING PROVISIONS

(This Article to be utilized when necessary to specify other operating
provisions.)

ARTICLE 12 - EXHIBIT A OF SERVICE AGREEMENT, RATE SCHEDULES AND GENERAL TERMS
             AND CONDITIONS

Company's Rate Schedules and General Terms and Conditions, which are on file
with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and in effect, and Exhibit A
hereto are all applicable to this Service Agreement and are hereby incorporated
in, and made a part of, this Service Agreement. In the event that the terms and
conditions herein are in conflict with the General Terms and Conditions in
Company's FERC Gas Tariff, the terms and conditions of this Service Agreement
are controlling.


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #:T1117F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.

ATTEST:                                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                        By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                            Operator
/s/ Eva Neufeld
- ------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                     By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:        Vice President
                                              ----------------------------------


ATTEST:                                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent
                                        for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED
/s/ Nola Ruzycki
- ------------------------------
                                        By: /s/ Mark Smith
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President Business
                                               Development, Trading and
                                               Transportation


                                        By: /s/ Rob Pirt
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Vice President Transportation



                                       6
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #:T1117F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                    AMENDED U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Amendment is made and entered into at Omaha, Nebraska as of April 2, 1999
by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as
"Company" and TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. AS AGENT FOR TRANSCANADA PIPELINES
LIMITED, a(n) Canadian Corporation, hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Shipper and Company agree to amend the U.S. Service Agreement
previously entered into between them dated October 5, 1998, as amended
(hereafter referred to as " Agreement"); and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

AMENDED EXHIBIT A
Exhibit A to the Service Agreement is hereby superseded by the attached Amended
Exhibit A reflecting the extension of the term of the Service Agreement from
October 31, 2005 to December 21, 2008 for deliveries of gas received at Ventura
and delivered at Harper.

CHANGE IN TERM
The first Paragraph of Article 7 of the Agreement shall hereafter be and read as
follows:

         This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution, and
         shall under all circumstances, continue in effect in accordance with
         the Tariff until the expiration date of December 21, 2008. If the
         primary term of this Service Agreement shall be one year or more, then
         this Service Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter until
         extended or terminated accordance with Section 5 of Rate Schedule T-1.
         Shipper shall give Company not less than six (6) months prior written
         notice of Shipper's intent to terminate this Service Agreement. Service
         rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement shall be abandoned upon
         termination of this Service Agreement.


                                       7
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #:T1117F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.

ATTEST:                                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                        By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                            Operator
/s/ Eva Neufeld
- ------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                     By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:        Vice President
                                              ----------------------------------


ATTEST:                                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent
                                        for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED
/s/ Nola Ruzycki
- ------------------------------
                                        By: /s/ Mark Smith
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President Business
                                               Development, Trading and
                                               Transportation

                                        By: /s/ Rob Pirt
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Vice President Transportation



                                       8
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #:T1117F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


COMPANY:                             NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

COMPANY ADDRESS:                     1111 South 103rd Street
                                     Omaha, Nebraska 68124-1000

SHIPPER:                             TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICS INC. as Agent for
                                     TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED
                                     Attn:  Robert Pirt

SHIPPER'S ADDRESS:                   3400, 237 - 4th Avenue S.W.
                                     Calgary, AB Canada T2P 5A4

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Maximum        Maximum        Maximum
                                Role      Maximum            Receipt       Delivery        Receipt           Minimum
                               (Notes     Quantity          Pressure       Pressure      Temperature       Temperature
Points                        1 and 3)    (MCF/Day)          (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((Degree)F)       ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------------
<S>                             <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>
Port of Morgan, MT               PR           20,000          1435             -             120               32
                                 RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                   
Saskana, MT                      PR           20,000          1435             -             120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                   
Buford, ND                       PR           20,000          1435             -             120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                   
Watford, ND                      PR           20,000          1435             -             120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -

Hebron, ND                       PR           20,000          1435             -             120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD           20,000            -             725             -                -
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                   
Glen Ullin, ND                   PR           20,000          1435             -             120               32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD           20,000            -             725             -                32
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -

</TABLE>


                                       9
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #:T1117F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Maximum        Maximum        Maximum
                                Role      Maximum            Receipt       Delivery        Receipt           Minimum
                               (Notes     Quantity          Pressure       Pressure      Temperature       Temperature
Points                        1 and 3)    (MCF/Day)          (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((Degree)F)       ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------------
<S>                             <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>
Linton, SD                       RD              770            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD              770            -             700             -                32
                                 DD              770            -              -              -                -
                                   
Mina, SD                         RD           16,000            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD           16,000            -             750             -                32
                                 DD           16,000            -              -              -                -
                                   
Warner, SD                       RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD           20,000            -            1,000            -                32
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                   
Aberdeen, SD                     RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD           20,000            -             800             -                32
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                   
Webster, SD                      RD            5,000            -              -              -                -
(Secondard-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD            5,000            -             700             -                32
                                 DD            5,000            -              -              -                -

Milbank, SD                      RD            8,073            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD            8,073            -             800             -                32
                                 DD            8,073            -              -              -                -

Ivanhoe, MN                      RD            1,791            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD            1,791            -             700             -                32
                                 DD            1,791            -              -              -                -

Tyler, MN                        RD              700            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note2)                TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD              700            -            1,100            -                32
                                 DD              700            -              -              -                -

Balaton, MN                      RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD           20,000            -             720             -                32
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -

</TABLE>


                                       10
<PAGE>
                                                               Contract #:T1117F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Maximum        Maximum        Maximum
                                Role      Maximum            Receipt       Delivery        Receipt           Minimum
                               (Notes     Quantity          Pressure       Pressure      Temperature       Temperature
Points                        1 and 3)    (MCF/Day)          (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((Degree)F)       ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------------
<S>                             <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>
Marshall, MN                     RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD           20,000            -             800             -                32
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -

Westbrook, MN                    RD            2,500            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD            2,500            -             800             -                32
                                 DD            2,500            -              -              -                -

Windom, MN                       RD           10,000            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -                             -                -
                                 PD           10,000            -             800             -                32
                                 DD           10,000            -              -              -                -

Welcome, MN                      RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD           20,000            -             796             -                32
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -

Ledyard, IA                      RD            4,000            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD            4,000            -             800             -                32
                                 DD            4,000            -              -              -                -

Ventura, IA                      RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD           20,000            -             820             -                32
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -

Ventura, IA                      RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
(Note 4)

Grundy Center, IA                RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD           20,000            -             800             -                32
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -

Beaman, IA                       RD            5,100            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD            5,100            -             839             -                32
                                 DD            5,100            -              -              -                -

</TABLE>


                                       11
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #:T1117F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Maximum        Maximum        Maximum
                                Role      Maximum            Receipt       Delivery        Receipt           Minimum
                               (Notes     Quantity          Pressure       Pressure      Temperature       Temperature
Points                        1 and 3)    (MCF/Day)          (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((Degree)F)       ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------------
<S>                             <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>
Tama, IA                         RD              880            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD              880            -             816             -                32
                                 DD              880            -              -              -                -

Amana, IA                        RD           16,350            -              -              -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD           16,350            -             783             -                -
                                 DD           16,350            -              -              -                -

Harper, IA                       RD           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 TP           20,000            -              -              -                -
                                 PD           20,000            -             712             -                32
                                 DD           20,000            -              -              -                -


Total Maximum
Receipt Quantity               20,000 Mcf/day        Monchy to Harper through 10/31/2005
                               20,000 Mcf/day        Ventura to Harper - 11/01/2005 through 12/21/2008

</TABLE>

                                                   ------------

NOTE 1:    The point role will be either PR for physical receipts, RD for
           receipt by displacement, TP for transfer points, PD for physical
           deliveries, and DD for delivery by displacement.

NOTE 2:    Should nominations at secondary receipt and delivery points be
           received which exceed available capacity, volumes will be scheduled
           in accordance with Northern Border's nominations and scheduling
           procedures.

NOTE 3:    For receipt or delivery of gas by displacement, Company cannot and
           does not have an obligation to physically deliver or receive gas at
           these points. Volumes will be delivered or received at these point(s)
           only to the extent that corresponding equal or greater volumes are
           received or delivered by other parties at these points on the same
           day. These corresponding volumes will be used to displace volumes
           nominated for delivery or receipt by Shipper.

NOTE 4:    This point becomes effective 11/01/2005 and shall continue through
           12/21/2008.


                                       12
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #:T1117F
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

This Exhibit A is made and entered into as of April 2, 1999. On the effective
date, it shall supersede the Exhibit A dated as of December 21, 1998.

The effective date of this Exhibit A is April 2, 1999.

ATTEST:                                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                        By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                            Operator
/s/ Eva Neufeld
- ------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                     By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title:        Vice President
                                              ----------------------------------


ATTEST:                                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent
                                        for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED
/s/ Nola Ruzycki
- ------------------------------
                                        By: /s/ Mark Smith
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President Business
                                               Development, Trading and
                                               Transportation


                                        By: /s/ Rob Pirt
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Vice President Transportation



                                       13

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.23


                                                              Contract #: T1118F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Agreement (the "Service Agreement") is made and entered into at Omaha,
Nebraska as of October 5, 1998 by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY,
hereinafter referred to as "Company" and TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. AS AGENT
FOR TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED, a Canadian corporation, hereinafter referred
to as "Shipper."

WHEREAS, Company's investors and lenders rely on Certificates of Public
Convenience and Necessity granted by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
and on the Tariff for the return of and the return on all funds invested in or
loaned to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the transportation of natural gas shall be effectuated pursuant to Part
157 or Part 284 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's Regulations; and

WHEREAS, Company recognizes that it will be a condition to the initial
effectiveness of this Service Agreement that, notwithstanding any other
provision of the Tariff or this Service Agreement, the FERC and all other
appropriate federal governmental authorities and/or agencies in the United
States shall have issued, under terms and conditions acceptable to Shipper, all
final nonappealable authorizations and certificates;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 -    BASIC RECEIPTS

Shipper shall on each day beginning with Shipper's Billing Commencement Date, as
defined in Section 1 of the General Terms and Conditions of Company's FERC Gas
Tariff, be entitled to tender and, following tender, deliver to Company, at each
of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of gas not in excess of the Daily
Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for such day, as defined in such
Section 1, and Company shall, on such day, take receipt of the quantity of gas
so tendered and delivered by Shipper at such Point of Receipt.

ARTICLE 2 -    EXCESS RECEIPTS

If Shipper shall desire to tender to Company on any day beginning with Shipper's
Billing Commencement Date, at any of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of
gas in excess of Shipper's Daily Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for
such day, it shall notify Company of such desire. If Company in its sole
judgment, determines that it has available the necessary capacity to receive and
transport all or any part of such excess quantity and make deliveries in respect
thereof, and that the performance of Company's obligations to other Shippers
under their Agreements will not be adversely affected thereby, Company 


<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1118F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


may elect to receive from Shipper said excess quantity or part thereof, and
shall so notify Shipper. Scheduling of Excess Receipts will be in accordance
with Section 10 of the General Terms and Conditions.

ARTICLE 3 -    DELIVERIES

Company shall deliver gas to Shipper at the Point(s) of Delivery and under the
conditions specified in Exhibit A hereto and in accordance with Section 13 of
the General Terms and Conditions.

ARTICLE 4 -    PAYMENTS

Shipper shall make payments to Company in accordance with Rate Schedules T-1 and
OT-1 and the other applicable terms and provisions of this Service Agreement.

ARTICLE 5 -    CHANGE IN TARIFF PROVISIONS

Upon notice to Shipper, Company shall have the right to file with the Federal
Energy Regulatory Conunission any changes in the terms of any of its Rate
Schedules, General Terms and Conditions or Form of Service Agreement as Company
may deem necessary, and to make such changes effective at such times as Company
desires and is possible under applicable law. Shipper may protest any filed
changes before the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and exercise any other
rights it may have with respect thereto.

ARTICLE 6 -    CANCELLATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS

When this Service Agreement becomes effective, it shall supersede, cancel and
terminate the following Agreements:      -none-

ARTICLE 7 -    TERM

This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution and shall under
all circumstances continue in effect in accordance with the Tariff until the
expiration date of October 31, 2005. If the primary term of this Service
Agreement shall be one year or more, then this Service Agreement shall continue
in effect thereafter until extended or terminated in accordance with Section 5
of the Rate Schedule T-1. Shipper shall give Company not less than six (6)
months prior written notice of Shipper's intent to terminate this Service
Agreement. Service rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement shall be
abandoned upon termination of this Service Agreement.

This Service Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force
and effect unless Shipper shall furnish a proper security arrangement, in
accordance with 


                                       2
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1118F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


Subsection 9.1 of Rate Schedule T-1, to the Company within
thirty (30) days after notice from the Company subsequent to the occurrence of
any of the following events:

         The filing by Shipper or its parent of a voluntary petition in
         bankruptcy or the entry of a decree or order by a court having
         jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Shipper as bankrupt or
         insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking
         reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect
         of the Shipper under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable
         federal or state law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
         trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Shipper or any
         substantial part of its property, or the ordering of the winding-up or
         liquidation of its affairs, with said order or decree continuing
         unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days.

         A failure by Shipper to pay in full the amount of any invoice rendered
         by Company shall continue for ten (10) days from the date payment is
         due.

Termination of this U.S. Shippers Service Agreement shall not relieve Company
and Shipper of the obligation to correct any Receipt or Delivery Imbalances
hereunder, or Shipper to pay money due hereunder to Company and shall be in
addition to any other remedies that Company may have.

ARTICLE 8 -    APPLICABLE LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

This Service Agreement and Company's Tariff, and the rights and obligations of
Company and Shipper thereunder are subject to all relevant United States lawful
statutes, rules, regulations and orders of duly constituted authorities having
jurisdiction. Subject to the foregoing, this Service Agreement shall be governed
by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska. For
purposes of legal proceedings, this Service Agreement shall be deemed to have
been made in the State of Nebraska and to be performed there, and the Courts of
that State shall have jurisdiction over all disputes which may arise under this
Service Agreement, provided always that nothing herein contained shall prevent
the Company from proceeding at its election against the Shipper in the Courts of
any other state, Province or country.

At the Company's request, the Shipper shall irrevocably appoint an agent in
Nebraska to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in connection
with any judicial proceeding in Nebraska relating to this Service Agreement.
Such service shall be deemed completed on delivery to such process agent (even
if not forwarded to and received by the Shipper). If said agent ceases to act as
a process agent within Nebraska on behalf of Shipper, the Shipper shall appoint
a substitute process agent within Nebraska and deliver to the Company a copy of
the new agent's acceptance of that appointment within 30 days.


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1118F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


ARTICLE 9 -    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

Any person which shall succeed by purchase, amalgamation, merger or
consolidation to the properties, substantially as an entirety, of Shipper or of
Company, as the case may be, and which shall assume all obligations under
Shipper's Service Agreement of Shipper or Company, as the case may be, shall be
entitled to the rights, and shall be subject to the obligations, of its
predecessor under Shipper's Service Agreement. Either party to a Shipper's
Service Agreement may pledge or charge the same under the provisions of any
mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, security agreement or similar instrument
which it has executed, or assign such Service Agreement to any affiliated Person
(which for such purpose shall mean any person which controls, is under common
control with or is controlled by such party). Nothing contained in this Article
9 shall, however, operate to release predecessor Shipper from its obligation
under its Service Agreement unless Company shall, in its sole discretion,
consent in writing to such release, which it shall not do unless it concludes
that, on the basis of the facts available to it, such release is not likely to
have a substantial adverse effect upon other Shippers or other Persons who may
become liable to provide funds to Company to enable it to meet any of its
obligations. Company shall not release any Shipper from its obligations under
its Service Agreement without the written consent of the other Shippers unless:
(a) such release is effected pursuant to an assignment of obligations by such
Shipper, and the assumption thereof by the assignee, and the terms of such
assignment and assumption render the obligations being assigned and assumed no
more conditional and no less absolute than those at the time provided therein;
and (b) such release is not likely to have a substantial adverse effect upon
Company or the other Shippers. For the purposes hereof, and without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, any release of any Shipper from its obligations
under its Service Agreement shall be deemed likely to have a substantial adverse
effect upon Company or the other Shippers if the assignee of such obligations
has a credit standing which is not at least equal to the credit standing of the
assignor of such obligations (credit standings in each case as reflected by the
ratings on outstanding debt securities by Moody's Investors Service, Standard
and Poor's Corporation or another rating service acceptable to all Shippers to
the extent available or by other appropriate objective measures). Shipper shall,
at Company's request, execute such instruments and take such other action as may
be desirable to give effect to any such assignment, of Company's rights under
such Shipper's Service Agreement or to give effect to the right of a Person whom
the Company has specified pursuant to Section 6 of the General Terms and
Conditions of Company's FERC Gas Tariff as the Person to whom payment of amounts
invoiced by Company shall be made; provided, however, that: (a) Shipper shall
not be required to execute any such instruments or take any such other action
the effect of which is to modify the respective rights and obligations of either
Shipper or Company under this Agreement; and (b) Shipper shall be under no
obligation at any time to determine the 


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                                              Contract #: T1118F


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


status or amount of any payments which may be due from Company to any Person
whom the Company has specified pursuant to said Section 6 as the Person to whom
payment of amounts invoiced by Company shall be made.

ARTICLE 10 -   LOSS OF GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY, GAS SUPPLY, TRANSPORTATION OR
               MARKET

Without limiting its other responsibilities and obligations under this Service
Agreement, the Shipper acknowledges that it is responsible for obtaining and
assumes the risk of loss of the following: (1) gas removal permits, (2) export
and import licenses, (3) gas supply, (4) markets and (5) transportation upstream
and downstream of the Company's pipeline system. Notwithstanding the loss of one
of the items enumerated above, Shipper shall continue to be liable for payment
to the Company of the transportation charges as provided for in this Service
Agreement.

ARTICLE 11 -   OTHER OPERATING PROVISIONS

(This Article to be utilized when necessary to specify other operating
provisions.)

ARTICLE 12 -   EXHIBIT A OF SERVICE AGREEMENT, RATE SCHEDULES AND GENERAL TERMS
               AND CONDITIONS

Company's Rate Schedules and General Terms and Conditions, which are on file
with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and in effect, and Exhibit A
hereto are all applicable to this Service Agreement and are hereby incorporated
in, and made a part of, this Service Agreement. In the event that the terms and
conditions herein are in conflict with the General Terms and Conditions in
Company's FERC Gas Tariff, the terms and conditions of this Service Agreement
are controlling.


                                       5
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.


ATTEST:                                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

                                        By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                            Operator

                                        By  /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                           -------------------------------------
/s/ Eva Neufeld                         Title: VICE PRESIDENT
- ------------------------------                 ---------------------------------
Assistant Secretary


ATTEST:                                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as 
                                        Agent for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES 
                                        LIMITED
/s/ Nola Ruzycki
- ------------------------------

                                        By  /s/ Mark Smith
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President Business 
                                               Development, Trading and 
                                               Transportation

                                        By /s/ Robert Pirt
                                          --------------------------------------
                                        Title: VICE PRESIDENT TRANSPORTATION


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #: T1118
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Amendment is made and entered into at Omaha, Nebraska as of April 2, 1999,
by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as
"Company" and TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. AS AGENT FOR TRANSCANADA PIPELINES
LIMITED, a(n) Canadian Corporation, hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Shipper and Company agree to amend the U.S. Service Agreement
previously entered into between them dated October 5, 1998, as amended
(hereafter referred to as "Agreement"); and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

AMENDED EXHIBIT A

Exhibit A to the Service Agreement is hereby superseded by the attached Amended
Exhibit A reflecting the extension of the term of the Service Agreement from
October 31, 2005 to December 21, 2008 for deliveries of gas received at Ventura
and delivered at Harper.

CHANGE IN TERM

The first Paragraph of Article 7 of the Agreement shall hereafter be and read as
follows:

         This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution, and
         shall under all circumstances, continue in effect in accordance with
         the Tariff until the expiration date of December 21, 2008. If the
         primary term of this Service Agreement shall be one year or more, then
         this Service Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter until
         extended or terminated accordance with Section 5 of Rate Schedule T-1.
         Shipper shall give Company not less than six (6) months prior written
         notice of Shipper's intent to terminate this Service Agreement. Service
         rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement shall be abandoned upon
         termination of this Service Agreement.


                                       1
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #: T1118
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.


ATTEST:                                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

                                        By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                            Operator

                                        By  /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                           -------------------------------------
/s/ Eva Neufeld                         Title: VICE PRESIDENT
- ------------------------------                 ---------------------------------
Assistant Secretary


ATTEST:                                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as 
                                        Agent for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES 
                                        LIMITED
/s/ Nola Ruzycki
- ------------------------------

                                        By  /s/ Mark Smith
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President Business 
                                               Development, Trading and 
                                               Transportation

                                        By /s/ Robert Pirt
                                          --------------------------------------
                                        Title: VICE PRESIDENT TRANSPORTATION


                                       2
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #: T1118
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


COMPANY:                             NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
COMPANY'S ADDRESS:                   1111 South 103rd Street
                                     Omaha, Nebraska  68124-1000
SHIPPER:                             TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent for
                                     TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LIMITED
                                     Attn:  Robert Pirt
SHIPPER'S ADDRESS:                   3400, 237 - 4th Avenue S.W.
                                     Calgary, AB Canada T2P 5A4

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                  Role          Maximum       Receipt      Delivery        Receipt         Minimum
                                 (Notes        Quantity      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature     Temperature
           Points               1 and 3)       (Mcf/Day)      (PSIG)        (PSIG)       ((degree)F)     ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- -------------- ------------ -------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                               <C>              <C>        <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>
Port of Morgan, MT                 PR               20,000     1435            -             120             32
                                   RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

Saskana, MT                        PR               20,000     1435            -             120             32
 (Secondary-Note 2)                RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

Buford, ND                         PR               20,000     1435            -             120             32
 (Secondary-Note2)                 RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

Watford City, ND                   PR               20,000     1435            -             120             32
 (Secondary-Note 2)                RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

Hebron, ND                         PR               20,000     1435            -             120             32
 (Secondary Note)                  RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               20,000       -            725             -               -
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

</TABLE>


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #: T1118
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                  Role          Maximum       Receipt      Delivery        Receipt         Minimum
                                 (Notes        Quantity      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature     Temperature
           Points               1 and 3)       (Mcf/Day)      (PSIG)        (PSIG)       ((degree)F)     ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- -------------- ------------ -------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                               <C>              <C>        <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>
Glen Ullin, ND                     PR               20,000     1435            -             120             32
 (Secondary-Note 2)                RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               20,000       -            725             -              32
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

Linton, ND                         RD                  770       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD                  770       -            700             -              32
                                   DD                  770       -             -              -               -

Mina, SD                           RD               16,000       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               16,000       -            750             -              32
                                   DD               16,000       -             -              -               -

Warner, SD                         RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               20,000       -           1,000            -              32
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

Aberdeen, SD                       RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               20,000       -            800             -              32
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

Webster, SD                        RD                5,000       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD                5,000       -            700             -              32
                                   DD                5,000       -             -              -               -

Milbank, SD                        RD                8,073       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD                8,073       -            800             -              32
                                   DD                8,073       -             -              -               -

Ivanhoe, MN                        RD                1,791       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD                1,791       -            700             -              32
                                   DD                1,791       -             -              -               -

Tyler, MN                          RD                  700       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD                  700       -           1,100            -              32
                                   DD                  700       -             -              -               -

</TABLE>


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #: T1118
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                  Role          Maximum       Receipt      Delivery        Receipt         Minimum
                                 (Notes        Quantity      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature     Temperature
           Points               1 and 3)       (Mcf/Day)      (PSIG)        (PSIG)       ((degree)F)     ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- -------------- ------------ -------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                               <C>              <C>        <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>
Balaton, MN                        RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               20,000       -            720             -              32
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

Marshall, MN                       RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               20,000       -            800             -              32
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

Westbrook, MN                      RD                2,500       -             -              -               -
 (Seconary-Note 2)                 TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD                2,500       -            800             -              32
                                   DD                2,500       -             -              -               -

Windom, MN                         RD               10,000       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               10,000       -            800             -              32
                                   DD               10,000       -             -              -               -

Welcome, MN                        RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               20,000       -            796             -              32
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

Ledyard, IA                        RD                4,000       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD                4,000       -            800             -              32
                                   DD                4,000       -             -              -               -

Ventura, IA                        RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               20,000       -            820             -              32
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

Ventura, IA                        RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
(Note 4)                           TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               20,000       -            820             -              32
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

Grundy Center, IA                  RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               20,000       -            800             -              32
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -

</TABLE>


                                       5
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #: T1118
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                  Role          Maximum       Receipt      Delivery        Receipt         Minimum
                                 (Notes        Quantity      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature     Temperature
           Points               1 and 3)       (Mcf/Day)      (PSIG)        (PSIG)       ((degree)F)     ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- -------------- ------------ -------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                               <C>              <C>        <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>
Beaman, IA                         RD                5,100       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD                5,100       -            839             -              32
                                   DD                5,100       -             -              -               -

Tama, IA                           RD                  880       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD                  880       -            816             -              32
                                   DD                  880       -             -              -               -

Amana, IA                          RD               16,350       -             -              -               -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               16,350       -            783             -               -
                                   DD               16,350       -             -              -               -

Harper, IA                         RD               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   TP               20,000       -             -              -               -
                                   PD               20,000       -            712             -              32
                                   DD               20,000       -             -              -               -


Total Maximum
Receipt Quantity    20,000 Mcf     Monchy to Harper through 10/31/2005
                    20,400 Mcf     Ventura to Harper - 11/01/2005 through 12/21/2008

</TABLE>

                                                ------------------


NOTE 1:    The point role will be either PR for physical receipts, RD for
           receipt by displacement, TP for transfer points, PD for physical
           deliveries, and DD for delivery by displacement.

NOTE 2:    Should nominations at secondary receipt and delivery points be
           received which exceed available capacity, volumes will be scheduled
           in accordance with Northern Border's nomination and scheduling
           procedures.

NOTE 3:    For receipt or delivery of gas by displacement, Company cannot and
           does not have an obligation to physically deliver or receive gas at
           these points. Volumes will be delivered or received at these point(s)
           only to the extent that corresponding equal or greater volumes are
           received or delivered by other parties at these points on the same
           day. These corresponding volumes will be used to displace volumes
           nominated for delivery or receipt by Shipper.

NOTE 4:    This point becomes effective 11/01/2005 and shall continue through
           12/21/2008.


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract #: T1118
                                                                    Amendment #2


                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Exhibit A is made and entered into as of April 2, 1999. On the effective
date, it shall supersede the Exhibit A dated as of December 21, 1998.

The effective date of this Exhibit A is April 2, 1999.


ATTEST:                                 NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

                                        By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                            Operator

                                        By  /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                           -------------------------------------
/s/ Eva Neufeld                         Title: VICE PRESIDENT
- ------------------------------                 ---------------------------------
Assistant Secretary


ATTEST:                                 TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as 
                                        Agent for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES 
                                        LIMITED
/s/ Nola Ruzycki
- ------------------------------

                                        By  /s/ Mark Smith
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President Business 
                                               Development, Trading and 
                                               Transportation

                                        By /s/ Robert Pirt
                                          --------------------------------------
                                        Title: VICE PRESIDENT TRANSPORTATION


                                       7

<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.24
                                                              CONTRACT #: T1122F

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


The Agreement (the "Service Agreement") is made and entered into at Omaha,
Nebraska as of December 18, 1998, by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE
COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as "Company" and TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC.
as Agent for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LTD., a(n) CANADIAN corporation, hereinafter
referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Company's investors and lenders rely on Certificates of Public
Convenience and Necessity granted by the Pederal Energy Regulatory Commission
and an the Tariff for the return of and the return on all funds invested in or
loaned to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the transportation of natural gas shall be effectuated pursuant to Part
157 or Part 284 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's Regulations; and

WHEREAS, Company recognizes that it will be a condition to the initial
effectiveness of this Service Agreement that, notwithstanding any other
provision of the Tariff or this Service Agreement, the FERC and all other
appropriate federal governmental authorities and/or agencies in the United
States shall have issued, under terms and conditions acceptable to Shipper, all
final nonappealable authorizations and certificates;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I - BASIC RECEIPTS

Shipper shall an each day beginning with Shipper's Billing Commencement Date, as
defined in Section I of the General Terms and Conditions of Company's FERC Gas
Tariff, be entitled to tender and, following tender, deliver to Company, at each
of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of gas not in excess of the Daily
Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for such day, as defined in such
Section 1. and Company shall, on such day, take receipt of the quantity of gas
so tendered and delivered by Shipper at such Point of Receipt.

ARTICLE 2 - EXCESS RECEIPTS

If Shipper shall desire to tender to Company on any day beginning with Shipper's
Billing Commencement Date, at any of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of
gas in excess of Shipper's Daily Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for
such day, it shall notify Company of such desire. If Company in its sole
judgment, determines that it has available the necessary capacity to receive and
transport all or any part of such excess quantity and make deliveries in


                                      -1-
<PAGE>
                                                              CONTRACT #: T1122F

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


respect thereof, and that the performance of Company's obligations to other
Shippers under their Agreements will not be adversely affected thereby, Company
may elect to receive from Shipper said excess quantity or part thereof, and
shall so notify Shipper. Scheduling of Excess Receipts will be in accordance
with Section 10 of the General Terms and Conditions.

ARTICLE 3 - DELIVERIES

Company shall deliver gas to Shipper at the Point(s) of Delivery and under the
conditions specified in Exhibit A hereto and in accordance with Section 13 of
the General Terms and Conditions.

ARTICLE 4 - PAYMENTS

Shipper shall make payments to Company in accordance with Rate Schedules T-1 and
OT-1 and the other applicable terms and provisions of this Service Agreement.

ARTICLE 5- CHANGE IN TARIFF PROVISIONS

Upon notice to Shipper, Company shall have the right to file with the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission any changes in the terms of any of Its Rate
Schedules. General Terms and Conditions or Form of Service Agreement as Company
may deem necessary, and to make such changes effective at such times as Company
desires and is possible under applicable law. Shipper may protest any filed
changes before the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and exercise any other
rights it may have with respect thereto.

ARTICLE 6 - CANCELLATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS

When this Service Agreement becomes effective, it shall supersede, cancel and
terminate the following Agreements:     -none-

ARTICLE 7 - TERM

This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution and shall under
all circumstances continue in effect in accordance with the Tariff from the
Billing Commencement Date defined herein as January 1, 1999 through October 31,
2003. If the primary term of this Service Agreement shall be one year or more,
then this Since Agreement shall continue in effect thereafter until extended or
terminated in accordance with Section 5 of the Rate Schedule T-1. Shipper shall
give Company not less than six (6) months prior written notice of Shipper's
intent to terminate this Service Agreement. Service rendered pursuant to this
Service Agreement shall be abandoned upon termination of this Service Agreement.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>
                                                              CONTRACT #: T1122F

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


        This Service Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no
        further force and effect unless Shipper shall furnish a proper security
        arrangement, in accordance with Subsection 9.1 of Rate Schedule T-1, to
        the Company within thirty (30) days after notice from the Company
        subsequent to the occurrence of any of the following events:

        The filing by Shipper or its parent of a voluntary petition in
        bankruptcy or the entry of a decree or order by a court having
        jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Shipper as bankrupt or
        insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking
        reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect
        of the Shipper under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable
        federal or state law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
        trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Shipper or any
        substantial part of its property, or the ordering of the winding-up or
        liquidation of its affairs, with said order or decree continuing
        unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days.

        A failure by Shipper to pay in full the undisputed amount of any
        invoice rendered by Company shall continue for ten (10) days from the
        date payment is due.

Termination of this Service Agreement shall not relieve Company and Shipper of
the obligation to correct any Receipt or Delivery Imbalances hereunder, or
Shipper to pay money due hereunder to Company and shall be in addition to any
other remedies that Company may have.

ARTICLE 8 - APPLICABLE LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

This Service Agreement and Company's Tariff, and the rights and obligations of
Company and Shipper thereunder are subject to all relevant United States lawful
statutes, rules, regulations and orders of duly constituted authorities having
jurisdiction. Subject to the foregoing, this Service Agreement shall be governed
by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska. For
purposes of legal proceedings, this Service Agreement shall be deemed to have
been made in the State of Nebraska and to be performed there, and the Courts of
that State shall have jurisdiction over all disputes which may arise under this
Service Agreement, provided always that nothing herein contained shall prevent
the Company from proceeding at its election against the Shipper in the Courts of
any other state, Province or country.

At the Company's request, the Shipper shall irrevocably appoint an agent in
Nebraska to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in connection
with any judicial proceeding in Nebraska relating to this Service Agreement.
Such service shall be deemed completed on delivery to such process agent (even
if not forwarded to and received by the Shipper). If said agent ceases to act as
a process agent within Nebraska on behalf of Shipper, the Shipper shall appoint
a substitute


                                      -3-
<PAGE>
                                                              CONTRACT #: T1122F

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


process agent within Nebraska and deliver to the Company a copy of the new
agent's acceptance of that appointment within 30 days.

ARTICLE 9 - SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

Any person which shall succeed by purchase, amalgamation, merger or
consolidation to the properties, substantially as an entirety, of Shipper or of
Company, as the case may be, and which shall assume all obligations under
Shipper's Service Agreement of Shipper or Company, as the case may be, shall be
entitled to the rights, and shall be subject to the obligations, of its
predecessor under Shipper's Service Agreement. Either party to a Shipper's
Service Agreement may pledge or charge the same under the provisions of any
mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, security agreement or similar instrument
which it has executed, or assign such Service Agreement to any affiliated Person
(which for such purpose shall mean any person which controls, is under common
control with or is controlled by such party). Nothing contained in this Article
9 shall, however, operate to release predecessor Shipper from its obligation
under its Service Agreement unless Company shall, in its sole discretion,
consent in writing to such release, which it shall not do unless it concludes
that, on the basis of the facts available to it, such release is not likely to
have a substantial adverse effect upon other Shippers or other Persons who may
become liable to provide funds to Company to enable it to meet any of its
obligations. Company shall not release any Shipper from its obligations under
its Service Agreement without the written consent of the other Shippers unless:
(a) such release is effected pursuant to an assignment of obligations by such
Shipper, and the assumption thereof by the assignee, and the terms of such
assignment and assumption render the obligations being assigned and assumed no
more conditional and no less absolute than those at the time provided therein;
and (b) such release is not likely to have a substantial adverse effect upon
Company or the other Shippers. For the purposes hereof, and without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, any release of any Shipper from its obligations
under its Service Agreement shall be deemed likely to have a substantial adverse
effect upon Company or the other Shippers if the assignee of such obligations
has a credit standing which is not at least equal to the credit standing of the
assignor of such obligations (credit standings in each case as reflected by the
ratings on outstanding debt securities by Moody's Investors Service, Standard
and Poor's Corporation or another rating service acceptable to all Shippers to
the extent available or by other appropriate objective measures). Shipper shall,
at Company's request, execute such instruments and take such other action as may
be desirable to give effect to any such assignment of Company's rights under
such Shipper's Service Agreement or to give effect to the right of a Person whom
the Company has specified pursuant to Section 6 of the General Terms and
Conditions of Company's FERC Gas Tariff as the Person to whom payment of amounts
invoiced by Company shall be made; provided, however, that: (a) Shipper shall
not be required to execute any such instruments or take any such other action
the effect of which is to modify the respective rights and obligations of either
Shipper or Company under this Agreement; and (b) Shipper shall be under no
obligation at any time to determine the status or amount of any


                                      -4-
<PAGE>
                                                              CONTRACT #: T1122F

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


payments which may be due from Company to any Person whom the Company has
specified pursuant to said Section 6 as the Person to whom payment of amounts
invoiced by Company shall be made.

ARTICLE 10 - LOSS OF GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY, GAS SUPPLY, TRANSPORTATION OR
             MARKET

Without limiting its other responsibilities and obligations under this Service
Agreement, the Shipper acknowledges that it is responsible for obtaining and
assumes the risk of loss of the following: (1) gas removal permits, (2) export
and import licenses, (3) gas supply, (4) markets and (5) transportation upstream
and downstream of the Company's pipeline system. Notwithstanding the loss of one
of the items enumerated above, Shipper shall continue to be liable for payment
to the Company of the transportation charges as provided for in this Service
Agreement.

ARTICLE 11 - OTHER OPERATING PROVISIONS

(This Article to be utilized when necessary to specify other operating
provisions.)

ARTICLE 12 - EXHIBIT A OF SERVICE AGREEMENT, RATE SCHEDULES AND GENERAL TERMS
             AND CONDITIONS

Company's Rate Schedules and General Terms and Conditions, which are on file
with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and in effect, and Exhibit A
hereto are all applicable to this Service Agreement and are hereby incorporated
in, and made a part of, this Service Agreement. In the event that the terms and
conditions herein are in conflict with the General Terms and Conditions in
Company's FERC Gas Tariff, the terms and conditions of this Service Agreement
are controlling,


                                      -5-
<PAGE>
                                                              CONTRACT #: T1122F

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Service Agreement to be
duly executed as of the day and year first set forth above.

ATTEST:                          NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                       Operator

/s/ Eva Neufeld                  By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
- --------------------------           --------------------------------
Assistant Secretary
                                 Title: Vice President
                                        -----------------------------


ATTEST:                          TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as
                                 Agent for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LTD.


                                 By: /s/ Steven Becker
- ---------------------------          --------------------------------
                                 Title: Executive Vice President
                                        -----------------------------


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

                  EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

         Company:                NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

         Company's Address:      111 South 103rd Street
                                 Omaha, Nebraska 68124-1000

         Shipper:                TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as Agent for
                                 TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LTD.
                                 Attn: Robert Pirt

         Shipper's Address:      3400, 237 - 4th Avenue S.W.
                                 Calgary, AB Canada T2P 5A4

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Maximum       Minimum         Maximum
                                  Role         Maximum        Receipt       Delivery        Receipt        Minimum
                                 (Notes        Quantity      Pressure       Pressure      Temperature    Temperature
Points                          1 and 3)      (MCF/Day)       (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((degree)F)    ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- -------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>
Port of Morgan, MT                 PR            30,928        1435            -              120             32
                                   RD            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   DD            30,928          -             -               -              -

Saskana, MT                        PR            30,928        1435            -              120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)                 RD            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   DD            30,928          -             -               -              -

Buford, ND                         PR            30,928        1435            -              120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)                 RD            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   DD            30,928          -             -               -              -

Watford City, ND                   PR            30,928        1435            -              120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)                 RD            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   DD            30,928          -             -               -              -

Hebron, ND                         PR            30,928        1435            -              120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)                 RD            30,928          -             -
                                   TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            30,000          -            725              -              -
                                   DD            30,000          -             -               -              -


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

            EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (CONTINUED)


<CAPTION>
                                                              Maximum       Minimum         Maximum
                                  Role         Maximum        Receipt       Delivery        Receipt        Minimum
                                 (Notes        Quantity      Pressure       Pressure      Temperature    Temperature
Points                          1 and 3)      (MCF/Day)       (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((degree)F)    ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- -------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>
Glen Ullin, ND                     PR            30,928        1435            -              120             32
(Secondary-Note 2)                 RD            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            30,928          -            725              -              32
                                   DD            30,928          -             -               -              -

Linton, SD                         RD               770          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD               770          -            700              -              32
                                   DD               770          -             -               -              -

Mina, SD                           RD            16,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            16,000          -            750              -              32
                                   DD            16,000          -             -               -              -

Warner, SD                         RD            24,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            24,000          -           1,000             -              32
                                   DD            24,000          -             -               -              -

Aberdeen, SD                       RD            30,928          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            30,928          -            800              -              32
                                   DD            30,928          -             -               -              -

Webster, SD                        RD             5,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD             5,000          -            700              -              32
                                   DD             5,000          -             -               -              -

Milbank, SD                        RD             8,073          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD             8,073          -            800              -              32
                                   DD             8,073          -             -               -              -

Ivanhoe, MN                        RD             1,791          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD             1,791          -            700              -              32
                                   DD             1,791          -             -               -              -

Tyler, MN                          RD               700          -             -               -              -
(Secondary Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

            EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (CONTINUED)


<CAPTION>
                                                              Maximum       Minimum         Maximum
                                  Role         Maximum        Receipt       Delivery        Receipt        Minimum
                                 (Notes        Quantity      Pressure       Pressure      Temperature    Temperature
Points                          1 and 3)      (MCF/Day)       (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((degree)F)    ((degree)F)
- ----------------------------- -------------- -------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- ---------------
<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>
                                   PD               700          -           1,100             -              32
                                   DD               700          -             -               -              -


Balaton, MN                        RD            20,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            20,000          -            720              -              32
                                   DD            20,000          -             -               -              -

Marshall, MN                       RD            30,928          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            30,928          -            800              -              32
                                   DD            30,928          -             -               -              -

Westbrook, MN                      RD             2,500          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            32,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD             2,500          -            800              -              32
                                   DD             2,500          -             -               -              -

Windom, MN                         RD            10,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            10,000          -            800              -              32
                                   DD            10,000          -             -               -              -

Welcome, MN                        RD            30,928          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            30,928          -            796              -              32
                                   DD            30,928          -             -               -              -

Ledyard, IA                        RD             4,000          -             -               -              -
(Secondary-Note 2)                 TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD             4,000          -            800              -              32
                                   DD             4,000          -             -               -              -

Ventura, IA                        RD            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   TP            30,928          -             -               -              -
                                   PD            30,928          -            820              -              32
                                   DD            30,928          -             -               -              -

Total Maximum
Receipt Quantity                           30,928 MCF

</TABLE>


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                        U. S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

            EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (CONTINUED)


       NOTE 1:    The point role will be either PR for physical receipts, RD
                  for receipt by displacement, TP for transfer points, PD for
                  physical deliveries, and DD for delivery by displacement.

       NOTE 2:    Should nominations at secondary receipt and delivery points
                  be received which exceed available capacity, volumes will be
                  scheduled in accordance with Northern Border's nomination and
                  scheduling procedures.

       NOTE 3:    For receipt or delivery of gas by displacement, Company
                  cannot and does not have an obligation to physically deliver
                  or receive gas at these points. Volumes will be delivered or
                  received at these point(s) only to the extent that
                  corresponding equal or greater volumes are received or
                  delivered by other parties at these points on the same day.
                  These corresponding volumes will be used to displace volumes
                  nominated for delivery or receipt by Shipper.

       NOTE 4:    Gas volumes which are nominated/scheduled at a sub primary
                  receipt or delivery point(s) have priority over gas volumes of
                  shipper utilizing such point on a corresponding basis as a
                  secondary receipt or delivery point. Shipper's rights and
                  obligations regarding the use of sub primary points are
                  governed by Subsection 17.1 of the General Terms and
                  Conditions of the Tariff.

        This Exhibit A is made and entered into as of December 18, 1998. On
        the effective date it shall supersede the Exhibit A dated as of 
        _____________________. The effective date of this Exhibit A is
        January 1, 1999.

ATTEST:                          NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 By: Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                       Operator

/s/ Eva Neufeld                  By: /s/ Robert A. Hill
- --------------------------           --------------------------------
Assistant Secretary
                                 Title: Vice President
                                        -----------------------------


ATTEST:                          TRANSCANADA GAS SERVICES INC. as
                                 Agent for TRANSCANADA PIPELINES LTD.


                                 By: /s/ Steven Becker
- ---------------------------          --------------------------------
                                 Title: Executive Vice President
                                        -----------------------------


                                      -10-

<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.25

                                                                 Contract #T1026

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the "Service Agreement") is made and entered into at Omaha
Nebraska as of October 1, 1993, by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY,
hereinafter referred to as "Company" and PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC., a Delaware
corporation, hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Company's investors and lenders rely on Certificates of Public
Convenience and Necessity granted by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
and on the Tariff for the return of and the return on all funds invested in or
loaned to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the transportation of natural gas shall be effectuated pursuant to Part
157 or Part 284 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's Regulations; and

WHEREAS, Northern Natural Gas Company (NNG) is proposing an overall settlement
transaction to resolve matters associated with the purchase and transportation
of Canadian gas supplies which are sold to Northwest Alaskan Pipeline Company
(Northwest Alaskan) by Pan-Alberta Gas Ltd. (Pan-Alberta) and which are
purchased by NNG from Northwest Alaskan and transported by Company under
authorizations previously issued by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
under the Natural Gas Act and ANGTA; and

WHEREAS, as part of this overall settlement, NNG has requested that the firm
capacity under its U.S. Shippers Service Agreement dated December 15, 1980, as
amended (Agreement) be made available to Shipper; and

WHEREAS, third parties, who in part, were purchasing such Canadian gas supply
from NNG have entered into gas purchase agreements with Shipper through October
31, 2001, for such Canadian gas supply; and

WHEREAS, Shipper and Company intend that this Service Agreement will become
effective simultaneously with all other agreements and approvals needed to
implement this overall settlement and that Shipper, Company, Northwest Alaskan,
Pan-Alberta, NNG and other appropriate parties will execute a Closing Agreement
prior to October 31, 1993 which will delineate the various approvals and
documentation, that will have to have been issued or executed for the
transaction to close, and which will provide for the required simultaneous
effectuation. (Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
<PAGE>

                                                                 Contract #T1026

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT

Article 1 - Basic Receipts

Shipper shall on each day beginning with Shipper's Billing Commencement Date, as
defined in Section 1 of the General Terms and Conditions of Company's FERC Gas
Tariff, be entitled to tender and, following tender, deliver to Company, at each
of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of gas not in excess of the Daily
Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for such day, as defined in such
Section 1, and Company shall, on such day, take receipt of the quantity of gas
so tendered and delivered by Shipper at such Point of Receipt.

Article 2 - Excess Receipts

If Shipper shall desire to tender to Company on any day beginning with Shipper's
Billing Commencement Date, at any of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of
gas in excess of Shipper's Daily Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for
such day, it shall notify Company of such desire. If Company in its sole
judgment, determines that it has available the necessary capacity to receive and
transport all or any part of such excess quantity and make deliveries in respect
thereof, and that the performance of Company's obligations to other Shippers
under their Service Agreements will not be adversely affected thereby, Company
may elect to receive from Shipper said excess quantity or part thereof, and
shall so notify Shipper. Scheduling of Excess Receipts will be in accordance
with Section 10 of the General Terms and Conditions.

Article 3 - Deliveries

Company shall deliver gas to Shipper at the Point(s) of Delivery and under the
conditions specified in Exhibit A hereto and in accordance with Section 13 of
the General Terms and Conditions.

Article 4 - Payments

Shipper shall make payments to Company in accordance with Rate Schedules T-1 and
OT-1 and the other applicable terms and provisions of this Service Agreement.


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

                                                                  Contract #1026

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT

Article 5 - Change in Tariff Provisions

Upon notice to Shipper, Company shall have the right to file with the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission any changes in the terms of any of its Rate
Schedules, General Terms and Conditions or Form of Service Agreement as Company
may deem necessary, and to make such changes effective at such times as Company
desires and is possible under applicable law. Shipper may protest any filed
changes before the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and exercise any other
rights it may have with respect thereto.

Article 6 - Cancellation of Prior Agreements

When this Service Agreement becomes effective, it shall supersede, cancel and
terminate the following Agreements:

                                      None

Article 7 - Term

Notwithstanding the execution and delivery hereof, the effectiveness of this
Service Agreement and the obligations of the parties hereunder shall be subject
to and conditioned upon the Satisfaction of the Conditions Precedent. This
Service Agreement shall become immediately effective, in accordance with the
Tariff, at the later of 8:00 a.m. Mountain Standard Time on November 1, 1993, or
8:00 a.m. Mountain Standard Time on the day following the day on which
Satisfaction of the Conditions Precedent occurs. The time at which this Service
Agreement becomes effective as aforesaid is herein called the "Effective Time."
This Service Agreement shall continue in effect from the "Effective Time"
through October 31, 2001, and thereafter until terminated by not less than six
(6) months prior written notice to the other. Service rendered pursuant to this
Service Agreement shall be abandoned upon termination of this Agreement.

This Service Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force
and effect if (a) Shipper shall fail to pay in full the amount of any invoice
rendered by Company, and (b) such failure to pay shall continue for ten (10)
days from the date payment is due, and (c) Shipper shall fail to furnish payment
in full to the Company within thirty (30) days after notice from the Company
requiring Shipper to cure such non-payment.


                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>

                                                                 Contract #T1026

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT

Further, this Service Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no
further force and effect unless Shipper shall furnish a proper security
arrangement, in accordance with Subsection 9.1 of Rate Schedule T-1, to the
Company within thirty (30) days after notice from the Company subsequent to the
occurrence of the following event:

      The filing by Shipper or its parent of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy
      or the entry of a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the
      premises adjudging the Shipper as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as
      properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment
      or composition of or in respect of the Shipper under the Federal
      Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable federal or state law relating to
      insolvency, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
      sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Shipper or any substantial
      part of its property, or the ordering of the winding-up or liquidation of
      its affairs, with said order or decree continuing unstayed and in effect
      for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days.

Termination of this U.S. Shippers Service Agreement shall not relieve Company
and Shipper of the obligation to correct any Receipt or Delivery Imbalance
hereunder, or Shipper to pay money due hereunder to Company and shall be in
addition to any other remedies that Company may have.

Article 8 - Applicable Law and Submission to Jurisdiction

This Service Agreement and Company's Tariff, and the rights and obligations of
Company and Shipper thereunder are subject to all relevant and United States
lawful statutes, rules, regulations and orders of duly constituted authorities
having jurisdiction. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be governed
by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska. For
purposes of legal proceedings, this Service Agreement shall be deemed to have
been made in the State of Nebraska and to be performed there, and the Courts of
that State shall have jurisdiction over all disputes which may arise under this
Service Agreement, provided always that nothing herein contained shall prevent
the Company from proceeding at its election against the Shipper in the Courts of
any other state, Province or country.


                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>

                                                                 Contract #T1026

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT

At the Company's request, the Shipper shall irrevocably appoint an agent in
Nebraska to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in connection
with any judicial proceeding in Nebraska relating to the Service Agreement. Such
service shall be deemed completed on delivery to such process agent (even if not
forwarded to and received by the Shipper). If said agent ceases to act as a
process agent within Nebraska on behalf of Shipper, the Shipper shall appoint a
substitute process agent within Nebraska and deliver to the Company a copy of
the new agent's acceptance of that appointment within 30 days.

Article 9 - Successors and Assigns

After establishing creditworthiness in accordance with Section 9 of Rate
Schedule T-1, any person which shall succeed by purchase, amalgamation, merger
or consolidation to the properties, substantially as an entirety, of Shipper or
of Company, as the case may be, and which shall assume all obligations under
Shipper's Service Agreement of Shipper or Company, as the case may be, shall be
entitled to the rights, and shall be subject to the obligations, of its
predecessor under Shipper's Service Agreement. Either party to a Shipper's
Service Agreement may pledge or charge the same under the provisions of any
mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, security agreement or similar instrument
which it has executed. After the affiliated Person has established
creditworthiness in accordance with Section 9 of Rate Schedule T-1, Shipper may
assign such Service Agreement to any affiliated Person (which for such purpose
shall mean any person which controls, is under common control with or is
controlled by such party). Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall, however,
operate to release predecessor Shipper from its obligation under its Service
Agreement unless Company shall, in its sole discretion, consent in writing to
such release, which it shall not do unless it concludes that, on the basis of
the facts available to it, such release is not likely to have a substantial
adverse effect upon other Shippers or other Persons who may become liable to
provide funds to Company to enable it to meet any of its obligations. Company
shall not release any Shipper from its obligations under its Service Agreement
without the written consent of the other firm Shippers unless: (a) such release
is effected pursuant to an assignment of obligations by such Shipper, and the
assumption thereof by the assignee, and the terms of such assignment and
assumption render the obligations being assigned and assumed no more conditional
and no less absolute than those at the time provided therein; and (b) such
release is not likely to have a substantial adverse effect upon Company or the
other firm Shippers. For the purposes hereof, and without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, any release of any Shipper from its obligations
under its Service Agreement shall be deemed likely to have a substantial adverse
effect upon Company or the other Shippers if the assignee of such obligations
has a credit standing which is not at least equal to the credit standing of the


                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>

                                                                 Contract #T1026

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT

assignor of such obligations (credit standings in each case as reflected by the
ratings on outstanding debt securities by Moody's Investors Service, Standard
and Poor's Corporation or another rating service acceptable to all Shippers to
the extent available or by other appropriate objective measures). Shipper shall,
at Company's request, execute such instruments and take such other action as may
be desirable to give effect to any such assignment of Company's rights under
such Shipper's Service Agreement or to give effect to the right of a Person whom
the Company has specified pursuant to Section 6 of the General Terms and
Conditions of Company's FERC Gas Tariff as the Person to whom payment of amounts
invoiced by Company shall be made; provided, however, that: (a) Shipper shall
not be required to execute any such instruments or take any such other action
the effect of which is to modify the respective rights and obligations of either
Shipper or Company under this Service Agreement; and (b) Shipper shall be under
no obligation at any time to determine the status or amount of any payments
which may be due from Company to any Person whom the Company has specified
pursuant to said Section 6 as the Person to whom payment of amounts invoiced by
Company shall be made.

Article 10 - Loss of Governmental Authority, Gas Supply,
             Transportation or Market

Without limiting its other responsibilities and obligations under this Service
Agreement, the Shipper acknowledges that it is responsible for obtaining and
assumes the risk of loss of the following: (1) gas removal permits, (2) export
and import licenses, (3) gas supply, (4) markets and (5) transportation upstream
and downstream of the Company's pipeline system. Notwithstanding the loss of one
of the items enumerated above, Shipper shall continue to be liable for payment
to the Company of the transportation charges as provided for in this Service
Agreement.

Article 11 - Other Operating Provisions

(This Article to be utilized when necessary to specify other operating
provisions.)


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract # T1026F
                                                                   Amendment # 2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT

Article 12 - Exhibit A of Service Agreement, Rate Schedules
             and General Terms and Conditions

Company's Rate Schedules and General Terms and Conditions, which are on file
with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and in effect, and Exhibit A
hereto are all applicable to this Service Agreement and are hereby incorporated
in, and made a part of, this Service Agreement. In the event that the terms and
conditions herein are in conflict with the General Terms and Conditions in
Company's FERC Gas Tariff, the terms and conditions of this Service Agreement
are controlling.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The parties hereto have caused this Service Agreement to be
duly executed as of the day and year first set forth above.


ATTEST:                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

                               By:  Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                    Operator

/s/ Janet K. Place             By:  /s/ Robert A. Hill
- -------------------------         -----------------------------
Assistant Secretary
                               Title:  Vice President
                                     --------------------------


ATTEST:                        PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC.,

                               By:  /s/ Marvin R. Bradshaw
- -------------------------         -----------------------------

                               Title:  Division Vice President
                                     --------------------------


                               By:  /s/ R.E. Bowser
                                  -----------------------------
                               Title:  Vice President Marketing & Transportation
                                     -------------------------------------------


                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT

                                                               Contract # T1026F
                                                                   Amendment # 2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                     AMENDED U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                              DATED OCTOBER 1, 1993

This Amendment is entered into as of this 22 day of June, 1998 by and between
NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as "Company" and
PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC., hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Company and Shipper have entered into a U.S. Shippers Service Agreement
dated as of October 1, 1993 and any such Amendments thereto (hereinafter the
"Service Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, Shipper desires to extend the term of the Agreement from October 31,
2001 to October 31, 2003.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

Article 7 of the Agreement shall hereafter be and read as follows:

      Article 7 - Term

      This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its execution and
      continue in effect from such date until October 31, 2003, and thereafter
      in accordance with Company's Tariff, provided that prior to November 1,
      2000, Shipper will commit to and demonstrate Shipper's ability to continue
      to satisfy the credit requirements of Company's Tariff (as may be in
      effect at that time) in respect of the period November 1, 2001 through
      October 31, 2003. Company shall provide by September 1, 2000 written
      notice to Shipper of the November 1, 2000 requirement. Should Shipper fail
      to fulfill this credit commitment and demonstration obligation prior to
      November 1, 2000, Company may thereafter terminate this Service Agreement
      upon thirty (30) days written notice to Shipper, provided that the
      effective date of any such termination shall not be prior to October 31,
      2001. These same procedures will apply in respect of credit requirements
      associated with further extensions, if any, of the Service Agreement prior
      to November 1, 2000. Service rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement
      shall be abandoned upon termination of this Agreement.


                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract # T1026F
                                                                   Amendment # 2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT

      This Service Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further
      force and effect if (a) Shipper shall fail to pay in full the amount of
      any invoice rendered by Company , and (b) such failure to pay shall
      continue for ten (10) days from the date payment is due, and (c) Shipper
      shall fail to furnish payment in full to the Company within thirty (30)
      days after notice from the Company requiring Shipper to cure such
      non-payment.

      Further, this Service Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no
      further force and effect unless Shipper shall furnish a proper security
      arrangement, in accordance with Subsection 9.1 of Rate Schedule T-1, to
      the Company within thirty (30) days after notice from the Company
      subsequent to the occurrence of the following event:

            The filing by Shipper or its parent or the party providing primary
            credit support of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or the entry of
            a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises
            adjudging the Shipper as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as
            properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement,
            adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Shipper under the
            Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable federal or state law
            relating to insolvency, or appointing a receiver, liquidator,
            assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the
            Shipper or of any substantial part of its property, or the ordering
            of the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, with said order or
            decree continuing unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60)
            consecutive days.

      Termination of this U.S. Shippers Service Agreement shall not relieve
      Company and Shipper of the obligation to correct any Receipt or Delivery
      Imbalance hereunder, or Shipper to pay money due hereunder to Company and
      shall be in addition to any other remedies that Company may have.


                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>

                                                               Contract # T1026F
                                                                   Amendment # 2

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly
executed as of the day and year set forth above.


ATTEST:                       NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

                              By:  Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                   Operator

/s/ Eva Neufeld               By:   /s/ Robert A. Hill
- ---------------------------      ----------------------------------
Assistant Secretary
                              Title:  Vice President
                                    -------------------------------


WITNESS:                      PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC.,

/s/ Rod Rocza                 By:  /s/ Gene Tiemstra
- ---------------------------      ----------------------------------
Senior Vice President 
Marketing & Customer Service
                              Title:  Vice President Transportation & Operations
                                    --------------------------------------------


                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

                                                                           T1026

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

             AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

Company:                Northern Border Pipeline Company

Company Address:        1111 South 103rd Street
                        Omaha, Nebraska 68124-1000

Shipper:                Pan-Alberta Gas (U.S.) Inc.
                        Attn: Mr. Gene Tiemstra

Shipper's Address:      800 - 707 8th Avenue S.W.
                        Calgary, AB, Canada T2P 3V3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Maximum         Minimum          Maximum
                            Role        Maximum         Receipt         Delivery         Receipt          Minimum
                           (Notes      Quantity         Pressure        Pressure       Temperature      Temperature
Points                    1 and 3)     (MCF/Day)         (PSIG)          (PSIG)        ((degree)F)      ((degree)F)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>        <C>               <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
Port of Morgan, MT           PR         200,000           1435             -               120              32
                             RD         200,000            -               -                -               -
                             TP         200,000            -               -                -               -
                             DD         200,000            -               -                -               -

Saskana, MT                  PR          60,000           1435             -               120              32
(Secondary-Note 2)           RD          60,000            -               -                -               -
                             TP         200,000            -               -                -               -
                             DD          60,000            -               -                -               -

Buford, ND                   PR          48,000           1435             -               120              32
(Secondary-Note 2)           RD          48,000            -               -                -               -
                             TP         200,000            -               -                -               -
                             DD          48,000            -               -                -               -

Watford City, ND             PR          60,000           1435             -               120              32
(Secondary-Note 2)           RD          60,000            -               -                -               -
                             TP         200,000            -               -                -               -
                             DD          60,000            -               -                -               -

Hebron, ND                   PR         160,000           1435             -               120              32
(Secondary-Note 2)           RD         160,000            -               -                -               -
                             TP         200,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD          30,000            -              725               -               32
                             DD          30,000            -               -                -               -
Glen Ullin, ND               PR          60,000           1435             -               120              32
(Secondary-Note 2)           RD          60,000            -               -                -               -
                             TP         200,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD         100,000            -              725               -               32
                             DD         100,000            -               -                -               -
</TABLE>


                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

        AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Maximum         Minimum          Maximum
                            Role        Maximum         Receipt         Delivery         Receipt          Minimum
                           (Notes      Quantity         Pressure        Pressure       Temperature      Temperature
Points                    1 and 3)     (MCF/Day)         (PSIG)          (PSIG)        ((degree)F)      ((degree)F)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>        <C>                <C>           <C>                <C>             <C>
Linton, ND                   RD           770              -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         200,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD           770              -              700               -               32
                             DD           770              -               -                -               -

Mina, SD                     RD          4,500             -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         200,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD          4,500             -              750               -               32
                             DD          4,500             -               -                -               -

Warner, SD                   RD          24,000            -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         200,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD          24,000            -             1,000              -               32
                             DD          24,000            -               -                -               -

Aberdeen, SD                 RD          35,000            -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         180,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD          20,000            -              800               -               32
                             DD          35,000            -               -                -               -

Webster, SD                  RD          5,000             -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         180,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD          5,000             -              700               -               32
                             DD          5,000             -               -                -               -

Milbank, SD                  RD          8,073             -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         180,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD          8,073             -              800               -               32
                             DD          8,073             -               -                -               -

Ivanhoe, MN                  RD          1,791             -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         180,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD          1,791             -              700               -               32
                             DD          1,791             -               -                -               -

Balaton, MD                  RD          20,000            -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         180,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD          20,000            -              720               -               32
                             DD          20,000            -               -                -               -

Marshall, MN                 RD          80,000            -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         180,000            -                                -               -
                             PD          80,000            -              800               -               32
                             DD          80,000            -               -                -               -
</TABLE>


                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

        AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Maximum         Minimum          Maximum
                            Role        Maximum         Receipt         Delivery         Receipt          Minimum
                           (Notes      Quantity         Pressure        Pressure       Temperature      Temperature
Points                    1 and 3)     (MCF/Day)         (PSIG)          (PSIG)        ([degree]F)      ([degree]F)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>        <C>                <C>            <C>               <C>             <C>
Westbrook, MN                RD          2,500             -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         180,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD          2,500             -              800               -               32
                             DD          2,500             -               -                -               -

Windom, MN                   RD          10,000            -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         180,000            -                                -               -
                             PD          10,000            -              800               -               32
                             DD          10,000            -               -                -               -

Welcome, MN                  RD         100,000            -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         100,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD          80,000            -              796               -               32
                             DD         100,000            -               -                -               -

Ledyard, IA                  RD          4,000             -               -                -               -
(Secondary-Note 2)           TP         100,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD          4,000             -              800               -               32
                             DD          4,000             -               -                -               -

Ventura, IA                  RD         100,000            -               -                -               -
                             TP         100,000            -               -                -               -
                             PD         100,000            -              820               -               32
                             DD         100,000            -               -                -               -

Total Maximum
Receipt Quantity                      200,000 MCF
                                      -----------
</TABLE>


                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)

Note 1:   The point role will be PR for physical receipts, RD for receipt by
          displacement, TP for transfer points, PD for physical deliveries,
          and DD for delivery by displacement.

Note 2:   Should nominations at secondary receipt and delivery points be
          received which exceed available capacity, volumes will be scheduled
          in accordance with Northern Border's nomination and scheduling
          procedures.

Note 3:   For receipt or delivery of gas by displacement, Company cannot and
          does not have an obligation to physically deliver or receive gas at
          these points. Volumes will be delivered or received at these
          point(s) only to the extent that corresponding equal or greater
          volumes are received or delivered by other parties at these points
          on the same day. These corresponding volumes will be used to
          displace volumes nominated for delivery or receipt by Shipper.

This Exhibit A is made and entered into as of June 22, 1998. On the effective
date it shall supersede the Exhibit A dated as of March 19, 1998.

The effective date of this Exhibit A is June 22, 1998.


ATTEST:                             NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

                                    By:  Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                         Operator

/s/ Eva Neufeld                     By:  /s/ Robert A. Hill
- -----------------------------          ------------------------------
Assistant Secretary
                                    Title:  Vice President
                                          ---------------------------


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                         U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (continued)

WITNESS:                       PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC.,

  /s/ Rod Pocza                By: /s/ Gene Tiemstra
- -----------------------------     -----------------------------
Senior Vice President 
 Marketing & Customer Service
                               Title: Vice President Transportation & Operations
                                     -------------------------------------------


                                     - 15 -


<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.26
                                                                Contract #T1014F

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made and entered into at Omaha, Nebraska as of October 6,
1989, by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter referred to
as "Company" and NATGAS U.S. INC., a Delaware corporation, hereinafter referred
to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Company's investors and lenders rely on Certificates of Public
Convenience and Necessity granted by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
and on the Tariff for the return of and the return on all funds invested in or
loaned to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the transportation of natural gas shall be effectuated pursuant to Part
157 or Part 284 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's Regulations; and

WHEREAS, Company recognizes that it will be a condition to the initial
effectiveness of this Service Agreement that, notwithstanding any other
provision of the Tariff or this Service Agreement, the FERC and all other
appropriate federal governmental authorities and/or agencies in the United
States shall have issued, under terms and conditions acceptable to Shipper, all
authorizations and certificates;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

Article 1 - Basic Receipts

Shipper shall on each day beginning with Shipper's Billing Commencement Date,
which shall be one (1) day after the effective date as provided for in Article 7
- - Term, be entitled to tender and, following tender, deliver to Company, at each
of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of gas not in excess of the Daily
Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for such day, as defined in such
Section 1, and Company shall, on such day, take receipt of the quantity of gas
so tendered and delivered by Shipper at such Point of Receipt.

Article 2 - Excess Receipts

If Shipper shall desire to tender to Company on any day beginning with Shipper's
Billing Commencement Date, at any of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of
gas in excess of Shipper's Daily Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for
such day, it shall notify Company of such desire. If Company in its sole
judgment, determines that it has available the necessary capacity to receive and
transport all or any part of such excess quantity and make deliveries in respect
thereof, and that the performance of Company's obligations to


<PAGE>

other Shippers under their Service Agreements will not be adversely affected
thereby, Company may elect to receive from Shipper said excess quantity or part
thereof, and shall so notify Shipper. Scheduling of Excess Receipts will be in
accordance with Subsection 5.3 of Rate Schedule T-1, Section 5 of Rate Schedule
IT-1 and Subsection 5.1 in Rate Schedule OT-1. If more than one of the Shippers
subject to Rate Schedule T-1 shall notify Company of a desire to tender gas to
Company pursuant to Article 2 of their respective Service Agreements on any day,
Company, if it elects to receive less than all of such gas, shall, except as
otherwise required by Subsection 5.3 of Rate Schedule T-1 and Subsection 13.73
of the General Terms and Conditions, allocate among such Shippers the aggregate
quantity it so elects to receive in proportion to their respective Total Maximum
Receipt Quantities or in such other equitable manner as Company's operating
conditions and the availability of its facilities may reasonably require.

Receipt of gas under this Article 2 which Company has previously elected to
receive from Shipper may be curtailed partially or entirely at any time or from
time to time by Company at will, in which event Company shall so notify Shipper
of its decision.

Article 3 - Deliveries

Company shall deliver gas to Shipper at the Point(s) of Delivery and under the
conditions specified in Exhibit A hereto and in accordance with Section 13 of
the General Terms and Conditions.

Article 4 - Payments

Shipper shall make payments to Company in accordance with Rate Schedules T-1 and
OT-1 and the other applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Article 5 - Change in Tariff Provisions

Upon notice to Shipper, Company shall have the right to file with the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission any changes in the terms of any of its Rate
Schedules, General Terms and Conditions or Form of Service Agreement as Company
may deem necessary, and to make such changes effective at such times as Company
desires and is possible under applicable law. Shipper may protest any filed
changes before the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and exercise any other
rights it may have with respect thereto.

Article 6 - Cancellation of Prior Agreements

When this Service Agreement becomes effective, it shall supersede, cancel and
terminate the following Agreements:

                                       2
<PAGE>

                  United Gas Pipeline Company U.S Shippers
                  Service Agreement dated December 15, 1980
                  and Amendments thereto

Article 7 - Term

This Service Agreement shall become effective upon acceptance by Company of the
FERC Order approving the substitution of Shipper for United Gas Pipeline Company
and continue in effect from the date of said acceptance to October 31, 2001 and
thereafter until terminated by either Shipper or Company by not less than six
(6) months prior written notice to the OTHER. Service rendered pursuant to this
Service Agreement shall be abandoned upon termination of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the provisions contained in the preceding paragraph, Appendix A,
which sets forth the alternative credit support arrangement for this Agreement,
is attached hereto and made a part hereof. Such Appendix A describes an Event of
Nonpayment with certain notice requirements and time periods in which to cure an
Event of Nonpayment. Failure to cure an Event of Nonpayment pursuant to Appendix
A shall entitle the Company to terminate this Agreement, in whole or in part,
upon thirty (30) days further written notice.

Article 8 - Applicable Law and Submission to Jurisdiction

This Agreement and Company's Tariff, and the rights and obligations of Company
and Shipper thereunder are subject to all relevant and United States lawful
statutes, rules, regulations and orders of duly constituted authorities having
jurisdiction. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be governed by and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska. For purposes
of legal proceedings, this Agreement shall be deemed to have been made in the
State of Nebraska and to be performed there, and the Courts of that State shall
have jurisdiction over all disputes which may arise under this Agreement,
provided always that nothing herein contained shall prevent the Company from
proceeding at its election against the Shipper in the Courts of any other state,
Province or country.

At the Company's request, the Shipper shall irrevocably appoint an agent in
Nebraska to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in connection
with any judicial proceeding in Nebraska relating to the Agreement. Such service
shall be deemed completed on delivery to such process agent (even if not
forwarded to and received by the Shipper). If said agent ceases to act as a
process agent within Nebraska on behalf of Shipper, the Shipper shall appoint a
substitute process agent within Nebraska and deliver to the Company a copy of
the new agent's acceptance of that appointment within 30 days.

Article 9 - Successors and Assigns


                                       3
<PAGE>

Any person which shall succeed by purchase, amalgamation, merger or
consolidation to the properties, substantially as an entirety, of Shipper or of
Company, as the case may be, and which shall assume all obligations under
Shipper's Service Agreement of Shipper or Company, as the case may be, shall be
entitled to the rights, and shall be subject to the obligations, of its
predecessor under Shipper's Service Agreement. Either party to a Shipper's
Service Agreement may pledge or charge the same under the provisions of any
mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, security agreement or similar instrument
which it has executed, or assign such Service Agreement to any affiliated Person
(which for such purpose shall mean any person which controls, is under common
control with or is controlled by such party). Nothing contained in this Article
9 shall, however, operate to release predecessor Shipper from its obligation
under its Service Agreement unless Company shall, in its sole discretion,
consent in writing to such release, which it shall not do unless it concludes
that, on the basis of the facts available to it, such release is not likely to
have a substantial adverse effect upon other Shippers or other Persons who may
become liable to provide funds to Company to enable it to meet any of its
obligations. Company shall not release any shipper from its obligations under
its Service Agreement without the written consent of the other Shippers unless:
(a) such release is effected pursuant to an assignment of obligations by such
Shipper, and the assumption thereof by the assignee, and the terms of such
assignment and assumption render the obligations being assigned and assumed no
more conditional and no less absolute than those at the time provided therein;
and (b) such release is not likely to have a substantial adverse effect upon
Company or the other Shippers. For the purposes hereof, and without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, any release of any Shipper from its obligations
under its Service Agreement shall be deemed likely to have a substantial adverse
effect upon Company or the other Shippers if the assignee of such obligations
has a credit standing which is not at least equal to the credit standing of the
assignor of such obligations (credit standings in each case as reflected by the
ratings on outstanding debt securities by Moody's Investors Service, Standard
and Poor's Corporation or another rating service acceptable to all Shippers to
the extent available or by other appropriate objective measures). Shipper shall,
at Company's request, execute such instruments and take such other action as may
be desirable to give effect to any such assignment of Company's rights under
such Shipper's Service Agreement or to give effect to the right of a Person whom
the Company has specified pursuant to Section 6 of the General Terms and
Conditions of Company's FERC Gas Tariff as the Person to whom payment of amounts
invoiced by Company shall be made; provided, however, that: (a) Shipper shall
not be required to execute any such instruments or take any such other action
the effect of which is to modify the respective rights and obligations of either
Shipper or Company under this Agreement; and (b) Shipper shall be under no
obligation at any time to determine the status or amount of any payments which
may be due from Company to any Person whom the Company has specified pursuant to
said Section 6 as the Person to whom payment of amounts invoiced by Company
shall be made.


                                       4
<PAGE>

Article 10 -      Loss of Governmental Authority, Gas Supply,
                  Transportation or Market

Without limiting its other responsibilities and obligations under this
Agreement, the Shipper acknowledges that it is responsible for obtaining and
assumes the risk of loss of the following: (1) gas removal permits, (2) export
and import licenses, (3) gas supply, (4) markets and (5) transportation upstream
and downstream of the Company's pipeline system. Notwithstanding the loss of one
of the items enumerated above, Shipper shall continue to be liable for payment
to the Company of the transportation charges as provided for in this Agreement.

Article 11 -      Other Operating Provisions

(This Article to be utilized when necessary to specify other operating
provisions.)

Article 12 -      Exhibit A of Service Agreement, Rate Schedules and
                  General Terms and Conditions

Company's Rate Schedules and General Terms and Conditions, which are on file
with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and in effect, and Exhibit A
hereto are all applicable to this Agreement and are hereby incorporated in, and
made a part of, this Agreement. In the event that the terms and conditions
herein are in conflict with the General Terms and Conditions in Company's FERC
Gas Tariff, the terms and conditions of this Agreement are controlling.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.

ATTEST:                         NORTHERN BRODER PIPELINE COMPANY

                                By:   Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                      Managing Partner

/s/ Janet K. Place              By:     /s/ J.C. Pyle
- -------------------------           ------------------------------------
Assistant Secretary             Title:  Vice President


ATTEST:                         NATGAS U.S. INC.

     [illegible]                By:     /s/ R.J. Cradock
- -------------------------           ------------------------------------
Assistant Secretary             Title:  Vice President
                                        Operations & Transportation


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                     AMENDED U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Amendment is entered into as of this 2nd day of April, 1999 by and between
NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as "Company" and
PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC., hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Company and Shipper have entered into a U.S. Shippers Service Agreement
dated as of October 6, 1989 and any such Amendments thereto (hereinafter the
"Service Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, Shipper desires to extend the term of the Service Agreement for 10,247
Mcf/day from October 31, 2003 to October 31, 2004.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties 5hereto covenant and agree as follows:

AMENDED EXHIBIT A

Exhibit A to the Service Agreement is hereby superseded by the attached Amended
Exhibit A reflecting the extension of the term of the Service Agreement for
10,247 Mcf/day from October 30, 2003 to October 31, 2004.

CHANGE IN TERM

The first paragraph of Article 7 of the Agreement shall hereafter be and read as
follows:

                  This Service Agreement shall become effective upon its
                  execution and continue in effect from such date until October
                  31, 2004 and thereafter in accordance with Company's Tariff,
                  provided that prior to November 1, 2000, Shipper will commit
                  to and demonstrate Shipper's ability to continue to satisfy
                  the credit requirements of Company's Tariff (as may be in
                  effect at that time) in respect of the period November 1, 2001
                  through October 31, 2004. Company shall provide by September
                  1, 2000 written notice to Shipper of the November 1, 2000
                  requirement. Should Shipper fall to fulfill this credit
                  commitment and demonstration obligation prior to November 1,
                  2000, Company may thereafter terminate this Service Agreement
                  upon thirty (30) days written notice to Shipper, provided that
                  the effective date of any such termination shall not be prior
                  to October 31, 2001. These same procedures will apply in
                  respect of credit requirements associated with further
                  extensions, if any, of the Service Agreement prior to November
                  1, 2000. Service rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement
                  shall be abandoned upon termination of this Agreement.


                                       6
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                     AMENDED U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly
executed as of the day and year set forth above.


ATTEST:                             NORTHERN BRODER PIPELINE COMPANY

                                    By:  Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                         Operator

 /s/ Eva Neufeld                    By:  /s/ Robert A. Hill
- ------------------------------           ---------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                 Title: Vice President


WITNESS:                            PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC.

                                    By:  /s/ Gene Tiemstra
- ------------------------------           ---------------------------------
                                    Title:  Vice President Transportation &
                                            Operation

                                    By:  /s/ Diane J. Pettie
                                         ---------------------------------
                                    Title: General Counsel & Corporate
                                           Secretary



                                       7
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


Company:                             Northern Border Pipeline Company

Company Address:                     1111 South 103rd Street
                                     Omaha, Nebraska 68124-1000

Shipper:                             Pan-Alberta Gas (U.S.) Inc.
                                     Attn:  Mr. Gene Tiemstra

Shipper's Address:                   800 - 707 8th Avenue S.W.
                                     Calgary, AB, Canada T2P 3V3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Maximum         Maximum        Maximum        Maximum
                                Role         Quantity        Receipt       Delivery        Receipt          Minimum
                               (Notes       (MCF/Day)        Pressure      Pressure      Temperature      Temperature
Points                        1 and 3)       (Note 4)        (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((Degree)F)      ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
Port of Morgan, MT               PR           357,302         1435             -             120              32
                                 RD           357,302           -              -              -                -
                                 TP           357,302           -              -              -                -
                                 DD           357,302           -              -              -                -

Saskana, MT                      PR            60,000         1435             -             120              32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD            60,000           -              -              -                -
                                 TP           357,302           -              -              -                -
                                 DD            60,000           -              -              -                -

Buford, ND                       PR            48,000         1435             -             120              32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD            48,000           -              -              -                -
                                 TP           357,302           -              -              -                -
                                 DD            48,000           -              -              -                -

Watford City, ND                 PR            60,000         1435             -             120              32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD            60,000           -              -              -                -
                                 TP           357,302           -              -              -                -
                                 DD            60,000           -              -              -                -

Hebron, ND                       PR           160,000         1435             -             120              32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD           160,000           -              -              -                -
                                 TP           357,302           -              -              -                -
                                 PD            30,000           -             725             -               32
                                 DD            30,000           -              -              -                -

Glen Ullin, ND                   PR            60,000         1435             -             120              32
(Secondary-Note 2)               RD            60,000           -              -              -                -
                                 TP           357,302           -              -              -                -
                                 PD           100,000           -             725             -               32
                                 DD           100,000           -                             -                -

Linton, SD                       RD               770           -             -               -                -
(Secondary-Note 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -


                                       8
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
        AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (CONTINUTED)

<CAPTION>
                                             Maximum         Maximum        Maximum        Maximum
                                Role         Quantity        Receipt       Delivery        Receipt          Minimum
                               (Notes       (MCF/Day)        Pressure      Pressure      Temperature      Temperature
Points                        1 and 3)       (Note 4)        (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((Degree)F)      ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
                                 PD               770           -            700              -               32
                                 DD               770           -             -               -                -

MINA, SD                         RD            16,000           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD            16,000           -            750              -               32
                                 DD            16,000           -             -               -                -

WARNER, SD                       RD            24,000           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD            24,000           -           1,000             -               32
                                 DD            24,000           -             -               -                -

ABERDEEN, SD                     RD            35,000           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD            35,000           -            800              -               32
                                 DD            35,000           -             -               -                -

WEBSTER, SD                      RD             5,000           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD             5,000           -            700              -               32
                                 DD             5,000           -             -               -                -

MILBANK, SD                      RD             8,073           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD             8,073           -            800              -               32
                                 DD             8,073           -             -               -                -

IVANHOE, MN                      RD             1,791           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD             1,791           -            700              -               32
                                 DD             1,791           -             -               -                -

TYLER, MN                        RD               700           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD               700           -           1,100             -               32
                                 DD               700           -             -               -                -

BALATON, MN                      RD            20,000           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD            20,000           -            720              -               32
                                 DD            20,000           -             -               -                -

MARSHALL, MN                     RD            80,000           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD            80,000           -            800              -               32
                                 DD            80,000           -             -               -                -

WESTBROOK, MN                    RD             2,500           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -


                                       9
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
        AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (CONTINUTED)

<CAPTION>
                                             Maximum         Maximum        Maximum        Maximum
                                Role         Quantity        Receipt       Delivery        Receipt          Minimum
                               (Notes       (MCF/Day)        Pressure      Pressure      Temperature      Temperature
Points                        1 and 3)       (Note 4)        (PSIG)         (PSIG)       ((Degree)F)      ((Degree)F)
- ---------------------------- ------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
                                 PD             2,500           -            800              -               32
                                 DD             2,500           -             -               -                -
WINDOM, MN                       RD            10,000           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD            10,000           -            800              -               32
                                 DD            10,000           -             -               -                -

WELCOME, MN                      RD           175,000           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD           175,000           -            796              -               32
                                 DD           175,000           -             -               -                -

LEDYARD, IA                      RD             4,000           -             -               -                -
(SECONDARY-NOTE 2)               TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD             4,000           -            800              -               32
                                 DD             4,000           -             -               -                -

VENTURA, IA                      RD           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 TP           357,302           -             -               -                -
                                 PD           357,302           -            820              -               32
                                 DD           357,302           -             -               -                -

Total Maximum
Receipt Quantity:            357,302 Mcf    Effective 01/01/1999 through 10/31/2003
                              10,247 Mcf    Effective 11/01/2003 through 10/31/2004

</TABLE>



                                       10
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
        AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT (CONTINUTED)


Note 1:           The point role will be either PR for physical receipts, RD
                  for receipt by displacement, TP for transfer points, PD for
                  physical deliveries, and DD for delivery by displacement.

Note 2:           Should nominations at secondary receipt and delivery points
                  be received which exceed available capacity, volumes will be
                  scheduled in accordance with Northern Border's nomination and
                  scheduling procedures.

Note 3:           For receipt or delivery of gas by displacement, Company
                  cannot and does not have an obligation to physically deliver
                  or receive gas at these points. Volumes will be delivered or
                  received at these point(s) only to the extent that
                  corresponding equal or greater volumes are received or
                  delivered by other parties at these points on the same day.
                  These corresponding volumes will be used to displace volumes
                  nominated for delivery or receipt by Shipper.

Note 4:           The total maximum quantity and the Mcf/day for receipt,
                  delivery and transfer points is 357,302 Mcf/day through
                  October 31, 2003 and is 10,247 Mcf/day from 11/01/2003 until
                  10/31/2004.

This Amended Exhibit A is made and entered into as of April 2, 1999. On the
effective date it shall supersede the Exhibit A dated as of December 22, 1998.

The effective date of this Exhibit A is April 2, 1999.


ATTEST:                             NORTHERN BRODER PIPELINE COMPANY

                                    By:  Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                         Operator

 /s/ Eva Neufeld                    By:  /s/ Robert A. Hill
- ------------------------------           ---------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                 Title: Vice President


WITNESS:                            PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC.

                                    By:  /s/ Gene Tiemstra
- ------------------------------           ---------------------------------
                                    Title:  Vice President Transportation &
                                            Operation

                                    By:  /s/ Diane J. Pettie
                                         ---------------------------------
                                    Title: General Counsel & Corporate
                                           Secretary


                                       11

<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.27
                                                                 Contract #T1022

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT


This Agreement is made and entered into at Omaha, Nebraska as of October 1,
1992, by and between NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter referred to
as "Company" and PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC., a Delaware corporation,
hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Company's investors and lenders rely on Certificates of Public
Convenience and Necessity granted by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
and on the Tariff for the return of and the return on all funds invested in or
loaned to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the transportation of natural gas shall be effectuated pursuant to Part
157 or Part 284 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's Regulations; and

WHEREAS, Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company (Panhandle) is proposing an overall
settlement transaction to resolve matters associated with the purchase and
transportation of Canadian gas supplies which are sold to Northwest Alaskan
Pipeline Company (Northwest Alaskan) by Pan-Alberta Gas Ltd. (Pan-Alberta) and
which are purchased by Panhandle from Northwest Alaskan and transported by
Company under authorizations previously issued by the Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission under the Natural Gas Act and ANGTA; and

WHEREAS, as part of this overall settlement, Panhandle has requested that the
firm capacity under its U.S. Shippers Service Agreement dated December 15, 1980,
as amended (Agreement) be made available to Shipper; and

WHEREAS, Shipper and Company intend that this Service Agreement will become
effective simultaneously with all other agreements and approvals needed to
implement this overall settlement and that Shipper, Company, Northwest Alaskan,
Pan-Alberta, Panhandle and other appropriate parties will execute a Closing
Agreement prior to October 31, 1992 which will delineate the various approvals,
documentation, etc. that will have to have been issued or executed for the
transaction to close, and which will provide for the required simultaneous
effectuation.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:


<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT


Article 1 - Basic Receipts

Shipper shall on each day beginning with Shipper's Billing Commencement Date, as
defined in Section 1 of the General Terms and Conditions of Company's FERC Gas
Tariff, be entitled to tender and, following tender, deliver to Company, at each
of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of gas not in excess of the Daily
Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for such day, as defined in such
Section 1, and Company shall, on such day, take receipt of the quantity of gas
so tendered and delivered by Shipper at such Point of Receipt.

Article 2 - Excess Receipts

If Shipper shall desire to tender to Company on any day beginning with Shipper's
Billing Commencement Date, at any of Shipper's Points of Receipt, a quantity of
gas in excess of Shipper's Daily Receipt Quantity for such Point of Receipt for
such day, it shall notify Company of such desire. If Company in its sole
judgment, determines that it has available the necessary capacity to receive and
transport all or any part of such excess quantity and make deliveries in respect
thereof, and that the performance of Company's obligations to other Shippers
under their Service Agreements will not be adversely affected thereby, Company
may elect to receive from Shipper said excess quantity or part thereof, and
shall so notify Shipper. Scheduling of Excess Receipts will be in accordance
with Subsection 5.3 of Rate Schedule T-1, Section 5 of Rate Schedule IT-1 and
Subsection 5.1 in Rate Schedule OT-1. If more than one of the Shippers subject
to Rate Schedule T-1 shall notify Company of a desire to tender gas to Company
pursuant to Article 2 of their respective Service Agreements on any day,
Company, if it elects to receive less than all of such gas, shall, except as
otherwise required by Subsection 5.3 of Rate Schedule T-1 and Subsection 13.73
of the General Terms and Conditions, allocate among such Shippers the aggregate
quantity it so elects to receive in proportion to their respective Total Maximum
Receipt Quantities or in such other equitable manner as Company's operating
conditions and the availability of its facilities may reasonably require.

Receipt of gas under this Article 2 which Company has previously elected to
receive from Shipper may be curtailed partially or entirely at any time or from
time to time by company at will, in which event Company shall so notify Shipper
of its decision.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT

Article 3 - Deliveries

Company shall deliver gas to Shipper at the Point(s) of Delivery and under the
conditions specified in Exhibit A hereto and in accordance with Section 13 of
the General Terms and Conditions.

Article 4 - Payments

Shipper shall make payments to Company in accordance with Rate Schedules T-1 and
OT-1 and the other applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Article 5 - Change in Tariff Provisions

Upon notice to Shipper, Company shall have the right to file with the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission any changes in the terms of any of its Rate
Schedules, General Terms and Conditions or Form of Service Agreement as Company
may deem necessary, and to make such changes effective at such times as Company
desires and is possible under applicable law. Shipper may protest any filed
changes before the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and exercise any other
rights it may have with respect thereto.

Article 6 - Cancellation of Prior Agreements

When this Service Agreement becomes effective, it shall supersede, cancel and
terminate the following Agreements:
                                      None


Article 7 - Term

Notwithstanding the execution and delivery hereof, the effectiveness of this
Service Agreement and the obligations of the parties hereunder shall be subject
to and conditioned upon the Satisfaction of the Conditions Precedent. This
Service Agreement shall become immediately effective at the later of 8:00 a.m.
Mountain Standard Time on November 1, 1992, or 8:00 a.m. Mountain Standard Time
on the day following the day on which Satisfaction of the Conditions Precedent
occurs. The time at which this Service Agreement becomes effective as aforesaid
is herein called the "Effective Time." This Service Agreement shall continue in
effect from the "Effective Time" through October 31, 2001, and thereafter until
terminated by not less than six (6) months prior written notice to the other.
Service rendered pursuant to this Service Agreement shall be abandoned upon
termination of this Agreement.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT


If Shipper fails to pay in full the amount of any invoice rendered by Company
within five (5) business days of the date payment is due, this Agreement shall
automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect on the earlier of
(i) the business day immediately following the receipt by each of the Company
and Shipper of a written notice from Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company
("Panhandle") stating that it is exercising its rights under its U.S. Shippers
Service Agreement to obtain the capacity covered by this Service Agreement, or
(ii) thirty (30) days after the date payment by Shipper was due hereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not be terminated as to all
or any portion of the capacity covered hereby if Shipper cures such nonpayment
prior to the time of termination.

Upon the receipt of any necessary abandonment authority, the Company shall be
entitled to terminate this Agreement if Shipper shall have failed to furnish a
proper security arrangement in accordance with Subsection 9.1 of Rate Schedule
T-1, to Company within thirty (30) days after notice from the Company subsequent
to the occurrence of any of the following events:

        The filing by Shipper or its parent or the party providing primary
        credit support of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or the entry of a
        decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging
        the Shipper as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a
        petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
        of or in respect of the Shipper under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any
        other applicable federal or state law relating to insolvency, or
        appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or
        other similar official) of the Shipper or any substantial part of its
        property, or the ordering of the winding-up or liquidation of its
        affairs, with said order or decree continuing unstayed and in effect for
        a period of sixty (60) consecutive days.

        The U.S. Shippers Service Agreement dated December 15, 1980 as amended
        between Panhandle Eastern Pipe Line Company and Company ceases to exist
        prior to October 31, 2001, other than by the mutual agreement of the
        parties thereto.

Termination of this U.S. Shippers Service Agreement shall release Shipper from
its obligation which would be incurred after the effective time of such
termination with respect to the capacity which is the subject of such
termination but such termination shall not relieve Company and Shipper of the
obligation to correct any Receipt or Delivery Imbalances hereunder, or Shipper
to pay to Company money due hereunder at the 

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT


effective time of such termination and such termination shall be in addition to
any other remedies that Company may have.

Article 8 - Applicable Law and Submission to Jurisdiction

This Agreement and Company's Tariff, and the rights and obligations of Company
and Shipper thereunder are subject to all relevant and United States lawful
statutes, rules, regulations and orders of duly constituted authorities having
jurisdiction. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be governed by and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska. For purposes
of legal proceedings, this Agreement shall be deemed to have been made in the
State of Nebraska and to be performed there, and the Courts of that State shall
have jurisdiction over all disputes which may arise under this Agreement,
provided always that nothing herein contained shall prevent the Company from
proceeding at its election against the Shipper in the Courts of any other state,
Province or country.

At the Company's request, the Shipper shall irrevocably appoint an agent in
Nebraska to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in connection
with any judicial proceeding in Nebraska relating to the Agreement. Such service
shall be deemed completed on delivery to such process agent (even if not
forwarded to and received by the Shipper). If said agent ceases to act as a
process agent within Nebraska on behalf of Shipper, the Shipper shall appoint a
substitute process agent within Nebraska and deliver to the Company a copy of
the new agent's acceptance of that appointment within 30 days.

Article 9 - Successors and Assigns

After establishing creditworthiness in accordance with Section 9 of Rate
Schedule T-1, any person which shall succeed by purchase, amalgamation, merger
or consolidation to the properties, substantially as an entirety, of Shipper or
of Company, as the case may be, and which shall assume all obligations under
Shipper's Service Agreement of Shipper or Company, as the case may be, shall be
entitled to the rights, and shall be subject to the obligations, of its
predecessor under Shipper's Service Agreement. Either party to a Shipper's
Service Agreement may pledge or charge the same under the provisions of any
mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, security agreement or similar instrument
which it has executed. After the affiliated Person has established
creditworthiness in accordance with Section 9 of Rate Schedule T-1, Shipper may
assign such Service Agreement to any affiliated Person (which for such purpose
shall mean any person which controls, is under common control with or is
controlled by such party). Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall, however,
operate to release predecessor Shipper from its obligation under its Service
Agreement unless Company shall, in its sole discretion, consent in writing to
such

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT


release, which it shall not do unless it concludes that, on the basis of the
facts available to it, such release is not likely to have a substantial adverse
effect upon other Shippers or other Persons who may become liable to provide
funds to Company to enable it to meet any of its obligations. Company shall not
release any Shipper from its obligations under its service Agreement without the
written consent of the other firm Shippers unless: (a) such release is effected
pursuant to an assignment of obligations by such Shipper, and the assumption
thereof by the assignee, and the terms of such assignment and assumption render
the obligations being assigned and assumed no more conditional and no less
absolute than those at the time provided therein; and (b) such release is not
likely to have a substantial adverse effect upon Company or the other firm
Shippers. For the purposes hereof, and without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, any release of any Shipper from its obligations under its Service
Agreement shall be deemed likely to have a substantial adverse effect upon
Company or the other Shippers if the assignee of such obligations has a credit
standing which is not at least equal to the credit standing of the assignor of
such obligations (credit standings in each case as reflected by the ratings on
outstanding debt securities by Moody's Investors Service, Standard and Poor's
Corporation or another rating service acceptable to all Shippers to the extent
available or by other appropriate objective measures). Shipper shall, at
Company's request, execute such instruments and take such other action as may be
desirable to give effect to any such assignment of Company's rights under such
Shipper's Service Agreement or to give effect to the right of a Person whom the
Company has specified pursuant to Section 6 of the General Terms and Conditions
of Company's FERC Gas Tariff as the Person to whom payment of amounts invoiced
by Company shall be made; provided, however, that: (a) Shipper shall not be
required to execute any such instruments or take any such other action the
effect of which is to modify the respective rights and obligations of either
Shipper or Company under this Agreement; and (b) Shipper shall be under no
obligation at any time to determine the status or amount of any payments which
may be due from Company to any Person whom the Company has specified pursuant to
said Section 6 as the Person to whom payment of amounts invoiced by Company
shall be made.

Article 10 - Loss of Governmental Authority, Gas Supply, Transportation or 
             Market

Without limiting its other responsibilities and obligations under this
Agreement, the Shipper acknowledges that it is responsible for obtaining and
assumes the risk of loss of the following: (1) gas removal permits, (2) export
and import licenses, (3) gas supply, (4) markets and (5) transportation upstream
and downstream of the Company's pipeline system. Notwithstanding the loss of one
of the items enumerated above, Shipper shall continue to be liable for payment
to the Company of the transportation charges as provided for in this Agreement.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT


Article 11 - Other Operating Provisions

(This Article to be utilized when necessary to specify other operating
provisions.)

Article 12 - Exhibit A of Service Agreement, Rate Schedules and General Terms
and Conditions

Company's Rate Schedules and General Terms and Conditions, which are on file
with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and in effect, and Exhibit A
hereto are all applicable to this Agreement and are hereby incorporated in, and
made a part of, this Agreement. In the event that the terms and conditions
herein are in conflict with the General Terms and Conditions in Company's FERC
Gas Tariff, the terms and conditions of this Agreement are controlling.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first set forth above.








                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                                 U. S. SHIPPERS
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT


ATTEST:                          NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

                                 By:    Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                        Operating

                                 By:    /s/ Gary A. McConnell
                                        --------------------------------

/s/ Janet K. Place               Title: Vice President
- --------------------------              --------------------------------
Assistant Secretary


ATTEST:                          PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC.

                                 By:    /s/ M.R. Bradshaw
- --------------------------              --------------------------------
                                 Title: Division Vice-President Marketing


                                 BY:    /s/ R.E. Bowser
                                        --------------------------------

                                 Title  Vice-President Marketing &
                                        Transportation


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                         NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY                  T1022
                     AMENDED U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                              DATED OCTOBER 1, 1992


This Amendment is entered into as of this 22 day of JUNE, 1998 by and between
NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY, hereinafter referred to as "Company" and
PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC., hereinafter referred to as "Shipper".

WHEREAS, Shipper and Company have entered into a U.S. Shippers Service Agreement
dated as of October 1, 1992, and any such Amendments thereto (hereinafter the
"Service Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, Shipper desires to extend the term of the Service Agreement for certain
volumes from October 31, 2001 to October 31, 2003; and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective covenants and agreements
hereinafter set out, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

(a) The first paragraph of Article 7 of the Service Agreement shall be replaced
and superseded with the following:

This Service Agreement shall become immediately effective 8:00 a.m. Mountain
Standard Time on November 1, 1992, herein called the "Effective Time" and shall
continue in effect from the "Effective Time" through October 31, 2003, and
thereafter in accordance with Company's Tariff, provided that prior to November
1, 2000, Shipper will commit to and demonstrate Shipper's ability to continue to
satisfy the credit requirements of Company's Tariff (as may be in effect at that
time) in respect of the period November 1, 2001 through October 31, 2003.
Company shall provide by September 1, 2000 written notice to Shipper of the
November 1, 2000 requirement. Should Shipper fail to fulfill this credit
commitment and demonstration obligation prior to November 1, 2000, Company may
thereafter terminate this Service Agreement upon thirty (30) days written notice
to Shipper, provided that the effective date of any such termination shall not
be prior to October 31, 2001. These same procedures will apply in respect of
credit requirements associated with further extensions, if any, of the Service
Agreement prior to November 1, 2000. Service rendered pursuant to this Service
Agreement shall be abandoned upon termination of this Agreement.

(b) The effectiveness of the Amendment shall be conditioned upon the issuance by
the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission of a final order acceptable to the
Company and no longer subject to judicial review approving the Company's
application to convert the service to Part 284 regulations or to continue
service under Part 157.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly
executed as of the day and year set forth above.


                                       1
<PAGE>

                         NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY                  T1022
                     AMENDED U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                              DATED OCTOBER 1, 1992

              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


ATTEST:                           NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

                                  By:    Northern Plains Natural Gas Company,
                                         Operator

                                  By:    /s/ Robert A. Hill
                                         -------------------------------

/s/ Eva Neufeld                   Title: Vice President
- ----------------------------            
Assistant Secretary


WITNESS:                          PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC.

                                  By:    /s/ Gene Tiemstra
- ----------------------------             -------------------------------

WITNESS:                          Title: Vice President


                                  By:    /s/ Diane J. Pettie
- ----------------------------             -------------------------------

                                  Title:   General Counsel & Corporate Secretary


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                         NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY                  T1022
                     AMENDED U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                              DATED OCTOBER 1, 1992

              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT


Company:                             Northern Border Pipeline Company

Company's Address:                   1111 South 103rd Street
                                     Omaha, Nebraska  68124-1000

Shipper:                             Pan-Alberta Gas (U.S.) Inc.
                                     Attn:  Mr. Gene Tiemstra

Shipper's Address:                   800 - 707 8th Avenue S.W.
                                     Calgary, AB, Canada  T2P 3V3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Maximum       Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                   Role         Quantity       Receipt      Delivery        Receipt        Minimum
                                  (Notes        (Note 4)      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature    Temperature
           Points                1 and 3)       (MCF/Day)      (PSIG)        (PSIG)       ((degree)F)    ((degree)F)
- ------------------------------ -------------- -------------- ------------ -------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Port of Morgan, MT                  PR              150,000     1435            -             120            32

Saskana, MT                         PR               60,000     1435            -             120            32
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 RD               60,000       -             -              -              -
                                    TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    DD               60,000       -             -              -              -

Buford, ND                          PR               48,000     1435            -             120            32
 (Secondary-Note2)                  RD               48,000       -             -              -              -
                                    TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    DD               48,000       -             -              -              -

Watford City, ND                    PR               60,000     1435            -             120            32
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 RD               60,000       -             -              -              -
                                    TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    DD               60,000       -             -              -              -

Hebron, ND                          PR              150,000     1435            -             120            32
 (Secondary-                        RD              150,000       -             -              -              -
Note 2)                             TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD               30,000       -            725             -             32
                                    DD               30,000       -             -              -              -

Glen Ullin, ND                      PR               60,000     1435            -             120            32
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 RD               60,000       -             -              -              -
                                    TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD              100,000       -            725             -             32
                                    DD              100,000       -             -              -              -

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                         NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY                  T1022
                     AMENDED U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                              DATED OCTOBER 1, 1992

              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

<CAPTION>
                                                 Maximum       Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                   Role         Quantity       Receipt      Delivery        Receipt        Minimum
                                  (Notes        (Note 4)      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature    Temperature
           Points                1 and 3)       (MCF/Day)      (PSIG)        (PSIG)       ((degree)F)    ((degree)F)
- ------------------------------ -------------- -------------- ------------ -------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Linton, ND                          RD                  770       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD                  770       -            700             -             32
                                    DD                  770       -             -              -              -

Mina, SD                            RD                4,500       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD                4,500       -            750             -             32
                                    DD                4,500       -             -              -              -

Warner, SD                          RD               24,000       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD               24,000       -           1,000            -             32
                                    DD               24,000       -             -              -              -

Aberdeen, SD                        RD               35,000       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD               35,000       -            800             -             32
                                    DD               35,000       -             -              -              -

Webster, SD                         RD                5,000       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD                5,000       -            700             -             32
                                    DD                5,000       -             -              -              -

Milbank, SD                         RD                8,073       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD                8,073       -            800             -             32
                                    DD                8,073       -             -              -              -

Ivanhoe, MN                         RD                1,791       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD                1,791       -            700             -             32
                                    DD                1,791       -             -              -              -

Balaton, MN                         RD               20,000       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD               20,000       -            720             -             32
                                    DD               20,000       -             -              -              -

Marshall, MN                        RD               80,000       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD               80,000       -            800             -             32
                                    DD               80,000       -             -              -              -


                                      -4-

<PAGE>

                         NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY                  T1022
                     AMENDED U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                              DATED OCTOBER 1, 1992

              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

<CAPTION>
                                                 Maximum       Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                   Role         Quantity       Receipt      Delivery        Receipt        Minimum
                                  (Notes        (Note 4)      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature    Temperature
           Points                1 and 3)       (MCF/Day)      (PSIG)        (PSIG)       ((degree)F)    ((degree)F)
- ------------------------------ -------------- -------------- ------------ -------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Westbrook, MN                       RD                2,500       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -                            -              -
                                    PD                2,500       -            800             -             32
                                    DD                2,500       -             -              -              -

Windom, MN                          RD               10,000       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD               10,000       -            800             -             32
                                    DD               10,000       -             -              -              -

Welcome, MN                         RD              150,000       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD              150,000       -            796             -             32
                                    DD              150,000       -             -              -              -

Ledyard, IA                         RD                4,000       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD                4,000       -            800             -             32
                                    DD                4,000       -             -              -              -

Ventura, IA                         RD              150,000       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -                            -              -
                                    PD              150,000       -            820             -             32
                                    DD              150,000       -             -              -              -

Grundy Center, IA                   RD              103,000       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD              103,000       -            800             -             32
                                    DD              103,000       -             -              -              -

Beaman, IA                          RD                5,100       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD                  880       -            839             -             32
                                    DD                  880       -             -              -              -

Tama, IA                            RD                  880       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD                8,880       -            816             -             32
                                    DD                8,880       -             -              -              -

Amana, IA                           RD               16,350       -             -              -              -
 (Secondary-Note 2)                 TP              150,000       -             -              -              -
                                    PD               16,350       -            783             -              -
                                    DD               16,350       -             -              -              -


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                         NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY                  T1022
                     AMENDED U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
                              DATED OCTOBER 1, 1992

              AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT

<CAPTION>
                                                 Maximum       Maximum       Minimum        Maximum
                                   Role         Quantity       Receipt      Delivery        Receipt        Minimum
                                  (Notes        (Note 4)      Pressure      Pressure      Temperature    Temperature
           Points                1 and 3)       (MCF/Day)      (PSIG)        (PSIG)       ((degree)F)    ((degree)F)
- ------------------------------ -------------- -------------- ------------ -------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Harper, IA                          PD              150,000       -             -              -              -


Total Maximum
Receipt Quantity             150,000 Mcf    11/01/1992 - 10/31/2001
                             132,400 Mcf    11/01/2001 - 10/31/2003

</TABLE>





















                                      -6-

<PAGE>

                        NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY
                          US SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMENT
         AMENDED EXHIBIT A TO U.S. SHIPPERS SERVICE AGREEMNT (Continued)

Note 1:      The point role will be PR for physical receipts, RD for receipt by
             displacement, TP for transfer points, PD for physical deliveries,
             and DD for delivery by displacement.

Note 2:      Should nominations at secondary receipt and delivery points be
             received which exceed available capacity, volumes will be scheduled
             in accordance with Northern Border's nomination and scheduling
             procedures.

Note 3:      For receipt or delivery of gas by displacement, Company cannot and
             does not have an obligation to physically deliver or receive gas at
             these points. Volumes will be delivered or received at these
             point(s) only to the extent that corresponding equal or greater
             volumes are received or delivered by other parties at these points
             on the same day. These corresponding volumes will be used to
             displace volumes nominated for delivery or receipt by Shipper.

Note 4:      Where the maximum quantity for receipt, delivery and transfer
             points is shown as 150,000 Mcf, the maximum quantity shall be
             132,400 Mcf for the period from 11/01/2001 until 10/31/2003.

This Amended Exhibit A is made and entered into as of June 22, 1998. On the
effective date it shall supersede the Exhibit A dated as of June 22, 1998.

The effectiveness of the Amendment shall be conditioned upon the issuance by the
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission of a final order acceptable to the Company
and no longer subject to judicial review approving the Company's application to
convert the service to Part 284 regulations or to continue service under Part
157.

ATTEST:                                     NORTHERN BORDER PIPELINE COMPANY

                                            By:  Northern Plains Natural Gas 
                                                 Company, Operator

     /s/ Eva Neufeld                        By:    /s/ Robert A. Hill
- ----------------------------------             ---------------------------------
Assistant Secretary                         Title: Vice President

WITNESS:                                    PAN-ALBERTA GAS (U.S.) INC.
                                            By:    /s/ Gene Tiemstra
- ----------------------------------             ---------------------------------
                                            Title: Vice President
                                                  ------------------------------

                                            By:    /s/ Rod Pocza
                                               ---------------------------------
                                            Title: Senior Vice President
                                                   Marketing & Customer Service


                                      -7-


<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.28


[Date of Closing,] 1999


TC PipeLines, LP
Four Greenspoint Plaza
16945 Northchase Drive
Houston, Texas    77060

Dear Sirs:

        RE:     ESTABLISHMENT OF U.S. $40,000,000 TWO YEAR REVOLVING CREDIT
                FACILITY IN FAVOR OF TC PIPELINES, L.P.
        -------------------------------------------------------------------

        In consideration of the covenants and agreements herein contained and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
conclusively acknowledged by each of the parties, TransCanada PipeLine USA Ltd.,
a Nevada corporation (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the
"LENDER") hereby covenants and agrees with TC PipeLines, LP, a Delaware limited
partnership (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the "BORROWER")
to make available to the Borrower the credit facility (the "CREDIT FACILITY") as
more particularly described below and upon the terms and conditions outlined in
this letter agreement (as may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated
from time to time, the "AGREEMENT").

DEFINITIONS

        Unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent
therewith, the following capitalized terms used in the Agreement (including
Schedule A to the Agreement) shall have meanings indicated below:

"BANKING DAY" means a day which is both a Business Day and a day on which
dealings in United States Dollars by and between the banks in the London,
England interbank market may be conducted.

"BUSINESS DAY" means a day on which banks are open for business in New York, New
York but does not in any event include a Saturday or a Sunday.

<PAGE>

"COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" means a certificate of the Borrower signed on its
behalf by the General Partner, substantially in the form attached hereto as
Schedule A.

"CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT" means the Contribution,
Conveyance and Assumption Agreement dated May __, 1999 between TransCanada
Border PipeLine Ltd., TransCan Northern Ltd., TransCanada PipeLines Limited, the
Borrower, the General Partner and the Intermediate Partnership.

"DEBT" means, without duplication, with respect to any person, all obligations,
liabilities and indebtedness of such person with respect to:

i)       indebtedness for borrowed money;

ii)      obligations arising pursuant to commercial paper programs or letters of
         credit or indemnities issued in connection therewith;

iii)     obligations under guarantees, indemnities, assurances, legally binding
         comfort letters or other contingent obligations relating to the
         indebtedness for borrowed money of any other person and all other
         obligations incurred for the purpose of or having the effect of
         providing financial assistance to another person, including, without
         limitation, endorsements of bills of exchange (other than for
         collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business); and

iv)      all other financing indebtedness, including monetary obligations of
         such person created or arising under any capital lease or other lease
         financing.

"DRAWDOWN" means, individually or collectively, as the context may require, an
advance of funds made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

"DRAWDOWN DATE" means the date on which an advance of funds is made by the
Lender to a Borrower pursuant to the provisions hereof.

"DRAWDOWN NOTICE" means a written notice given by the Borrower to the Lender of
a Drawdown.

"EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.01;

"GENERAL PARTNER" means TC PipeLines GP, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any
successor thereto.

"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any federal, state, provincial, regional,
municipal or local government or any department, agency, board, tribunal or
authority thereof or other political subdivision thereof and any entity or
person exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
functions of, or pertaining to, government or the operation thereof.


                                       2
<PAGE>

"INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means, with respect to each Loan, the last Business Day
of each applicable Interest Period; provided that, any earlier date on which the
Credit Facility is fully cancelled or permanently reduced in full, shall be an
Interest Payment Date with respect to all Loans then outstanding.

"INTEREST PERIOD" means, with respect to each Loan, the initial period of one
month, two months, three months or six months (as selected by the Borrower and
notified to the Lender) commencing on the applicable Drawdown Date or Rollover
Date and ending on and including the last day of such period provided that the
last day of each Interest Period whether with respect to the same or another
Loan and the last day of each Interest period shall be a Banking Day and if the
last day of an Interest Period selected by the Borrower is not a Banking Day the
next Banking Day.

"INTERMEDIATE PARTNERSHIP" means TC PipeLines Intermediate Limited Partnership,
a Delaware limited partnership, and any successor thereto.

"LIBOR" means the London Interbank Offered Rate of Interest and means, with
respect to any Interest Period applicable to a Loan, the per annum rate of
interest determined by the Lender, based on a three hundred sixty (360) day
year, rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of
one-sixteenth of one percent (1/16th%), as the average of the offered quotations
appearing on the display referred to as the "LIBO Page" (or any display
substituted therefor) of Reuter Monitor Money Rates Service (or if such LIBO
Page shall not be available, any successor or similar services as may be
selected by the Lender) for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal
to the number of days in the applicable Interest Period, at or about 11:00 a.m.
(London, England time) on the second Banking Day prior to a Drawdown Date, for
the applicable Interest Period. Each determination of LIBOR may be computed
using any reasonable averaging and attribution method.

"LIMITED PARTNER" means any person who is or shall become a limited partner of
the Borrower.

"LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated Agreement of
Limited Partnership dated as of the __ day of May, 1999 and made among the
General Partner, TransCan Northern Ltd. as the organizational Limited Partner
and those parties referred to as Partners therein, as from time to time amended,
supplemented or restated.

"LOAN DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement and all certificates, agreements,
instruments and other documents delivered or to be delivered to the Lender in
relation to the Credit Facility pursuant hereto, and, when used in relation to
any person, the term "Loan Documents" shall mean and refer to the Loan Documents
executed and delivered by such person.

"LOAN" means an advance of funds in United States dollars made by the Lender to
the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means a material adverse effect (i) on the business,
operations, property and assets or financial condition of the Borrower, or (ii)
on the ability of the Borrower to repay or pay, as the case may be, any
Obligations.


                                       3
<PAGE>

"NORTHERN BORDER" means Northern Border Pipeline Company, a general partnership
organized under the laws of Texas.

"OBLIGATIONS" means, at any time and from time to time, all of the obligations,
indebtedness and liabilities (present or future, absolute or contingent, matured
or not) of the Borrower to the Lender under, pursuant to or relating to this
Agreement or the Credit Facility and whether the same are from time to time
reduced and thereafter increased or entirely extinguished and thereafter
incurred again and including all interest, commissions, legal and other costs,
charges and expenses under this Agreement.

"OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL" means, at any time, the aggregate of the principal
amount of all outstanding Loans.

"PARTNERS" means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

"PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES" means:

i)       liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not due
         and delinquent, or the validity of which the Borrower shall be
         contesting in good faith, provided the Borrower shall have made
         adequate provision (in accordance with generally accepted accounting
         principles) therefor;

ii)      the lien of any judgment rendered, or claim filed, against the Borrower
         which the Borrower shall be contesting in good faith, provided the
         Borrower shall have made adequate provision (in accordance with
         generally accepted accounting principles) therefor;

iii)     liens, privileges or other charges imposed or permitted by law such as
         statutory liens and deemed trusts, carriers' liens, builders' liens,
         materialmen's liens, operator's liens and other liens, privileges or
         other charges of a similar nature which relate to obligations which are
         not due and delinquent;

iv)      undetermined or inchoate liens arising in the ordinary course of and
         incidental to operations of the Borrower which relate to obligations
         which are not due and delinquent, or the validity of which the Borrower
         shall be contesting in good faith, provided the Borrower shall have
         made adequate provision (in accordance with generally accepted
         accounting principles) therefor;

v)       security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental
         or other public authority when required by such utility, municipality
         or authority in connection with the operations of the Borrower, to the
         extent such security does not materially detract from the value of any
         material part of the property of the Borrower;


                                       4
<PAGE>

vi)      cash or marketable securities deposited in connection with bids or
         tenders, or deposited with a court as security for costs in any
         litigation, or to secure workmen's compensation or unemployment
         insurance liabilities;

vii)     the lien or any right of distress reserved in or exercisable under any
         real property lease for rent or otherwise to effect compliance with the
         terms of such lease in respect of which the rent or any other
         obligation is not at the time overdue or if overdue the validity of
         which is being contested at the time in good faith, if the Borrower
         shall have made on its books a provision therefor reasonably deemed by
         the Lender to be adequate therefor;

viii)    Security Interests on property of the Borrower which are not otherwise
         Permitted Encumbrances if the aggregate amount of the Debt or other
         obligations secured by all such Security Interests is not at any time
         in excess of U.S.$1,000,000;

ix)      Security Interests arising under or in connection with the Partnership
         Agreement, the agreement of limited partnership of the Intermediate
         Partnership or the partnership agreement of Northern Border; and

x)       any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions,
         renewals or replacements), as a whole or in part, of any Security
         Interest referred to in the preceding paragraphs (i) to (ix) inclusive
         of this definition, so long as any such extension, renewal or
         replacement of such Security Interest is limited to all or any part of
         the same property that secured the Security Interest extended, renewed
         or replaced (plus improvements on such property) and the indebtedness
         or obligation secured thereby is not increased;

provided that nothing in this definition shall in and of itself cause the Loans
and other amounts owing by the Borrower to the Lender hereunder to be
subordinated in priority to any such Permitted Encumbrance.

"PROSPECTUS" means the initial public offering prospectus of TC PipeLines, LP
dated May __, 1999.

"ROLLOVER" means the continuation of all or a portion of such Loan (subject to
the provisions hereof) for an additional Interest Period subsequent to the
initial or any subsequent Interest Period applicable thereto.

"ROLLOVER DATE" means the commencement of a new Interest Period applicable to a
Loan.

"SECURITY INTEREST" means mortgages, charges, pledges, hypothecs, assignments by
way of security, conditional sales or other title retentions (including, without
limitation, capital leases or any other lease financing), liens, security
interests or other encumbrances, howsoever created or arising, whether fixed or
floating, perfected or not.

"UNITED STATES DOLLARS" and "U.S. $" mean the lawful money of the United States.



                                       5
<PAGE>

                   ARTICLE ONE - THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

1.01 AMOUNT. Revolving loans are available to the Borrower under the Credit
Facility to a maximum outstanding principal amount of U.S.$40,000,000.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum outstanding principal amount of
U.S.$40,000,000 may be increased or decreased (but not to be less than
U.S.$2,500,000) upon mutual written agreement of the Lender and the Borrower.

1.02 CURRENCY AND MINIMUM AMOUNTS. Drawdowns may only be made in United States
Dollars and in a minimum amount of U.S.$500,000.

1.03 DRAWDOWN NOTICES. The Borrower shall deliver to the Lender a Drawdown
Notice at least two Business Days prior to a Drawdown Date. Such notice shall
specify: i) the date of the Drawdown, such date being a Business Day; ii) the
principal amount of the Drawdown; and iii) particulars of the account into which
funds representing the Drawdown are to be transferred on the Drawdown Date.

1.04 PURPOSE. The Credit Facility shall be used for working capital and other
general business purposes, to fund capital expenditures, to fund capital
contributions to Northern Border and to enable the Borrower to make cash
distributions to Partners if there has been a temporary interruption or delay in
the receipt of cash distributions from Northern Border.

1.05 REVOLVING NATURE AND AVAILABILITY. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, the Borrower may increase or decrease Loans under the Credit Facility by
making Drawdowns, repayments and further Drawdowns.

1.06 REPAYMENTS. The Borrower may at the end of any Interest Period repay,
without payment of penalty, the whole or any part of any Loan together with all
accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of such repayment. The Borrower
shall give the Lender advance notice of any such repayment at least two Business
Days prior to the date of repayment.

1.07 LIBOR LOAN ROLLOVERS. At or before 10:00 a.m. (Calgary time) two Banking
Days prior to the expiration of each Interest Period of each Loan, the Borrower
shall, unless it has delivered a repayment notice pursuant to Section 1.06 of
this Agreement (together with a Rollover Notice if a portion only is to be
repaid; provided that a portion of a Loan may be continued only if the portion
to remain outstanding is equal to or exceeds the minimum amount required
hereunder for Drawdowns of Loans) with respect to the aggregate amount of such
Loan, deliver a Rollover Notice to the Lender selecting the next Interest Period
applicable to the Loan, which new Interest Period shall commence on and include
the last day of such prior Interest Period. If the Borrower fails to deliver a
Rollover Notice to the Lender as provided in this Section, the Borrower shall be
deemed to have elected to Rollover the outstanding amount of the Loan for an
Interest Period equal to the Interest Period of the maturing loan.

1.08  NO SECURITY.  The Credit facility shall be unsecured.


                                       6
<PAGE>

1.09 SET-OFF; NO WITHHOLDING. Any and all payments by the Borrower to or for the
benefit of the Lender shall be free and clear of and without set-off,
counterclaim, reduction or deduction whatsoever, including, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, for any claims that the Borrower have or may have
against the Lender or for any present or future taxes, levies, imposts,
deductions, charges or withholdings, whether imposed by or on behalf of the
United States or Canada or any political subdivision thereof or any other taxing
authority. If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any
taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to the Lender, (i) the sum
payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that, after making all
required deductions and withholdings the Lender receives an amount equal to the
amount it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made,
(ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and withholdings, and (iii) the
Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing
authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

1.10 MATURITY. The Credit Facility shall mature on the earlier of: (i) the date
two years from the date of this Agreement (the "FIXED MATURITY DATE"), or (ii)
the date upon which the Borrower provides written notice to the Lender that it
has obtained from another lender or lenders an economically comparable
replacement Credit Facility. Upon such date of maturity, all Outstanding
Principal, accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts under or in respect
of this Agreement and the Credit Facility shall be paid to the Lender (x) on the
Fixed Maturity Date (in the case of maturity under clauses (i)) or (y) on or
prior to the 30th day after such written notice is provided to the Lender (in
the case of maturity under clause (ii)).

1.11 TERMINATION. The Borrower may terminate this Agreement upon 90 days written
notice to the Lender, provided, however, that in order for such termination by
the Borrower to be effective, all Outstanding Principal, accrued and unpaid
interest and all other amounts under or in respect of this Agreement and the
Credit Facility shall be paid to the Lender on or prior to the 30th day after
the termination date specified in such written notice provided to the Lender.

1.12 RENEWAL. This Agreement may be renewed upon the mutual written agreement of
the Borrower and the Lender.


                             ARTICLE TWO - INTEREST

2.01 RATE APPLICABLE TO LOANS. The Borrower shall pay interest to the Lender in
United States Dollars on Loans outstanding under the Credit Facility at a rate
per annum equal to LIBOR plus 1.25 per cent.

2.02 CALCULATION AND PAYMENT OF INTEREST. Interest on Loans, as specified above,
shall accrue daily and be calculated on the principal amount of each such loan
and on the basis of the actual number of days each such loan is outstanding in a
year of 360 days. Interest shall be calculated and payable in arrears on the
Interest Payment Date for each such loan for the actual number of days such loan
is outstanding in the period from and including the date such loan was made or
the preceding Interest Payment Date to which all accrued interest has been duly
paid, as


                                       7
<PAGE>

the case may be, to and including the day immediately preceding the following
Interest Payment Date.

2.03 DEFAULT RATE. In the event that any amount due hereunder on any Loan
(including, without limitation, any interest payment) is not paid when due, the
Borrower shall pay interest on such unpaid amount (including, without
limitation, interest on interest) from the date when such amount was due until
the date that such amount is paid in full (but excluding the date of such
payment if the payment is made for value on such date at the required place of
payment specified by the Lender from time to time), and such interest shall
accrue daily, be calculated and compounded monthly and be payable on demand,
after as well as before demand, maturity, default and judgment, at a rate per
annum that is equal to LIBOR plus 3.25 per cent.

2.04 MAXIMUM RATE PERMITTED BY LAW. No interest to be paid hereunder shall be
paid at a rate exceeding the maximum non-usurious rate permitted by applicable
law. In the event that any interest exceeds such maximum rate, such interest
shall be reduced or refunded, as the case may be, so that interest payable
hereunder shall be payable at the highest rate recoverable under applicable law.


                  ARTICLE THREE - ACCOUNTS OF RECORD; PAYMENTS

3.01 CURRENCY AND PLACE OF PAYMENT. All payments of principal, interest and
other amounts to be made by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to this
Agreement shall be made in United States Dollars for value on the Interest
Payment Date, or at such other date under this Agreement when such amounts are
due and payable and if such day is not a Business Day on the Business Day next
following, by deposit or transfer thereof to the account or accounts of the
Lender designated by the Lender to the Borrower for such purpose from time to
time.

3.02 LENDER RECORDS EVIDENCE. The Lender shall open and maintain books of
account evidencing the Loans and all other amounts owing by the Borrower to the
Lender hereunder. The Lender shall enter in the foregoing accounts details of
all amounts from time to time owing, paid or repaid by the Borrower hereunder.
The information entered in the foregoing accounts shall constitute prima facie
evidence of the obligations of the Borrower to the Lender hereunder with respect
to all Loans and all other amounts owing by the Borrower to the Lender
hereunder.


                       ARTICLE FOUR - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.01 CONDITIONS FOR ALL DRAWDOWNS. On or before each Drawdown under the Credit
Facility the following conditions shall be satisfied to the satisfaction of the
Lender:

a)      after giving effect to the proposed Drawdown, the Outstanding Principal
        shall not exceed the maximum amount of the Credit Facility as set forth
        in Section 1.01; and


                                       8
<PAGE>

b)      the Borrower shall, if so requested by the Lender, have executed and
        delivered to the Lender a promissory note in favour of the Lender
        evidencing the obligation of the Borrower to pay the Lender the
        principal amount of such Drawdown and interest thereon in accordance
        with this Agreement.

4.02 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO FIRST DRAWDOWN. In addition to the conditions set
forth above, on or before the first Drawdown under the Credit Facility the
following further conditions shall be satisfied to the satisfaction of the
Lender:

a)      the closing shall have occurred (or shall occur simultaneously) pursuant
        to the terms of the Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement;
        and

b)       the Lender shall have received all such other agreements, certificates,
         declarations, opinions and documents, and all steps, actions and
         proceedings shall have been taken or performed, as the Lender may
         reasonably require, all in form and substance satisfactory to the
         Lender and its counsel.

4.03 WAIVERS. The above conditions are inserted for the sole benefit of the
Lender and may be waived by the Lender, in whole or in part (with or without
terms or conditions) without prejudicing the right of the Lender at any time to
assert such conditions in respect of any subsequent Drawdown.


                  ARTICLE FIVE - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

5.01 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The Borrower and the General Partner hereby
represent and warrant to the Lender as follows and acknowledge and confirm that
the Lender is relying upon such representations and warranties:

a)      CORPORATE STATUS. The Borrower is a limited partnership duly formed and
        validly existing under the laws of Delaware and the General Partner is
        duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Delaware.

b)      AUTHORITY. Each of the Borrower and the General Partner has the
        requisite power and authority to own or hold its respective properties
        and assets, to carry on its business as presently conducted and to
        execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and
        the other Loan Documents to which it is a party.

c)      DUE AUTHORIZATION. Each of the Borrower and the General Partner has duly
        authorized, by all necessary action, the execution, delivery and
        performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it
        is a party.

d)      ENFORCEABILITY. This Agreement and each of the Loan Documents has been
        duly executed and delivered by each of the Borrower and the General
        Partner and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of each of
        the Borrower and the General Partner enforceable


                                       9
<PAGE>

        against each of the Borrower and the General Partner in accordance with
        their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency,
        reorganization, moratorium and other applicable laws relating to
        creditor's rights generally and to general principles of equity and
        public policy.

e)      NO RESULTING VIOLATION. Neither the execution and delivery of this
        Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor compliance with the terms and
        conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, has resulted or
        will (x) result in a violation of any applicable law or the Limited
        Partnership Agreement or the articles or by-laws of the General Partner
        or any resolutions passed by the Limited Partners of the Borrower or the
        shareholders or directors of the General Partner, or (y) result in a
        default under any agreement to which the Borrower or the General Partner
        is a party or by which the Borrower or the General Partner is bound, or
        (z) result in the creation of any Security Interest on any property of
        the Borrower or the General Partner under any agreement or instrument to
        which the Borrower or the General Partner is a party or by which the
        Borrower or the General Partner is bound, which in the case of (y) or
        (z) has a Material Adverse Effect.

f)      NON-DEFAULT. No event has occurred which would constitute an Event of
        Default or a breach of or default under the covenants herein or in any
        of the other Loan Documents or which would constitute such a breach or
        default with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both.

g)      FINANCIAL CONDITION. Except as has been disclosed to the Lender by
        written notice in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, no
        change in the Borrower's financial condition (as disclosed or reflected
        in the Prospectus or in the financial statements delivered under Section
        6.01(e) of this Agreement) has occurred which would reasonably be
        expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

h)      ABSENCE OF LITIGATION. There are no actions, suits or proceedings
        pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing
        against or affecting the Borrower or any of its undertakings, property
        or assets, at law or in equity, in or before any court or before any
        arbitrator or before or by any Governmental Authority having
        jurisdiction in the premises in respect of which there is a reasonable
        possibility of a determination adverse to the Borrower and which, if
        determined adversely, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

i)      COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS, COURT ORDERS AND MATERIAL AGREEMENTS.
        The Borrower has obtained all licences, permits, approvals and
        authorizations required in connection with its respective businesses and
        operations, all of which are in good standing, except where the failure
        to obtain such or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected
        to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and its respective
        businesses and operations are in compliance with all applicable laws,
        all applicable directives, judgments, decrees, injunctions and orders
        rendered by any Governmental Authority or court of competent
        jurisdiction, the Limited Partnership Agreement and all agreements or
        instruments to which it is a party or by which its property or assets
        are bound, except


                                       10
<PAGE>

        where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a
        Material Adverse Effect.

j)      NO ENCUMBRANCES. Except for Permitted Encumbrances, there are no
        Security Interests against, on or affecting any or all of the properties
        or assets, of whatsoever nature or kind, of the Borrower, and the
        Borrower has not given any undertaking to grant or create any such
        Security Interest or otherwise entered into any agreement pursuant to
        which any person may have or be entitled to any such Security Interest.

k)      AGREEMENTS. Each of the Limited Partnership Agreement and the
        Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement has been duly executed
        and delivered by the parties thereto and constitutes legal, valid and
        binding obligations of the parties thereto, enforceable against such
        parties in accordance with its respective terms and no such agreement
        has been amended in any manner which would reasonably be expected to
        have a Material Adverse Effect.

l)      RANKING WITH OTHER DEBT. All Obligations of the Borrower hereunder rank
        at least PARI PASSU in right of payment with the other unsecured and
        unsubordinated Debt of the Borrower.

5.02 INQUIRIES; DEEMED REPETITION. All representations and warranties made
herein shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the execution of
the Loan Documents and shall be deemed to be restated by the Borrower and the
General Partner as if made effective on each Drawdown under this Agreement.


                         ARTICLE SIX - GENERAL COVENANTS

6.01 COVENANTS OF THE BORROWERS. The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with
the Lender that, unless the Lender otherwise consents in writing:

a)      PUNCTUAL PAYMENT. The Borrower shall duly and punctually pay all
        Outstanding Principal, interest and other amounts required to be paid by
        the Borrower hereunder in the manner specified hereunder.

b)      MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; NO CHANGE OF BUSINESS. The Borrower shall maintain
        its existence in good standing and do or cause to be done all things
        necessary to keep in full force and effect all properties, rights,
        franchises, licenses, permits and qualifications to carry on business in
        any jurisdiction in which it carries on business, except where failure
        to comply with the foregoing would not reasonably be expected to have a
        Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower shall maintain all its respective
        properties and assets and conduct its business, activities and
        operations in a manner consistent with applicable industry standards and
        industry practice in each jurisdiction where its business is conducted
        or its property and interests are located, except where failure to
        comply with the foregoing would not reasonably be expected to have a
        Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower shall


                                       11
<PAGE>

        not carry on businesses or operations which are materially different
        from the businesses and operations carried on by the Borrower on the
        date of this Agreement.

c)      MATERIAL LITIGATION. The Borrower shall promptly give written notice to
        the Lender of any litigation, proceeding, dispute or action if the same
        has or might reasonably have a Material Adverse Effect and from time to
        time shall furnish to the Lender all reasonable information requested by
        the Lender concerning the status of any of the foregoing.

d)      NOTICE OF DEFAULT. The Borrower shall give prompt written notice to the
        Lender upon becoming aware of any default of the performance of any
        covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Agreement or any of
        the other Loan Documents, which notice shall specify such default or
        defaults.

e)      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. i) The Borrower shall deliver to the Lender, as
        soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the end of each
        of its fiscal years, copies of the audited annual financial statements
        of the Borrower, together with the notes thereto, all prepared in
        accordance with generally accepted accounting, consistently applied,
        together with a report of the Borrower's auditors on such statements,
        together with a Compliance Certificate, and ii) the Borrower shall
        deliver to the Lender, as soon as available, and in any event within 45
        days after the end of each of its first, second and third fiscal
        quarters, copies of its unaudited quarterly financial statements,
        prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

f)      NOTICE OF AMENDMENT OF AND DEFAULT UNDER AGREEMENTS. The Borrower shall
        give prompt written notice to the Lender of any default under or
        pursuant to the Limited Partnership Agreement and the amendment,
        cancellation or termination of, or the giving of any notice or the
        taking of any other step or action to amend, cancel or terminate the
        Limited Partnership Agreement or any other agreement in which the
        amendment, cancellation or termination of which might reasonably be
        expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

g)      BOOKS AND RECORDS. The Borrower shall have and maintain proper books of
        account, records and other documents (in accordance with sound
        accounting practice) relating to its business and financial affairs and
        shall permit the Lender or its authorized agents at any reasonable time,
        at the expense of the Borrower, to examine such books of account,
        records and other documents and to make copies thereof and take extracts
        therefrom.

h)      INSPECTIONS. The Lender shall be entitled from time to time at any
        reasonable time to inspect the assets and properties and the business
        and operations of the Borrower and, for such purpose, the Lender shall
        have access to all premises occupied by the Borrower where any of such
        assets or properties may be found.

i)      OTHER INFORMATION. At the request of the Lender, the Borrower shall
        provide such other information regarding the business, affairs,
        financial condition, property or assets of the Borrower as the Lender
        may reasonably request.


                                       12
<PAGE>

j)      INSURANCE. The Borrower shall maintain insurance of such types, in such
        amounts and with such deductibles as are customary in the case of
        businesses of established reputation engaged in the same or similar
        businesses.

k)      COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS. The Borrower shall comply with all
        applicable laws if the consequences of a failure to comply might
        reasonably be expected, either alone or in conjunction with any other
        such non-compliances, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

l)      PAYMENT OF TAXES. The Borrower shall from time to time pay or cause to
        be paid all material rents, taxes, rates, levies or assessments,
        ordinary or extraordinary, governmental royalties, fees or dues, and any
        other amount which may result in a Security Interest or similar
        encumbrance against the assets of the Borrower arising under statute or
        regulation, lawfully levied, assessed or imposed upon the Borrower as
        and when the same become due and payable, except when and so long as the
        validity of any such rents, taxes, rates, levies, assessments,
        royalties, fees, dues or other amounts is in good faith being contested
        by the Borrower in appropriate proceedings and provided that it shall
        have established adequate reserves therefor (in accordance with
        generally accepted accounting principles) and such contestation will not
        involve forfeiture of any part of its assets which are material to the
        Borrower.

m)      DEFEND TITLE. The Borrower shall defend its property, undertaking and
        assets and its right, title and interest thereto, against all adverse
        claims and demands respecting the same, other than Permitted
        Encumbrances.

n)      NO SALE OF ASSETS. The Borrower shall not sell, transfer, lease, convey,
        abandon or otherwise dispose of (including, without limitation, in
        connection with a sale and a lease-back transaction) any of its assets
        or property (each of the foregoing transactions, an "asset sale"),
        unless any such asset sale or the cumulative effect of a series of such
        asset sales would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

o)      NEGATIVE PLEDGE. The Borrower shall not create, issue, incur, assume or
        permit to exist any Security Interests on any of its property,
        undertakings or assets other than Permitted Encumbrances.

p)      PARI PASSU RANKING. The Borrower shall not create, assume or otherwise
        incur any Debt ranking prior to the indebtedness and liabilities of the
        Borrower to the Lender hereunder other than Debt secured by Permitted
        Encumbrances. The Borrower shall ensure that at all times all of its
        Obligations hereunder and under any Loan Documents rank at least PARI
        PASSU in right of payment with the other unsecured and unsubordinated
        Debt of the Borrower.

q)      NO MERGER, ETC. The Borrower shall not enter into any transaction
        whereby all or substantially all of its undertaking, property or assets
        would become the property of another person, whether by way of
        reconstruction, reorganization, recapitalization,


                                       13
<PAGE>

        consolidation, amalgamation, merger, transfer, sale or otherwise if the
        effect of any such transaction would be a Material Adverse Effect.

r)      NO DISSOLUTION. The Borrower shall not liquidate, dissolve or wind-up or
        take any steps or proceedings in connection therewith.

6.02 COVENANTS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER. The General Partner hereby covenants and
agrees with the Lender that:


a)      COMPLIANCE WITH AGREEMENT. The General Partner shall cause the Borrower
        to comply with this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to
        which the Borrower is a party.

b)      MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; NO DISSOLUTION. The General Partner shall maintain
        its existence in good standing. The General Partner shall not liquidate,
        dissolve or wind up or take any steps or proceedings in connection
        therewith.

c)      MAINTAIN STATUS AS GENERAL PARTNER. The General Partner shall not,
        without the consent of the Lender, resign as General Partner of the
        Borrower or otherwise limit its duties under the Limited Partnership
        Agreement.


                 ARTICLE SEVEN - EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

7.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. "Event of Default", as used in this Agreement, means the
occurrence of any one or more of the following events or circumstances:

a)      if the Borrower fails to pay the principal amount of any Loan when due
        and such default continues for five Business Days after notice from the
        Lender of such default;

b)      if the Borrower fails to pay:

        i)      any interest (including, if applicable, default interest)
                hereunder when due; or

        ii)     any other Obligation not specifically referred to above payable
                by the Borrower hereunder when due,

        and such default continues for 30 days after notice from the Lender of
        such default;

c)      if the Borrower fails to observe or perform any covenant or obligation
        contained in this Agreement on its part to be observed or performed
        (other than a covenant or obligation whose breach or default in
        performance is specifically dealt with elsewhere in this section) and
        such failure continues for a period in excess of 45 days after notice
        from the Lender of such failure, unless the Lender (having regard to the
        subject matter of the default) shall


                                       14
<PAGE>

        have agreed to a longer period, and in such event, within the period
        agreed to by the Lender;

d)      the filing by or on behalf of the Borrower of a voluntary petition or an
        answer seeking or consenting to reorganization, liquidation,
        arrangement, readjustment of its debts or for any other relief under any
        bankruptcy, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, insolvency,
        readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation, or similar act or law,
        state or federal, now or hereafter existing ("BANKRUPTCY LAW"), or the
        making by the Borrower of any assignment for the benefit of creditors;
        or the admission by the Borrower in writing of its inability to pay its
        debts as they become due;

e)      the filing of any involuntary petition against the Borrower in
        bankruptcy or seeking reorganization, liquidation, arrangement,
        readjustment of its debts or for any other relief under any Bankruptcy
        Law and an order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the
        premises shall have been issued or entered therein; or a decree or order
        of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a
        receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee or other officer having
        similar powers over the Borrower or all or a substantial part of its
        property shall have been entered;

f)      if a final judgment or order (subject to no further right of appeal) for
        the payment of money aggregating in excess of U.S.$10,000,000 or the
        equivalent amount in any other currency shall be rendered against the
        Borrower in respect of which enforcement proceedings have been commenced
        and such proceedings have not been effectively stayed and the Borrower
        has not paid or settled such judgment or order within thirty days after
        enforcement proceedings have been commenced;

g)      if a default with respect to any issue of Debt (which shall include, for
        avoidance of doubt, Debt incurred, assumed or otherwise created by the
        Borrower), which default results in the acceleration of any Debt in an
        aggregate amount in excess of U.S.$10,000,000 or the equivalent amount
        thereof in any other currency without such Debt having been discharged
        or such acceleration having been cured, waived, rescinded or annulled
        for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof has been given by
        the Lender to the Borrower; or

h)      if any representation or warranty made by the Borrower in this
        Agreement, in a Compliance Certificate or any of the Loan Documents to
        the Lender shall prove to have been incorrect or misleading in any
        material respect on and as of the date thereof.

7.02 REMEDIES. If an Event of Default has occurred, which has not been waived by
the Lender or cured to the satisfaction of the Lender, Drawdowns under the
Credit Facility shall not be available and the Lender shall be entitled to
immediately demand and receive payment of all amounts owing by the Borrower to
the Lender hereunder by providing written notice to the Borrower. If the
Borrower fails to perform or make payment of any Obligations upon demand for
payment in accordance herewith, the Lender may in its discretion, exercise any
right or recourse and/or proceed by any action, suit, remedy or proceeding
against the Borrower authorized or


                                       15
<PAGE>

permitted by law for the recovery of all the Obligations and proceed to exercise
any and all rights hereunder and the other Loan Documents and no such remedy for
the enforcement of the rights of the Lender shall be exclusive of or dependent
on any other remedy but any one or more of such remedies may from time to time
be exercised independently or in combination.

7.03 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The rights and remedies of the Lender hereunder and
under any other Loan Documents are cumulative and are in addition to and not in
substitution of any rights or remedies provided by law or by equity. Any single
or partial exercise by the Lender of any right or remedy for, or procurement of
any judgment in respect of, default or breach of any term, covenant, condition
or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not be
deemed to operate as a merger of or be a waiver of or to alter, affect or
prejudice any other right or remedy or other rights or remedies to which the
Lender may be lawfully entitled for such default or breach.


                    ARTICLE EIGHT - EXPENSES AND INDEMNITIES

8.01 COSTS AND EXPENSES. The Borrower shall promptly pay upon notice from the
Lender all reasonable costs and expenses of the Lender in connection with the
Credit Facility, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including, without
limitation, in connection with the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of
legal counsel to the Lender and all costs and expenses in connection with the
establishment of the validity and enforceability of the Loan Documents and the
preservation, perfection or enforcement of the rights of the Lender under the
Loan Documents.

8.02 INDEMNITIES OF THE BORROWER. The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify and
save harmless the Lender against any reasonable cost, loss, liability or expense
incurred by the Lender as a result of the failure of the Borrower to fulfil any
of its covenants or obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.

8.03 INDEMNITY OF THE GENERAL PARTNER. The General Partner hereby agrees to
indemnify and save harmless the Lender against any reasonable cost, loss,
liability or expense incurred by the Lender as a result of the failure of the
General Partner to fulfil any of its covenants or obligations hereunder or under
any of the other Loan Documents.


                             ARTICLE NINE - GENERAL

9.01 NOTICES. Any demand, notice or communication to be made or given hereunder
(a "Communication") shall be in writing and shall be made or given by personal
delivery, registered mail or by transmittal by telecopy or other electronic
means of communication addressed to the respective parties as follows:

To the Borrower:



                                       16
<PAGE>

TC PipeLines, LP
Four Greenspoint Plaza
16945 Northchase Drive
Houston, Texas    77060

Attention:        President
Telecopy No.:     (281) 539-4550

To the Lender:

TransCanada PipeLine USA Ltd.
Four Greenspoint Plaza
16945 Northchase Drive
Houston, Texas    77060

Attention:        Treasurer of TransCanada PipeLine USA Ltd.
Telecopy No.:     (281) 539-4550

or to such other address or telecopy number as either party may from time to
time notify the other of in accordance with this provision. Any Communication
made or given hereunder by personal delivery or electronic communication during
normal business hours at the place of receipt on a Business Day shall be
conclusively deemed to have been made or given at the time of actual delivery or
receipt of Communication, as the case may be, on such Business Day. Any
Communication made or given hereunder by personal delivery or electronic
communication after normal business hours at the place of receipt or otherwise
than on a Business Day shall be conclusively deemed to have been made or given
at 9:00 a.m. (Eastern Standard time) on the first Business Day following actual
delivery or receipt of Communication, as the case may be. Any Communication made
or given hereunder by registered mail shall be conclusively deemed to have been
made or given at 9:00 a.m. (Eastern Standard time) on the third Business Day
after the mailing thereof.

9.02 WHOLE AGREEMENT. This Agreement together with any other Loan Documents
constitute the whole and entire agreement between the Borrower and the Lender
with respect to the subject matter hereof and cancel and supersede any prior
agreements, undertakings, declarations, commitments, representations,
warranties, written or oral, in respect thereof.

9.03 BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the Borrower and the Lender and their respective successors and
permitted assigns.

9.04 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended only
if the Borrower and the Lender so agree in writing. Any waiver or any consent by
the Lender under any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents must be in writing and may be given subject to any conditions thought
fit by the Lender. Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the instance
and for the purpose for which it is given.


                                       17
<PAGE>

9.05 SEVERABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions
of this Agreement and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any
jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any
other jurisdiction.

9.06 NUMBER AND PERSONS. Words used herein importing the singular number only
shall include the plural and vice versa, words used herein importing the
masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa
and words used herein importing persons shall include individuals, partnerships,
associations, trusts, unincorporated associations and corporations and vice
versa.

9.07 HEADINGS; SECTIONS. The insertion of headings herein is for convenience of
reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this
Agreement. Unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent
therewith, references herein to Articles and Sections are to Articles and
Sections of this Agreement.

9.08 ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES. Wherever in this Agreement reference is made to
generally accepted accounting principles, such reference shall be deemed to be
United States generally accepted accounting principles in use from time to time.

9.09 ASSIGNMENT. The Borrower shall not assign its rights or obligations under
this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without the prior written consent of
the Lender. The Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, sell, assign,
transfer or grant an interest in the outstanding Loans and this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents to TransCanada PipeLines Limited, a Canadian
corporation, or any subsidiary thereof so long as such transaction does not
increase the Borrower's costs or risks under Section 1.09 hereof.

9.10 SCHEDULE. The Schedule to this Agreement is hereby incorporated herein and
deemed to be part hereof.

9.11 THIS AGREEMENT GOVERNS. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency
between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any of the other
Loan Documents, the provisions this Agreement, to the extent of the conflict or
inconsistency, shall govern and prevail with respect to any Obligations.

9.12 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York (including Section
5-510.6(b) of the General Obligation Law of the State of New York) without
regard to the choice or conflict of law rules or principles.

9.13 BORROWER'S STATUS. TC PipeLines, LP is a limited partnership formed under
the laws of Delaware. A Limited Partner shall have no liability or obligation of
any kind whatsoever for any Obligations.


                                       18
<PAGE>

        Kindly signify your acceptance of the Agreement by signing and returning
one copy of this Agreement to us.

Yours very truly,

TRANSCANADA PIPELINE USA LTD.


By:
     --------------------------------
     Name:
     Title:


ACCEPTED AND AGREED as of the date first written above.


TC PIPELINES, LP by its General Partner TC PipeLines GP, Inc.


By:
     --------------------------------
     Name:
     Title:


TC PIPELINES GP, INC.


By:
     --------------------------------
     Name:
     Title:



                                       19
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                             TO THE LETTER AGREEMENT
                            DATED MAY __, 1999 AMONG
                         TRANSCANADA PIPELINES USA LTD.,
                              TC PIPELINES, LP AND
                              TC PIPELINES GP INC.


                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

TO:               TRANSCANADA PIPELINE USA LTD. (the "Lender")

         Reference is made to the letter agreement dated May__, 1999 among
TransCanada PipeLine USA Ltd., TC PipeLines, LP and TC PipeLines GP, Inc. (as
amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the "Credit Agreement").
Capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, shall have the
meanings attributed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

         This Compliance Certificate is delivered to the Lender pursuant to
Section 6.01(e) of the Credit Agreement.

         The undersigned, [name], [title] of the General Partner of the
Borrower, hereby certifies that, as of the date of this Compliance Certificate:

1. I have made or caused to be made such investigations as are necessary or
appropriate for the purposes of this Compliance Certificate.

2. To the best of my knowledge after due enquiry:

         a)       the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year
                  ending December 31, ______ provided to the Lender pursuant to
                  the Credit Agreement were prepared in accordance with
                  generally accepted accounting principles and present fairly,
                  in all material respects, the financial position of the
                  Borrower as at the date thereof;

         b)       the representations and warranties made by the Borrower and
                  the General Partner in Section 5.01 of the Credit Agreement
                  are true and correct in all material respects, except as has
                  heretofore been notified to the Lender by the Borrower in
                  writing [or except as described in Schedule
                   hereto]; and

         c)       the Borrower and the General Partner are in compliance in all
                  respects with all covenants in the Credit Agreement except as
                  has heretofore been notified to the Lender by the Borrower in
                  writing [or except as described in Schedule hereto].

3. Except as has heretofore been notified to the Lender by the Borrower in
writing [or except as described in Schedule hereto], to the best of my knowledge
after due enquiry there are not


                                       20
<PAGE>

pending or threatened, in writing, any (a) claims, complaints, notices or
requests for information received from a Governmental Authority by the Borrower
or the General Partner, or which any of them is otherwise aware, with respect to
any alleged violation of or alleged liability under any applicable laws, which,
if prosecuted, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or
(b) actions, suits or proceedings which, if adversely determined, would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


        I give this Compliance Certificate on behalf of the General Partner of
the Borrower and in my capacity as the [title] of the Borrower, and no personal
liability is created against or assumed by me in the giving of this Certificate.

        Dated at          , this          day of        , _____.





- ---------------------------------------
Name:
Title:










                                       21


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission